RolePlay onLine RPoL Logo

, welcome to Worldwalker

08:31, 30th April 2024 (GMT+0)

Magnus's Meanderings.

Posted by GlantriFor group 0
Glantri
player, 532 posts
Sat 23 Jan 2016
at 22:02
  • msg #1

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC: This is a placeholder for the new thread of Magnus, GMed by Glantri.  :)
Glantri
player, 533 posts
Sat 23 Jan 2016
at 22:25
  • msg #2

Magnus's Meanderings

You dream of jumping from star to star, then landing in a star, and burning alive. With a jolt you wake up, grass tickling your neck and a low whistle of wind through the trees in the background.

Your equipment sense is scattered around nearby.
Magnus
player, 927 posts
Sun 24 Jan 2016
at 16:33
  • msg #3

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll open my eyes and look around. Then I'll get up and gather my things and organize them.

...A Laser to the gut should have killed me. But here I am,..I guess I have no choice but to believe this verser stuff. I guess that the many worlds interpretation of quantum physics is true.
Glantri
player, 536 posts
Sun 24 Jan 2016
at 16:47
  • msg #4

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC: I'm going to use cardinal directions to explain the surroundings, to keep it straight in my head, and I find at least for myself when I'm not oriented I still pick a temporary "north" for direction purposes.

There is a blue sky, with some light cloud cover overhead with the sun hanging high in the sky, it's likely around noon.

To the west you see fairly dense tree-line, with the outline of mountains visable behind it. To the south you see plains and rolling hills, and to the east you see a strong running river which has some docks for small boats and fisherman. Northeast of you you can make out the outline of a barn and a few small buildings.

Immediately surrounding you is rolling plains which turns into farmland as it gets closer to the northeast.
Magnus
player, 931 posts
Sun 24 Jan 2016
at 22:48
  • msg #5

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC: No Problem. That works.

Going in dressed like a bandit and heavily armed is probably not the best way to make a first impression. I change my cloths to be more appropriate for the local temperature. (You make it sound like a temperate area during spring.) So one of my Orange Shirts and a pair of my work pants along with my work boots should be good.

Let's see... I took six shots with my Glock. I eject the magazine and reload 6 rounds of normal ammo into it. I take the part needed to clean the Glock out, Clean the Glock and then put them back.

... I knew I needed to get a holster for this.

I'll leave my other weapons here for now. I can always find them again.

I'll put my unloaded Glock in one of my Jacket's pockets and the Magazines in the other pocket and I'll take It with me along with My other two bags.

I'll walk to the Fishermen unless those barns and building are closer.
Glantri
player, 538 posts
Sun 24 Jan 2016
at 23:20
  • msg #6

Magnus's Meanderings

As best you can tell by the temperature and state of the crops in fields, it's definitely spring time.

The fishermen are closer, about half the distance.

As you get closer you can tell the two fishermen are dressed in brown suspenders and plain white undershirts, all of their clothes give off a very hand sewn feel to them. One is rather round and short, while the other is a tall lanky man. You can imagine many jokes about the combination of them.

You get rather close to them before they notice your presence, at which point the short man hears you and turns around, half paying attention to you, half to his cast out line.

"You look a mite bit lost lad, where are you from? I'm going to be heading downriver soon, if you need a ride I could find some room. Not so many fish have bitten that we're over burdened, that's for sure. Right Alar?" and he ribs his companion, chuckling to himself. Alar flashes a small smile.

Edit: Forgot to add 1@2 Fishing
This message was last edited by the player at 12:02, Tue 26 Jan 2016.
Magnus
player, 933 posts
Sun 24 Jan 2016
at 23:48
  • msg #7

Magnus's Meanderings

"Thank you for your kind offer.
I'm not from around here. That is for sure. Could You direct me to the nearest town?"
Glantri
player, 539 posts
Mon 25 Jan 2016
at 00:38
  • msg #8

Magnus's Meanderings

"Baerlon is probably the closest town, it's about a days boat ride down river, maybe less depending on the currents. It's maybe twice or three times that on horse. You'd pass ..." He pauses to think and Alar pipes in "Three Jorim" and Alar turns to you "There are three farming villages on the way to Baerlon this side of the Arinelle."
Magnus
player, 934 posts
Mon 25 Jan 2016
at 00:52
  • msg #9

Magnus's Meanderings

"I see. That is quite a ways to walk. If you are in no hurry. Could I get something I left over there before we go?"

After their reply I'll go and get my bag of weapons and wrap them in my jacket to conceal them. Using my two handed club as a walking stick.(It's actually the handle to a plough. But it's big enough to be a club.) Then walk back to the fishermen.
Glantri
player, 541 posts
Mon 25 Jan 2016
at 01:17
  • msg #10

Magnus's Meanderings

They both nod, and talk with each softly while you fetch your stuff. It's a little cramped on the boat, it's only large enough really to contain a good fishing haul and bring it up or down river, but you have a seat and a place to set your gear, and Alar comments on the currents being stronger than expected, and you should make it there before nightfall.

Do you have any questions or places you'd like to steer the conversation with them on the journey? Otherwise it'll be largely small talk until you get to Baerlon.
Magnus
player, 936 posts
Mon 25 Jan 2016
at 01:26
  • msg #11

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll ask them if there are any jobs that they know of in Baerlon.
Glantri
player, 543 posts
Mon 25 Jan 2016
at 01:36
  • msg #12

Magnus's Meanderings

"Well, depends what you can do, but there's always jobs for someone willing to work. Baerlon has a good number of merchant trains that run through, some of them might be looking for a guard or two. I don't keep track of who's looking for an apprentice, my sons are all past that stage, but there's a decent blacksmith and a good carpenter. Obviously" and he gestures to Alar and himself "there are fishermen, and while we'd love to give you the chance we're a little tight on income and splitting it another way wouldn't work. There's also a contingent of Whitecloaks in town, but I'm not one to judge, really. But you seem much too decent to join their ranks. Then their's always the option of finding one of the farms and offering a hand. It always seems they're 2 hands short any given season."
Magnus
player, 938 posts
Mon 25 Jan 2016
at 01:58
  • msg #13

Magnus's Meanderings

"I would like to try my hand at blacksmithing. I think I'll give that a shot."
Glantri
player, 546 posts
Mon 25 Jan 2016
at 02:26
  • msg #14

Magnus's Meanderings

So you arrive in Baerlon at dusk, arriving at a dock that leads up to a cobblestone road and a row of wooden buildings with thatched roofs. The two dock and tie off, and begin unloading their cargo into a wagon.

Alar offers a bed for you to crash for the night. "It's a bad practice to bother a working man so late. It'd be most likely for you to get the apprenticeship if you caught the blacksmith in a good mood and show you're considerate of his time. Come dawn, you go and wait for him to arrive and introduce yourself. It's just proper respect. Either way, the offer stands or you can head to an inn, there's a couple I could point you to that are half way decent but my wife always has enjoyed cooking for people especially since my son moved out"
Magnus
player, 941 posts
Mon 25 Jan 2016
at 02:35
  • msg #15

Magnus's Meanderings

"Thank you. You are too kind. I would like to stay the night with you then. I hope there is something I can do to help you."
Glantri
player, 548 posts
Mon 25 Jan 2016
at 02:47
  • msg #16

Magnus's Meanderings

Alar hands you one handle of the cart "Helping carry this is enough. One helps who one can."

The two fishermen live only a few houses down from one another, so you walk with both of them on the way back, and load the catch into an icebox in Alar's basement. He introduces his wife Carina who is a very pleasant woman and talks to you about just about anything without really saying much at all.

She shows you the room with the bed, it's fairly simple room, a single bed, window and door with a small standing wardrobe.

If you have nothing else in mind before hand, Alar will give you directions in the morning to where the blacksmith is located. But when you go and how you want to present yourself is up to you.
Magnus
player, 944 posts
Mon 25 Jan 2016
at 03:02
  • msg #17

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll try to get up before the crack of dawn and get dressed.
I'll then go to the blacksmiths shop and wait for him.

When he comes I'll say
"Excuse me Sir. I'm looking for work Is there some task that I can do for you?"
Glantri
player, 551 posts
Mon 25 Jan 2016
at 03:07
  • msg #18

Magnus's Meanderings

The blacksmith is a stocky man, and all muscle. He looks at you, obviously sizing you up. "Well, I could use some help, if that's what you're going to be. What do you know of the craft?"
Magnus
player, 946 posts
Mon 25 Jan 2016
at 03:27
  • msg #19

Magnus's Meanderings

"Unfortunately I haven't been trained as a Blacksmith. All I know is what I've read about it. But I'm Strong and Smart and I'm Willing to learn anything that you would teach."

I have worked with Iron before with welding and using a blowtorch. It doesn't help much here except for the innate sense of how hot the iron is and how much you can bend it when it is that hot.
Glantri
player, 552 posts
Mon 25 Jan 2016
at 03:49
  • msg #20

Magnus's Meanderings

"All right, better a lump of un shaped iron than a bent nail. We'll see what you can do. You need to see how this is all done before I'll feel comfortable handing you a hammer. First couple of days, maybe a week if you don't pick up as quick as you say I'll want you tending the fires and bellows and holding what I tell you to. I'll do my best to point out important aspects like how we work the slag off through pounding and what makes a good horseshoe versus one that'll break in the first hard ride. I'll pay you a silver Andoran mark a week, and provide lodging at my house and 3 meals a day. Sound fair to you?"
Magnus
player, 947 posts
Mon 25 Jan 2016
at 03:54
  • msg #21

Magnus's Meanderings

"It sound more than fair sir. When Can we Start?"

I've always wanted to learn blacksmithing. So the instruction he provides are very interesting.
I'm going to pt my all into learning what he has to teach.
Glantri
player, 554 posts
Mon 25 Jan 2016
at 13:25
  • msg #22

Magnus's Meanderings

"Right away, there's always work to be done. We've got to start the fires and get them up to heat..." and he takes you around to show you what to do in the morning, "a proper heat is very important. Now I've got some horseshoes that the stables have ordered. It's a good project for you to observe." He eyes up hall tall you are "I may have a smock that fits you well enough, and you won't be pounding at iron today. We'll order a proper one for you though."

Throughout the day he shows you how to use a blacksmiths hammer, and why the handle is longer than normal to protect your hands. He goes over different ways to arrange coals when working with them, or how long to let a piece of iron heat before working it and so on. He's gruff, to the point, but with a hint of friendliness as long as he you pay attention and don't waste his time.

The working day ends mid afternoon, both of you have built up a considerable sweat from the combination of heat and hard work. "Well, it's about time to make our way home. I forgot to ask this before, but Mary will have my head if I introduce a new apprentice without knowing his name. Mine's Rogosh Al'Ron, and I warn you don't make any jokes about it. I'm no adventurer and still think my parents had a sick sense of humor. What's your name?"

------------------------

You now have Blacksmithing Package 1@1. I'll look up the level it's at when  I get home from work.
Magnus
player, 948 posts
Mon 25 Jan 2016
at 15:21
  • msg #23

Magnus's Meanderings

"You won't hear any of those jokes from me."

Mainly because I don't get the joke they where going for.

"Anyway, my name is Eli Bumbalough. I'm not from around here. It'll be a pleasure to work for you. After you introduce me, I'll need to go get my things from the house of Alar the fishermen. He let me stay the night at his house and told me that you might need a worker. I still need to repay him for his kindness. "

OOC: The blacksmithing package would be biased as T5@X because 5@ is where working with hard metals is at.
This message was last edited by the player at 15:33, Mon 25 Jan 2016.
Glantri
player, 555 posts
Mon 25 Jan 2016
at 17:52
  • msg #24

Magnus's Meanderings

He nods approvingly when you mention you won't make any jokes.

"Ah, Alar is a good man. We can stop at his house on the way home and I'll help you carry your belongings. Mary will want us to sit and eat once we're home, and I'm not so thick witted as to oppose her in what I'm sure she'd define women's business." He chuckles slightly as if he's just told the most obvious joke in the world. "Light only knows I have to pick and chose what really matters to take a stand on."

On the walk to Alars he mentions that he knows Alar could always use more fishing hooks, if you were so inclined, once your skilled enough your welcome to the metal to make them at no charge. Hooks are much more time and skill intensive than materials, but good ones are near invaluable to fishermen.

Anything you had in mind at Alars? Other than picking up your gear?
Magnus
player, 950 posts
Mon 25 Jan 2016
at 18:46
  • msg #25

Magnus's Meanderings

Once I'm at Alar's I'll tell him
"Thank you for all the help you gave me. Once I'm skilled enough I'll build something to help you with your fishing."

I could take all of my things by myself. And I'll try to do so. But I expect that Rogosh will insist on carry one. I'll relent and let him carry the bag of cloths if he insists.
Glantri
player, 558 posts
Mon 25 Jan 2016
at 20:00
  • msg #26

Magnus's Meanderings

Alar thanks you for that and reminds you not to be a stranger.

Rogosh does in fact insist on carrying something, he'd far from weak he reminds you.

When you get to Rogosh's home his wife is waiting inside the door, and raises an eyebrow at the sight of you and the bags. "Dragging another into your trade Rogosh? Well that's good anyway, I'll be happier with you having help."

Rogosh's nods to his wife and introduces the two of you, explaining you'll be staying with them as his apprentice, as she surmised and she offers to show you your room before dinner and asks Rogosh to get out an extra set of plates while she does so, taking your extra bag and heading upstairs. The room is nothing fancy, utilitarian and just large enough that you don't feel confined but not by much.

Dinner is a stew of various vegetables and some beef. It's quite good, not the best home cooked meal but well above average.

Ooc)we're approaching a point where I'll want to skip ahead some days as you get acclimated to the blacksmithing. Maybe next post or the one after, is there anything in particular you want to make sure to cover, or if you want I will take it day by day, but a lot of them will be pretty standard barring something you have in mind (until a GE roll says one way or another)
Magnus
player, 953 posts
Mon 25 Jan 2016
at 23:31
  • msg #27

Magnus's Meanderings

I enjoy vegetable and beef stew so I really like what they give me.

As I lay in bed I think about my good luck with meeting these kind people. Normally my luck isn't this good. Luck this good is usually reserved got protagonists in video games or books.

I guess that the local Loom of Fate and Pattern Spiders just like me.

I chuckle a bit at my own joke.

Ha! There is no way that is true, I just got lucky for once.

OOC: I have no problem skipping ahead. I wasn't planning on doing anything major until I got my first payment.
Glantri
player, 560 posts
Tue 26 Jan 2016
at 00:01
  • msg #28

Magnus's Meanderings

Over the next several days Rogosh gradually increases what he asks of you until by the end of the 4th day he mentions that tomorrow you should be able to start making things under supervision.

The next day you begin on some nails and linch pins, simple items but good starting locations, and you manage well enough, but it is hot and grueling work. It really puts your previous experience of assisting Rogosh look like nothing. That night you eat a double portion and Mary comments that it must be your first day at the hammer, and congratulates you. Rogosh looks proud as well.

You continue to progress, and on the eighth day Rogosh pays you and mentions the next two days you have off, between the two of you you've cleared out the work for the week so the next two days he'll be going around drumming some extra up. He comments that normally he only gets 1 day a week out of the forge, it's nice to have 2 this week.

So you have two days and some money to play with.
Magnus
player, 955 posts
Tue 26 Jan 2016
at 04:00
  • msg #29

Magnus's Meanderings

Early in the morning on my day off I go to Alar's house and wait for him to get up.
When He talks to me I'll ask
"Are you fishing today?"

If he says yes, I'll give him the coin and ask
"Could you teach me how to fish?"
Glantri
player, 561 posts
Tue 26 Jan 2016
at 12:01
  • msg #30

Magnus's Meanderings

He stares at the sky momentarily after you ask and then nods "Looks like good enough weather, so yes, we'll probably go upstream some distance and start."

"I'll gladly take you with me today, and teach as long as you're willing to learn and help with some of the heavy lifting, but really payment is not needed." He'll not argue with you if it's important to you, but you get the feeling he really doesn't feel it to be needed.

So he takes you out, and Jorim meets you both at the boat, greeting you warmly. "Coming with us for the day or need to be dropped off somewhere on the way?"

And the day goes by fairly smoothly, between the three of you you catch 11 fish, with 3 of them being yours after listening to some of the advice from the two of them. One of yours is the second largest though, the first you caught in fact.

Once you're helping carry the fish to the icebox Alar asks if you'd like to take your fish with you or would you prefer to pick them up the next day or have them salted?
Magnus
player, 956 posts
Tue 26 Jan 2016
at 14:04
  • msg #31

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC: So was that edit for 1@2 fishing memt for the last post?

"You helped me out quite a bit when you brought me here, let me spend the night at your place and told me about Rogosh needing a worker. So keep it. I want to help you out a bit too."

----------------

I chuckle at Jorim's joke.
"No. I decided to go fishing with you today."

-----------------

"If you would salt the biggest one for me. You can have the other two."
Glantri
player, 563 posts
Tue 26 Jan 2016
at 14:25
  • msg #32

Magnus's Meanderings

Ooc) yeah, don't my mistake was in a rush this morning.

He nods and says "it's always nice to see ones judgement be right. I had a good feeling about you when I first saw you, just felt like you'd be the respectable type. We need more men like you and in in Baerlon."

--------

Alar comments to come back tomorrow afternoon then, and it'll be ready for you.

It's early evening, you have the rest of that night and one more day before you have work again. Anything you wanted to do?
Magnus
player, 958 posts
Tue 26 Jan 2016
at 15:14
  • msg #33

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll go to Rogosh's house and relax for the reast of this day. And go to Alar's house in the afternoon to pick up my salted fish. I'll then go to Rogosh's home and give the fish to Mary.

"I wasn't sure if you would prefer a fresh fish or one that will keep. So I got one that would keep in case you didn't want to fix it right away."

Normally I would have spent the day beforehand looking around town. But my clothes make me stand out like a sore thumb.
Glantri
player, 566 posts
Tue 26 Jan 2016
at 16:47
  • msg #34

Magnus's Meanderings

Mary thanks you profusely for the fish, and mentions it'll make a great addition to the meals for the coming days. Salted is always best as well she mentions, it's just safer.

Over the next 9 days in the forge you are absolutely hammered with work. Rogosh was able to drum up a large order for what he called a Tinker caravan that was long past due, and it was all or nothing for the order. The days are longer, pushing nearly from sunup to sundown but you finish on the ninth day and Rogosh gives you double pay for the week to make up for the harder conditions and comments that you are learning well.

You've got one day this week cycle but double the pay.


Ooc) I'm putting you to 1@3 blacksmithing as you created various hinges and a couple horseshoes during that week, both of which are new uses.
Magnus
player, 960 posts
Tue 26 Jan 2016
at 17:14
  • msg #35

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll talk to Rogosh and Mary.
"I'm thinking on having some cloths made by a tailor.  How much should that cost?"
Glantri
player, 567 posts
Tue 26 Jan 2016
at 17:37
  • msg #36

Magnus's Meanderings

Rogosh kinda shrugs and looks to his wife who pipes in "depends what you mean and who you have make it. If you want I can sew some for you, but it would take a while before I had a complete outfit done. That'd be around a silver penny. A tailor may charge between 3-5 silver penny's for the same but likely could have it to you by the next day."
Magnus
player, 961 posts
Tue 26 Jan 2016
at 17:56
  • msg #37

Magnus's Meanderings

"I kind of stick out like a sore thumb because of my cloths. I'm in no hurry though. "

I give her the two silver pennies I have.

"If you are willing to do it I'll be grateful. "

I'm ok with skipping ahead. I didn't have anything important to do this week.
Glantri
player, 568 posts
Tue 26 Jan 2016
at 18:01
  • msg #38

Magnus's Meanderings

She blinks at you as if it's some joke. "Eli, these are silver Marks, each is worth 10 silver pennies."

I'm fine skipping ahead but figured you having extra money might change if you have something you want to do.
This message was last edited by the player at 18:02, Tue 26 Jan 2016.
Magnus
player, 962 posts
Tue 26 Jan 2016
at 18:53
  • msg #39

Magnus's Meanderings

I look surprised for a moment then I chuckle at her expression.

"I'm sorry. That was mean of me. My sense of humor is a bit off. I just wanted to see what expression you would make to that. Anyway,you are quite busy, so I'll go see a tailor. Who whould you recommend?"
Glantri
player, 569 posts
Tue 26 Jan 2016
at 19:19
  • msg #40

Magnus's Meanderings

She chuckles slightly, but still appears slightly confused but just moving forward.

"Depends what you're looking for. Henricks Leathers shop is close and make good work clothes that are easily mended. He also does casual clothes but not as well made as Samantha's Stichery produces. For feast days clothes and the like you might want to travel further into the town though, and expect to pay much more, probably closer to the full 2 silver marks. That or try to catch a traveling merchant for something more eccentric."
Magnus
player, 963 posts
Tue 26 Jan 2016
at 20:02
  • msg #41

Magnus's Meanderings

"Could you give me directions to Henrick's Leather Shop and Samantha's Stichery Produces."

Once they give me directions, I'll head to the Leather Shop first.
Glantri
player, 570 posts
Tue 26 Jan 2016
at 20:44
  • msg #42

Magnus's Meanderings

You wander around the town, passing several inns used as landmarks in the directions given and find yourself at Hendricks after about 10 minutes. You notice as soon as you step on that the name is deceiving, as he handles far more than leather, but they seem to specialize in leather smocks and overcoats. There are a few isles of standard shirts that can be modified to a tailor fit, largely in tans, whites and browns, but with a few dark blue and black to be found. The clothes tend to be cotton while the coats tend to be leather from what you see. There is a large man at the counter who waves to you as you enter, but let's you browse at your convenience.
Magnus
player, 966 posts
Fri 29 Jan 2016
at 06:06
  • msg #43

Magnus's Meanderings

I walk over to the man and say
"Greetings, I was hoping to purchase two set of work cloths from your fine establishment."
Glantri
player, 571 posts
Fri 29 Jan 2016
at 12:59
  • msg #44

Magnus's Meanderings

The man nods, and motions over to an area with measuring tapes and mirrors. "Lets get started then. Where do you work? It helps to know for reinforcing the clothes where needed. Also what color, tan white grey and brown I have clothes started in, but I've sent away to get them dyed before. Would add a couple extra days and cost a penny per suit." Eyeing you up he continues "I don't think I could match that shade of orange though..."

"Either way," and he started measuring you as your in front of the mirror and then moves to some of the aisles and brings over an assortment for you to try on so he can check where it'd be tight and also for you to get a better idea what you'd be buying. It's mostly just a tunic and pants but both are sturdily made and comfortable. You can tell it's good work, just not fancy work. "I should be able to have this modified by afternoon tomorrow."
Magnus
player, 967 posts
Fri 29 Jan 2016
at 14:58
  • msg #45

Magnus's Meanderings

"I work as an apprentice for Rogosh Al'Ron the Blacksmith. Tan is fine for the color. Yeah. This shade of orange stands out a lot. Which is why I'm getting something more subdued."

I let him measure me.

"I'll come by tomorrow afternoon then. How much does this cost?"
Glantri
player, 573 posts
Fri 29 Jan 2016
at 15:36
  • msg #46

Magnus's Meanderings

"Two outfits in tan will run you 6 silver pennies. If you wouldn't mind running this script to Master Al'Ron, I've been meaning to order more leather scrapes but haven't found time to run out. See you tomorrow."

It's early afternoon by the time your done with all of that, do you have anything else you want to do?
Magnus
player, 969 posts
Sat 30 Jan 2016
at 20:42
  • msg #47

Magnus's Meanderings

I reply to him
"Sure. I'll take it to him."

I'll put the paper in my pocket.

I'm going to head to Samantha's Stitchery Produces for some casual clothes
Glantri
player, 575 posts
Sat 30 Jan 2016
at 21:06
  • msg #48

Magnus's Meanderings

Samantha's Stichery is much further inward, about another 20 minutes on increasingly busy streets. Residences cease to exist, both the port and the wall around the town are nearly impossible to see from most vantages as everything becomes side alleys and main throughways. You find it without too much problem, although looking back you may have added 5 minutes onto the travel.

When you walk in a small bell jingles and you see 3 or 4 people shopping with 2 attendants wandering about helping them with decisions. The tunics are of a wide variety of colors, with the spring time colors having the highest presence. There are a variety of different pants, all of which have more flow to them than work pants would, and as you're looking a busy attendant gives you a quick rundown of that they're the new fashion out of Arad Doman. They're breeze light, perfect for dancing.

Everything you see looks quality made, and they seem to have a variety of off the shelf clothes and the tailoring option as well. The stichwork is fancier and the dyes are more consistent and vibrant than Henrick's. You also see some pricing guidelines, and most outfits will run 5-6 pennies. A little higher than Mistress Al'Ron expected.
Magnus
player, 970 posts
Sun 31 Jan 2016
at 00:18
  • msg #49

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll talk to one of the attendants.
"Hello. I'm looking to purchase two sets of cloths. What do you think would look good on me?"

My sense of fashion is almost nonexistent.  I generally have to rely on other people to tell me if something looks good on me. Although I can sometimes tell when something looks bad. I'm generally more concerned with how the clothes fit. I can't stand restrictive clothes.
Glantri
player, 576 posts
Sun 31 Jan 2016
at 01:00
  • msg #50

Magnus's Meanderings

The attendant taps her chin for a moment, thinking and then brings you over to several racks and picks you out and outfit of brown dancing pants, green tunic and a grey over vest.

"These all will compliment how you carry yourself, are comfortable enough for dancing all night, and are the current most popular colors for men in Camelyn. These should fit fairly well, but we do offer adjustments for a half-penny per outfit. Most clients wear them to a dance or feast first and then come in if anything felt tight, but some like to be measured beforehand and pay for the alters to be done immediately."

I meant to ask this earlier, but are you carrying any weapons on you when you go into town, and if so which are you leaving visible or keeping concealed.
Magnus
player, 972 posts
Sun 31 Jan 2016
at 07:46
  • msg #51

Magnus's Meanderings

"Thank you. What do you thing the other set should be?
I'll want you to go ahead and adjust them for me."

I'm openly carrying  my folding knife in a pouch on the side of my belt. Although I would be surprised if these people knew about how to make a folding knife.
if it's a bit cold I might wear my sap gloves along with my jacket.
Glantri
player, 578 posts
Sun 31 Jan 2016
at 13:41
  • msg #52

Magnus's Meanderings

"I suggest a similar out but of dark blue pants, with a white shirt and a slightly heavier cut grey vest. It'll give you the option of being seasonally appropriate for any season between the two."

The total comes to 12 silver pennies for the two silver outfits, after they're done with measurements in much the same fashion Henrick did, although with a busier mood about them.

It's getting late in afternoon, you probably have about 2 hours of daylight left, but it may take an hour to get home depending on how fast a route you manage to figure out. Is there anything you'd like to do on the inner city before heading back?

It's fairly warm, and most people you see aren't wearing gloves. It's not quite summer yet so not so warm that gloves would be uncomfortable, but would catch the eye of those who are looking for the abnormal.
Magnus
player, 976 posts
Sun 31 Jan 2016
at 19:05
  • msg #53

Magnus's Meanderings

Then I wouldn't have worn them since it would attract even more attention to me.

I assume that the casual cloths will be ready by tomorrow afternoon?

I'll pay them the silver Mark and two silver Pennies. So I should have two pennies left

No, I don't have anything else to do in the inner city. I'll start heading back home.

If I see something interesting to snack on, I might go ahead and get it. Food shouldn't be that expensive.

Tomorrow afternoon after work I'll head out and get all of my cloths.
Glantri
player, 581 posts
Sun 31 Jan 2016
at 19:18
  • msg #54

Magnus's Meanderings

Yeah, they'll be ready tomorrow afternoon.

You are correct, you have two pennies left. However you don't see any open food stands on your way back, most of them have packed up already it seems.

You get yourself turned around a little on the way home, and it takes a little over an hour to get there but you get home in time to eat dinner with the Al'Rons. It's some vegetable stew with a side of grilled fish. Mary seems particularly happy with the meal, you presume for the variety the fish adds. Rogosh is happy to see the order from  Henrick, and thanks you for carrying it.

Work goes as normal, you're progressing but are still act under close supervision. After work you head to pick up your clothing, at both locations they are ready with you and wrapped in brown paper with twine. Henrick thanks you for doing business with him in a warm and friendly way, while the attendant wishes you well but feels more automated about it.

Am I forgetting anything you wanted to do/anything you want to do before we forward it to the end of the work week? If you want to skip ahead in bigger blocks at any point let me know, or if you have any overarching goals you want to work on during the time lapses.
Magnus
player, 977 posts
Sun 31 Jan 2016
at 19:38
  • msg #55

Magnus's Meanderings

I'm Ok with skipping ahead in as large of blocks as you are comfortable with. I don't have any major goals at the moment besides learn Blacksmithing and Fishing; Save money; and figuring out about the world I'm in without letting them know that I'm not from here.

On my days off I'll practice fishing with Alar and ask him to salt the fish. I'll ask for the largest fish I caught and let him keep the rest as payment for salting the fish.

In the afternoon when I have some time to myself. I'll spend an hour doing my stretches and practice some of the movement's for my martial arts.

Once I'm skilled enough to start trying to make the fishing hooks. I'll start working on them and  when I got a few good ones I'll give them as a gift to Alar.
Glantri
player, 582 posts
Sun 31 Jan 2016
at 20:18
  • msg #56

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC) I believe I'm reading it right that in the 2@ tier it takes 240 hours unaided to raise a point? I'm going to operate on that but will change the numbers if I'm wrong.

Months go by, and you see the bustle of a town stocking for winter, and see a gradual growth in the blacksmithing business. The increased output of having an apprentice has done wonders for Rogosh's business.

Over the year you transition from needing supervision on all projects, to needing it only on hinge work where tolerances are tight, to working on your own for all but the most intricate designs. Rogosh has grown confident in your skill and compliments you regularly on it, and has left you to tend the forge and work while he drums up work on the rare occassion that you get ahead of the backlog. Everything is humming along.


Over the time you learn about the world some. You're in the kingdom of Andor, if somewhat on the western extents. Baerlon is a trade town, and while either a large town or small city, it's important to Andor's commerce. Because of this you regularly see Queen's guards patrolling when you go into the inner city or near the wall.

One of the two large festivals is coming up, to celebrate the good harvest and let the farmers relax after their busiest season. Rumor has it that center square is going to be arranged for a giant dance floor, with a Gleeman coming in from central Andor and some Illuminators coming in for a display. The younger adults and older kids are the most excited on the street, but it seems most people go.


OOC) Blacksmithing is up to 2@1 (from a variety of new uses and having a teacher), Eli's Style gets goes from 2@1 to 2@2 (it's been roughly 180 days of training at what I'm estimating an hour a day. I think I got it right but feel free to correct me.
Magnus
player, 980 posts
Mon 1 Feb 2016
at 04:58
  • msg #57

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC: It would take that long if you are doing it with practice time alone. I'll give you a PM about it.
Edit: I've been working in a Blacksmith shop. Wouldn't my strength and stamina improve a bit?

I'm glad everything is going well for Rogosh.

When I hear that a festival is coming up I decide to do something for fun.
I'll talk to Rogosh and his wive Mary.
"I've noticed that a festival is coming up... My problem is that I'm not familiar with the local dances. And even at home I wasn't good at dancing at all. Do you know some one I can go to to teach me how to dance? I don't want to embarrass myself at the festival."
This message was last edited by the player at 05:28, Mon 01 Feb 2016.
Glantri
player, 584 posts
Mon 1 Feb 2016
at 13:10
  • msg #58

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC) Good point, you get +@1 in both strength and stamina, next increase in them will be come spring. and Eli's Style will be 2@2, as I'm assuming you'll have a way to make it more difficult for yourself to cut the time, perhaps the fact that you're working through it while muscles are sore from a full day of labor.



Mary replies "Well the best way  has always been to go dance, you have a couple of weeks yet and some of the inn's frequently have bands or a gleeman. They're always to have people come in and dance, even ones who aren't staying there, as long as you're drinking. There really isn't a formal style of dance here like there is in some of the southern regions, it's just dancing to enjoy life really. I could talk to some of my daughters friends and see if any are willing to teach someone to dance if you like?"
Magnus
player, 981 posts
Mon 1 Feb 2016
at 15:28
  • msg #59

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC: 180 days means that it has been about 25 weeks, right? Or is their week longer? So does that mean that I have approximately 25 Silver Marks?

I reply to Mary
"I would really embarrass myself if I got on a damce floor without knowing what I'm doing. It would really help me out if you could ask one of your daughters friends to teach me to dance."
Glantri
player, 586 posts
Mon 1 Feb 2016
at 16:29
  • msg #60

Magnus's Meanderings

Ooc) Weeks are 10 days here, and two weeks have earned you a bonus for extra large orders that week. So you have 20 silver marks 2 silver pennies.

Mary says she'll ask around tomorrow, she's sure she can find someone who's willing to teach.

The following night at dinner Mary mentions her friends daughter is in town from Camelyn and is willing to teach you so long as she gets first dance at the festival. She asks if that is ok, with an expectant look in her eyes. If you say yes she'll mention that you're expected at the Lions Eye tomorrow before dinner to meet her.

What do you intend to wear/ anything you want to do beforehand?
Magnus
player, 985 posts
Tue 2 Feb 2016
at 03:18
  • msg #61

Magnus's Meanderings

When Mary asks me that.
"Sure. I don't mind giving her the first dance at the festival. Thank you for finding some one to teach me."

I'm going to wear the dark blue pants, The white shirt and the heavier gray vest. That should be appropriate to the season. I'm planning on buying her dinner afterward so I bring 3 marks with me. It shouldn't be that much but I want to be prepared.

I'll ask for directions to the Lion's Eye and head there early to make sure that I get there on time.
Glantri
player, 589 posts
Tue 2 Feb 2016
at 09:37
  • msg #62

Magnus's Meanderings

Ooc)this is one of the area's where your age will change how the world will react in a situation. I've been acting under the general assumption of young adult, guessing between 25-30. I'm happy to continue with this assumption but didn't want the reactions to be wrong and detract from the game.
Magnus
player, 987 posts
Tue 2 Feb 2016
at 12:17
  • msg #63

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC: Yeah. I'm currently 26.
Glantri
player, 590 posts
Tue 2 Feb 2016
at 12:46
  • msg #64

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC)Ok, I was just worried because I have a tendency to assume everyone is fairly close to my age and have been substantially wrong before. 27 here by the way.


You get directions to the Lion's Eye. It's on one of the major streets going down the center of Baerlon. When you get there it's exterior is impressive but welcoming. When you enter there is a man in a multicolored patch cloak playing the flute and about a dozen patrons at tables drinking or eating. A red headed woman in her early twenties in a white dress embroidered with pale blue snowflakes that match her eyes glides over to greet you at the door. "Are you Master Bumbalough? My name is Susan Eila, My mother says you want to learn to dance? I arranged for us to have a backroom that should still be able to hear the gleeman's music well enough and has room to learn."
This message was last edited by the player at 12:46, Tue 02 Feb 2016.
Magnus
player, 989 posts
Wed 3 Feb 2016
at 04:31
  • msg #65

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC: No Worries. I'm Going to be 27 in a few days. And Technically The Character is already 27.


"Yes, My name is Eli Bumbalough. It's a pleasure to met you Susan Eila. Yes, I would like to learn how to dance. How should we start?"

About how tall is Susan Eila?
Glantri
player, 591 posts
Wed 3 Feb 2016
at 13:18
  • msg #66

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC) Happy Birthday in advance then :)

Susan is about 5'8" give or take.

"Just follow me and I'll walk you through some basic leads for non formal dances first."
and with that she leads you into a back meeting room that's had all the tables pushed to the edges to make a make-shift dance floor.

"We'll start with footwork, and then to spins. Lets leave footwork variants alone for a while. I'll try to cover all the dances both formal and informal that I know."

With that she takes your hand and drags you to the center of the floor. She takes your left hand in a traditional waltz like hold (hands clasps with palms facing your dance partner) and places your right hand on her upper back.

She starts going on about the importance of a firm lead, but never forced. She has a million small tips on the topic. Anytime you look at your feet she says stop that firmly, and reiterates it's a bad habit to better never pick up. Always either spot on a location in a room for avoid getting dizzy, or look at your dance partner.

OOC) I dance quite often, and thus know how classes go. I can go into detail if it's going to be interesting but don't want to be boring. The intro gives the idea of how the class is starting, and at the end of the first night you'll know 2 dances basic steps, one formal and one non formal, and an inside and outside turn in both. Let me know how much detail you want and if there's anything in particular you want to do.
Magnus
player, 991 posts
Thu 4 Feb 2016
at 03:55
  • msg #67

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC: It's up to you how much detail you want to go into.

I'm blushing a bit during the lesson.
I try to keep all of her advice in mind. I'll try to make keeping my eyes on my partner into a habit
I end up thinking that this is kind of nice an that this was a good idea.

At the end of the lesson, I'll ask Susan if she would like something to eat.
Glantri
player, 593 posts
Thu 4 Feb 2016
at 04:38
  • msg #68

Magnus's Meanderings

She smiles when you blush, in what can only be interpreted as an approving way. Towards the end of the sessions she has to take considerably less time instructing and starts to be able to focus on her dancing and flourishes more. Her spins become fancier and she replacing some of her basic footwork with variants that look impressive.

After the practice you're both quite tired, hungry and thirsty.

"I would love to, dancing always builds an appetite. Did you have any place in mind, we could eat out in the general room, or in here, or if you know a place you'd like to eat that works for me."

Wherever you decide to eat, during the meal she'll say "You picked up a lot of the basics quickly. You should be able to get through a night of dancing without any worry of embarrassing yourself. Did you want to continue practicing though? I have to tend the herb shop for my mother during the day, but I'm available to practice any of the nights leading up to the festival." She's all smiles during the meal as well.

The festival is 2 weeks away for reference.
Magnus
player, 993 posts
Thu 4 Feb 2016
at 05:14
  • msg #69

Magnus's Meanderings

"I'm not very familiar with the places to eat around here. Where would you like to eat?
I would say, let's eat in here to save us from a bit of walking for a while."

-------------------------

I reply to her question with
"When I decide to do something, I prefer to give it my all. I would like to continue learning to dance. Who knows, Maybe We'll steal the show for that first dance I owe you.
Where do you want to met for tomorrows lesson?"
Glantri
player, 595 posts
Thu 4 Feb 2016
at 13:15
  • msg #70

Magnus's Meanderings

"The food is quite good here, I'm happy with that." and with that she moves to sit at one of the tables.

The meal goes well, there's pulled pork with some crisp vegetables and mashed potatoes. It's not quite as good as Mary's cooking, but it's clearly aimed at making travelers feel like they're eating a home cooked meal and it makes a good interpretation of it.

She smiles at the comment of stealing the dance and comments "I would enjoy that a lot. Lets continue our lessons here. It saves me the trouble of finding another inn with a second room that's not in use and that has an adequate dance floor."

The meal costs 2 silver pennies for the two of you if you decide to have wine with it, 1 if you go with water and the meal.

OOC) I forgot to put you're at 1@4 Dancing, rolled 1@2 and rolling each largely different style you're taught is going to be a new use and each substantial aspect of dance will be a new use (foot work variations, spins, tandem styles all would be examples. You got a new use for learning the basics of partner spins)

Anything you want to do before the next dance lesson?
Magnus
player, 996 posts
Thu 4 Feb 2016
at 15:23
  • msg #71

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll let her decide if she wants wine or not.

Not really. I'm ready for the lesson on the next day.
Glantri
player, 597 posts
Thu 4 Feb 2016
at 15:56
  • msg #72

Magnus's Meanderings

She comments she'd rather have water after practices, otherwise her legs tend to get sore the next day which won't do for teaching you again.

The lesson the next day goes well, with Susan teaching you a formal slow dance that focuses on straight backs and linear paths. You take to it quite easily, drawing parallels to similar movement patterns in martial arts, and she starts teaching you footwork variations that keep the same patterns of weight changes but introduce flashy kicks and flourishes.

After the practice she'll ask you about your life, how you met master Al'Ron and what village you came from before moving to Baerlon. She inquires about your fathers craft and what your plans are for once youre done with apprenticeship. She's started openning up and talking more in general compared to the first night.
Magnus
player, 998 posts
Thu 4 Feb 2016
at 18:32
  • msg #73

Magnus's Meanderings

Water is fine for me too then.

This next time I'll only take 4 or so pennies with me.

I have to work on making sure my kicks don't take on a martial edge. Since I'll have to kick in a way that is different than how I'm used to. She'll probably notice that I have to concentrate on the kicks a bit.

After the practice I'll offer to pay for dinner again.
I'll response to her questions as they come up.
"I met Master Al'Ron when Alar the fisherman recommended trying to find work with him. The next morning I presented myself to him and he took me in as an apprentice. I was very lucky to find work with him.

I'm from a village that is very far away. So for in fact that you've never heard of them. Sparta and Livingston. In the state of Tennessee. A plave where the plants are so green it'll hurt your eyes. That is the past though. I'll never get to see my family or friends that are there again... anyway my Father was what you would call a courtier.  Carrying mail to people for money.

As for my plans... I'll probably work for Al'Ron for a while then I'll go out on my own if I don't find something else I need to do."
Glantri
player, 599 posts
Thu 4 Feb 2016
at 18:51
  • msg #74

Magnus's Meanderings

She pays special attention to walking you through the kicks when she notices your concentration. Kicking with your heal if the most common practice is seams, and for social dances where you don't have a ton of room the kicks are always small.

She thanks you again for dinner and avoids the topic of your family after that, although she mentions briefly that being at court must have been very exciting,

After you mention your plans after blacksmithing she talks about hers for a bit. "I personally want to travel, I want to see the really big cities. I hear Caemlyn is beautiful, some say it's stonework rivals Tar Valon itself."
Magnus
player, 1000 posts
Thu 4 Feb 2016
at 20:06
  • msg #75

Magnus's Meanderings

"I don't remember being at court. I was probably too young to bring in."

After she mentions what she wants to do I'll say.
"I guess I'm going to grow to enjoy traveling as much as you. Because I'm going to end up traveling more than I think is possible. "
Glantri
player, 600 posts
Thu 4 Feb 2016
at 20:17
  • msg #76

Magnus's Meanderings

"Oh it's wonderful to meet someone that doesn't look at wanting to travel as having something wrong with them. I swear everyone around here doesn't venture more than a day's journey out. Perhaps our travels will coincide."  She blushes slightly at the last bit.

I forgot to cover you got another new use, so dancing is at 1@5.  If you don't have anything in particular you want to learn in the dance lessons or in conversation we can move ahead to either your day off, whichever you prefer.
Magnus
player, 1002 posts
Fri 5 Feb 2016
at 02:44
  • msg #77

Magnus's Meanderings

I'm fairly dense when it comes to women, But even I caught an idea for why she is blushing.
As a result I start blushing.

"... It would be nice if that happens."

I don't have anything specific that I would like to find out. Skipping ahead to my day off would be ok.
Glantri
player, 602 posts
Fri 5 Feb 2016
at 03:05
  • msg #78

Magnus's Meanderings

You're practice with Susan continues going remarkably well.  You're comfortable on the dance floor, not just that you won't embarrass yourself but that you'll look good.

The black smithing work is still grueling, but the first bladed order comes in the day before your day off. It's for the local guard, and is a sizable order. Rogosh walks you through a few and then sets you to continue independently.

You get 2 silver marks this week, and Rogosh is thrilled. Apparently weaponry is considered a specialization that only the most reputable blacksmiths are trusted with. It's a good sign.

So you have the day to do what you want. Susan still expects you for practice at the end of the day.

Ooc)+@1 to black smithing for the new use.
Magnus
player, 1005 posts
Fri 5 Feb 2016
at 15:02
  • msg #79

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll comment to Rogosh.
"We are moving up in the world. Pretty soon you'll be call a swordsmith and a armoursmith."

I'll see if Susan has the day off too. Maybe I'll relax amd go for a walk outside the city.
This message was last edited by the player at 15:08, Fri 05 Feb 2016.
Glantri
player, 604 posts
Fri 5 Feb 2016
at 15:44
  • msg #80

Magnus's Meanderings

You find Susan working in the herb and medicine shop she had mentioned. Her mother is at work with her, and tells her she can have off at noon if she gets the restocking done in good time. Susan tells you she'll meet you at west gate (it's the closest gate to where Rogosh's house is) shortly after noon.

Assuming you show up, she'll be there about 10 minutes after noon with a packed basket with lunch and a checkered blanket. Where would you like to walk? North follows the river, west is farmland, and south is rolling plains.
Magnus
player, 1008 posts
Sat 6 Feb 2016
at 09:06
  • msg #81

Magnus's Meanderings

Obviously I'm going to met her at the west gate.
North along the river seems like it would be the most relaxing out of the options.
As we walk, I talk with her.

"I'm glad you decided to walk with me. I figured that since it's my day off it would be nice to spend it with you. I am sorry about just showing up out of the blue like that and putting you on the spot like that."
Glantri
player, 606 posts
Sat 6 Feb 2016
at 12:01
  • msg #82

Magnus's Meanderings

"It was a pleasant surprise to see you, and you may a good impression with my mother so it's all good." She flashes you a small smile at that last part.

Walking along the river is nice and calm, with only a slight pleasant breeze in terms of weather. Susan is constantly looking around, down the river, at the farms you're walking by and everything.

After about an hours walk or so Susan points a spot on a small hill that overlooks the river "That looks like a nice place to stop and eat, I packed some nice bread and cheeses for us to have, and I brought some of mother's jam. It's the best in Baerlon."


She engages in small talk during the walk and lunch, is there anything in particular you're hoping to hear about or that you're steering the conversation towards?
Magnus
player, 1011 posts
Sun 7 Feb 2016
at 00:20
  • msg #83

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll ask her all about the places she has heard about And why she would like to visit them. Incidentally giving me a better idea of their geography

After we have exhausted that line of conversation, I'll ask what she knows of history. Explaining that I'm from very far away and the story of how we got to the current state of the world is different in different areas.

OOC: Sorry for asking for a huge info dump.
This message was last edited by the player at 00:21, Sun 07 Feb 2016.
Glantri
player, 608 posts
Sun 7 Feb 2016
at 01:01
  • msg #84

Magnus's Meanderings

"Well lets see where to start. The world is really a big and wonderful place. I'd obviously like to see Caemlyn, as it's the capital of Andor, and what self respecting Andoran wouldn't want to set eyes on the good Queen Morgase. It's also the closest, as it's due east of here.

East of Camelyn is Cairhien. They've got some wonderful formal dances there and some of their dresses are breathtaking. They border the Aiel Waste, where the savages live. But they haven't crossed the Spine of the World since the Aiel War when they killed King Laymon

Then there's Tar Valon, the tower is supposed to be majestic there. And it's where the Aes Sedai go to train with the one power, and I don't believe all the tales of Aes Sedai trickery. They can't be that bad,after all Queen Morgase trained there briefly, and the city is supposed to be splendid. It's just northeast of Camelyn.

Then north of Tar Valon are the borderlands. They claim to fight Trollocs there if you would believe them, but they're probably just puffed up. Along the border of the blight, which runs the northern end of the continent there from east to west are Sheinar, Arafel, Kandor, and Saldea. I don't know much about the destinction between them other than they're all said to be hard people. Oh and Saldeans have some of the finest horses in the world.

From there wrapping around to the west coming south along the coast is Arad Doman. All I know about that country is that the women are most improper" and she sniffs slightly at the thought "especially with some of their 'dances'.

South of Arad Doman, is Tarabon which is due west of here. They're said to wear filmy veils and have some incredibly shear and light weight clothing. Some of it is highly desireable for dancing in warm climates. Not really an issue in our area, but I've always been intrigued to see it.

Amadicia is south of Tarabon.... I may want to skip that area. The Children of the Light call that country home and their law supercedes even the kings in that area. It just feels wrong. Maybe just seeing it passing through will count.

East of Amadicia is Altara. I hear power rolls are reversed there, and women hold all the real power. Men walk small there my mother says, but other than that and that duels are rampant I don't know much about it.

East of Altara is Ilian, which is the largest port city in the area. The Atha'an Miere can frequently be seen there. That's what the seafolk call themselves.

East of that is Tear, the Fortress that has never fallen. Also depending on who you listen to, one of the locations of the early signs of the prophecies of the dragon. But please don't tell my mother or anyone I mentioned that. I like to read, but it can be taken the wrong way reading some of those books."

You don't really need to prompt her to go on with any of that, it sounds like something she's been working in her head for a long time, not just what other places are like but a way to make one circuit and see as much as possible.

"Hmm, well history of what? I don't know much outside some of the history of the recent false dragons and as a good Andoran I know the tale of Queen Morgases ascension to the lion throne after the succession war."

OOC)No problem, I enjoyed writing that up. Hope it came across well.
Magnus
player, 1013 posts
Sun 7 Feb 2016
at 01:17
  • msg #85

Magnus's Meanderings

As she talks about the locations I can't help but comment.
"I wish I had some paper and a pen."

After all that I ask
"Where I come from there are no tales about Dragons or false Dragons. Could you tell me about them?"

I'm walking on thin ice here. That sounds like something that would be common knowledge.
Glantri
player, 610 posts
Sun 7 Feb 2016
at 01:25
  • msg #86

Magnus's Meanderings

"I could draw it from memory mostly, my distances might be off, but most of the maps I've seen are only of questionable value in that regard anyway."

She looks at you strangely for having never heard of the stories of the dragon, and looks around slightly. "First off, it's never a good idea to use positive words when talking about someone who's actually declared themselves the dragon. You always refer to them as the False Dragon so and so. Because they always have been. But the Dragon Reborn is a man who can channel who has lived before and will live again, as the wheel spins him out into the pattern.  They say he'll be Lews Therin Telemon, who was the original Dragon. He's the one who sealed the dark one away at the end of the age of legends, and tainted the male half of the source in the process. He saved the world... and he broke the world. He went mad from the taint and killed those he loved, before killing himself and making dragon mount in the process. I don't know many of the prophecies, but I know he's supposed to retrieve the sword the is not a sword from the stone of Tear, for whatever that means the location is obvious. But the same verse of the prophecy states the stone of Tear will stand until the dragon reborn retrieves the sword that is not a sword, but Tear won't support him, perhaps as an effort to defy prophecy."

It has the distinct sound of common knowledge that's forbidden to talk about in some circles actually, you can tell it from her voice. It's also obviously a sign of trust that she's telling you even what she has.
Magnus
player, 1015 posts
Sun 7 Feb 2016
at 01:49
  • msg #87

Magnus's Meanderings

"Wait a minute. A Tainted Male half of magic that drives the men who use it insane..."

I've read something like that before. In a book I read when I was young. It had something about Banefire... or was it Balefire? Anyway it erased you out of existence. Too bad I stopped reading because I couldn't figure out what was going on. Probably as a result of starting in the middle of the series.

"I see... I'll not talk about that in public. I'm sorry. I'm a bit of an outsider here. Can you tell me about the Women who channel One Power. I believe you called them Aes Sedai"
Glantri
player, 612 posts
Sun 7 Feb 2016
at 02:02
  • msg #88

Magnus's Meanderings

She nods at the mention of the male half of the power being tainted, as if she's glad you're listening but a little surprised it surprises you.

"No need to apologize, I wouldn't have talked of it if I didn't feel comfortable doing so. Finding out what's true about Aes Sedai is difficult. If you listen to the stories they're not much better than men who can channel, manipulating everyone to their own devices regardless of cost. They don't go mad from channeling though, which is obviously why they aren't hunted down. Or they are hunted down, but by the White Cloaks, Children of the Light, whatever they're called. The White Cloaks call them Tar Valon witches and preach that they're darkfriends. but I don't trust the White Cloaks much either. They have their own agenda. But girls from town go to Tar Valon occasionally to get tested to see if they can learn to channel. Rarely an Aes Sedai will come to town and bring any girls she finds that she says can channel to come back with her. If you listen to the stories more favorable towards Aes Sedai, they fight the shadow and trollocs and myrdraal. But Trollocs and Myrdraal are just childrens stories about reasons to stay away from the northern blighted lands. They're supposedly unable to lie, but it's said that one should only believe half of what you think you hear an Aes Sedai say, and trust only half of that. I don't know all that much about them, the distance between Tar Valon and here makes it difficult to know the truth. It's part of why I want to travel."
Magnus
player, 1017 posts
Sun 7 Feb 2016
at 02:32
  • msg #89

Magnus's Meanderings

"I see. Thank you for telling me all of this. It would have been really awkward to ask anyone else. They would have asked hard questions like 'Why do you not know this.'

Is there Anything else important that I absolutely need to know?"
Glantri
player, 614 posts
Sun 7 Feb 2016
at 02:40
  • msg #90

Magnus's Meanderings

She ponders for a bit "Not particularly, men who can channel are hunted down by Aes Sedai of the red ajah, I think they have 7 ajahs or sects that focus on different activities, and crossing an Aes Sedai is always trouble."

By this point you've both largely finished eating, would you like to walk further along the river or return to town?
Magnus
player, 1019 posts
Sun 7 Feb 2016
at 03:14
  • msg #91

Magnus's Meanderings

"I guess we should start walking back. Unless you want to go further."
Glantri
player, 616 posts
Sun 7 Feb 2016
at 03:29
  • msg #92

Magnus's Meanderings

She looks towards the sky, judging the time "Well if we head back now we could get an extra hour into our dance practice. If you don't mind there are some spins I've been meaning to try, but I haven't had a good partner for them. We can try them when we get back?"

Unless you object to going through the move she's asking about, you practice that for most of the extra hour, and dedicate the rest of the time to concepts of beat count and what to do in situations where you mess up. She mentions that all dancers mess up, the good ones just manage to make it look good anyway.

The next skip forward would be the festival. Is there anything you want to do with your new information or in preparation for the festival?
Magnus
player, 1023 posts
Sun 7 Feb 2016
at 03:58
  • msg #93

Magnus's Meanderings

I have no objection to practising her dance moves. In fact during the week I'll want to continue practising those moves with here so we can do the best show.

Not really. I think I'm ready for the festival.
Glantri
player, 618 posts
Sun 7 Feb 2016
at 04:13
  • msg #94

Magnus's Meanderings

Ok it's the night of the winter festival and you show up at the square where you meet Susan. She's wearing the snowflake dress she was wearing the first time you met, and she smiles warmly at you when she sees you. The first dance hasn't started yet but the square is being cleared and the musicians are setting up. Everyone is starting to partner up and get move onto the dance floor after a couple of minutes.

The dance goes well, and they set off some of the fireworks during the cresendo of the song. It's hard to judge if you and Susan were the best dancers on the floor, since your attention was focused on dancing and not how others did, but you get the impression you clearly impressed people and only 2 other couples are regarded in the same general level. Susan is all smiles and compliments you on how well you led.

There appears to be some down time and some people are milling around talking to others while some dance partners are sticking together talking. Susan hasn't made a move to walk off, but she also hasn't engaged you in conversation that would prevent you from doing so. What do you do?
Magnus
player, 1026 posts
Mon 8 Feb 2016
at 01:38
  • msg #95

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll stay around Susan.
"It seems like we put on a bit of a show. But we didn't quite steal it."
Glantri
player, 620 posts
Mon 8 Feb 2016
at 02:07
  • msg #96

Magnus's Meanderings

She smiles at you warmly, "The show's not quite over, we might have been the best here, a couple more dances and we might prove it to everyone. If you want that is..."
Magnus
player, 1029 posts
Mon 8 Feb 2016
at 15:18
  • msg #97

Magnus's Meanderings

"Of course I want to dance with you.  It would be sort of pointless to learn how to dance, then not dance when I have the chance to do so with a beautiful woman. I can't wait for the next dance."
Glantri
player, 622 posts
Mon 8 Feb 2016
at 15:29
  • msg #98

Magnus's Meanderings

She blushes furiously at the compliment, obviously trying to keep her cheeks from turning any deeper shade of red. She takes your hand as the music starts up for the next song. The first wasn't a specific styled dance, much more freeform than anything. This one immediately clicks as a perfect song for one of the dances you were taught. It's a fast paced dance with lots of spins, twirls and small kicks.

The two of you rock the dance, you zone in and don't see anyone but Susan during it, but at the end you notice a circle around the two of you has formed and the applause at the end of the song seems focused on the two of you as much as towards the band. It was quite an aerobic dance and you feel quite thirsty after it. You got to lead Susan through the move she had asked to practice as well, this is apparently the first time she's managed that spin on the dance floor and she's all smiles.

Susan comments "I think we may have managed to get enough attention on that one."
Magnus
player, 1035 posts
Tue 9 Feb 2016
at 00:21
  • msg #99

Magnus's Meanderings

"I think we stole the show on that one. What would you like to drink Susan? I'll go and get it for you."
Glantri
player, 624 posts
Tue 9 Feb 2016
at 01:56
  • msg #100

Magnus's Meanderings

She takes your arm in hers and says "I'd like some punch, but we can get some together"

There are pitchers of punch, wine and water. All three are kept on ice. She mentions she'll find a table while you get the drinks.

So what are your plans? Sit for one dance and then go back out? Talk for a while? You've heard the illuminators show will start in about 15 minutes and people are getting good seats for it already. There is also a lot of singing going on as well, and the square is starting to get full.
Magnus
player, 1039 posts
Tue 9 Feb 2016
at 19:21
  • msg #101

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll get some punch without alcohol then go to her.

"I wasn't sure if you would want wine with your punch so I just got punch... I've heard that the Illuminators are starting their show soon. Do you want to get a good seat for that or do you want to continue dancing after we rest for a bit?"
Glantri
player, 626 posts
Tue 9 Feb 2016
at 20:04
  • msg #102

Magnus's Meanderings

"That's perfect, thank you" and she takes the punch and sips some before continuing.

"Let's get seats on the green, Illuminator shows are pretty rare around here, I'd hate to not have good seats."  So the two do you find a sloping section of the green to sit on, and you see two men carefully carrying out cylinders with a glossy look and fuses and arranging them. The town guard has set up a perimeter around the illuminators.

Susan asks "so, have you ever seen a firework display before? I've only seen one small one before"
Magnus
player, 1042 posts
Wed 10 Feb 2016
at 01:18
  • msg #103

Magnus's Meanderings

"I've seen a few of them when I was young. I'm a bit surprised to see them here. Are the Illuminators the only ones that know how to make them here?"
Glantri
player, 628 posts
Wed 10 Feb 2016
at 01:39
  • msg #104

Magnus's Meanderings

"Yeah, the guard the secret of how their tubes work very closely. Partially for the allure, and partially because of how dangerous they claim they are. Supposedly just cutting into one can make it explode in your face."

It's about 15 minutes before the pre-show fireworks start going off, and the temperature is starting to drop. Susan shivers slightly and pulls a woolen shawl she brought with her tight around her. "You can definitely tell winter's here."

When the fireworks start they start with low hanging sparklers, followed by a series of nightflowers of blue, purple, red and white. The entire crowd ooo's and ahhs each explosion. Susan comments it's magnificent, far better than the small show she saw before.

It's well done by your estimate but no better than you would expect a small community to put on back home.
Magnus
player, 1045 posts
Wed 10 Feb 2016
at 04:05
  • msg #105

Magnus's Meanderings

"It's not quite that dangerous. cutting them open wont cause them to explode. But the least little spark would set the black powder off and cause the rest of it to explode. So Still a bad idea to open it up. I'm surprised that they haven't used black power for it's other use... I guess it's better this way. Forget I said anything please."

She's cold. Well time to have about 10 seconds of stupid courage.
I'll put my arm around her and pull her genitally into me so I can share my heat with her.

I watch the show with her. Reminded of home...
I put those thoughts aside. It's not like I'm going to be able to get home. How many universes are there?
Glantri
player, 630 posts
Wed 10 Feb 2016
at 04:32
  • msg #106

Magnus's Meanderings

She gives you a strange look, and glances around to make sure the Illuminator's aren't close "You probably don't want to be admitting to that where they might hear you. They protect the secrets very strongly."

She jumps slightly when you put your arm around her, but then cuddles up close and you hear what you think is a content sigh.

After the last firework is displayed there is apparently one last song for the night. Susan pops up onto her feat and drags you onto the dance floor with her. It's a slow formal song, not exactly one you know but she mentions the differences from the one she taught you as she drags you out, and presses in tightly against you. The dance floor is quite crowded for this one, although you notice that the composition is more towards the older crowd where as the first couple of songs were almost exclusively people under their 30's.

You dance it fairly well considering it's a formal dance that you've never practiced the exact moves for before. After the dance everyone is milling about but starting to make their ways home.
Magnus
player, 1049 posts
Thu 11 Feb 2016
at 02:14
  • msg #107

Magnus's Meanderings

This dance is quite nice despite not doing it before.

After the dance I ask

"Shall I walk you home?"
Glantri
player, 631 posts
Thu 11 Feb 2016
at 02:22
  • msg #108

Magnus's Meanderings

"That would be quite nice, thank you."

Walking along side Susan her house is fairly close to the herb and medicine shop, but a bit further out to the west of the town. The house looks fairly nice, not quite as nice as Rogosh's but fairly close.

"Thank you for a wonderful evening Eli. Will I see you again tomorrow?"

Tomorrow is the beginning on one of your working weeks, but you'll have evenings available as always.

If you want to set up a routine again I'm fine skipping ahead a bit.
Magnus
player, 1052 posts
Thu 11 Feb 2016
at 03:51
  • msg #109

Magnus's Meanderings

"That would be great. I had so much fun dancing with you. Do you want to continue practising dancing? O would you like to do something else?"
Glantri
player, 633 posts
Thu 11 Feb 2016
at 04:02
  • msg #110

Magnus's Meanderings

"We can continue practicing, perhaps you could come over for dinner some time as well. I could cook something nice, perhaps next time you have a day off we could walk through town?"
Magnus
player, 1059 posts
Thu 11 Feb 2016
at 04:40
  • msg #111

Magnus's Meanderings

"That would be great. When would you like me to come over? And I would enjoy walking with you."
Glantri
player, 635 posts
Thu 11 Feb 2016
at 12:33
  • msg #112

Magnus's Meanderings

"We can practice dancing tomorrow and dinner the night after, if that works for you? Do you still want me to arrange for a backroom for us to practice dancing?"
Magnus
player, 1069 posts
Thu 11 Feb 2016
at 17:25
  • msg #113

Magnus's Meanderings

"Well, we can probably get more practice done in that back room. But I'll leave it up to you if we want to practice in public or in private. Dinner with you sounds great."
Glantri
player, 637 posts
Thu 11 Feb 2016
at 18:55
  • msg #114

Magnus's Meanderings

"Let's alternate then, half the nights we practice will be in a back room the other half will be on the dance floor. We can make a circuit of all the inns, meet people traveling through and hear wonderful tales of the world. Plus practice dancing around people is important too."

Ooc)I'm planning a big update with next post taking you through most of winter if you have no objections, as you practice more and get more blacksmithing done, and work on your martial arts and fitness. Am I missing anything?

I will need to know what your hopes are for how things will go/what type of stories you'll be looking to listen for.
Magnus
player, 1072 posts
Fri 12 Feb 2016
at 02:48
  • msg #115

Magnus's Meanderings

"That sounds like it would be fun."

I hoping to hear about the Aes Sedai and that prophecy about the Dragon.

I might get a bit lighter on my feet from all the dancing. But Otherwise it looks like you got it all.

Obviously I hope that business goes well for Rogosh.
This message was last edited by the player at 02:49, Fri 12 Feb 2016.
Glantri
player, 638 posts
Fri 12 Feb 2016
at 03:52
  • msg #116

Magnus's Meanderings

The winter flies by, with everything going fairly well. Most nights you spend dancing with Susan, half of them being on the dance floors in inns around the city. The two of you are building a reputation as being two of the best dancers in Baerlon, excluding professionals and not too far behind even them.

Most of the stories you hear are from patrons of the inn who buy a drink for you and Susan after particularly impressive dances.

You don't hear many stories of Aes Sedai, outside of the general talk of their manipulations and trickery.

The stories of the Dragon however are in ever inn, two men who can channel have declared themselves over the winter months, Mazrim Taim and Logain Ablar. You hear that the White Tower is hunting them both to bring them to justice and Gentle them. None of the stories you hear place where Logain is, but Mazrim Taim is apparently at war in Saldaea. It's fairly garbled and difficult to figure out what's exaggeration, but from the dozens of stories you've heard those are the details you believe might actually be true.

Business continues to boom and expand for your and Rogosh. Your weekly pay has been bumped up to 2 silver marks per week to reflect the increase in quantity and quality of business. Rogosh is now responsible for maintenance and re-equipment of the town guard. It's a big contract, and fills most of the working days which reduces Rogosh's requirements to go out and drum up work. Further, people seek out your shop to request work. All in all, these are going really well and Rogosh and his wife are incredibly happy.

Wintersnight and Bel Tine, a two day festival to usher in spring is coming up soon. There's not supposed to be a firework show, but there is supposed to be a gleeman coming through two nights before, as well as ever inn in the city having celebrations of various kinds the night of Winternight and the day of Bel Tine, along with a maypole celebration in the square at noon on Bel Tine.


OOC) Lets see, it's another 180 days roughly, you've worked on dancing (with a teacher), blacksmithing (with a teacher), eli's style, Strength, Agility, and Endurance. I'm goign to have to look at the numbers with a fresh mind tomorrow for what they're all at though.
Magnus
player, 1093 posts
Sun 14 Feb 2016
at 19:01
  • msg #117

Magnus's Meanderings

Hmmm I wonder what Gentle means when referring to the magic users here... probably something bad.

I all for moving up to those celebrations.
Glantri
player, 639 posts
Sun 14 Feb 2016
at 19:14
  • msg #118

Magnus's Meanderings

Susan brings up Winternight during one of your dance practices and asks where you want to be for it? Do you want to try and stop at each inn for a dance, pick one and dance there the entire night, or would you rather find which inn has the gleeman and listen to some of the tales? She's happy with any of these plans or willing to listen to a different one.
Glantri
player, 641 posts
Sun 14 Feb 2016
at 19:37
  • msg #119

Magnus's Meanderings

Forgot to mention skill/attribute bumps, finally got to sit down with the book again.

Dancing is now 2@2
Blacksmithing is 2@8
Eli's Style is 2@4
Str +@1
Stam +@1
Agil +@1
Magnus
player, 1096 posts
Mon 15 Feb 2016
at 01:20
  • msg #120

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC: Nice!

I reply to her question with
"Let's go and find that Gleeman. I'd Like to hear some of his tales and maybe he'll play a song or two that we can dance to."
Glantri
player, 642 posts
Mon 15 Feb 2016
at 02:21
  • msg #121

Magnus's Meanderings

So the Gleeman is actually at the Stag and Lion the night before Wintersnight, but the festivities and good cheer seem to be high already for it so he's performing that night.

When you get there he is telling a story in a near chant like rhythm which you find out is titled The "Bargain of Rogosh Eagle-Eye" which goes over his many heroic deeds as one of the legendary hunters for the horn of Valere. The story is actually told in such a way that you can envision ever single step, and also with enough rhythm that you and Susan easily manage to dance well to it. After the song he asks the audience for any requests, after a series of bows and flourishes of his many colored patchwork cape.

If there is a specific type of tale you want for informations sake this would be a good opportunity.
Magnus
player, 1099 posts
Mon 15 Feb 2016
at 02:52
  • msg #122

Magnus's Meanderings

Honestly the only tale that would probably help me would be the prophecy of the Dragon. But I'm not stupid enough to ask for that. I'll just have to rely of luck to get something useful.
Glantri
player, 644 posts
Mon 15 Feb 2016
at 03:11
  • msg #123

Magnus's Meanderings

A number of the patrons actually call out requests for juggling and acrobatics, which the gleeman obliges. He starts off juggling 3 balls in a basic rotation, nothing impressive. He waits just long enough to make you think it's going to be boring. Out of nowhere he produces a fourth ball and starts doing an oscillating pattern of different heights. A little later he produces a fifth and sixth ball and juggles three in each hand, then starts passing them back and forth in a rotation that becomes difficult to even follow. His hands are remarkably agile, and you make note for the first time that it's especially impressive as he's a man of middling age, definitely past the prime of his youth with white streaks running through his hair.

Shortly after you think this you're again surprised by his display of acrobatics, with multiple backflips, cartwheels and otherwise just impressive display of athletics. At the end he flourishes again and bids you all a good night. The patrons are all starting to head to their rooms or head home for the night. He's sitting down for a drink at a corner table, not catching his breath but obviously enjoying being off his feet.

During this all there's no music to dance to, and no other couples are on the dance floor. Everyone is just watching the gleemans show. Do you still want to dance during it or have anything you'd like to do before heading home for the night?
Magnus
player, 1102 posts
Mon 15 Feb 2016
at 03:23
  • msg #124

Magnus's Meanderings

I don't have anything in particular that I want to do. But before I go I'll ask Susan.
"Care for a dance before we go home? There may be no music but we can make a beat with our feet."
Glantri
player, 646 posts
Mon 15 Feb 2016
at 03:31
  • msg #125

Magnus's Meanderings

She smiles at you and walks over to the dance floor with you, she starts a beat tapping her foot which coordinates your rhythm and hers and you start into a dance with the music playing in your ears.

The gleeman is the only one left in the room other than the innkeeper when your dance comes to an end, and he gives you a round of applause, smiling warmly at the two of you.

Unless there's anything else, the next day you have work (although the day after you have off despite it not being a normal day off, in honor of Bel Tine).

During the Wintersnight festival the gleeman is no longer at the Stag and Lion, he apparently was scheduled for a small town off to the west, you catch the name the two rivers area. He's supposed to be passing back through town tomorrow night for Bel Tine however. There's a good band however and a good friendly crowd. Susan is in a dress you haven't seen before, with the top being snowflakes falling and gently transitioning into blooming flowers at the bottom, she gives it a fun twirl every so often during your dances with her. Overall the night is uneventful and there aren't really any stories to be had.

Is there anything you wanted to do or places to go on your day off for Bel Tine?
Magnus
player, 1105 posts
Mon 15 Feb 2016
at 04:00
  • msg #126

Magnus's Meanderings

No not really. Just going around with Susan and having fun with her.
Glantri
player, 647 posts
Mon 15 Feb 2016
at 22:44
  • msg #127

Magnus's Meanderings

You and Susan start out Bel Tine at the square, dancing some and otherwise enjoying the music. Your gradually start making your way through the inns, dancing in each when you start hearing rumors that the Gleeman is back in town, accompanied with a Queen or some noble. Some contest that saying the woman he's traveling with isn't a noble, just a rich merchant, but what catches your attention is that some says she's an Aes Sedai. Susan is absolutely eating up these rumors. "Wouldn't it be amazing to see an Aes Sedai? I've only heard of them in stories but to actually see one. But it's probably just escalation of story. Probably a merchants wife turned has a few extra necklaces or something.
Magnus
player, 1111 posts
Tue 16 Feb 2016
at 05:57
  • msg #128

Magnus's Meanderings

"Yes. It would be Interesting is she was an Aes Sedai. I wonder what she is here for... Oh well. What to see if we can find her?"
Glantri
player, 649 posts
Tue 16 Feb 2016
at 12:10
  • msg #129

Magnus's Meanderings

Susan nods energetically "Yes, lets. I'm sure if we just keep going to inns we're sure to hear or see the gleeman, and she's supposed to be with him."

So you go to the inn's one at a time, dancing a quick dance at each to not appear odd. You are known quite well at all the inns at this point.

When you enter the Stag and Lion you instantly realize why there is confusion about who this woman is. You see a woman who carries herself like a queen in a finer blue dress than any you've seen even at festivals, but her face just doesn't look old enough to be a Queen. That's not to say she looks young but ... well ageless is all that you're mind can put to it. It reminds you of the verser you met actually, just a feeling that there are years beyond what the face tells. She's at a table in the corner with 3 young men, who you would guess are late teens or early twenties, and the gleeman you saw a few nights back. You can't tell much more about them from where you're at, they seem to have picked a poorly lit area to sit in.
Magnus
player, 1114 posts
Thu 18 Feb 2016
at 01:24
  • msg #130

Magnus's Meanderings

I whisper to Susan.

"Well I can see why some people thought she was a queen. Shall we introduce ourselves? Or Shall we dance to inpress them and get them to start to talk to us? Or do you have a better Idea?"
Glantri
player, 651 posts
Thu 18 Feb 2016
at 03:10
  • msg #131

Magnus's Meanderings

She whispers back "I've never heard of an Aes Sedai being impressed, they're practically myth made real. We could introduce ourselves, or I could ask one of the server girls I know if she knows more about them? Whichever you think is best, I've never had this type of opportunity before, and I'm doing all I can not to freeze from excitement."
Magnus
player, 1119 posts
Fri 19 Feb 2016
at 03:48
  • msg #132

Magnus's Meanderings

Well, Time to be Stupid.

I put on my friendliest Mien And Approach the Aes Sedai with Susan in tow.

I say with a friendly smile.
"Hello. My name is Eli Bumbalough and this is Susan Eila. It's a pleasure to met someone as distinguished as yourself. How are you enjoying the festivities?"
Glantri
player, 653 posts
Fri 19 Feb 2016
at 13:46
  • msg #133

Magnus's Meanderings

She smiles up at you and Susan and says "Greetings Master Bumbalough, Mistress Eila. My name is Moiraine Damodred. The festivities are rather busy, and quite widespread." Her tone isn't cold, but it's definitely cool and undisturbed. She seems to be studying the two of you quite closely

The gleeman is over at the other end of the table talking to the three boys/young men.

You notice that the table next to them has a young woman of about the same age as the boys and a very solid looking man who seems to be on a vigil. It occurs to you moments after starting to talk with Moiraine that these two are clearly part of the same group, with the man being the protection.

Moments after you start talking the backdoor of the inn bursts open and a woman stomps in approaching the table "What do you think you're up to taking Two Rivers Folk from the village?!" She's not shouting, people a table over probably couldn't hear due to the high noise level of the inn, but there is anger seething from her words and her glare.

Moiraine replies calmly with no change in tone but more ice than when she was talking to you "I am taking them to Tar Valon, where they will be safe."

Anything you want to do or just standing there for now? These two are clearly not done talking.
Magnus
player, 1125 posts
Sat 20 Feb 2016
at 20:48
  • msg #134

Magnus's Meanderings

Is there anything I can hear the Gleeman say to the three young men?

"What is the problem with Mistress Damodred taking them to Tar Valon? I'm sure if they wanted to come back after learning to use the One Power, they would come back."
Glantri
player, 655 posts
Sun 21 Feb 2016
at 00:56
  • msg #135

Magnus's Meanderings

Short of moving closer you can't hear what the gleeman is saying to the young boys.

Both of the women stop short in their argument and point fierce glares at you. Moiraine explains coldly "I am not taking these boys to Tar Valon to learn channeling, but rather for their safety. A young man should be careful what he says that might male channelers are around."

The woman who barged in seems to be at a loss at your question.

Susan is still at your side but went stiff at the statement and is a little pale, hugging your arm for support.
Magnus
player, 1128 posts
Sun 21 Feb 2016
at 03:37
  • msg #136

Magnus's Meanderings

I smirk at my error.

"I see. That was rather presumptuous for me. I had assumed that you where taking some women there to protect them from themselves. Well you know what they say assuming to many things makes an ass out of you. Although I am Curious as to what Danger would prompt an Aes Sedai to take someone all the way to Tar Valon. It's probably none of my business. But, I would be rather disappointed if there was danger coming to this town an they didn't warn me so that I could protect those that I care about. Anyway, I've obviously overstayed my welcome. Good Day and sorry for the misunderstanding."

I turn to leave and do so unless stopped.
Glantri
player, 656 posts
Sun 21 Feb 2016
at 12:33
  • msg #137

Magnus's Meanderings

She eyes you up and down after a moment before speaking "There is no danger that I know of coming to this town that you are suited to deal with." and you notice the gleeman and the young men have stopped talking, and are staring at you with barely suppressed surprise.

"I understand the error, and will not hold it against you." Susan relaxes at this. "I would prefer to not continue this discussion  here" and she motions to a serving girl you've seen before who's known as Min "Would you please prepare a room for us to talk please?" Min nods and heads off into the backroom where you and Susan have so frequently practiced.


She starts heading back into the room without glancing back to check who's following, as if she expects her wishes to automatically be followed. The young men start moving but the gleeman motions and they resume their conversation from before. The man from the other table has moved towards the door into the room, from the looks of it intended to stand guard.
Magnus
player, 1131 posts
Sun 21 Feb 2016
at 15:23
  • msg #138

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll raise an eyebrow at her. But I'll follow her to the back room.
Glantri
player, 659 posts
Sun 21 Feb 2016
at 15:58
  • msg #139

Magnus's Meanderings

She's talking to Min quickly as you enter, but it sounds very jumbled and unintelligible to you, but you see Min nodding. The other woman has also entered.

"Please sit Eli, Susan, Nynaeve. There are some rather sensitive topics that I'd like to clear up. First, Nynaeve, I can not allow Egwene must travel to Tar Valon for her own safety, as she has the inborn talent to channel. Only 1 in 5 that learn to channel without aid live through the process. You're lucky you didn't die in the process, but you're welcome to travel with us to Tar Valon and learn at the tower."
she then turns her attention to Susan and you.
"Susan, with what I just said I hope you'll understand the importance of this, but you have the talent as well. I don't have days to wait here to escort you, but it is imperative you travel to the tower, be it with myself, on your own or I can send another Sister to escort you. But for your own safety you must learn at least enough to control the power and not hurt yourself or others, and Eli, insinuating a man can channel has caused more than one man to be killed before. I would be very careful, as an innocent man could die from a loose tongue."

Edit: there is a small pause in the discussion before either susan or Nynaeve have had time to process the shock of what they just heard, do you want to say or do anything?
This message was last edited by the player at 15:59, Sun 21 Feb 2016.
Magnus
player, 1133 posts
Sun 21 Feb 2016
at 21:08
  • msg #140

Magnus's Meanderings

"Again, I didn't know you where taking men to Tar Valon. I had assume you where talking some women there so that they don't kill themselves learning to channel.

Anyway, What do you think Susan? This is a perfect opportunity to get a start on your dream. Whatever you decide, I'll help you. If you decide to go. I'll come with you to escort you on the road. If you stay... Well there isn't much I need to do then. Although I would question why.

In any case Moiraine Damodred. If Susan does decide to travel with you. I would like to know what danger you and those Boys are in even if I am unsuited to deal with it."
Glantri
player, 661 posts
Sun 21 Feb 2016
at 21:31
  • msg #141

Magnus's Meanderings

Susan nods at you and thinks for a moment, and responds to Moiraine "I'll come with you, and do thank you for the opportunity. I'll need to let my mother know obviously, but I know I can talk her around." and then to you "I appreciate this Eli, I truly do" and she hugs you fiercely.

Moiraine smiles "Well if you'll be coming with us, I suppose I can let you know some. Keep in mind some aspects are too dangerous for me to mention, but as long as you swear to travel with us to Tar Valon, and not leave before, I will tell you what I can"

Nynaeve has sat down, and seems to be chewing on thoughts she very much does not seem to like.
Magnus
player, 1134 posts
Sun 21 Feb 2016
at 22:00
  • msg #142

Magnus's Meanderings

I blush a bit as Susan hugs me.

"I'll have to talk to Master Al'Ron and his Wife. But they should be able to get by without me for a while.
Anyway. The only reason I would be there is to protect Susan. Why would I leave Early?
But if it makes you feel Better. I, Eli, Swear to travel with you to Tar Valon as long as Susan is with you."
Glantri
player, 662 posts
Sun 21 Feb 2016
at 22:12
  • msg #143

Magnus's Meanderings

She nods accepting your oath and says "Last night the village of Two Rivers was overrun by shadowspawn. I'm escorting these boys to Tar Valon to keep them safe from said shadowspawn. The light willing, we'll avoid notice on the way to Tar Valon. We'll be spending the night at the inn, and leaving tomorrow morning at dawn. Pack what you wish to bring and meet us here in the morning."

Anything else you want to do here or just walk Susan home and then go talk with Master Al'Ron?
Magnus
player, 1136 posts
Sun 21 Feb 2016
at 22:55
  • msg #144

Magnus's Meanderings

Indeed I'll walk Susan home and go to talk with Master Al'ron.

I'll ask Susan as I walk with her
"What can you tell me about Darkspawn?"

When I get home I'll Talk to Master Al'ron.
"I'm sorry that this is so sudden. But I need to go on a trip with Susan to Tar Valon. You should be able to handle the work yourself while I am gone."
Glantri
player, 664 posts
Sun 21 Feb 2016
at 23:07
  • msg #145

Magnus's Meanderings

"Only that they're not supposed to exist, or at least they only exist in stories. But some people would say that about Aes Sedai I suppose. Trollocs are in all the stories, they're supposed to be half beast half man, and all distorted. And then there are half men, who lead them. They're supposed to be fear incarnate. That's all I really know. Most stories just talk of facing them, not going in too much detail since they're supposed to be unreal."
She hugs you again and thanks you for helping her live her dream and runs in to talk with her mother.


Rogosh nods as you talk "I can't say I wasn't expecting something to come up, women make men do crazy things, and no matter how crazy for the right woman it's the right thing to do. I'll manage here, with the reputation you've helped me create I've got more than one apprentice request. I may have to take two or three up to cover the work you did though, you're always welcome back here, but honestly you're good enough to set up shop wherever you land at this point. If you're traveling you should have a sword though, tomorrow morning we'll stop by the forge and pick one that fits you from among those we made this last week. I've got more than enough to fill this weeks order as is."

What type of sword would you like? going to have a GA roll associated, but the blacksmith is quite established at this point so you have a decent selection.
Magnus
player, 1138 posts
Sun 21 Feb 2016
at 23:23
  • msg #146

Magnus's Meanderings

I would prefer some sort of two-handed sword. This world equivalent to the Zweihander or Claymore.
If one of those are not available I would go for the largest blade there. Because at this point I have more than enough strength to wield it.

Of coarse I would have to learn how to wield such a sword. I've read a lot on how one would fight with a two-handed sword. and some of my skill with other types of swords might carry over. But it will be a bit before I am really dangerous with it.
Glantri
player, 666 posts
Mon 22 Feb 2016
at 00:19
  • msg #147

Magnus's Meanderings

There is a sword that's got a slight curve, bladed on one side and has a two handed grip that fits you well.

Rogosh nods approvingly as you pick it up and wishes you well on your travels.

You meet up with Susan on the way to the inn, and see the 3 young men, Moiraine, Nynaeve, the man who was standing guard, the young woman, and the gleeman, along with enough horses for all of you, with everyone starting to get on the horses as you arrive.

Moiraine looks to the two of you and says "I hope the day finds you well, I've procured two horses for you."

Do you have any experience riding?
Magnus
player, 1140 posts
Mon 22 Feb 2016
at 00:30
  • msg #148

Magnus's Meanderings

By this time I have probably gotten a proper pack for my things. Anyway I would have packed my thing and be on my way.

I'll Have my working leathers on along with my chain shirt.

I have no experience riding horses. Hopefully I will learn quick. And I know this is going to be unpleasant for me.
Glantri
player, 668 posts
Mon 22 Feb 2016
at 00:37
  • msg #149

Magnus's Meanderings

You manage to mount your horse fairly well, at least without assistance which is nice. You manage to keep pace over what's a brisk but not unreasonable pace for the horses for the first hour. It's not the type of pace that's maintainable however, after a few hours the horses will surely need a rest.

Susan appears to have some experience riding, and is handling herself quite well managing to keep pace without jostling forward or falling back at all.

Did you want to talk to anyone during the ride?
Magnus
player, 1153 posts
Mon 22 Feb 2016
at 15:59
  • msg #150

Magnus's Meanderings

This is my first time riding a horse so I'm paying more attention to to than the others. But I am open to any conversation they offer.
Glantri
player, 670 posts
Mon 22 Feb 2016
at 17:56
  • msg #151

Magnus's Meanderings

The three boys are talking to the gleeman, and riding quite comfortably you notice with a bit of jealousy.

The man with the sword is riding point and looks ever vigilant and Nynaeve and Egwene are talking to Moiraine.

Susan is by your side, and talks to you periodically about how exciting it is to be on the road, and can you believe theyve met an Aes Sedai? after a while she asks about the sword and where it came from. It looks similar to the one the man leading the party is wearing she comments
Magnus
player, 1156 posts
Mon 22 Feb 2016
at 22:24
  • msg #152

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll talk with Susan about what she wants.

As for her comment on my sword.
"I'm not entirely sure about what kind of sword this is. I'm not from here. Anyway Master Al'Ron gave it to me from the swords we made this week. He approved of my choice of weapon. Taking him into consideration.  It wouldn't surprise me if this was the signature weapon of an order of guardians or body guards."

Actually I have been making these weapons for a while now. What do I know about them?
This message had punctuation tweaked by the player at 22:25, Mon 22 Feb 2016.
Glantri
player, 672 posts
Tue 23 Feb 2016
at 01:45
  • msg #153

Magnus's Meanderings

Good point, you actually have a fair bit of information about swords in this world. This is a quality weapon that isn't common for every day guards or mercenaries and definitely not for townsfolk to protect themselves. Rogosh only just started getting orders for this type of sword which is used by men practicing forms on their way to be a blademaster, which you know from hearing about them is a substantial level of mastery, probably better than 99.9% of those out there. Swords for blademasters bear a heron on it somewhere, be it the hilt or the blade, often both. Rogosh hasn't had any of those commissioned, it takes years of good reputation,and some truly magnificent work and the right people seeing it for that. But you do know that bearing a heron marked blade is a great honor and dangerous to impersonate either on the blacksmiths end or the wielders end.

Your blade obviously does not have a heron mark, but you would know about them from working with swords. Besides those apprenticed to blademasters working on their forms, the personal guards of high royalty often have this type of blade, as do some of the borderland armies and the warders for the Aes Sedai. All you know about warders is that they act as body guards to Aes Sedai, and have a fierce reputation for being nearly unbeatable in combat. Many of the apprentices working towards being a blademaster will train with warders at the tower for this reason.

The aspect I forgot to mention is the weapons your entourage has. The bodyguard has a similar blade to yours, also with no heron mark, but the tallest of the three youths has a sword as well which you're shocked to see bears a heron on the hilt and scabbard. He looks too young by you would estimate 5 years to have earned it, even for an adept learner. There's just only so much you can practice.

The next tallest of the boys, who's just barely shorter than you, has an axe at his belt loop and has the arms of what you can identify at this point as someone who either works in a forge or something similar.

The shortest of the boys has a quarterstaff sticking out of his bundle.

All three have a bow as well, ones larger than you would expect. You imagine it has to take a fair amount of strength to use one effectively, but likely with good range.

Egwene, Nynaeve and Moiraine don't have any weapons that you see.

Sorry for the info dump, did any of that change what you wanted to say to Susan or just ride on?
Magnus
player, 1159 posts
Tue 23 Feb 2016
at 06:59
  • msg #154

Magnus's Meanderings

Yes it did. I'm actually surprised how accurate my guess was.
Here is the revised reply.

"This Blade? Master Al'Ron gave it to me from the stock of blades we made this week. It's a style favored by Blademasters, those learning to be Blademasters, Warders for the Aes Sedai and other high ranking guards. It wouldn't surprise me if that man leading us is a warder for the Aes Sedai. Do you see the young man with the sword like mine except it has the Heron Mark? Only actual Blademasters are allowed to wear swords with that mark. So ether That Young Man is good enough to rank as a Blademaster. Or he is suicidally Stupid. And As a general rule, most people are not suicidally stupid.

I'll need to introduce myself to them and see is they would be willing to teach me a bit when we stop.

I'll have to start learning sometime so that they will accept me as a Warder at that Tower we are going to. How else will I be a worthy Warder for the Aes Sedai that will see the whole world?"

I'm Grinning stupidly at the last bit. It's a Cheesy line and I know it.
Glantri
player, 673 posts
Tue 23 Feb 2016
at 11:45
  • msg #155

Magnus's Meanderings

She nods at all you say and blushes a bit when you mention being a worthy warder "I believe the entire process is fairly complicated, but training with the warders would keep you close which I would like."

About another hour into the ride and the man you've identified as a warder calls the party to a stop and starts talking with Moiraine quickly, not nervously but you doubt that's a feeling this man could have.

The groups are still partially segmented as they were during the ride, mainly due to only having just come to a stop. Moiraine starts going around from horse to horse and rider to rider, but you seem to be at the end of the line and she's spending about a minute at each. Did you want to start asking about training with either the young man with a heron mark or the warder? or wait till a full stop?
Magnus
player, 1167 posts
Wed 24 Feb 2016
at 06:01
  • msg #156

Magnus's Meanderings

Something is up. I'll wait for a full stop before I'll introduce myself and ask about training.

Let's see what Moiraine says.
Glantri
player, 675 posts
Wed 24 Feb 2016
at 12:47
  • msg #157

Magnus's Meanderings

When she gets to you and Susan she puts a hand out to touch your arm and you feel a chill and your fatigue seems to have fallen away and your muscles seem considerably less sore. She repeats the process for your horse and for Susan and her horse.

"Lan says we're still being followed, we have to keep moving."

Then to everyone she announces "The trollocs are too close on our heals, we won't be able to make it to Tar Valon before they catch up. I know an area the shadowspawn won't follow us, but you all need to stay close and don't touch or take anything."

She then nods to warder, Lan, and the party starts off, changing direction from the main road after a little while and down and through some hills. After not much longer you come to what looks like an abandoned city, about the size of Baerlon, maybe a bit larger. It just oozes creepiness, it reminds you of quality haunted house displays. Susan shivers as she sees the sight of it, but around the same time you hear a howl from behind you urging you forward.
Magnus
player, 1170 posts
Wed 24 Feb 2016
at 22:40
  • msg #158

Magnus's Meanderings

"Just keep following them Susan. If we follow them and follow their advice,we will make it though this."

I'll try to clear my mind into a distractionless Void; focusing on here and now; and what I must do.
Glantri
player, 677 posts
Wed 24 Feb 2016
at 23:08
  • msg #159

Magnus's Meanderings

She nods, but you can tell she's still incredibly nervous. But she's not running or doing anything foolish/dangerous.

With your mind cleared of distractions you notice the city is really not terribly creepy, other than it's in better shape than it should be for an abandoned city. It's like time had stopped and everyone had vanished, it's just so abnormal that without the effort of distancing your thoughts from distractions it doesn't stand out.

You follow Moiraine and Lan in, through various winding alleys and eventually are in a small square, definitely not the center, but likely what used to be a small sub communities area.

She dismounts and motions for everyone to do the same. "I'll be setting wards to keep us safe, but we'll be staying here to rest. The trollocs avoid this place."

Lan is holding himself at a relaxed ready, you can tell every muscle is tightened and being readied to release when he needs. It doesn't look out of place for what you've seen of him however.

Susan is taking care of her horse and is starting to look a little calmer.

Nynaeve, Egwene, and the three young men are all congregated talking, with Nynaeve looking like she's lecturing. You only get pieces from where you're standing but irresponsible is the brunt of it. You can tell from the expression on the three boys face that they're not being convinced, and the lecture is only cementing their opinion.
Magnus
player, 1176 posts
Sun 28 Feb 2016
at 04:48
  • msg #160

Magnus's Meanderings

I walk over to Moiraine and ask.
"The buildings are in too good of condition for an abandoned city. What happen here to make it like that and keep trollocs out?"
Glantri
player, 678 posts
Sun 28 Feb 2016
at 13:11
  • msg #161

Magnus's Meanderings

"A long time ago, this was a great city. They became so fearful of the shadow, and zealous in their war against the shadow that they isolated themselves, until all that was left in people was suspicion of their neighbor and greed. The city effectively cannibalized itself, all it's inhabitants killing each other over night. All that evil is said to remain in the walls, and human and shadowspawn have both fallen to it before when precautions weren't taken.

I am taking those precautions however, so we should be safe."
Magnus
player, 1189 posts
Tue 1 Mar 2016
at 04:43
  • msg #162

Magnus's Meanderings

"Still doesn't explain why the buildings are in such good condition. Oh well. That is a Aes Sedai Prerogative. I'll leave you to your task."

I'll go and talk to the young swordmaster.(I'll probably wait until after that woman is done scolding them.)
"Greetings Swordmaster. I didn't get a chance to introduce myself. My name is Eli Bumbalough."
Glantri
player, 680 posts
Tue 1 Mar 2016
at 11:32
  • msg #163

Magnus's Meanderings

Nynaeve is off talking with Egwene at this point. The three young men are still clustered together.

When you go over and introduce yourself all three are there.

"Greetings Eli, I'm Rand al Thor, but I'm not a swordmaster. My father gave me this sword when the trollocs attacked." He motions to his friends "This is Matt Coathoun and Perrin Aybara."

Rand is the tallest of them, with red hair and light grey eyes.

The shortest of them nods at you when Rand introduces him as Matt, and the largest extends a hand to shake hands when he introduces Perrin. Perrin looks to be the strongest of them, he's the one that you realized most likely has seen work in a forge or smithy, or similar environment. The others have the strength you would expect from men used to doing physical work every day, but not necessarily swinging a hammer.
Magnus
player, 1194 posts
Fri 4 Mar 2016
at 02:51
  • msg #164

Magnus's Meanderings

I shake Perrin's hand. Giving him a friendly squeeze to test his strength.

"It is a pleasure to met all of you.
Rand, you are very brave to show a Heron Mark in public without being a swordmaster.
Anyway, I assume your father was a swordmaster? Did he teach you how to use your sword?
I know some basic strikes. But I've not been taught much."

From your description. I've been imagining that the swords we are carring resemble a slightly over sized katana. Is that correct?
Glantri
player, 682 posts
Fri 4 Mar 2016
at 11:21
  • msg #165

Magnus's Meanderings

He gives you a smile and slight squeeze back. You think he's about your strength, but if anything he's actually a bit stronger.

Rand starts to speak up when Matt cuts in "Rands father is a farmer, only thing I've ever seen him attack is a wolf that was after the sheep." Matt smirks mischievously at Rand who smiles back. Rand had gone a little cold there for a moment but is back to warm smiles. "Matt's right Eli, but I'm not about to give up the sword my father gave me on the basis that it's marked. Lan has started teaching me some, when we can and it won't draw attention. I can ask him to include you next time, or if you'd rather ask yourself."

That's a good description of the sword, yes.
Magnus
player, 1197 posts
Sun 6 Mar 2016
at 00:23
  • msg #166

Magnus's Meanderings

"Sorry, I didn't mean to suggest that you get rid of your father's sword. I would just suggest that you be careful.
Anyway. I guess I should ask him myself.
If he agrees, I'll join in your next practice. Maybe you can show me what your father showed you about the sword. See you later."

I move over to Lan the Warder and say

"Greetings. My name is Eli Bumbalough. I've heard that you where teaching Rand al Thor how to use the sword."
This message was last edited by the player at 00:24, Sun 06 Mar 2016.
Glantri
player, 685 posts
Sun 6 Mar 2016
at 01:29
  • msg #167

Magnus's Meanderings

"I look forward to practicing with you Eli." and he nods as you go off to talk with Lan, settling down around sleeping bags with his friends and their pipes. I forgot to mention this, but a large percentage of men in this world seem to smoke a substance called tabok. It's somewhat similar to tobacco from what you can tell, although no one you've seen has ever had smokers lung or health problems associated with it, as such even boys are often allowed to. The commonly recognized best type is Two Rivers Tabok, which you recall is where these young men were coming from.

Lan is over near Moiraine, standing guard as she is concentrating on setting wards. The setting of wards has the look of her spinning an elaborate pattern into the air although you don't see anything, just her hands darting back and forth and then stop as she inspects and seems to let it settle in. She then moves on to the next area.

Lan nods his head to you as you approach but continues his survey of the surroundings even as he replies "Well met Eli, what I've shown the boy so far could hardly be considered teaching, he's sharp but I've not had the amount of time I'd like to. I would like half a dozen years to practice the sword with him, he has the signs of being capable of being a true blademaster, but for now I'm focusing on making him know how to carry the sword and not have it stick through him. I take it you would like to join the practice? You carry a fine sword, but don't have the look of a swordsman... not that you don't look like you could, just that you haven't yet. Well if so, I'll include you next time, but it won't be tonight. We should all stay vigilant here. We have a few hours before nightfall, but make sure to be in camp by then if you wander around at all."

He has a stony sense about him, and you get the sense he's not being cold towards you but rather this  is how he is, especially while on sentry.
Magnus
player, 1202 posts
Sun 6 Mar 2016
at 20:17
  • msg #168

Magnus's Meanderings

She must be setting up magic. To bad the magic for Men drives you insane. or something.

I talk to Lan

"Yes, I would like to join in your practice. I've only been taught the most basic strikes with a sword. Thank you for letting me join in. I'll leave you to your sentry duty. And I'll be vigilant too.There is someone here that I am here to protect... How hard is it to join the Warders?"
Glantri
player, 686 posts
Sun 6 Mar 2016
at 20:54
  • msg #169

Magnus's Meanderings

"As long as you're willing to learn, I will teach what I can in what time I can. It'll do young Al'Thor good to have someone to spar with other than myself as well. As to joining the warders that's not quite how it's done. Many come to train with the warders at the tower, and it's true many who train there become warders, but and Aes Sedai picks their warder, that and that alone is the only way to become one. It's not a path to walk for any but those willing to devote their life to the devotion of their Aes Sedai, it requires exactly that and nothing less."
Magnus
player, 1210 posts
Thu 10 Mar 2016
at 04:06
  • msg #170

Magnus's Meanderings

"... I see. I will train with you and with the Warders at the tower. I will have to think about what you said..."

"Stay vigilant... But I don't have to tell you that."

I say as a joke before returning to Susan and starting to set up the sleeping bag.
Glantri
player, 688 posts
Thu 10 Mar 2016
at 12:17
  • msg #171

Magnus's Meanderings

He smiles ever so slightly at the mention of training with the warders and to stay vigilant, but nods to you and resumes his task with his stony expression returning as he takes everything in.

You begin setting up your sleeping bags, and have just finished getting everything situated the way you would like when you hear grumblings from Nynaeve and the Gleeman. You can't make out much more than "fool boys", but Nynaeve seems very agitated.

The sun is just started to set, and the days been hard on you with learning to ride. Even with the Aes Sedai washing your fatigue away at midpoint, you're sore and tired already.
Magnus
player, 1214 posts
Sat 12 Mar 2016
at 01:32
  • msg #172

Magnus's Meanderings

How old does Nynaeve look compared to the boys?

I ask Susan.
"Do you think I should talk to them? They seem agitated."
Glantri
player, 691 posts
Sat 12 Mar 2016
at 01:40
  • msg #173

Magnus's Meanderings

She looks around 25ish, while the boys look around 20.

"Hmm, I'm not sure. She has the look my mother got when... well lets leave it at when she was quite unhappy with me. She was ready to bite anyone's head off that was near enough. That being said, I am curious what she's upset about." She pauses for a moment "Eli... I think I might know" and she gestures slightly off to where the boys had set up their sleeping bags. They aren't there currently and a quick survey tells you they aren't here.
Magnus
player, 1216 posts
Sat 12 Mar 2016
at 01:49
  • msg #174

Magnus's Meanderings

I facepalm

"Oh Great. I'll help her look for them."

I get up and go over to Nynaeve and the Gleeman.

"Susan noticed that the boys have wandered off somewhere. I'll help you look for them if you want me too."
Glantri
player, 692 posts
Sat 12 Mar 2016
at 02:06
  • msg #175

Magnus's Meanderings

She sighs slightly, but you see worry and anger behind her eyes. "I've already told Moiraine, and as much as I am loathe to admit, she is right, it's too near nightfall for us to mount an expedition out to find them. Hopefully they're just exploring around nearby and will be back before dark."

"I do thank you for the offer Eli, keeping an eye out at the perimeter is the best we can do for them, and hope."

About 10 minutes later, the boys find their way back to camp, and there is a somewhat heated conversation with Nynaeve, where she is yelling about irresponsible risks while they point out they were not told to stay in camp, only that they must be there by nightfall. It goes back and forth a bit before Nynaeve storms off to where her sleeping bag is, and they head to their sleeping bags and start getting ready for sleep.

Everyone seems to be settling down, with Lan standing sentry.
Magnus
player, 1220 posts
Sat 12 Mar 2016
at 03:27
  • msg #176

Magnus's Meanderings

I talk to Susan before I go to sleep.

"What do you know about this Aes Sedai Training? I'm going to train there with the Warders. Do you think we will still see each other? I've also heard that the only way to joins the Warders is for an Aes Sedai to pick you for their Warder."
Glantri
player, 693 posts
Sat 12 Mar 2016
at 03:58
  • msg #177

Magnus's Meanderings

"I don't know much about it, other than they teach how to safely use the One Power. It's hard enough figuring out which tales of Aes Sedai are true, let alone their training which I haven't even heard tales of other than that it happens at the White Tower. I imagine we'll be able to see each other, although it may not be every day. After all if you're training with the warders you'll be nearby. As to joining the warders, I don't imagine you'll have any problem finding an Aes Sedai to pick you." She smiles warmly at the last bit and then wishes you good night and turns over, going to sleep.

----------------------------

You wake up some time later being shaken awake by the gleeman and you see the others hurriedly getting everything together "Wake up, the trollocs have moved into the city. We have to leave."

You hear an unnatural howl from off in the distance, there's a level of raw hunger and malice in it. Everyone is packing up there horses hurriedly, but also with a harried aspect about them. You're definitely feeling the lack of sleep yourself.

Moiraine begins passing out lanterns with poles to be used while riding the horses out of the city.
Magnus
player, 1223 posts
Sat 12 Mar 2016
at 04:06
  • msg #178

Magnus's Meanderings

I smile back to her.
"Thanks. I hope I make a good Warder for you."



----------------------

I get up and pack my things onto the horse.
Again I void my mind and do what I must.
I Must protect Susan.
Glantri
player, 694 posts
Sat 12 Mar 2016
at 13:19
  • msg #179

Magnus's Meanderings

You all pack up your gear quickly and Lan starts leading you through the alleyways, without that unsettling howl coming periodically, and unfortunately getting closer.

You void your mind easily, and vigilantly stay by Susan's side. Being within the void even seems to make riding easier and you ride without trouble easily staying near Susan and in control at all times.

Nynaeve asks why they entered, she reminds Moiraine she said the Trollocs wouldn't enter Shadar Logoth. Moiraine replies quickly that they must have a Myrdraal driving them, nothing else would explain it.

As you're approaching the perimeter of the city the trollocs come into sight at the end of one of the long streets. They appear to be a monstrous hybrid of man and beast, some with hoofed feet and bulls head, or a ravens beak and clawed hands. Their horrible appearance seems even worse when you see the variety across their ranks, charging towards you. You also see in the background a figure on a black horse whose very image batters at the void you constructed around your mind, the terror trying to seep in. It has to be the myrdraal that was mentioned before.

Lan yells, getting everyone attention back "Run!" and everyone puts heels to horse and start trying to put distance between you and the unmounted followers.

After a series of turns in an attempt to shake off your pursuers you notice a creeping mist is move towards you guys, just moments before Moiraine shouts "Mashadar! Don't touch the mist, it's death."

The street before you is beginning to be covered in this mist, with Nynaeve Moiraine and Lan on the far side. Moiraine says "We're near the edge of the city, get out and make it across the river and I'll find you all there. Whatever you do, don't let the mist touch you and don't take anything."

Perrin and Egwene take off down one side street, dodging out of the way of the mist, followed closely by Susan, and Rand, Thom and Matt take off down a different side street. Both look like they're both heading out of town about the same. My assumption is you're following Susan, but it's a lot of information so far and wanted to double check and also give you a chance to react to some of this.

Worth noting, the mist is also wrapping around behind you, cutting off a good number of the trollocs, but not all. At least not yet. You see one trolloc touch the mist and it's face contorts before it falls down dead.
Magnus
player, 1226 posts
Sat 12 Mar 2016
at 18:10
  • msg #180

Magnus's Meanderings

Yes. I'm following Susan. But I'm keeping an eye out for mist in front of her. So i can shout a warning if she doesn't see it. Hopefully It all goes well and we escape.
Glantri
player, 695 posts
Sun 13 Mar 2016
at 00:08
  • msg #181

Magnus's Meanderings

You continue on, just behind and to the side of Susan. You don't see any mist ahead of you, it seems to have found enough to feast on with the trollocs and is starting to thicken there.

That being said a few handfuls are still pursuing that haven't been caught by the mist. Egwene is falling behind slightly, her horse just isn't keeping up, and she takes a route off to the side, still a route that should be heading out of Shadar Logoth, but not the one Perrin and Susan are on.

A little further on, you're nearing the edge of town, along a road that overhangs the river below by a good distance. To your horror you see Perrin's horse lose it's footing as the ground crumbles slightly, and stumbles down the embankment, falling in towards the river. You manage to grab Susan before her horse reaches the same location, having reacted just slightly quicker than she did. She's trembling, but says quite adamantly "Eli, we have to do something..."

You can see the road your on eventually makes it down to the riverside, there's also the option of doubling back and trying to find Egwene's path, or trying to navigate your horses down the slope Perrin just fell down. You heard a splash a few moments ago, which you surmise is from horse and rider hitting the water.
Magnus
player, 1228 posts
Sun 13 Mar 2016
at 00:35
  • msg #182

Magnus's Meanderings

I nod to her
"You are Right. Hold my horse for now And Call out to me if you see the trollocs or mist."

I'll get off my horse And head down the embankment to pull Perrin out
Glantri
player, 697 posts
Sun 13 Mar 2016
at 00:49
  • msg #183

Magnus's Meanderings

Susan nods to you and looks around constantly, she's obviously very nervous. "Be careful Eli"

You get down to the embankment well enough, nearly falling a few times at less stable areas but making by well enough.

Perrin's horse looks to have broken a leg in the fall, and Perrin looks to have fallen off in the fall. They're both about 20 ft into the river, and the river is about 40 ft wide. Are you planning to wade in or how do you plan to pull him out? He does look like he's working on stabilizing, he's struggling to remove his cloak currently which is weighing him down and making treading water in the current difficult
Magnus
player, 1229 posts
Sun 13 Mar 2016
at 01:15
  • msg #184

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll pull my cloak off and wade in as far as I can then swim to him to pull him out.
Glantri
player, 698 posts
Sun 13 Mar 2016
at 01:45
  • msg #185

Magnus's Meanderings

Do you have any experience in rescue swimming? Also how good would you say you are at swimming in general?
Magnus
player, 1230 posts
Sun 13 Mar 2016
at 01:50
  • msg #186

Magnus's Meanderings

I haven't done rescue swimming before. But I used to swim all the time as a kid and took swimming lessons as a teenager. I would say I'm at least at professional skill do to the ease I have moving though water. Admittedly I'm not a competition swimmer. Those guys would be experts at swimming.
Glantri
player, 699 posts
Sun 13 Mar 2016
at 02:00
  • msg #187

Magnus's Meanderings

You swim out easily, fighting against the current and manage to help Perrin get his cloak off, after which he's capable of swimming with you back to the shore.

He coughs out a good deal of water and is shivering, as you notice so are you but more as a distant aspect you're aware of, your mind is still voided keeping it at bay.

"Thank you *cough* Eli. My cloak refused to come undone, not sure I could have gotten through that alone. We have to get going to the other side though." and he looks around quick "I think there may be some shallower spots we can lead the horses across in that direction"

You see Susan is coming down the slope, somewhat slowly, leading both horses by the reigns. When she gets down to you she mentions "A couple of the trollocs nearly got to me, I had to start down the slope. I think the mist got to them though, I heard a scream as I started down but was too scared to look back. We should keep moving" and she hands the reigns of your horse to you.

If you try to swim across here you definitely won't be able to keep your horses, but it'd be a bit faster, but if Perrin is right about the shallower section you might stand a chance of getting the horses across there.
Magnus
player, 1231 posts
Sun 13 Mar 2016
at 02:21
  • msg #188

Magnus's Meanderings

I give my cloak I took off to Perrin and take the rings of my horse.

"Let's try that shallower section that you think is down there. That way we can get the two remaining two horses across. Let's go. I'm not sure in I can fight off a Trolloc."
Glantri
player, 700 posts
Sun 13 Mar 2016
at 02:43
  • msg #189

Magnus's Meanderings

You head down and you come across a shallower section. You hear the occasional howl of trollocs and at this point frequent screams and then deathly silence, but none run across you. The shallows has the water running over them at very high speeds, but it looks like they might only go chest deep at the worst point. It takes all three of you to lead the horses across, and it's a slow and bone chilling experience.

You're on the other side now, and you're all shivering quite a lot. What are you looking for and what are you prioritizing now that you're on the far side of the river?
Magnus
player, 1235 posts
Sun 13 Mar 2016
at 04:02
  • msg #190

Magnus's Meanderings

"Let's Look for and join up with the others. We need to get out of here with them."

I Lead them to where I think the others are heading. I just need to get them to safety for a bit so I can take care of myself.
Glantri
player, 701 posts
Sun 13 Mar 2016
at 12:07
  • msg #191

Magnus's Meanderings

After a little searching you see a small fire in the distance, with a single horse tied nearby. Perrin says "That's Bella, Egwene must be there."

As you approach, sure enough Egwene is sitting by the fire, soaking wet like the rest of you are, but drying out.

She jumps up when she sees you all and says "I'm so glad you all made it, I haven't seen any sign of Rand, or Matt or Nynaeve or Moiraine, I was planning to continue on towards Tar Valon, we'll eventually see Moiraine and the others if we do that right?"
Magnus
player, 1240 posts
Sun 13 Mar 2016
at 17:47
  • msg #192

Magnus's Meanderings

"You are probably right. We'll leave as soon as we are dried off. If we tried to ride like this we'll freeze to death. We lost a horse to a fall. So one of us is going to have to double up on one of the horses we have..."

I'll stand next to the fire to dry out. But I'm keeping an eye out for Trollocs and that mist.
Glantri
player, 702 posts
Sun 13 Mar 2016
at 19:30
  • msg #193

Magnus's Meanderings

Perrin speaks up "We risk losing more of our horses that way, but we may not have other options. We're going to have to be moving during most of the daylight hour. I'll start out walking along side, we're used to long walks in the country."

He starts stretching out next to the fire, and has hung your cloak up to dry.

Susan asks "Are you ok? I lost sight of you for a while when you went into the river"
Magnus
player, 1242 posts
Sun 13 Mar 2016
at 20:05
  • msg #194

Magnus's Meanderings

"I would prefer putting as mush distance between us and the Trollocs as possible. But that will wear that horse out. And we Might need it for a quick run. Perrin or I will walk until we are worn out then switch to the other. That will make sure the horse has energy to run when we need it.

I'm ok. How are you feeling Perrin?"
Glantri
player, 703 posts
Sun 13 Mar 2016
at 21:38
  • msg #195

Magnus's Meanderings

Egwene seems about to raise arguement when Perrin jumps in "Sensible enough, anyone can see that. Lets rest up, do you think we should head out immediately Eli or wait till morning, even with moonlight it's going to be tricky to navigate at any speed, and Moiraine said the trollocs fear water, especially rivers. But I can see the merit in pushing on a bit tonight yet or camping until sunrise and setting out."

It was Susan that was asking if you were ok, do you still ask if she's ok? As far as you saw she never really came close to being hurt.
Magnus
player, 1246 posts
Sun 13 Mar 2016
at 22:31
  • msg #196

Magnus's Meanderings

"We need to head out As soon as we dry off. The trollocs are still too close. We'll go for two hours then set up camp again. Then we'll try to rest."

It was ambiguous whether she was talking to me or Pirrin. It was just a bit of a misunderstanding.

I turn to Susan after I ask Pirrin.
"How are you feeling? Are ypu up to such a ride?"
Glantri
player, 704 posts
Sun 13 Mar 2016
at 22:51
  • msg #197

Magnus's Meanderings

Perrin nods, "I'll go check the horses then, make sure they're ready."

Perrin comments that he's going to have some bruises, but no worse than we he dropped his hammer on his leg when he was first learning the trade.

Susan tells you "I'm anxious for everyone's safety, but I'm not hurt and I have enough energy to ride for a while"

About 20 minutes pass uneventfully, and you're all dried and ready to go, although you are all getting tired now that adrenaline is fading.

Questions for the travels:
Are you navigating? Are you having someone else navigate, and if so who?

Are you trying to find main roads to follow, secondary roads or stick to backroads and woods? Perrin mentions that darkfriends could be anywhere, and he's not sure how the Trollocs managed to follow them so quickly when they left the Two Rivers.
Magnus
player, 1248 posts
Mon 14 Mar 2016
at 00:04
  • msg #198

Magnus's Meanderings

After we get going I ask.

"Ok. Who knows how to get Tar Valon?
Because I have no clue how to get there."

I would prefer the quickest route to get there.
Glantri
player, 706 posts
Tue 15 Mar 2016
at 11:54
  • msg #199

Magnus's Meanderings

Egwene and Perrin kind of shrug, and Susan says "Well, kinda, I mean it's east of here, if we continue traveling east we're bound to hit either Caemlyn or Tar Valon or a town that can point us in the right direction right?" Egwene and Perrin nod that it makes sense.

Perrin speaks up "I've not studied the maps the way Rand or Matt did, but what Susan says is true, we have to go east either way. I don't see any easy roads around though."
Magnus
player, 1273 posts
Sun 27 Mar 2016
at 03:55
  • msg #200

Magnus's Meanderings

"That should work. Let's go that direction as directly as we can. Stay alert."

I will head in the direction that they indicate is east. I'll move around the group keeping alert for trouble.
Glantri
player, 708 posts
Sun 27 Mar 2016
at 04:24
  • msg #201

Magnus's Meanderings

The others look as alert as you can expect, but you can tell they're fading fast. They're clearly looking around, but you find yourself nervous that the others won't realistically see anything soon enough to react in this state.

You maintain your vigil though, and short of a few rocky crags that you notice and manage to stop a horse from stepping into and throwing it's rider you put the couple hours distance in between you and Shadar Logoth.

Perrin points out a rocky outcropping, "Looks to be a decent place to camp for the night so long as it's not inhabited. What do you think Eli, you and I could go check it out?"
Magnus
player, 1279 posts
Sun 27 Mar 2016
at 05:41
  • msg #202

Magnus's Meanderings

"We've gone far enough for now. I agree Perren. That should work out for the rest of the night. Let's check it."

I'll have my sword in my right hand and my lantern in my left hand. Then I'll check the outcropping on foot.
Glantri
player, 710 posts
Sun 27 Mar 2016
at 12:03
  • msg #203

Magnus's Meanderings

So you and Perrin approach separately from the women, both dismounted, you with your sword and Perrin with his ax. When you round the outcropping you see a sleeping brown bear about 20 ft in front of you.
Magnus
player, 1283 posts
Wed 30 Mar 2016
at 01:32
  • msg #204

Magnus's Meanderings

I motion for us to back off. Once we do I'll say quietly.

"Well it's occupied. We might be able to take it out if we both strike deep into its neck. It'looks like the others are not going to last much longer. So will need to take this spot."
Glantri
player, 712 posts
Wed 30 Mar 2016
at 02:04
  • msg #205

Magnus's Meanderings

He nods to you and grips his heavy axe in two hands and starts walking silently towards the cave.

My assumption is that you're going to try and sneak up without waking it, which I'm going to call sneaking. How good would you say you are at sneaking, and do you have any experience in the woods? I think a sizable bonus for the fact that the bear is asleep and you had time to plan yours actions is reasonable as well.

Are you trying for a specifically devastating strike, akin to a sneak attack from a rogue?
Magnus
player, 1288 posts
Thu 31 Mar 2016
at 04:08
  • msg #206

Magnus's Meanderings

I don't practice moving around silently. In general I'm too big for that to be practical. But I could probably move silently if the floor was stone and there was no leaves or twigs on it.

The part of Tennessee I'm in is mostly woods. I used to play in the woods when I was little. But I'm not a woodsman.

Yes. I'm trying to strike so that I cut it's spine and sever it's spinal cord. So Basically I'm targeting it's vitals for (hopefully) massive damage. So Yes, Something like a sneak attack from a rogue.
Glantri
player, 714 posts
Thu 31 Mar 2016
at 11:52
  • msg #207

Magnus's Meanderings

You and Perrin move forward silently. Perrin's clearly got experience moving without making noise, and grabs you moments before you were about to step on a twig, points to it and guides you to a better place to step. Other than that your approach goes without worry.

You and Perrin take opposite sides of the bear and move to strike. You strike true and hard, driving your sword deep into the bear. You feel substantial resistance and a crack, at which point the bear jolts awake and lets out a roar of pain.

Perrin's swing of the axe passes through where the bears head was moments before, the sudden jerk haven't sent it out of the way.

The bear is staggering up and starting to move, but it's movements are badly impaired. Looks like you did serious damage to it's spinal chord but it's got some mobility. It's staring at you with raw hatred in it's eyes.
Magnus
player, 1291 posts
Fri 1 Apr 2016
at 01:18
  • msg #208

Magnus's Meanderings

Well, a Cut deep enough to hit the spinal cord should be bleeding. Doesn't help us much since it is still moving.

I shift into a fairly standard front stance with the sword ready in front of me. I Circle it looking for an opening to strike at one of its joints. There is generally nerves, Blood vessels and tendons that would make for a very bad day if cut. Then I will dart in, strike and back off.

If I can't get an opening I'll just strike at it to get it's attention to stay focused on me so that Perrin can hit it somewhere vulnerable with his ax
Glantri
player, 716 posts
Fri 1 Apr 2016
at 21:48
  • msg #209

Magnus's Meanderings

There is a lot of blood, sorry that I forgot to mention that, and his mobility is very restricted, it can't really be called walking so much as shambling and throwing it's weight at moments, but it still seems dangerous at the moment.

The bear seems focused on you, lumbering in slow jerky motions towards you, but keeping you as it's focus. This makes it impossible to circle around completely. You dart in and slash at it, cutting it some but not doing any substantial damage.

Perrin takes this opportunity to swing his axe in a strong overhand swing but misses the bear, striking his axe against the rocks, making a loud clang.

The bear lashes out at you with one of it's claws nearly catching you but you dodge under and roll to the side. His uncoordinated maneuver leaves him with his stomach exposed for just a moment in which you slice him open and he collapses in a heap nearly instantly.

OOC)All the rolls came in incredibly high, with you and Perrin both failing your initial attack and the bear botching it's roll. I thought a free attack from an enemy in place with a SM to the attack was a good botch for the occasion, which was the last attack, which dealt waaaaay more damage than he had left. I'm new to running combat, which is why I'm posting the rolls to see if I did ok.
Magnus
player, 1294 posts
Sun 3 Apr 2016
at 02:22
  • msg #210

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC That was a good description of combat. In general it's more interesting when you do it like that. If you want I can explain Multiverser combat in a PM.And explain the Pros and Cons with running combat like that.

"Back off Perrin. It might try one more swing."

I cairfully observe it to make sure it is dead.
After about thirty seconds with it not moving, I will try to check it for a pulse.
If it's heart is still beating. I will cut it's jugular to end it's suffering.

After I'm done I'll ask Perrin.
"I've heard that bear meat is eatable if cooked. Do you know how to skin an animal and prepare it's meat?"
Glantri
player, 718 posts
Sun 3 Apr 2016
at 02:45
  • msg #211

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC) I'll stick to describing it that way then, it was fun to think through and good creative effort. I've read through the combat section of the book a number of times, and understand it I believe, I was just making sure it came out well since it's complicated and sometimes what I think reads really well is a mess. I'm always happy to read others explanations though, extra views helps me understand things better.

As you say it Perrin is already backing off and has his axe readied again. "Good call, and nice job there." and he nods solemnly at the bear.

The bear twitches slightly, but stops moving and the gushing blood slows down to a trickle in the 30 seconds. You feel a very slight pulse, but the bear is clearly dieing, and you put it out of it's misery with a clean cut across the jugular.

Perrin responds to your question "Eli, I grew up in a small village in the country, I'm not master at it but it's simple enough... I've never skinned and cooked anything this big though, I'll need some help. Perhaps we should get Susan and Egwene first and have them start setting up the fire we'll need to cook while we do the gruesome work?"
Magnus
player, 1297 posts
Mon 4 Apr 2016
at 01:51
  • msg #212

Magnus's Meanderings

"Yes, Getting a fire started while we are working on the bear would be the best way to divide our efforts. I'll go and get them."

I'll go and get Susan and Egwene.
"We found a bear in the cave and ambushed it. We're going to need help cooking it's meat. We will need to start a fire in the cave."
Glantri
player, 720 posts
Mon 4 Apr 2016
at 02:48
  • msg #213

Magnus's Meanderings

Susan gasps as you get close and rushes to your side. "Are you ok?" and she's checking you over. After a moment you both realize where the confusion came from. In your adrenaline enhanced state, the fact that the bear got a decent amount of blood on you when you sliced through it's stomach had been overlooked. Roughly around the time you realize you must look like you were just put through a blender, Susan apparently realizes that it's not your blood and relaxes visibly. "We'll get to work on the fire, Egwene?" and Egwene leads the horses up and they go about their work.

Perrin has laid out a set of knives for the skinning and hands you one. He walks you through the basics of getting the fur off "We may need the fur, no reason to waste it if we don't have to." and  he continues on with basics like that, and gets your help skinning and preparing the meat.

You now have 1@2 Skinning.

Egwene and Susan have a decent fire going around the time you and Perrin have finished skinning the bear. Susan mentions you should go down to the river and see about cleaning up a bit while they cook dinner.
Magnus
player, 1300 posts
Thu 7 Apr 2016
at 02:28
  • msg #214

Magnus's Meanderings

"Yes, I'm going to to stink if I don't was this out. I'll be back. Keep a look out while I'm gone."

Then I walk to the river and take my cloths off and start washing off and cleaning my cloths.
Once I'm done I'll return with my pants on and let my stuff dry off.
Glantri
player, 722 posts
Thu 7 Apr 2016
at 12:23
  • msg #215

Magnus's Meanderings

Perrin heads down to the river with you, he's slightly less bloody but pretty disgusting all the same.

The water is cold, and it takes a certain amount of will to get through it all without complaining about the biting cold, but you manage (unless you would like to complain about it, I'm not trying to take away player agency, just let me know). After you're convinced your clothes and you are as you're going to manage you start heading back. Perrin is done a little before you but waits, standing guard looking up the river.

When you get back there is a fire burning, and the first portion of the meat is cooking. Egwene is lying down while Susan tends the fire/meal. She smiles as she sees you and gestures to a pile of clothes "I hope you don't mind, I took the liberty to get out dry clothes for you, I'd rather you not catch cold." The pile is far enough from the fire that they're not in danger but close enough to have a small benefit from the warmth.

Underneath Susan's outward smile she seems somewhat upset, she's hiding it pretty well, but you've known her long enough to know something is there.
Magnus
player, 1302 posts
Sat 9 Apr 2016
at 05:29
  • msg #216

Magnus's Meanderings

I would comment to Perrin
"With the river this cold, It'll wake us up and We'll stay up for at least another hour."

But otherwise I wouldn't complain about the cold water.

When I return to camp, I'll Say to Susan.
"Thank you Susan. The Warm cloths will feel nice. It's nice to know that someone worries about me."

I'll go outside the camp for a bit to change into the dry cloths

Then I'll walk behind Susan and hug her, Resting my chin on her shoulder.
"Generally I'm sort of dense. But on occasion I notice something. I have a feeling that you are upset. Probably at me... If I had to guess, You are upset that I put myself into danger and made you worry. Is that Correct?"
Glantri
player, 724 posts
Sat 9 Apr 2016
at 12:08
  • msg #217

Magnus's Meanderings

Perrin nods, "That it will, that fire will be mighty welcome though when we get back"

She smiles warmly at you when you thank her for the clothes, and then continues tending the cooking.

After you ask Susan she shakes her head firmly "No, I understand risks need to be taken sometimes, when they make sense. And I agree we needed a place to sleep, and extra rations won't hurt, nor will the bear skin for extra layers during cold nights. I'm not upset with you at all. While you were gone Egwene and I had a fight about how to light the fire. She was trying to use the bloody power. She managed to before I had time to get my flint and steel out. It's dangerous untrained and unsupervised though, even if Moiraine has been showing her the basics. I don't know much about the power, but I do know that." and she sighs "But I supppose these are dangerous times, I'm glad everyone is alright. Are you hungry? I don't have spices to make this taste great, but it should be ready fairly soon."
Magnus
player, 1305 posts
Sun 10 Apr 2016
at 04:35
  • msg #218

Magnus's Meanderings

"I'm glad you are not mad at me. I'm sure your cooking will still be good. I am hungry.

The stories from my homeland sometimes talk about magic. Generally it is dangerous.
 I can understand why she wanted to do that. But, In a lot the stories, Using something that you don't fully understand is dangerous."
Glantri
player, 726 posts
Sun 10 Apr 2016
at 11:26
  • msg #219

Magnus's Meanderings

She nods and seems to be much more relaxed, talking it out has obviously helped.

The bear is fairly fatty, and Perrin points out that without any salts we don't have a way to preserve the meat and whatever isn't eaten now likely will have to go to waste. He suggests its better to eat up now for that reason.

Before sleep Perrin takes the bear skin and sets it up to stretch out on a quickly built wooden construction, near the slowly dieing fire.

Are you going to be trying to sleep past when the sun comes up, or leave at dawn? Dawn is about 4 hours away by now, and it's been a hard day, but I know making good time was a factor before.

I'll also need hopes of what you'll come across on your way to Tar Valon, if there's anything in particular.
Magnus
player, 1312 posts
Fri 15 Apr 2016
at 02:49
  • msg #220

Magnus's Meanderings

I agree with Perrin. We need to eat as much as we can of the bear meat so it doesn't go to waste.

I imagine that the others will get up due to the sun. So we probably need to leave at dawn. It'll be rough tomorrow but we should be able to power though it.

I hope we can meet the others on the way to Tar Valon or a safe place to rest.
Glantri
player, 728 posts
Fri 15 Apr 2016
at 04:04
  • msg #221

Magnus's Meanderings

You all wake up shortly after the sun rises, incredibly groggy.

You're remarkably sore, all those individual instances of extreme exertion added up from yesterday, but you're moving, as is everyone else.



During the days of travel, you pass mostly farmland. The farms seem to be getting less common though. The first day, you would pass one every hour or two, and then it started being every 4 hours, maybe. Now you spend most of your day's riding between farms.

There are several days of traveling before anything significant happens, is there anything you want to do during those days? Do you want to approach any of the farms? What precautions if any are you taking about being followed?
Magnus
player, 1315 posts
Sun 17 Apr 2016
at 23:46
  • msg #222

Magnus's Meanderings

Wait a minute. if we where heading towards a town the farms would be getting closer together.

I'll stop at a farm and ask.
"Which way is it to the closest town?"
Glantri
player, 730 posts
Mon 18 Apr 2016
at 01:03
  • msg #223

Magnus's Meanderings

You get to a farm around dusk and knock on the door after seeing a light on. A lean farmer of about 6' answers the door, "May I help you? We don't get visitors out here too often."

When you ask your question he looks thoughtful for a while. "I suppose Whitebridge is the closest town, either that or Four Kings, that or Baerlon. Baerlon and Whitebridge are closest, with Baerlon being roughly due west of here and Whitebridge being due south. The path to Whitebridge is pretty difficult if you take a straight path though, while the path to Four Kings is more or less easy grassland the entire way. Where are you trying to go?"

OOC)Clever.
Magnus
player, 1318 posts
Tue 19 Apr 2016
at 01:03
  • msg #224

Magnus's Meanderings

"I'm trying to get to Tar Valon. I got separated from the person that was guiding me there."
Glantri
player, 732 posts
Tue 19 Apr 2016
at 02:00
  • msg #225

Magnus's Meanderings

"Hmm, well Tar Valon is almost due east of here, maybe slightly north? But there's no road along that way, it's a mixture of long stretches of somewhat uninhibited plains and farmland, some rolling hills and rough terrain mind some rivers and marsh areas as you get closer. It's a goodly distance too, would probably take several weeks to traverse. The path to Four Kings is similar, but not as rough and much shorter. You might have 5 days to ride,  and then you have good roads to Caemlyn where you would turn north to Tar Valon. white bridge would include some unnecessary backtracking if your goal is Tar Valon, since you'd still have to pass by Four kings on your way, but going directly to Caemlyn is possible though it's a little rougher ride and a longer until you get to your first town. Anything else I can do for you all?"

It occurs to you that this man is being more helpful than you would expect, but you can't pinpoint any real reason why. He's been rather excited to talk.
Magnus
player, 1321 posts
Tue 19 Apr 2016
at 03:31
  • msg #226

Magnus's Meanderings

I bow slightly to him
"Thank you for your help. Which Direction is it to Four Kings?
Is there something I can help you with for a bit?"
Glantri
player, 733 posts
Tue 19 Apr 2016
at 04:21
  • msg #227

Magnus's Meanderings

He gives you fairly good directions, mostly stick south with a few descriptions of farms on the way that you should be passing and how many days out they'll be. From the sounds of it there's going to be a number of days travel before the next farm, but then the last couple days will have farms spaced fairly closely.

"I appreciate the offer, but we're going to be eating dinner shortly and everything is in order around here. Stay safe on your journeys."
Magnus
player, 1324 posts
Sat 23 Apr 2016
at 07:01
  • msg #228

Magnus's Meanderings

I pull out a Silver Mark and give it to him.

"Here. You helped me out a lot. Use this to get your Family something nice."

Then I leave before he can give it back to me.

I'll relay the Directions I got to the others.
Then we'll head to Four Kings.
Glantri
player, 736 posts
Sat 23 Apr 2016
at 13:20
  • msg #229

Magnus's Meanderings

The man thanks you for the money and wishes you good luck as you leave. He looks noticeably shocked at it however.

The others nod and agree that heading to Four Kings sounds like a good idea.

Towards the end of the following day there is a strong wind blowing in from the west, with the promise of strong rain to follow. You have maybe 3 hours of daylight left and if you had to guess an hour or so before the rain reaches you. You passed a farm with a large barn about an hour ago, and haven't seen one on the horizon yet. In the far distance off to the east you see a large rocky outcropping, and south of you is open plains.
Magnus
player, 1328 posts
Mon 25 Apr 2016
at 03:13
  • msg #230

Magnus's Meanderings

I stop and talk to the others a bit.
"Well, it feels like it is going to rain soon. The way I see it we got two options. We can go back to that barn we passed an hour ago or we can try to get to that rocky outcropping over that way. We can probably make it back to the barn before it rains and We'll stay dry in the barn, but well be backtracking.
The rocks on the other hand are on our way to where we are going but we'll probably get wet getting to them and there is no guaranty that we'll find a dry place to rest.

I dislike the idea of backtracking. But we have our health and endurance to consider. It'll do us no good if we press on and get sick from exposure. What do you people think?"
Glantri
player, 738 posts
Mon 25 Apr 2016
at 15:26
  • msg #231

Magnus's Meanderings

The rocky outcropping actually looks closer, about half an hour. You can't see the barn on the horizon anymore, but know you passed it roughly an hour ago.

Perrin looks contemplative for a bit and then says "The rocks are likely best, there's no guarentee we'll be welcome at the barn, and riding away from the direction of the storm may buy us enoguh time to get situated before it hits... it looks like a bad one."

Egwene and Susan both think for a moment and then nod, although no one seems really firmly set in their opinions and are still looking to you to make the final decision.
Magnus
player, 1332 posts
Fri 29 Apr 2016
at 01:53
  • msg #232

Magnus's Meanderings

"You are correct Perrin. We should have enough time to set up shelter there.
Let's go to the rocks."

I'll start helping set up some shelter as soon as we get there.
This message was last edited by the player at 06:42, Fri 29 Apr 2016.
Glantri
player, 740 posts
Fri 29 Apr 2016
at 19:29
  • msg #233

Magnus's Meanderings

You all ride as hard as you can, without leaving Perrin behind who's currently on foot. He's rather fast you note, your not sure you would be able to do better and he seems he's pacing himself so he doesn't get too tired too quickly.

As you all get closer to the outcropping you see a small fire near an overhang, it looks like someone is either already here or was here very recently. From first glance you see some smaller outcroppings, but none that would shelter your group, most wouldn't even shelter one person.

You don't see any sign that you've been noticed yet.
Magnus
player, 1335 posts
Sun 1 May 2016
at 01:59
  • msg #234

Magnus's Meanderings

I tell the others.

"It's looks like we need to talk to someone."

when we get close enough I'll shout out "Hello!" So we don't surprise them too badly.
Glantri
player, 742 posts
Sun 1 May 2016
at 20:15
  • msg #235

Magnus's Meanderings

They nod, following your lead. You and lead, with Perrin's hand resting on his axe.

You hear a reply, "Greetings, I was wondering when you would get here. Come, come. Let us sit by the fire together."

As you come around the corner of the rock outcropping to your surprise you see a man with a long knife strapped to his belt and clad in furs resting against the wall of a small cave, with 3 wolves a healthy distance from the fire. He's a man of lean build, has sandy colored hair and yellow eyes.

"My friends had told me you were coming, they have been excited to meet another like me." His comment seems addressed to Perrin, who doesn't seem to have realized that nuance and is still defering to you, but gripping his axe handle tightly.
Magnus
player, 1338 posts
Mon 2 May 2016
at 02:59
  • msg #236

Magnus's Meanderings

"Greetings. It's rather unusual for wolfs to follow a human. And you indicate that you communicate with them. Yellow Eyes generally indicate something supernatural. I would guess your a werewolf or that you have some spiritual connection to wolfs. And Perrin too judging from your dialog. You might want to start telling Perrin what's going on with you and the wolfs."
Glantri
player, 744 posts
Mon 2 May 2016
at 17:13
  • msg #237

Magnus's Meanderings

He chuckles slightly to himself, very shortly and then responds "Perceptive of you, not many know what yellow eyes mean, and most are simply afraid of them, and until a few days ago, I thought I was the only wolfbrother. I'm not sure what you mean by werewolf, but the spiritual connection, or at least mental connection is true. The wolves tell me... Perrin is it? ... has it too. They've been quite excited, or excited for wolves at least, to meet him. Shall I assume you'd like to get off those horses and get something to eat?" and he gestures to the fire.

Perrin looks thoughtful for several moments, with his hand still on his axe but then gradually relaxing. He says, directed towards you "We probably don't have much option at this point, it's rest here through the storm or get ourselves and all we own soaked, potentially ruined."
Magnus
player, 1341 posts
Tue 3 May 2016
at 02:53
  • msg #238

Magnus's Meanderings

"Yes, We came here to get shelter from the storm"

I get off my horse and sit down.

"You can say I'm well read. I'm glad to see that my knowledge isn't completely useless here.
I'm guessing that you want to explain what a wolfbrother is to Perrin and wake up his connection to them."
This message was last edited by the player at 02:53, Tue 03 May 2016.
Glantri
player, 746 posts
Tue 3 May 2016
at 03:17
  • msg #239

Magnus's Meanderings

He smiles to you, "I haven't associated with people in a long time, if everyone said what they thought this forwardly I would be much more inclined to."

To Perrin "There's nothing to be woken up, but my friends and I would like to speak with you, before the rain starts. They'll go hunting when it does and keep perimeter. They don't like being too close to fires but understand the warmth is important for me." he motions towards the wolves a way away.

Everyone's in the process of dismounting, and Perrin says to you "I'm going to hear him out, I don't rightly believe him, but I also don't see why he'd be lying. As long as he's not a darkfriend, and if he is there's more to worry about that if he's lying, please make sure Egwene doesn't wait up, I know she's exhausted and needs sleep for us to continue tomorrow." and he walks off a ways towards the wolves.

Egwene and Susan have tied off the horses at a part that is likely to stay dry and are unpacking the sleeping bags and getting cooking gear out.
Magnus
player, 1346 posts
Sat 7 May 2016
at 04:20
  • msg #240

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll help Susan and Egwene set up the camp and let Perrin talk to the guy.
Glantri
player, 748 posts
Sat 7 May 2016
at 21:24
  • msg #241

Magnus's Meanderings

Setting up camp goes smoothly, and you finish just as the storm starts to roll in. Perrin and Elyas aren't far behind, although they're out long enough that they're fairly wet though no fear of catching cold from it.

Perrin looks thoughtful and introspective, which isn't too abnormal from what you've seen, but he's clearly turning things over in his mind. He does seem to be on friendly terms with Elyas now however.

The wolves bring in a deer just before dark, which Susan and Egwene go about cooking, although they are uneasy around the wolves.

While you're all eating Elyas sits down next to you, "So what's your story? You seem to be leading the rest of them, where are you all going?"
Magnus
player, 1351 posts
Mon 9 May 2016
at 03:28
  • msg #242

Magnus's Meanderings

"We're heading to Tar Valon. We're going to Four kings now so that we'll have good roads the rest of the way there. We were with a group but we got separated from them."

By the way, Did I make the sword I have or did I help Master Al'Ron make it?

How much money do I have left? I think I was with master Al'Ron for about 360 days and I got 1 silver mark every 10 days during the first half and 2 marks a week for the second half. I gave my first silver mark to Alar. The next week I got 2 marks from overtime and used most of them to get cloths leaving 2 silver pennies.
so my pay for the remaining 340 days is 34 marks. You mentioned that two weeks had extra large orders that got me a bonus 2 marks. There was another bonus mark after I started dancing with Susan.
so for the first 180 days you said I got 20 marks and 2 pennies I spent one of those pennies on a meal with Susan and the next 180 days I got 36 marks for a total of 56 marks 1 penny.
I would have spent money on occasion so let's say I spent about 5 or so marks and that penny.
and then I gave that guy a mark for directions.
So I have 50 marks. if you agree with my calculations
This message had punctuation tweaked by the player at 03:28, Mon 09 May 2016.
Glantri
player, 751 posts
Mon 9 May 2016
at 13:21
  • msg #243

Magnus's Meanderings

Sorry I didn't get to this last night, I wanted to double check the math in the morning. You are correct, you have 50 marks, and can have some of it in pennies for smaller payments if you like, which would have come about naturally when spending. The 5 marks you're talking of would have been for luxury items, or dinners out with Susan, etc. Keep in mind room and board was part of your apprenticeship, but the numbers seems reasonable if you were trying to impress Susan and show gratitude to the Al'Rons, I just wanted to frame it properly, because blacksmiths, and even their apprentice's are some of the most well payed professions as far as you can tell. Merchants make more from what you've seen, but risk losing out bigtime if something goes wrong. Nobility makes more from taxation, but that's a different tier. A master fisherman might make a bit more than an apprentice blacksmith, and about as much as a farmhand but less than a farmholder. Once again, this is all just for reference and filling out some aspects of the world I felt I was a little neglectful on, but that you would know from your year here.

You can choose whether you made the sword, or helped Master Al'Ron with it. He gave you the choice of which sword to pick, and there were numerous options in both categories.

Elyas replies "Ah, Tar Valon. Well I can help you all get to Four Kings, or within a mile or so. I don't much like cities, and the wolves like them less. But you're slightly off coarse for heading to Four King's, the direction you were going would bring you square to the middle of the road between Whitebridge and Four Kings. Either way, think on my offer, the wolves and I would like to get to know Perrin better, and would be happy to guide you on the right coarse."

He seems genuine, although you can tell the way he mentions Tar Valon that he doesn't miss it's significance, and that it means something more to him.
Magnus
player, 1355 posts
Tue 10 May 2016
at 02:58
  • msg #244

Magnus's Meanderings

"That would be extremely helpful. I'm not very familiar with the wilderness and navigation."

I would have pick the best sword that I made. Unless the ones that Master Al'ron made are way better than the ones I made.

That sounds about right with the money. I would have 3 marks in pennies
Glantri
player, 753 posts
Tue 10 May 2016
at 13:55
  • msg #245

Magnus's Meanderings

I'm going to say the sword is one you made, with the help of Al'Ron on a few specifics. That'll give you the best sword available.

Elyas nods and continues his meal.

The rain worsens as darkness sets, with the wind making an eerie howling noise as it blows through the rock crags after building up speed on the plains. You sleep passingly well however, and wake up the next morning dry and seeing the rain being reduced to a drizzle.

As you're packing up you notice that Perrin doesn't look well rested and that his eyes have the same yellow color as Elyas's. He is either unfazed or doesn't realize this yet, he just has his standard contemplative look about him.

Susan and Egwene are both busy packing and haven't noticed yet, although Elyas doesn't look surprised.

When you set out Elyas corrects your route and says he thinks you'll have 3 days, maybe 4 to go. He sets you off at a brisk walk, slower than you've previously been traveling but you note that at this rate you won't have to switch who's walking until likely lunch time.

Anything you're hoping for/would like to do during the day?
Magnus
player, 1358 posts
Wed 11 May 2016
at 04:08
  • msg #246

Magnus's Meanderings

I comment to Perrin
"Looks like you officially joined up with the Wolf Brothers. Yellow eyes and all. You look ok so far. How are you feeling?"

I'm hoping for Travel that will not put us in danger. And hopefully the conversation will turn to something that helps me understand the world better.
Glantri
player, 755 posts
Wed 11 May 2016
at 18:53
  • msg #247

Magnus's Meanderings

Perrin replies, cautiously and with a great weariness in his voice, "I suppose so, I feel like I only slept a few hours but it's better than non relenting night terrors. I don't know what it means though Eli, and don't tell the others, but it frightens me, it's like I don't know who I am. "
He remains quiet on it unless you press harder, but he seems to look as healthy as ever, if tired. But he's looked tired since you've met him.

Elyas brings you to the edge of a decent sized dirt road that leads both south and back towards the farmland by the end of your first night of travel. During the day in conversation you learn from Elyas that he won't be accompanying you into town, or traveling with you after Four Kings. He implies heavily that he's unwelcome around Aes Sedai in general and mentions being hunted by the Red Ajah at one point. He's friendly, and you find him very relatable and down to earth. He introduces one of the wolves that brings in a deer for dinner for your party. He explains that wolf names carry more significance than words can adequately describe, but this wolfs name most closely means "he who yearns to soar with the Eagles, and feel the wind against his fur". We call him hopper. After being told his name, you can almost visualize the wolfs mind through the way he bounds back into the shadows, almost as if he wishes each step would bring him towards the sky.

That night you eat well and camp off the side of the road, and set out the next morning with no trouble. Near mid afternoon Elyas mentions several minutes before you see anything in the horizon that a caravan of tinkers are coming down in the opposite direction. Perrin nods affirmation and after a few minutes you see a series of 7 brightly colored wagons rolling down the road. Elyas seems tense, but unaffraid. Egwene is outwardly nervous where as Susan and Perrin seem more cautious than normal but not nervous. No one has voiced an opinion on what to do yet.


Ooc) I think I have a decent handle on magic from reading the book, what I'll do is write up my understanding and send it to you and see where I'm right and where I'm wrong. Hopefully will have that sent out tonight.
Magnus
player, 1361 posts
Thu 12 May 2016
at 04:49
  • msg #248

Magnus's Meanderings

I Put my hand on Perrin's shoulders and reply to him
"I see. That is a natural reaction to a major change in yourself like this. Sure you can talk to wolfs and possibly other assortment minor power. But I wouldn't worry about it if I was you. Nothing you got from this wolf brother thing can affect who you fundamentally are."

=====================

When he introduces the wolf I decide to try something with psionics. Since that Wolf Brother communication seems to mind to mind
I hold my hand out to it palm up to show I mean no harm.
Then I Project a feeling of serine calm. to welcome it to come near me.
If it let's me touch it I'll try to connect it's mind and send a friendly Hello.

=====================

"I wish my eyes where that good. I'm nearly blind without my glasses."

I'll keep to my side of the road and pay attention in case of anything funny happens.
Glantri
player, 757 posts
Thu 12 May 2016
at 22:14
  • msg #249

Magnus's Meanderings

Perrin nods to you, and comments "My primary concern is whether or not this is a thing of the Shadow. Elyas assures me it isn't, and that it predates the Time of Legend, and I'm inclined to believe him, but if he is a darkfriend, isn't that exactly what he would say about it as he tries to lure me in?" He seems to feel a little better to be able to talk to you about this.

-----------------

I need to clarify something about this before resolving the action, as I could see two things you could mean here.

Are you trying to forge a link the same way Perrin and Elyas have one? You feel you might be able to intuit how, but you're not sure.

I could also see you establishing it based on the basis of knowing psionics exist, and that the wolves have a language, and going with basic telepathy, with touch being required as the conduit.
If so are you trying to establish two direction communication or one direction?
If going with this route, I'm thinking it would be 1@2 Project Thought, followed by 1@6 Telepathy with Animals. The other path would probably be a psionic package, that I have a good idea for if we go that direction.

Edit: Not continuing on to the caravan because the actions with the wolf could impact them substantially.
This message was last edited by the player at 22:14, Thu 12 May 2016.
Magnus
player, 1365 posts
Fri 13 May 2016
at 05:40
  • msg #250

Magnus's Meanderings

"I've heard about something that seems related to this. It doesn't sound like it would be related to darkfriends. But To be sure, could you tell me what you know about the Shadow, Darkfriends and the Time of Legend?"

===========================

We'll as much as I would like to have their excellent eyesight. I was probably trying to form a Two-direction communications path with the wolf. Which would be a P1@6 Telepathy to Animals.

The First part was ether a P1@2 Project Emotions (Shows the wolf that I am calm without forcing him to feel the same way. or a P1@4 Suggestions (To suggest him to feeling calm)

Probably the first one, I'm not trying to force it to do something.

Then again I AM experimenting with psionics. Maybe I am unconsciously emulating them.
(I'm going to leave this one up to you actually. I want to go with the one that makes a more interesting story.)
Glantri
player, 759 posts
Fri 13 May 2016
at 10:59
  • msg #251

Magnus's Meanderings

"There's a lot to tell there Eli, and not all that I know. The most important thing is never to speak of the Shadow by name, but he opposes the Light. He is normally called Father of Lies or Dark One, although there are as many names for him as cultures I imagine. There is a constant struggle between the Light and the Shadow, with the last major conflict being at the end fo the Age of Legends, or Time of Legends, depending on how one is talking about it. I'm not particularly well read on the topic, but at the end the 100 Companions led by the Dragon waged war and sealed him back into his prison. Darkfriends is a general term for any who support the Shadow. I apologize for only knowing the basest of information on this, mostly from gleeman tales so who know's how much is true, but Moiraine definitely treats the matter with certain severity, and not too long ago I thought Trollocs a gleeman's tale, so perhaps."

He struggles telling some of this, you gather not because he doesn't know this information, but because it's what everyone is brought up with in this world, at least by his perception. You get the feeling there is a wealth of information there, the type scholars could argue over for months, but he just doesn't know it.


---------------------------------------


You show your palm towards Hopper, and begin projecting the calm emotion with the image of a peaceful field with open sky when the image starts to go wrong. It starts by you noticing the shade of the sky being wrong and trying to fix that, but when you do it plunges into a deep red, and then the grass turns a sickly brown and you start to notice the grass was hiding fallen wolf brothers and skeletons from a not too long past battle. You're mental image then snaps, shattering like a pane of glass and your ears start to ring and your head feels like it's being split open. To your horror you see the wolves, Elyas and Perrin on the ground writhing, clutching their head (or in the wolves case with paws on their head)

You didn't fall, but you're barely standing. You feel like you haven't slept for weeks and you have a noticeable delay between when you think to put something into action and when it happens.

Edit: In case it wasn't obvious, ended up having a botch, rolled 99.
This message was last edited by the player at 11:01, Fri 13 May 2016.
Magnus
player, 1367 posts
Sat 14 May 2016
at 02:38
  • msg #252

Magnus's Meanderings

"Thank you. That does help. I'm... Not from around here."

==============================================

I hold my skull and say
"I'm sorry. I'm so very sorry."

And keep repeating that.

Well that serves me right doing something Dicey on Friday the 13th.
Glantri
player, 761 posts
Sat 14 May 2016
at 02:54
  • msg #253

Magnus's Meanderings

Hopper recovers first, and moves over to you and nuzzles your hand slightly. He's in pain, but you get the general feeling that he doesn't hold it against you.

Elyas steadied himself and gets up, "I don't know what you did son, but I believe that you are sorry so let's put this behind us. Hopper seems to believe you as well, and... Relates to the curiosity. He seems to say it's to you what flying is to him, to stop curiosity is the equivalent of true death."

Perrin is the last to stand, he looked exhausted before any of this, and while everyone involved looks beaten down and tired, it shows worst on Perrin. He stays mostly silent, but doesn't seem mad just exhausted.

Susan and Egwene both look confused, they didn't feel anything apparently and only have the effects they saw to go on.

----------

As the caravan rolls nearer your able to make out several people walking or riding along side. They are all wearing a variety of bright colors, similar to what you would expect a gypsy to wear.

Before you're in earshot Elyas mentions "As important as time is to us currently, we may want to seek hospitality from the tinkers. We could all use some actual rest, especially Perrin from the looks of it."

Perrin looks to be out of earshot when this is said, but looks squarely at Elyas when his name is mentioned. He doesn't speak up though.

Ooc) dice were running hot for quite a while though. I'd forgotten it was Friday the 13th though.
Magnus
player, 1370 posts
Mon 16 May 2016
at 02:26
  • msg #254

Magnus's Meanderings

"That is true with curiosity. I'll try to be more careful though."
=====================

"Isn't it a bit much to ask them to stop so we can rest with them? It would be a good idea to get some proper rest though. If you can talk them into it, go ahead."
Glantri
player, 763 posts
Mon 16 May 2016
at 13:23
  • msg #255

Magnus's Meanderings

"Contrary to popular tales," and he shoots glances at the rest of the party who seems nervous "the Traveling People, or Tinkers by some, are some of the most hospitable people in the world. Definitely the most peaceful, and the stories of kidnapping children and stealing everything is largely driven from people being uneasy with their ways. That and they accept all, and some few children have left their farms to join their ranks. But they will welcome us, and share food and water while we recuperate. I can't say I look forward to it, but we're not in great shape."

As they get closer, the leader brings the caravan to a halt and sets every to motion, obviously setting up camp. Elyas motions your group to approach, following him.

As he gets close enough, the leader puts both hands to his chest and bows, and says in what sounds like a formal cadence "You are welcome to our fires. Do you know the song?"

Without missing a beat Elyas returns the same bow and responds "Your welcome warms my spirit, Mahdi, as your fires warm the flesh, but I do not know the song."

Mahdi replies "Then we seek still. As it was, so shall it be, if we but remember, seek, and find."

With that concluded he motions for you all to follow. "You must meet my wife, Ila, and grandson Aram."

He starts leading you towards where an obvious camp fire with wooden benches set-up around it in a circle are being set up. He's walking slowly and talking the whole while.

"As you know Elyas, we are a peaceful sort, and ask that you do no violence while you stay with us. We follow the Way of the Leaf, doing violence harms oneself worse than it harms the other. We do not ask that you convert, though we will gladly welcome you should you choose, but only ask that you respect our ways while in our camp."

After having finish that pre-amble he stops at a woman of middling age and a man of about 20. He's got the type of looks that people would describe as pretty more than handsome. The types of looks that make him popular with the ladies and unpopular with other guys. The woman addresses Mahdi with love and calls him Raen. It takes a few moments but you eventually realize Mahdi is actually a title, based on the inflections and how people have been saying it. Raen sounds like his name. He then introduces everyone, with Elyas giving the names of everyone in your group.

Having picked up 2 more to the group, he continues the slow walk to the camp fire, and him wife Ila starts telling Elyas "Should you come across any who might need to know, two years ago we came across a lone Maiden, the rest of her band having fallen to Trollocs. She was at the edge of the Blight, just inside the Aiel Wastes, and we happened to see her in the distance as we were traveling the Aiel Wastes. Before she died, she told us 'Leafblighter means to blind the Eye of the World, Lost One. He means to slay the Great Serpent. Warn the People, Lost One. Sightburner comes. Tell them to stand ready for He Who Comes With the Dawn. Tell them...'"

Elyas says "I'm surprised Trollocs would travel into the Aiel Wastes, no matter how small the distance. They instinctively fear it at this point, and Trollocs may be viscious but they are cowards. In their language the Aiel Wastes are called Djevik K'Shar. It translates to The Dying Ground. I wonder what could have driven them to hunt this Maiden down."

At this point Aram has asked Egwene to dance, and is leading her off closer to the fire where young people are starting to dance and sing.
Magnus
player, 1373 posts
Wed 18 May 2016
at 06:06
  • msg #256

Magnus's Meanderings

That sounds important... But I don't have the info to make sense of it.

I go with the flow for now.

I move to Susan.
"Well, Do you want to rest or do you want to show them a thing or two?"
Glantri
player, 765 posts
Thu 19 May 2016
at 00:37
  • msg #257

Magnus's Meanderings

She smiles at you, the playful happy smile that has been too far and between with how exhausted she's been recently. She grabs your hand and pulls you towards the people assembling.

As you get there the dancing is starting to break out, with a mixture of individual dancing, group dancing and couple dancing. You and Susan are indeed two of the better dancers, but not by as much as you would have expected. Overall they are fantastic dancers and the music is more to the tune of people singing, but with a beautiful melody you're not used to. You notice Egwene and Aram dancing somewhat nearby, and make note that Aram is also quite a good dancer, not as good as you, but he definitely garners some attention you would be used to you and Susan drawing.

After about an hour, you notice the rest of your party is sitting at one of the benches near the edge of the campfire.

Dancing has done a good deal to mitigate the strain the previous botch had on your mind, you feel remarkably better although fatigue is pressing in.
Magnus
player, 1379 posts
Mon 23 May 2016
at 03:19
  • msg #258

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll lead Susan back to the group with me and sit down to rest.

"Perrin, How are you feeling now?"
Glantri
player, 767 posts
Mon 23 May 2016
at 22:32
  • msg #259

Magnus's Meanderings

Perrin responds "I've felt better, but I've felt worse. I'll be honest, the idea of sleep right about now sounds amazing. Hopper gave me a general idea of what had happened, but perhaps you could explain better?"
Magnus
player, 1384 posts
Tue 31 May 2016
at 03:30
  • msg #260

Magnus's Meanderings

"You have a right to know... Follow me out for a bit. I don't want to speak of this in camp. Susan, You may come if you want."

I'll lead them out a ways to talk privately with them.

"Sigh... Where to begin? Where I'm from is Very far away. So far that no one could ever find it on a map. My Homeland has many stories about all sorts of things. But we don't have supernatural things ourselves. We have no Aes Sedai or Wolf-Brothers or anything of that sort.
But things like them appear in our stories. Normally if I try something like I did before, Nothing would happen. So something is different here... Anyway. As for what exactly I attempted. Basically, I tried to project a feeling of calm to get hopper to come near me so that I could try to connect to his mind. The mental image I was using messed up and I got that hing that hurt you."
Glantri
player, 769 posts
Tue 31 May 2016
at 20:06
  • msg #261

Magnus's Meanderings

They both follow you, confused looks on their face.

They listen intently to your story, both clearly concentrating and trying to piece together concepts they're unfamiliar with.

After you're done, there's a moment of silence, and Susan starts to open her mouth to speak... stops, then thinks a little more and begins again.

"Eli, I may have only known you as a blacksmiths apprentice from Baerlon, but you belong here. With us. With me. I'm sure it's all part of the wheel's plan... What's that old Aes Sedai saying? I know I heard Moiraine Sedai say it more than once, The wheel weaves as the wheel wills? If something has pulled you from so far away, I'm sure you have an important role to fulfill. You should give some thought to telling Moiraine, and being careful what you try without instruction."

Perrin responds a little after, "Well, I suppose we have more than blacksmithing in common Eli. We both have aspects we seem to not understand about ourselves. Together perhaps we can figure them both out." And he steps forward, and extends his hand in a show of brothership.
Magnus
player, 1387 posts
Wed 1 Jun 2016
at 03:12
  • msg #262

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll shake Perrin's hand
"I hope so."

"I'm a bit worries about telling Moiraine or other Aes Sedai. What if they decide they need to prevent me from being able to do that. That doesn't sound like it is something that will leave my personality intact."
Glantri
player, 771 posts
Wed 1 Jun 2016
at 19:16
  • msg #263

Magnus's Meanderings

Susan responds "Well you know I won't tell anyone Eli, not so long as you don't want me to. I do appreciate that you confided this in us." and with that she pulls you in for a kiss and then grabs your hand and starts pulling you back towards the camp fire. Over her shoulder "And I feel rested enough, I want another dance or two before the camp fires go out."

Did you have anything you wanted to make sure to observe, or do for the night? I just want to make sure I'm not glossing over anything you want more detail on, but the next natural transition I think would be to fast forward to the next morning.
Magnus
player, 1389 posts
Fri 3 Jun 2016
at 16:36
  • msg #264

Magnus's Meanderings

My eye widen in surprise when goes in to kiss me. But I quickly return her kiss and follow her when she leads me by the hand.

"Of course. Let's show them what we can do."

Fast forwarding to morning sound good.
Glantri
player, 773 posts
Fri 3 Jun 2016
at 20:55
  • msg #265

Magnus's Meanderings

You have a couple of good dances with Susan as the fires begin to burn low, she's smiling the entire time. Afterwards everyone retires for the night, with space in one of the wagons being made for you and your companions.

The next morning you wake, and smell breakfast waiting for you at an already made table. There's a good assortment of oats and berries, as well as a coffee like drink. You can visibly see that everyone looks better after the night sleeping in actual beds, but you also see that they're not fully recovered.

Elyas talks to you over breakfast, mentioning that the tinkers have offered to rest with them for a day or two, but the decision ultimately rested with him. Perrin and Egwene both have deferred already apparently.
Magnus
player, 1391 posts
Sun 5 Jun 2016
at 06:19
  • msg #266

Magnus's Meanderings

I glance around at the others and note their fatigue.

"... As much as I would like to continue to keep our lead, I can see everyone's fatigue. We will rest for one more day. Then we'll continue."

I have a bad feeling about this. I feel like the Trollocs will catch up to us. Probably when we are sleeping tonight.

Therefore I'm going to make sure our packs are ready in case we need to leave in a hurry. I will also keep my sword with me for the day. I will also snooze during the day reasoning that the others will be awake to cause a commotion when the Trollocs come, Waking me up. Then I will have enough energy to keep watch tonight.
Glantri
player, 775 posts
Sun 5 Jun 2016
at 11:54
  • msg #267

Magnus's Meanderings

Elyas asks "Your lead? I wasn't under the impression you were in a race, just that you had a destination"
Magnus
player, 1395 posts
Mon 6 Jun 2016
at 05:51
  • msg #268

Magnus's Meanderings

"There was a reason that we where separated from the others before. I get the impression that most wouldn't believe me if I told the truth about it. But I feel you will be different. So I'll tell you, But be quite about it. I don't know how these pacifist will take it."

I'll get close to him and whisper.

"We are being chased by Trollocs. I think we might have quite a lead on them or they are chasing the other group. Honestly I didn't want to rest here and bring danger to these people. But I can also recognise when we need to get a proper rest."
Glantri
player, 777 posts
Mon 6 Jun 2016
at 12:30
  • msg #269

Magnus's Meanderings

Elyas nods to you and listens closely, and then responds quietly but with an experienced edge to it "Trollocs this far from the blight? I believe you son, but they're so uncommon in these parts the fools think they're just myths. They aren't anywhere near us however, I'd say not within 2 or 3 days. You see the wolves hate Trollocs. I would know if they got closer than that. Why would they be pursuing you though? Trollocs are notoriously lazy and cowardly. Bloodthirsty and crazed, yes, but they seldom pursue targets."
Magnus
player, 1407 posts
Sat 11 Jun 2016
at 03:51
  • msg #270

Magnus's Meanderings

"They are being lead by something, I don't know what though. I didn't get much information from the Aes Sedai before we got separated...
That makes me more willing to rest here."
Glantri
player, 780 posts
Sat 11 Jun 2016
at 04:08
  • msg #271

Magnus's Meanderings

Elyas nods, "Likely a Myrrdraal, that would explain the doggedness, and it's true that Aes Sedai like their secrets. Either way, I agree, rest will be good."

The day passes smoothly, there is much food and dance and song. You notice Perrin looking aggravated towards Aram who is paying a lot of attention to Egwene, but nothing substantial comes of it.

Another night passes, and the following morning everyone looks more rested than you've seen them in quite some time. The time definitely gave everyone a bit more pep in their step again, and the effects of the botch are no where to be seen.

Setting off towards Four Kings, you have a good day of fair weather and camp uneventfully.

Near the end of the second day Elyas comments that the wolves say there is a fierce storm from the direction you all are headed. It would probably be best to seek cover early and leave early the next morning. There is plenty of time, and the wolves have scouted out an empty outcropping if you're interested.
Magnus
player, 1413 posts
Sun 12 Jun 2016
at 00:52
  • msg #272

Magnus's Meanderings

"Let's go in to that outcropping then. No point in risking getting ourselves soaked."
Glantri
player, 782 posts
Sun 12 Jun 2016
at 01:29
  • msg #273

Magnus's Meanderings

You arrive in plenty of time, and get a campfire set up quickly in a sheltered location and dinner started. Shortly after dinner is ready the wind picks up and a blustering thunderstorm moves into the area. You're well covered, and manage to keep yourself and equipment dry, and stay warm from the fire.

About half an hour passes uneventfully at which point Hopper sits straight up and stares out into the rain. Elyas stand alert quickly, and says in a somewhat hushed voice "Burn has reported Whitecloaks heading towards our location, I suggest we aren't here when they arrive. If we have any luck they'll ride right through and we can come back..."

Your companions are standing, somewhat befuddled by the announcement and implication, but you can't make out exactly why.
Magnus
player, 1416 posts
Sun 12 Jun 2016
at 19:04
  • msg #274

Magnus's Meanderings

"I guess Whitecloaks don't like Wolf-Brothers. Gather everything up and put out the fire. Did Burn see if the Whitecloaks had dogs?"
Glantri
player, 784 posts
Sun 12 Jun 2016
at 19:23
  • msg #275

Magnus's Meanderings

Elyas responds, "Whitecloaks simply don't understand us, and in their view whatever they don't understand must be a darkfriend. They're questioners are to be avoided by any sane man, they have... ways of extracting the truth they want to hear regardless of whether it's really the truth. And there are no dogs with them, just men on horseback. Burn says it's maybe a dozen mounted men."

Everyone starts packing up when you mention it, and the fire is put out as best as can be. Do you intend to run, hide, or what's the plan? Elyas seems to be scoping out the area with his nightvision.
Magnus
player, 1421 posts
Mon 13 Jun 2016
at 06:11
  • msg #276

Magnus's Meanderings

"... Indeed. I have an Idea how they do that. We don't want to go though that."

I help them pack up
"Let's run for now. Without dogs with them they will have a hard time tracking us. If we hide they might still notice us."

I'll let Perrin take the horse for now. So if need be I can fight on foot with my sword.
Glantri
player, 786 posts
Mon 13 Jun 2016
at 11:03
  • msg #277

Magnus's Meanderings

Elyas looks at the rapidly dampening ground, but shrugs and moves to get ready to run with you all.

Perrin objects strenuously about you taking the horse. He points out he has an axe as well, and his connection with the wolves makes him more comfortable and can last longer running. He mentions the second part with hesitance, he's still not come to terms with what's happening to him. He's gotten a stubborn look on his face though.

Whether it's you or Perrin afoot however, you set out, putting as much distance between you and the rock outcropping as possible without risking a horse breaking a leg in what's rapidly turning to mud. You don't make fast time, and you are still close enough to vaguely see a dozen men on horseback with a couple of torches between them reach the outcropping, and hear some shouts moments later.

How hard do you plan to push the horses? Full speed in this weather has substantial risk of horses dying, injury to riders and some risk of being separated from those afoot.

Safe speed has substantial risk of the whitecloaks catching up, so long as they're willing to push harder than safe speed themselves.

Either has the risk of being found the next morning, before the tracks are old enough to be difficult to track, so long as they have a decent tracker among them.
Magnus
player, 1424 posts
Sat 18 Jun 2016
at 00:39
  • msg #278

Magnus's Meanderings

In reply to Perrin.
"Fine We'll both run on the ground. Two fighters on the ground is better than one on a horse that doesn't know how to use it to fight."

I'm going to push a bit harder than safe speed. A bit of risk is worth forcing them to take more risks.
Glantri
player, 788 posts
Sat 18 Jun 2016
at 01:03
  • msg #279

Magnus's Meanderings

Perrin nods, his stubbornness subsiding slightly. "That sounds appropriate"

You push a bit harder than you traditionally would, and start putting distance between you and the Whitecloaks. You notice about half of them fall off, but an unseen ditch catches Egwene by surprise and there is an audible crack as her horse breaks it's leg and falls to the ground, pitching Egwene out of the saddle.

While 6 of the whitecloaks have fallen by the way side in the chase, 6 as still closing in, with lances drawn.

As they begin charging you notice Hopper leaping from the shadows, tackling one of the whitecloaks from his saddle as he latches onto his neck and rips into it viciously. Another whitecloak draws it's sword and plunges it into Hopper.

Perrin goes into a near frenzy at the sight, and begins charging on foot towards the whitecloaks, axe drawn.

They're probably about 100 ft away at this point.
Magnus
player, 1427 posts
Sat 18 Jun 2016
at 02:02
  • msg #280

Magnus's Meanderings

I pause just long enough to give instructions to Susan and Egwene.
"Get Egwene up and onto the other horse! Run, We will take care of this!"

Normally charging five guys on horseback with just a sword would be suicidal.
I take all those thoughts of mortality and dissolve them into a void without thought or feelings

The only thing that is left is the need to kill these men.

I'll rush the men sword drawn.
Lances are one shot weapons. if they don't break on the charge they are still too heavy and awkward to use in melee

I'm going to try to slip into melee without getting hit by the lances Once I'm there i'll strike at the horses trying to cripple and hamstring them. Hopefully I'll cause enough chaos to cause the horses to rear up and throw their riders.
I'm wielding an analog to an katana. I'll use it with long drawing cuts while I dash past the horses.

Despite my best efforts a burning cold ball of rage is forming in the void. Enjoying the violence I'm unleashing.

OOC: Should I describe each individual strike? How do you want to run the fight?
Glantri
player, 790 posts
Sat 18 Jun 2016
at 02:13
  • msg #281

Magnus's Meanderings

Just to clarify, the mean on horseback have lances drawn, but they all have swords strapped to their belt, except for the one who stabbed Hopper who has dropped his lance and has his bloodied sword in hand.

So my thoughts are this, the men with lances are going to manage the first attack as they have range almost regardless of initiative (is that fair? My thought is even if you move faster you still have to close the distance where a lance is useful and a sword is not?) One in combat, it's going to take the equivalent of an attack for them to switch from the lance to the sword, they're well trained, but not in quick swapping, more in traditional combat.

At that point, it's traditional multiverser combat.

Comments on this? I think it's an interpretation both accurate for the combat as well as per the multiverser rules, but am willing to hear other ideas.

I forgot to mention I'll be rolling your attempt to scare the horses as you close range in the same round where they get to use their lances.

Perrin is also going to be considering one round ahead of you, he took off at a speed you wouldn't have place him at, without second thought, while you spent a moment making sure Egwene and Susan would be safe. They nod at your instructions by the way, and start off at what you know is the maximum safe speed they could do. They clearly are worried about losing another horse.
Magnus
player, 1428 posts
Sat 18 Jun 2016
at 02:26
  • msg #282

Magnus's Meanderings

I believe it is fair to let the Lances have the first attack. Because they do have reach on me. Of course I'm going to attempt to dodge or parry them.

Hopefully I can come in from an angle to limit the number of attacks I take.
Glantri
player, 791 posts
Sat 18 Jun 2016
at 12:56
  • msg #283

Magnus's Meanderings

You see Perrin running forward in a frenzy in front of you, and notice that three of the remaining 5 are getting into position to intercept him, while two are readying their lances and staring at your approach.

Perrin releases a feral howl as he charges forward, and to the part of your mind that you tried opening to the wolves earlier you see the image of a wolf with a long gleaming tooth bounding forward. He is impaled in the side by both lances, momentarily halting his charge, before he growls and cleaves his axe through both lances and spins towards the two whitecloaks.

You notice that Elyas is skulking around from the side, and closing distance, as yet unnoticed by the whitecloaks.

As you continue your charge, you sink yourself deeper into the void, where you feel the growing anger and violence. Your world seems tinged vaguely red, but everything appears crystal clear. You charge towards two whitecloaks as they charge towards you, and manage to deflect the first lance with a subtle flick of your sword, and get a strong cut into the horse, causing the rider to be thrown off. You then move smoothly into a second counterstroke on the second lance, breaking it with such force that the rider overbalances and falls off, in front of the horse and getting trampled. He's breathing, and will likely stand, but he's in bad shape, with armor dented and in some cases cracked straight through.

You passively notice from your void that Elyas has just been struck with a strong blow, and is bleeding profusely. Perrin appears behind the whitecloak that just struck Elyas and buries his ax deep into the mans back, after which there is a small gasp and a cloud of blood is released in a cough as the whitecloak slumps to the ground.

The other two with Elyas and Perrin are drawing their swords, zealous rage in their eyes.

As you see the whitecloak who was trampled by the horse rise and start to draw his weapon you spin in an arc, drawing your blade across the length of his body and positioning yourself to be face to face with the last living whitecloak of your two, who has drawn his weapon and is beginning to circle, looking for an opening

Perrin meanwhile continues his berserk assault on the two living whitecloaks in his area, battering the one with largely ineffectual strokes, drawing only small wounds. The other whitecloak meanwhile strikes at Burn, who jumps to Elyas's aid, intercepting a blow that would likely have killed Elyas. The whitecloak whips his blade, throwing the impaled body of Burn off to the side, where he's whimpering and bleeding badly.

(Was three rounds, I felt it was an appropriate amount, and got it to a point that decisions are to be made. Look ok? There were a number of botches in there)
Magnus
player, 1430 posts
Sun 19 Jun 2016
at 00:16
  • msg #284

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC: Indeed. It looks like there is some bad luck for both sides. The writing is good and interesting. I assume you are using a modified system with the talk of 'rounds' instead of 'minutes'.

I shift into a two handed stance to give me better control of the blade and more power.
I focus on the one circling me but still keep an eye out for the others breaking off to overwhelm me.

I'll do some wild looking swings to bait a thrust. Then I will rush into his guard using the side of the blade to parry his sword. Since I'm in his guard, I'll thrust my right elbow into his face. Hopefully stunning him and knocking him back. To which I'll respond with a slash across his neck.
Glantri
player, 794 posts
Sun 19 Jun 2016
at 01:20
  • msg #285

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC)Thanks, glad it's coming across well. And yeah, I process better on rounds. I'm just focusing on making sure that people get the correct number of attacks relative to everyone else.

You start a high slash towards the whitecloak on you, and he charges in to the apparent opening which you swiftly slam closed, knocking him back and slicing his throat open as intended. He falls, thrashing. He's not dead, but you believe he's too injured to fight any longer and will likely bleed out.

Meanwhile Elyas and Perrin have taken position against each others back, and are fending off their two whitecloaks. They're doing substantially worse however, with their blows glancing off armor, where as Perrin takes another nasty cut across the back. He and Elyas are still standing strong, but the amount of blood they're losing would traditionally knock a man unconscious.
Magnus
player, 1433 posts
Sun 19 Jun 2016
at 01:39
  • msg #286

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC: Yeah. a minute is too long to plan out your moves. I prefer small chunks of 3-6 seconds

I've got to end this quick.
I'll close with the Whitecloak between me and the others.
Then I'll try to stab him in the base of the neck while he is focusing on Elyas and Perrin.
If I miss I'll continue my assault, targeting the traditional weak points in armor. Such as armpits and inner thigh and groin. I'll stab or slash at them as the opportunities present themselves.
Glantri
player, 795 posts
Sun 19 Jun 2016
at 12:31
  • msg #287

Magnus's Meanderings

Focused in your void, you step deliberately towards the whitecloak whose back is turned to you. His ally begins raising a warning cry but it's too late as your blade slides cleanly into his unarmored neck. There is a brief death twitch, and then the body slumps off your blade.

The other whitecloak, having just seen this act of violence, goes into a rage uncharacteristic of a soldier and charges at you.

Elyas and Perrin step to the side of the charge, in unison and slash at legs. Elyas draws a light cut down the length of one leg while Perrins ax bites deep into the ankle, clearly severing at least a tendon. The whitecloak flails at you as he falls, just inches short of being within range of striking you.

You make note that Elyas and Perrin's actions were oddly coordinated. You suspect there is something that happened between wolfbrothers there.

So there are two whitecloaks alive, one who is laying on the ground, frothing with rage and with a leg that's no longer serviceable, and possibly that will be no use for the rest of his life, and another who's gurgling slightly, and will bleed out shortly if he receives no aid.

Perrin and Elyas are badly injured, but from there actions you don't think they're likely to fall over any time soon, and you managed to avoid any damage.

OOC)Adding two manuevers that came up in this fight, Advanced Parry which you have 1@2 in, and was used on the charges lances. It uses up a round of combat, but gives -SM equal to your roll for one attack. Mostly useful for closing situations, where attacking isn't an option.
And Sneak Attack - On successful skill usage, adds a +RS/5 damage modifier to next attack on unaware enemy.
I may tweak the skills slightly as I give more thought to them, but they both sounded like what you were trying to do, and seemed like a reasonable bonus in my opinion. The biggest part I want to give thought to is are they reasonable at higher skill levels. I'm not sure with advanced parry how being 2@ would affect it other than higher success with the skill.
Magnus
player, 1436 posts
Sun 19 Jun 2016
at 19:07
  • msg #288

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC: It depends on the GM and Player as to what is reasonable when the skill advances to 2@. Some possibilities include: Doubling the number of times I can use it in a round; doubling the number of attacks that the roll affects; or doubling the SM penalty to -2*RS; or allowing me to attack and parry on the same round. If you like, We could discuss the mechanics in a PM.

Immediately after He falls down I step on his sword before he has time to recover his wits.
Then I stab him in the neck. Dead men tell no tales.

then I walk over to the other dying man, flip him over then stab him in the neck to end his suffering.

"Grab three of the unhurt horses and cut off a couple of their white cloaks. We'll use those as bandages. Let's get out of here."
Glantri
player, 797 posts
Sun 19 Jun 2016
at 21:31
  • msg #289

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC) Hmm, I like the allowing you to attack and parry in the same round as a bonus at 2@. I want to give it some more thought though. When I have it a little more clear in my mind I'll send a PM.

Perrin seems to be starting to settle down from his blood rage, but Elyas responds "Make your way to rejoin the others, you're close enough to town you won't need me as a guide, and I don't deal well around a lot of people. The wolves and I will provide distraction while you make your way. It was a pleasure to meet an honorable man again, I've known few enough of those in recent years." He helps you tear off cloaks and strip them into bandages. He tears out the center that has a sun-burt pattern on it and discards it, commenting it'll draw unwanted attention.

Before you leave, he thanks you sincerely for assisting in protecting his brethren.

Three of the horses, as you say are in good condition. They all have sadles and decorations that identify them not only as war-horses but as those belonging to Whitecloaks.

But you ride off with Perrin and a spare horse in tow, making decent time. The rain is still driving down hard, and there's a clear enough path in the mud still to follow to Egwene.

Now the question is how hard are you pushing. You have a distraction being set for you behind, but you also know Egwene and Susan are trying to stay away from the whitecloaks, so they were making decent time last you saw. You can't see them on the horizon currently by the way, most likely because the driving range makes visibility rather low.
Magnus
player, 1438 posts
Sun 19 Jun 2016
at 22:54
  • msg #290

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC: It depends on the language of the skill. And the changes to the combat system.

"Thank you for your help. Let me know if you need any help..."

I look at the bodies of Burn and Hopper, dying and still in pain.

"I can't talk to them. But I see that they are in pain and are going to die.
Could you ask them... if they would want me to end their suffering?"

Whatever they decide. I'll respect their decision.  Then we'll leave with the horses at the maximum save speed. Hopefully we'll catch up by tomorrow.
Glantri
player, 799 posts
Sun 19 Jun 2016
at 23:04
  • msg #291

Magnus's Meanderings

Hopper died almost immediately. The sword thrust was through the heart. Burn however, while limping seems to have survived. So no putting out of misery needed.

You ride for hours, and are getting quite cold before you notice a very small fire in the distance, and Perrin notes that the girls are there.

When you get closer Egwene and Susan jump slightly at the sight of you, and Susan immediately get's out a bag of herbs and starts giving order for you both to come over to the fire.

"What happened back there? Is Elyas safe? By the Light, I'm glad to see you're safe."

Susan and Egwene both seem very comfortable with the art of patching up injuries. Egwene seems more comfortable with the actual bandaging while Susan edges Egwene out when it comes to knowing the herbs, but they are very similar at both.

So you have 5 horses now, 3 in whitecloak livery warhorses, 2 good quality riding horses.

Everyone is shivering and warming up by the fire.
Magnus
player, 1440 posts
Mon 20 Jun 2016
at 00:44
  • msg #292

Magnus's Meanderings

I pet Burn a bit.
"Tell him I'm glad He'll live."

I'll let them examine me and see that I'm unhurt.
"Elyas is ok. He is going to distract the remaining Whitecloaks for us. The Whitecloaks would probably kill all of us if they caught us. We managed to split their group of twelve in half with our escape. Six caught up with us when Egwene horse got injured and fell with her. Hopper saved us by killing one and distracting them but got stabbed though the heart. Perrin charged in while Elyas circled for a sneak attack. I sent you two off then went in. Perrin and Elyas where taking three and I got the other two. I parried a lance thrust and cut the horse causing it to throw its rider. I parried with enough force to break the next lance and unbalance the rider to fall off. The injured one was up at this time and I spinned and slashed him. Downing him and ending up facing the other one. He faced me with his sword. I baited a thrust, parried it, moved in with an elbow strike; stunning him; then slashing his throat.
The last two where on Elyas and Perrin. Who where back to back with one on each side. I went up behind one and stabbed him at the base of the neak. The last one went into a rage and charged me. Elyas and Perrin Sidesteped him and crippled his legs. Then I stepped on his swored and stabbed him in the neck and put one more out of his misery. We are going to need to disinfect those impaling wounds you got Perrin. Boil some water and let it cool. Then use that to clean out those wounds.  Susan, do you know how to make those thing that they stuff in wounds to prevent it fron going bad?"
Glantri
player, 801 posts
Mon 20 Jun 2016
at 01:01
  • msg #293

Magnus's Meanderings

Both of the women look stunned during your stories, but your mention of medicine and treating Perrin snap them to and they start talking at the same time, rolling over each others speach.

Egwene says "I know how to handle something like this, I trained under Nynaeve with the intent of becoming a Wisdom somewhere, we just need some ..." and she goes off mentioning which herbs she needs.

Meanwhile, Susan says "Eli, you know full well that I learned my mothers trade. I'd be a poor herbalists daughter if I didn't know what to do here. Let me just get out some..." and she lists most of the herbs Egwene said, with one that she didn't.

They both look at each other and let out a nervous laugh and Egwene starts prepping the water, while Susan starts mixing the herbs in a bowl.

Perrin has been largely quiet, his eyes are somewhat haunted, and he's avoiding moving too much since after he got off his horse, likely to be avoiding putting pressure on his sides.
Magnus
player, 1442 posts
Mon 20 Jun 2016
at 07:29
  • msg #294

Magnus's Meanderings

I smile at both of them.
"It seems Perrin is in good hands. You two seemed distracted by my story, I couldn't help but tease you. I'll leave him to you then. But when we get to town, we'll need to get some distilled alcohol to wash his wounds out with. I'll hurt a lot but will kill the risk of infection.

I'll get to work removing the Whitecloak marking from the horses things. It might be a good idea to get new saddles for them so people don't ask questions about the damage to their things... Or selling them and getting other horses might be a better idea. Us having warhorses is a bit unusual..."

I move over to Perrin and talk to him.
"How are you feeling? ... It was your first time fighting Humans, Correct?"
Glantri
player, 803 posts
Mon 20 Jun 2016
at 10:27
  • msg #295

Magnus's Meanderings

Susan and Egwene say they'll be able to sterilize the wound here, there are boiled herbs that will have the same effect.

Perrin responds, with a small grunt as he starts to prop himself up and then decides better of it, "Heh, I hadn't even raised an Ax before the trollocs attacked. But when I saw Hopper die, a part of me went mad with anger. I... I'm not sure what happened Eli, but I worry I'm losing myself."
Magnus
player, 1445 posts
Mon 20 Jun 2016
at 16:36
  • msg #296

Magnus's Meanderings

"Your emotions are a part of you,correct? From what I understand. Your connection to the wolfs and Wolf-brothers is very deep. such that it wouldn't surprise me if you can feel each others pain. It's only natural that the sight of someone that close to you dying would send you into a rage.

Still... I would be careful about that rage. You fought like a Berserker tonight because of it. While it lends great ferocity and strength to your strikes. You are the one that has to live with the holes in your defense and yourself.

I would go for a more controlled expression of it. You would gain some of the benifits with very little of the drawbacks."
Glantri
player, 805 posts
Mon 20 Jun 2016
at 17:45
  • msg #297

Magnus's Meanderings

Perrin seems slow to respond, but he eventually nods, "I will learn to better control the beast. I am a man, not an animal." That stubborn set you've seen from him before has set into his jaw, but he looks like he feels somewhat better about himself even if the full meaning of your words didn't sink in.

So you have the horses stripped of white cloak insignia and have burned the markings. They're no longer obviously warhorses to a random passerby, only to people who know horses or someone who inspects a little closer.

There are maybe 5 hours before sunrise, and you have what you estimate to be one hard days ride or two easy days until you arrive at Four a Kings.

What sleeping arrangement/watches do you want to arrange and what travel plans do you want to do for the next day or two, along with any particular way you wish to approach four kings.
Magnus
player, 1447 posts
Tue 21 Jun 2016
at 06:49
  • msg #298

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll try to stay up and watch. Perrin is to hurt and needs to rest.
So I stay up and watch. Forcing myself to say up and watch. I'll get some sleep tomorrow night.

We'll go for two easy days ride. A hard ride would open Perrin's wounds.

When we stop after the first day. I'll say.
"I need to rest... Wake me up if you need me"
Then I crash

When I wake up I'll have them sleep.

We'll approach Four Kings quietly and look for an inn to get actual rest.
Glantri
player, 807 posts
Tue 21 Jun 2016
at 13:06
  • msg #299

Magnus's Meanderings

You stay up through the night, and keep vigilant watch. It take an immense amount of effort, and as the hours wear on the weariness from the days travel and battle seep into your muscles.

Perrin does seem to appreciate the easier pace, and you notice that you do as well. Your muscles from the night are incredibly stiff, making riding more difficult than normal.

You find a copse of trees that you ties the horses off to, and you tell everyone you're going to sleep, and drift off immediately after falling asleep.

You have fitful dreams that night, of a swarm of ravens flying over the forest, and you could swear they're searching for you all. You wake up the next morning drenched in a cold sweat.

Around noon the next day you see riders coming from the southwest, on what you believe is an intercepting path to your own. No one else seems to have noticed yet, Susan and Egwene have been largely pre-occupied making sure Perrin is okay, and Perrin has been keeping his head down for the past two days.
Magnus
player, 1449 posts
Thu 23 Jun 2016
at 05:47
  • msg #300

Magnus's Meanderings

"Those people over there are on an intercept course with us. Perrin I need your eyesight.
What can you tell about them? How many are there?"

How far away are they? How close to Four Kings are we?
Glantri
player, 809 posts
Thu 23 Jun 2016
at 13:43
  • msg #301

Magnus's Meanderings

You're maybe an hours normal ride, the edge of Four Kings is barely in sight.

Perrin looks up wearily, but looks in the direction you mention and you see his eyes lift for a moment before he stumbles over his words slightly "It's ... Oh thank the light they lived.  It's Nynaeve, Lan and Moraine... But I don't see Matt or Rand."  He's an obvious mix of emotions currently.

They should meet up with you in about half an hour on the current course, or 15 minutes if you ride towards them.
Magnus
player, 1452 posts
Fri 24 Jun 2016
at 08:26
  • msg #302

Magnus's Meanderings

"That's good. Lets go met them as soon as possible."

We'll ride directly towards them.
Glantri
player, 811 posts
Fri 24 Jun 2016
at 19:03
  • msg #303

Magnus's Meanderings

After a few minutes you can see the clearly, Lan is in the lead, ever vigilant. When you get closer he says "You all seem to have been busy... Where did you get warhorses from?"

Meanwhile Moiraine is dismounting and has gone directly to Perrin and is cupping his head in her hands. She has an intense look of concentration on her face. She hasn't said anything yet though.
Magnus
player, 1454 posts
Sat 25 Jun 2016
at 05:22
  • msg #304

Magnus's Meanderings

"We had an encounter with the Whitecloaks. It when rather unpleasantly for them and they couldn't say no to us taking the horses. Although Perrin got a few holes in him for his troubles.

Moiraine, I guess that you already know what Perrin went though.

Where is Matt and Rand?"
Glantri
player, 813 posts
Sat 25 Jun 2016
at 15:00
  • msg #305

Magnus's Meanderings

"Whitecloaks? Out here in the countryside? They're normally too busy proselytizing in the larger cities. Either way, we'll want to get you new horses when we get to Four Kings, those ones are fairly obvious and I'd rather not having them chasing us all over."

Moiraine moves away from Perrin, who looks terribly exhausted, but you notice his wounds are gone, with no sign of scars. Moiraine also seems exhausted from the ordeal, and the moment she steps away from Perrin Nynaeve rushes in to inspect him.

Moiraine comments "Lan is right, it would be best to avoid the ire of the whitecloaks, while their authority surely doesn't reach into Tar Valon itself, there is a good distance to go. I have not found Matt and Rand yet after we all got separated during the flight of Shadar Logoth, but they are smart boys, I have to trust they will continue on to Caemlyn and from their onto Tar Valon. I only hope that the gleeman is with them. For now we must ride on to Four Kings."

When you get to Four Kings, you notice it's a rather small town in comparison to what you've seen recently. It's got a hand full of inns, and maybe a dozen shops of various makes. It strikes you that it's likely more akin to a trading outpost for the farmers in the area than a true city the way Baerlon is.

While passing through the streets you notice that one of the inns has a large hole in one of the walls, and charred edged aronud the hole. The Inn still appears open, but doesn't seem busy enough for it's size.

Moiraine takes you past that inn to one on the eastern edge of the town. She arranges rooms for everyone and Lan takes the horses to the stables provided for guests.
Magnus
player, 1457 posts
Sun 26 Jun 2016
at 04:21
  • msg #306

Magnus's Meanderings

"Well, It seemed like they where looking for someone out there.
Good, I was planning on selling the war horses and then getting some new horses. We should probably go ahead and do that. I don't want the war horses associated with us."

Other than that comment, I'll probably go with the flow for now.
Glantri
player, 815 posts
Sun 26 Jun 2016
at 15:54
  • msg #307

Magnus's Meanderings

Lan nods, but doesn't continue further on the topic

You rest well that night, having an actual bed is a nice change.

You wake up the next morning, being shaken awake by Lan.

"Wake up lad. There are a contingent of whitecloaks on the north end of town. They're asking questions, we're leaving now."

He's not panicked, you're not sure what it would look like for him to be panicked honestly, but it does sound urgent.
Magnus
player, 1459 posts
Sun 26 Jun 2016
at 18:04
  • msg #308

Magnus's Meanderings

"Great. Of course they are here. How many are there?"

I'll help wake everyone up then gather my things.
We should be ready to go really quickly.
I'm wearing my sword and the and my leather welding jacket along with the chain shirt I made in my home world. I need to make better armor when I have the chance.
Glantri
player, 817 posts
Sun 26 Jun 2016
at 18:26
  • msg #309

Magnus's Meanderings

"I haven't seen them, however the rumor outraced them fortunately. Moiraine and Nynaeve should have already woken then others. We're to meet on the east side of this inn, and leave immediately. The horses should be there already."

Lan leads you down a stairwell around the back of the inn, and you notice the others are taking independent paths apparently.

At the base all the horses are being held my Nynaeve, Susan and Egwene. Moiraine shows up with Perrin a few moments behind you and Lan.

Everyone other than Lan and Moiraine seem nervous, while they seem to be utterly focused.

You notice the war horses have already been replaced, either early this morning or late last night. They're replaced with riding horses of similar quality to the ones from Bearlon.

Lan is assisting everyone to mount up when you notice in the distance a mounted figure clad all in white with a sunburst on his cloak that's become all too common. He's pretty far away and hasn't looked in your direction, but does look to be in a search pattern.
Magnus
player, 1462 posts
Mon 27 Jun 2016
at 03:10
  • msg #310

Magnus's Meanderings

"... Lan do you have any experience with the bow? Do you think you could hit him from here?
If not, I'll need to try and sneak up and deal with him."

How far away is the Whitecloak? Do I see others within line of sight of him.
Is it still night? What is the terrain like between me and him?
Glantri
player, 819 posts
Mon 27 Jun 2016
at 11:29
  • msg #311

Magnus's Meanderings

"I am trained with most weapons, but violence does not appear to be the answer here. The whitecloaks don't have any official say in Andor, but drawing their ire by assaulting them inside a town would make our travels more difficult not less. Avoidance is the course Moiraine has dictated for now, and as such the one I will follow."

The whitecloak is near the extreme of your vision away, and you only caught sight of him briefly as he passed a gap between two buildings.

It's early morning, just after sunrise, and as such there are a handful of people loitering in the street or starting their errands for the day.

The terrain is largely cobblestone roads, dirt alleyways, and one or two story wooden buildings.

You're the last one to be mounted, and Lan is offering you a hand to hop up if you need. His expectation, and Moiraine's by extension is clearly that the group will be leaving momentarily.
Magnus
player, 1464 posts
Mon 27 Jun 2016
at 16:40
  • msg #312

Magnus's Meanderings

"You are right. Let's go."

I take off my armor and put it away. No need to draw attention to us.
Glantri
player, 821 posts
Mon 27 Jun 2016
at 17:27
  • msg #313

Magnus's Meanderings

Your group moves eastward, towards the eastern gates. Your group moves at a brisk pace, but slow enough as to not draw attention.

There's a painful silence for a while, as everyone listens to hear shouts from behind.

After what seems like forever Moiraine speaks up, "It looks like we're far enough from town that they won't see us, but it's 4 days hard ride until we get to Caemlyn. Let's pick up some speed for now."

Your ride is uneventful, although brisk and tiring. You notice that Lan spends more time than normal talking to Perrin, and hear the hints of wolf and Elyas mentioned. Nynaeve and Susan are clearly talking about herbs and medical treatments, and Egwene is talking with Moiraine about the One Power.

While riding it's pretty difficult to hear all the conversations, and impossible to take part in multiple. Would you like to ride in silence for the day or join one of those conversations or just listen?

Also I'm planning to roll a GE roll for the 4 days travel to Caemlyn, unless there is something specific you have in mind for the travel.
Magnus
player, 1465 posts
Mon 27 Jun 2016
at 18:46
  • msg #314

Magnus's Meanderings

None of the conversations involve me in particular. So I'm ok with just riding and listening.  I'm going to pay attention to Moiraine's And Egwene's conversation about the One Power. I'm hoping to find out how their magic works. Even thought I am (Hopefully) not stupid enough to try to Channel as they put it.

So unless someone asks me questions, I'll just ride and listen for interesting bits of info.

A GE roll sounds find for the four day ride.
Glantri
player, 822 posts
Mon 27 Jun 2016
at 19:22
  • msg #315

Magnus's Meanderings

The four days pass uneventfully, although they do involve long hard rides and the third day rains for most of the travel.

The groups described stick together pretty consistently over the several days, although Lan often breaks away from Perrin to scout ahead or behind. He reports no Whitecloaks are following, but he doubts anyone could miss the trail we're all leaving. He notes it's regrettable but unavoidable.

From the conversations you learn a fair amount however.

You learn that Nynaeve is considered the Wisdom of her village, which includes foretelling weather, healing peoples ailments and providing advice to everyone. She has some obvious hard feelings about Aes Sedai, despite the fact that she's traveling to train as one. This seems to confuse Susan.

From the conversation between Perrin and Lan you learn that Elyas was formerly a warder before he became a wolfbrother. For that matter, Lan knows about the wolf brothers, and confirms that they are not a part of the shadow, though most knowledge of them is lost. They're a very old group. You also overhear that Elyas was Lan's instructor before his eyes turned yellow and the Red Ajah hunted him for connection with the shadow. Lan seems derisive about that aspect.

Egwene and Moiraine's conversation focuses on how dangerous channeling is and the care she must take to practice it. Moiraine goes over how there are those born with the gift who will channel at some point, and those born with the talent to learn. Apparently Nynaeve and Egwene are in the first group, while Susan is in the second. She goes on that 3 in 4 who start channeling on their own die from failure or burn themselves out. This is one of the reasons training at the White Tower is so important. She goes on to say the White Tower is split into 7 Ajahs, she herself is blue, but there is also green, red, white, yellow, brown and gray. They are led by the Amyrlin Seat.

On the fourth day, near evening you approach tall white walls in the distance, and see guards posted at the entrance. They're dressed in red and white uniforms.

So that's a lot of information, and 4 days. I figure you might just go with the flow as you ride into Caemlyn, but then again maybe not.
Magnus
player, 1468 posts
Mon 27 Jun 2016
at 19:45
  • msg #316

Magnus's Meanderings

I don't have anything in particular to add to those conversations. So I'll go with the flow for now.
Glantri
player, 824 posts
Mon 27 Jun 2016
at 20:10
  • msg #317

Magnus's Meanderings

Moiraine rides to the front, and introduces herself as Moiraine Sedai, and the two guards both bow deeply and shout orders for the gate to be opened. The guard asks Moiraine if she's in town as part of Logains escort to the White Tower to which Moiraine shakes her head, but says nothing more.

Your party rides through the congested streets of Caemlyn, only making any reasonable time because Lan is acting as a spearhead and people naturally get out of the way of someone with as obvious a military background as he has. Caemlyn is vast. It's the capital of Andor, and makes Baerlon look like a farmtown. In the distance you see the royal castle, with absolutely stunning stonework. It also strikes you that this city is large enough that it would be very easy to get lost in if one didn't know their way. You also notice that nearly everyone's sword is wrapped in either a white or red length of cloth around the hilt. The first strikes you as an odd decoration until you notice it's actually your party that stands out for not having them.

Moiraine and Lan seem to know their way quite well though, as they lead your group directly to an inn called The Queen's Blessing. She tells everyone to dismount when you get their, and for Lan to take the horses to the inn's stable while she arranges rooms.

Inside the inn, you note that everyone who has a sword has a red ribbon in here, and those without swords are wearing red somewhere.

The innkeeper seems very familiar with Moiraine and bows to here and asks where Master Lan is, and hopes that all is going well. The conversation is quick but pleasant, and rooms are arranged and a member of the staff is there to take you to them.

It's a few hours before dinner, which will be provided. What would you like to do?
Glantri
player, 824 posts
Mon 27 Jun 2016
at 20:10
  • msg #317

Magnus's Meanderings

Moiraine rides to the front, and introduces herself as Moiraine Sedai, and the two guards both bow deeply and shout orders for the gate to be opened. The guard asks Moiraine if she's in town as part of Logains escort to the White Tower to which Moiraine shakes her head, but says nothing more.

Your party rides through the congested streets of Caemlyn, only making any reasonable time because Lan is acting as a spearhead and people naturally get out of the way of someone with as obvious a military background as he has. Caemlyn is vast. It's the capital of Andor, and makes Baerlon look like a farmtown. In the distance you see the royal castle, with absolutely stunning stonework. It also strikes you that this city is large enough that it would be very easy to get lost in if one didn't know their way. You also notice that nearly everyone's sword is wrapped in either a white or red length of cloth around the hilt. The first strikes you as an odd decoration until you notice it's actually your party that stands out for not having them.

Moiraine and Lan seem to know their way quite well though, as they lead your group directly to an inn called The Queen's Blessing. She tells everyone to dismount when you get their, and for Lan to take the horses to the inn's stable while she arranges rooms.

Inside the inn, you note that everyone who has a sword has a red ribbon in here, and those without swords are wearing red somewhere.

The innkeeper seems very familiar with Moiraine and bows to here and asks where Master Lan is, and hopes that all is going well. The conversation is quick but pleasant, and rooms are arranged and a member of the staff is there to take you to them.

It's a few hours before dinner, which will be provided. What would you like to do?
Magnus
player, 1470 posts
Tue 28 Jun 2016
at 03:05
  • msg #318

Magnus's Meanderings

I want to sit and relax with Susan.
I'll ask her quietly
"What is going on with those white and red Ribbons on the locals swords?"
Glantri
player, 827 posts
Tue 28 Jun 2016
at 03:16
  • msg #319

Magnus's Meanderings

Susan shrugs slightly. "My assumption is it's a political affair or a national holiday I haven't heard of. While I'd be surprised by the second, seeing as this is the capital of andor, and Baerlon is a city in Andor. I would expect to know if a holiday, so political intrigue is most likely. I would guess those with red ribbons are the ones we should trust however, as Moiraine Sedai wouldn't have taken us here otherwise."
Magnus
player, 1473 posts
Tue 28 Jun 2016
at 04:02
  • msg #320

Magnus's Meanderings

"I believe you are right about it being a political thing. Do you think we should ask Moiraine about it? I doubt we are in danger, But I would like to know what is going on."
Glantri
player, 829 posts
Tue 28 Jun 2016
at 10:07
  • msg #321

Magnus's Meanderings

"We could certainly do that." And with that she stands up and takes your hand and starts trying to find Moiraine Sedai.

Moiraine is found in the kitchen talking to... What appears to be a trolloc, except it looks slightly different. Actually now that your past the initial shock, very different. The main similarity is the height. This man is just over ten foot tall. Even sitting he's taller than Moiraine.  He also has tufted ears, a big flat nose, and large green eyes. All of his proportions are just large.
Magnus
player, 1475 posts
Wed 29 Jun 2016
at 01:20
  • msg #322

Magnus's Meanderings

My eyebrow raises at the sight of the huge humanoid.

I turn back to Moiraine and wait for her to finish talking to him
"I noticed that practically everyone was wearing a red or white ribbon. What was that about?"
Glantri
player, 831 posts
Wed 29 Jun 2016
at 01:46
  • msg #323

Magnus's Meanderings

"Oh those, they're a quiet indicator of support for either the Queen or The influence of Pedron Niall, the leader of the white cloaks. The red ribbons are loyal followers of the queen. I'm told it's been getting quite violent between the factions. We should be safe here however."

The large humanoid says, in a voice that sounds like a giant bumblebee, "humans are so quick to violence. Its... Most distressing, everything moves so fast here."
Magnus
player, 1478 posts
Wed 29 Jun 2016
at 03:55
  • msg #324

Magnus's Meanderings

"I see. It is like I thought."
I turn back to the large humanoid
"Greetings. My name is Eli Bumbalough. I haven't encountered anyone like you before."
Glantri
player, 833 posts
Wed 29 Jun 2016
at 10:02
  • msg #325

Magnus's Meanderings

He replies in his rumbling voice, "Greetings Master Bumbalough, I am Loial, son of Arent son of Halan of Stedding Shangtei. It seems your people are too quick to forgot of us Ogiers, perhaps it's been too long since we ventured out of our steddings. Are you a friend of Matt and Rands? Rand should be back soon I hope."
Magnus
player, 1481 posts
Wed 29 Jun 2016
at 15:23
  • msg #326

Magnus's Meanderings

"It's a pleasure to met you Master Lorial. I'm not from around here, so I haven't heard the local stories about Ogiers. As for Matt and Rand, I've recently met them. They seem like good young men.
So they are near here? Perrin will be happy to met with his friends again."
Glantri
player, 835 posts
Wed 29 Jun 2016
at 15:38
  • msg #327

Magnus's Meanderings

"Please, just Loial. I'm much too young to be considered a master. I was just telling Moiraine Sedai here that Rand went out, but Matt is resting in bed currently. I've heard many things about Perrin from them, I look forward to meeting him."
Magnus
player, 1483 posts
Wed 29 Jun 2016
at 20:34
  • msg #328

Magnus's Meanderings

"I'm sure he will find meeting you to be interesting too. I think we should met up with Matt and then wait for Rand to return."
Glantri
player, 837 posts
Wed 29 Jun 2016
at 20:46
  • msg #329

Magnus's Meanderings

Moiraine nods and says "I was just about to go check on him before you came down, you're welcome to accompany me."

As you both are about to head upstairs two things happen nearly simultaneously. Rand walks into the kitchen and closes the door behind him quickly, and the common area breaks out into an uproar.

Rand blinks quickly and then says, quietly "There's a man out there claiming to be pursuing darkfriends who assaulted the Children of the Light. He went so far as to suggest the queen is harboring darkfriends. I think there may be a brawl out there any moment if he doens't leave. Also it's good to see you both. Are the others with you?"
Magnus
player, 1488 posts
Thu 30 Jun 2016
at 01:18
  • msg #330

Magnus's Meanderings

I put my palm to my forehead.

"Great. Those idiots would call anything they don't understand Darkfiends. We have everyone except for You, Matt and the Gleeman with us. Moiraine, Should we move somewhere else or let the brawl take care of that Whitecloak out there?
Glantri
player, 839 posts
Thu 30 Jun 2016
at 01:27
  • msg #331

Magnus's Meanderings

Moiraine responds "The patrons of this inn are fiercely loyal to Queen Morgaise. I doubt they'll harm this man, but they also are unlikely to tolerate him insinuating that the queen sympathizes with darkfriends. This is the safest place for us, but it's best that we don't let that man see us. I wouldn't be too surprised if even the whitecloaks managed to piece together some of the details about us from Four Kings."

Rand then speaks up "Thom died saving Matt and I from a myrdraal. He fought it off so that Matt and I could run."

Rand hangs his head in a combination of shame and sadness at this.

Moiraine asks whether Rand saw Thom die, to which he shakes his head. She then says he shouldn't write him off yet then. Thom is a resourceful one.

Rand then goes on to mention "I think you should take a look at Matt Moiraine, he's been acting very weird. I think he may be sick."

At this point Moiraine nods and starts heading up the stairs with Lan towards Matt's room. Rand is following. Any questions for anyone before that part, and are you following to Matt's room?
Magnus
player, 1490 posts
Thu 30 Jun 2016
at 02:19
  • msg #332

Magnus's Meanderings

No questions at the moment. I'll follow then up.
Glantri
player, 841 posts
Thu 30 Jun 2016
at 12:26
  • msg #333

Magnus's Meanderings

On the way up Rand tells Moiraine he's concerned about Matt, and that he's been very protective of this dagger that he took from Shadar Logoth. At the mention of this Moiraine stiffens and picks up here pace.

When she gets to the door she knocks twice, then opens the door. Moiraine approaches the sleeping figure of Matt. As she bends forward to wake him the world seems to go insane with activity for just a moment. Matt turns over incredibly quickly, and you see a ruby hilted dagger in his hand with a wicked blade going straight for Moiraine's heart. Simultaneously you notice Lan has crossed the room and catches Matts hand, with the blade inches away from Moiraine who let's out a hiss as she sees the dagger.

She says "whatever you do, don't touch that blade. I need you to hold him down while I try and heal his mind Lan."

Lan does as told, holding down both of Matt's wrists, with the dagger pinned in the one as Moiraine sets her hand on his head and closes her eyes. Matt is practically snarling and it's at this point you notice he looks terrible. His eyes are gaunt, and bulging and it looks like he hasn't slept in days.

After a moment of this Matt shudders and falls into a deep sleep. Moiraine says "I wasn't able to fix it, but is put a wall up at least. He should be closer to normal when he wakes up. He's been infected by that dagger, which carries the spirit of Shadar Logoth, and all the evil and mistrust that entails. Once we reach Tar Valon I'll beseech the Amyrlin Seat to convene a full circle to heal him. That will hopefully be enough."

She looks positively exhausted, and Lan is dutifully at her side supporting her.
Magnus
player, 1494 posts
Fri 1 Jul 2016
at 03:08
  • msg #334

Magnus's Meanderings

The mention of him being protective of a dagger he found there would have set me on edge. But I don't think I would have reacted fast enough to help. Besides helping hold him down.

"So that's what those three where doing when they wandered off.
What Happen in Shadar Logoth to make it like that in the first place?"
Glantri
player, 843 posts
Fri 1 Jul 2016
at 10:42
  • msg #335

Magnus's Meanderings

Good point,  you start crossing the room but Lan arrives first. You do help with holding Matt down though which makes things much easier and safer for all involved.

Rand starts to object when Moiraine speaks up "it all began when the city was still called Aridhol. It was during the war with the shadow, and our side wasn't fairing well at the time. That's when a man named Mordeth got the king of Aridhol's ear and convinced them they had to harden in order to defeat the shadow. They slowly transformed into zealots, and it became they would do anything in the name of the light. In the process though they had become as evil as the shadow itself, with the soldiers of Aridhol being as feared as Trollocs. Then one night,the city's xenophobia and paranoia turned on itself and every last man woman and child killed each other. Come the next morning not a soul lived in Aridhol, and Mashadar was born of that nights evil. From that point forward the city had been Shadar Logoth, the place the shadow waits in the he old tongue. Even a pebble from there can infect people the way Matt here has been."

She asks Rand, rather coldly, why he didn't tell her when they left Shadar Logoth that Matt had taken a dagger.  He objects that he didn't know until several days later.
Magnus
player, 1496 posts
Sat 2 Jul 2016
at 00:55
  • msg #336

Magnus's Meanderings

"I see...
That explains things.
Be more careful next time."
Glantri
player, 845 posts
Sat 2 Jul 2016
at 01:10
  • msg #337

Magnus's Meanderings

Rand nods when you say to be more careful. It's clearly been a thought at the front of his mind.

Moiraine says wearily "Well we need to let Matt here get his rest" and she starts to head for the door, with Lan following.

She turns back as she's leaving, "I have some things I must take care of, but I'd like to here what you and Matt have been up to since we parted ways. Stop by my room in an hour." clearly directed at Rand who nods affirmation.

Once Moiraine gone Rand says "It's good to see you all alive and well. Do you know where Perrin is? I'd like to go catch up with him."

What do you want to do for the rest of the night? Any information you're looking for? Otherwise people will have their side conversations that I alluded to off screen, and we'll move to the next morning.
Magnus
player, 1499 posts
Sat 2 Jul 2016
at 01:42
  • msg #338

Magnus's Meanderings

I reply to Rand.
"He's this way. Talking to you should be good for him"

I'll Lead him to Perrin. And listen to them talk.
Glantri
player, 847 posts
Sat 2 Jul 2016
at 02:04
  • msg #339

Magnus's Meanderings

You lead him to Perrin, who's sitting in his own room at this point, having just hung his ax up on the wall. Rand blinks somewhat when he sees Perrins eyes, but quickly moves into talking with an old friend and catching up.

They take turns telling bits and pieces of their stories to one another, roughly so that it lines up time phrase wise and so that neither is speaking too much before the other gets a chance.

Perrin relays the story of how you all crossed the river, and about meeting Elyas, as well as the traveling people or tinkers, Perrin refers to them as both throughout the story, but definitely referring to the same group.
He doesn't mention the wolf brother aspect.
Then he goes on to tell about the whitecloaks, and how they pursued and had to be fought off. He mentions a friend was killed, and that he just lost it, but skirts over the fact that the friend was a wolf.

Rand meanwhile intermixes his story. It starts with him, Matt and Thom finding a ferry accross the river, and traveling towards Caemlyn from there. Thom taught Matt and Rand how to juggle and play the flute during this time. Then one night a myrdraal caught up with them, and Thom fought if off with knives, buying time for Matt and Rand to run.
Rand stops, visibly saddened at this point then continues.
From there they made their way, sometimes sleeping in barns, sometimes in inns in exchange for a show of juggling and a few songs for the patrons.
Then in Four Kings where they performed for the night in exchange for a room, the innkeep was apparently a darkfriend and tried locking them up to await the myrdraal. That's when a lightning bolt hit the side of the building, luck be praised, and they were able to escape through the hole. Matt's eyes were injured for a while, and his paranoia over the dagger had gotten worse by this point, so he wasn't able to perform for the nights, so it fell to Rand.
Then yesterday they arrived in Caemlyn. Earlier today Rand says he climbed a tree, and ended up falling into a garden where he met Elayne, daughter heir and Gawyn her brother. He even ended up meeting the queen, which he admits wasn't on purpose, it was when Galad, Elaynes elder brother found them, and insisted he be brought. They didn't hold him though, and let him return to the inn.

Perrin is obviously skeptical of the last bit, but Rand protests that he's telling the truth.
Magnus
player, 1501 posts
Sat 2 Jul 2016
at 02:28
  • msg #340

Magnus's Meanderings

"Sorry, Lighting doesn't produce clean holes in the wall like the inn In Four Kings.
Want to try again with your story?"

I'm smirking as I poke a hole in his story.
Glantri
player, 849 posts
Sat 2 Jul 2016
at 02:42
  • msg #341

Magnus's Meanderings

"Dunno about the hole it left, or how clean it was, but a bolt of lightning struck the wall directly. It's all that saved Matt and my life"
He's getting in to the all too familiar stubborn look that Perrin gets sometimes. It must be bred in their town with how similar it is.
Magnus
player, 1504 posts
Sat 2 Jul 2016
at 03:37
  • msg #342

Magnus's Meanderings

"Heh. You sure You and Perrin are nor related? Because that stubborn look is exactly like one another.
Anyway I would be careful about that story with the 'lighting'. It's a little too convenient.
Plus I know how lighting works. and that is not it.

But I'll drop this. It is your business."
Glantri
player, 851 posts
Sat 2 Jul 2016
at 03:46
  • msg #343

Magnus's Meanderings

Rand shrugs "not going to lie because it looks different. It was lightning."

You get a read on him, he's being very stubborn, but as far as you can tell he seems to believe what he's saying. You're not positive, just you get the feeling.

Anything else for the night? Or ready to move onto the next day?
Magnus
player, 1505 posts
Sat 2 Jul 2016
at 07:09
  • msg #344

Magnus's Meanderings

"If that is what you believe, I can't disprove it. Anyway, Be careful. Lighting can kill you just as easily as blowing a hole in the wall. Rest up. I have a feeling we'll leave to Tar Valon tomorrow."

I'll walk out at this point. I'll rest with Susan for the rest of the day. otherwise I'm ready for tomorrow.
Glantri
player, 853 posts
Sat 2 Jul 2016
at 10:21
  • msg #345

Magnus's Meanderings

Rand nods about resting, and continues talking with Perrin as you leave.

Dinner is served shortly after, and your group eats dinner, sans Matt who still sleeps, together. Everyone is engaged in side conversations, but Loial eventually asks Moiraine "I've never met one ta'veren before Rand and Matt, but now here sit four.  Are they all from Emunds Field?"

Moiraine doesn't look shocked at the mention of ta'veren until Loial mentions the number four, at which point she stops eating. "I take it you have the gift of seeing ta'veren good Loial? I did not expect four ta'veren, which four are you talking about?"

Loial responds, "Oh, I only can sense strong ta'veren. I know some can see them of any level, but Rand, Matt, Perrin and Eli are definitely ta'veren."

Rand looks displeased with the conversation, as if it's one he's had with Loial many times. Perrin looks contemplative, but hasn't spoken up yet.
Magnus
player, 1507 posts
Sat 2 Jul 2016
at 14:49
  • msg #346

Magnus's Meanderings

I look surprised at being included into the group of Rand, Matt and Perrin.

"What's a ta'veren? And Moiraine, why are you surprised at the mention of four of them?"
This message was last edited by the player at 15:01, Sat 02 July 2016.
Glantri
player, 854 posts
Sat 2 Jul 2016
at 14:54
  • msg #347

Magnus's Meanderings

Who are you asking this of? A number of people could likely reasonably answer parts or the whole question?
Magnus
player, 1508 posts
Sat 2 Jul 2016
at 15:00
  • msg #348

Magnus's Meanderings

I'm asking it in general. But I'm likely directing it to Moiraine. Although I do need to phrase it better.

Ok: Edited to be more clear.
This message was last edited by the player at 15:01, Sat 02 July 2016.
Glantri
player, 855 posts
Sat 2 Jul 2016
at 15:08
  • msg #349

Magnus's Meanderings

Moiraine seems past her shock, and is back in cool dissertation.

"Ta'veren are individuals around whom the wheel of time weaves it's pattern around. Most of us are but threads in the great tapestry, with limited control. Ta'veren have been known to warp the threads around them through mere proximity. I had reason to believe that there was a ta'veren among these three, but it never occurred to me to find 3 in one location, and a fourth so close by. By contrast, a single strong ta'veren is often all any given age has to show for it, excluding the age of legends of course."
Magnus
player, 1510 posts
Sat 2 Jul 2016
at 15:21
  • msg #350

Magnus's Meanderings

"I see. That extreme luck was warping the threads of the wheel...
Oh boy. Four at the same time... We live in interesting times.
Any more you are willing to share with us Moiraine?"
Glantri
player, 857 posts
Sat 2 Jul 2016
at 15:35
  • msg #351

Magnus's Meanderings

"More will become clear in Tar Valon, the Amrylin will have to hear about this extraordinary turn of events. I would agree that these are interesting times."

It strikes you as she says this that one of the things you've heard often  about aes sedai is that they keep many secrets, but they never lie.

Over the rest of dinner, Rand tells his story that you heard earlier. You happen to notice a look in Moiraine's eyes as he mentions the lightning aspect, but there is no rebuttal.

The conversation then drifts to Perrin passing on a warning the Tinkers gave, about a maiden of the spear that died, but passed on  a message that leaf brighter looks to blind the eye of the world.

At this point Moiraine has him repeat the story, stressing she needs to hear it exactly.
Afterwards she declares "We must detour from Tar Valon, this can not wait. We must travel first to the eye."
She turns to Loial specifically then, "Are you capable of reading the guiding a in the ways? We must get to Fal Dara quickly, and I see no other options."

Loial groans and says "well... Yes, I know how to read guidings, but Moiraine Sedai, please. There must be another option. We will all die. Worse, we all would but wish we were dead."

Moiraine is simply staring him down with the expectation that he'll assent, when Rand puts his hand on Loial's arm, and says "We will get through this friend, but if this is as important as Moiraine says, we must go."

Loial shakes his head, then stops, thinks and nods slowly, mumbling to himself. "I will lead you, Aes Sedai."
Magnus
player, 1512 posts
Sat 2 Jul 2016
at 16:54
  • msg #352

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll ask Moiraine
"What is this Guiding you are talking about. And why is is as dangerous as Loial says?"
Glantri
player, 859 posts
Sat 2 Jul 2016
at 17:03
  • msg #353

Magnus's Meanderings

"During the Breaking, the ways were tainted, as they were half constructed using Saidin, the male half of the true power. The Ogiers assisted the construction of the ways originally however, leaving guidings at intersections to aid travelers from getting lost. They are written in a form of the old tongue, a dialect that Ogiers with their long lives still remember. Without a guide, we would get lost in the darkness of the ways, and eventually Machin Shin would find us, and devour our souls.

Allowing the eye to be blinded, with the green man unprepared however, would be a strong step towards the shadow winning it's eternal struggle. I can not allow that to happen if there is any means at my disposal to stop it.

You and Susan are free to accompany us, as your assistance would be welcome, or travel straight to Tar Valon. I do require you not to tell anyone where we left for though, should you decide you wish to head straight to tar Valon."
Magnus
player, 1514 posts
Sat 2 Jul 2016
at 17:23
  • msg #354

Magnus's Meanderings

"It seems like it is needed for destiny to work out... I have gotten by with my innate skill with the sword. But Susan...I would feel better if she had something to defend herself with in case I fall. Would you start training her in Channeling the One Power?"
Glantri
player, 861 posts
Sat 2 Jul 2016
at 17:33
  • msg #355

Magnus's Meanderings

"I am sworn to not aid those in channeling before reaching the tower. I have shown Egwene mere basics because she had stumbled upon some herself and it was unsafe otherwise. It is likely safer for her to not channel until she is properly instructed."

Then more quietly, just to you.
"I take it by your motions towards her that you hope to one day be chosen her warder, now would be a good time for you to start training more with Lan if that is the case. A warders obligation is to see his Aes Sedai to safety, such is the bond. So long as you train daily with Lan to such an extent, I will teach Susan about concepts. As I said, I can not teach how to channel due to my oath, unless she channels on her own first. What I can do is teach her what it means to channel, why it's dangerous, why it's useful, and some meditation exercises that will help when she reaches the tower. Should she happen to then channel on her own during meditation, I would have no choice but to instruct her further, for her safety."
Magnus
player, 1516 posts
Sat 2 Jul 2016
at 18:39
  • msg #356

Magnus's Meanderings

I smirk as the Aes Sedai circumvents her oaths.

"That is acceptable then. I will start training with Lan."
Glantri
player, 863 posts
Sat 2 Jul 2016
at 18:53
  • msg #357

Magnus's Meanderings

She nods, satisfied.
"Talk with him after dinner, I believe he plans to go over the forms with Rand tonight, you can join easily enough."

The rest of the dinner is kind of quiet. Everyone apparently has heard of the ways before, or the description Moiraine gave was enough and they seem nervous but realize the importance.

After dinner, Lan finds you if you don't go immediately to him, and says "So it looks like I've got a second apprentice. We don't have the luxury of practicing outside, it will draw too much of a scene. Come to my room in 15 minutes, with your sword. I'll have it prepared."

When you get there, he has stacked every item in the room into the one corner, furniture and all. There's two circles drawn in chalk on the floor. Rand got there first, and is standing in one of them, and Lan motions you to the other.

Lan starts:
"Rand has already heard this, but it bears repeating. I do not have the time to give proper instruction to represent what that heron on his sword implies. I hope to at least get him far enough that people don't assume he's green and start problems. You are welcome in the practice, but that is the first priority.

The first concept you must learn is how to properly embrace the void. The battlefield is chaos. You can not be. You must create a flame in your mind, and empty all of your emotions into it. Fighting with emotion will get you killed, fighting with clarity may save the lives you care most about. Once all emotion has been fed to the flame, and there is but the flame and the void, you are ready to practice the forms."

Rand has assumed a readied stance, and his breathing has become metered. You presume he's already done what Lan has said.
Magnus
player, 1518 posts
Sat 2 Jul 2016
at 19:49
  • msg #358

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll go to Lan immediately after dinner.

I listen to his instructions and comment.

"That is similar to something I've heard of. Mind of no Mind... Let me try."

I enter the other circle and draw my sword.

I void my mind and form the flame he mentioned. Then I feed my emotions and distracting thoughts to it. My mind is clear. I see the world as it is.

Therefore. I am ready to act. I see how a strike is coming in, therefore I can see how to deflect and counter it.
Glantri
player, 865 posts
Sat 2 Jul 2016
at 20:15
  • msg #359

Magnus's Meanderings

You take to the instruction naturally, leveraging your previous experience with similar concepts and bringing the world into full clarity. You know your emotions still exist, but they are a distant thing. Your focus is your world.

Lan goes over basic stances, how to hold your footing, your sword, what posture says about where you were trained. He then starts going over specific counters to various attacks. It strikes you at first that it's ludicrous to have specific counters, when battle has nearly unlimited variation. Then you realize he's barely scratching the surface, and each maneuver has subtle variations you can add to counter the style of your opponent.

He focuses on sword strokes that strike at a foe with great reach, explaining that trollocs use long halberds some times. General wisdom is to either dart in to close range where the larger weapons lose their benefit, or wait at range and try to disarm the opponent first.

Training continues for about 2 hours. Surprisingly you don't feel tired at the end of it. That is until Lan says it's over for the night and you leave the void. It hits you like a ton of bricks. You are fundamentally exhausted, with every muscle strained.

He finishes by wishing you well, and be ready to ride early tomorrow.

Anything else for the night? otherwise I'll move it forward to the departure the next morning
Magnus
player, 1519 posts
Sat 2 Jul 2016
at 20:22
  • msg #360

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll probably hang out with Susan for the rest of the night.
I'll be ready in the morning to go.
Glantri
player, 866 posts
Sat 2 Jul 2016
at 20:36
  • msg #361

Magnus's Meanderings

The night passes without any trouble, Susan is worried about the next days travels, but is glad that you'll be by her side.

Early morning, just before sunrise Lan comes around gathering everyone. Moiraine pays the innkeep and you all ride out towards the castle under the cover of early morning dark.

You notice that Rand looks like he didn't sleep well, much worse than he appeared last night. Matt looks very tired, but better than when you saw him yesterday. Moiraine's healing must have done some good for keeping this all back for a while.

When you get to the castle gates, Moiraine talks with the guards who then let your group in without further question. She leads you to a house in the center of one of the gardens, likely a groundskeepers building. When inside you notice stairs down, large enough to lead horses down, and Lan lights lanterns and starts passing them out, attaching them to the horses.

When you ride down, you see the only thing in the basement is a ten foot tall door, made of stone with no handle. There is an intricate lacework of vines and flora in the stonework, and just as you're taking it all in Loial moves forward and places his hand on one of the engraved leaves... and pulls it out. The entire engraving writhes as the door creek open and an unfathomable blackness lies beyond.

Susan, as well as some of the others, gasp.
Magnus
player, 1521 posts
Sat 2 Jul 2016
at 23:35
  • msg #362

Magnus's Meanderings

My eyebrows raise when Loial opens the door like that.

"Well that's interesting. Wish I knew how it works."
Glantri
player, 868 posts
Sat 2 Jul 2016
at 23:44
  • msg #363

Magnus's Meanderings

"It just requires knowing which leave is the avendesora leaf. Removing it opens the door, putting it back closes it."

Moiraine then takes over, "Everyone form a line, we're going to enter slowly, Lan will go first to help those as they get to the other side. Remember to go slowly."

And at that Lan takes his horse forward at a slow walk. As his horse gets close, the blackness has a near mirror like quality to it, as you see the horse and rider disappear into the shimmering darkness.

Everything progresses until it's your turn. It's deeply unsettling you find, walking your horse towards a black shimmering wall. It takes some control to keep the horse from bolting.

As you pass to the other side you realize why going slow was important. You jolt forward suddenly as you adjust to the other side. The light from the lanterns illuminates far less than it should, but you can tell you are standing on a stone platform, and that there are bridges into the darkness in various directions.

Once everyone is through, Loial seals the door again. It's click as the doors swing fully closed is unsettling.

Moiraine says "Loial will be leading, I want everyone to stay close to one another, if you get lost here we won't be able to find you."

There is an eerie sound of wind blowing through trees in the distance.

Where are you planning to ride and is there any conversation you want to have?

OOC) How am I doing on pacing? In a lot of these cases I'm pausing because I don't want to give too much info without giving you a chance to respond, even if there is what I think is a fairly obvious course.
Magnus
player, 1523 posts
Sun 3 Jul 2016
at 00:05
  • msg #364

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC: The pacing is ok. Some assumptions about the players actions is ok due to the pace of the medium. When I say "No, I would have done this instead. " you pushed it to far. But you are doing good so far.

I'll stay in the front near Lan.
I'm willing to talk with the others. And I would always like to know more about what is going on.
Glantri
player, 870 posts
Sun 3 Jul 2016
at 00:17
  • msg #365

Magnus's Meanderings

Rand and Susan are both riding up near you as well. It's largely a two by two form.

Lan seems more vigilant than normal and tells you, "You should practice your flame and the void on the ride, it'll help cut through a little of the darkness and will be good practice. I'll be able to sense if there are any trollocs, but we still need to keep an eye out if there are any suicidal darkfriends in here. That goes for you too Rand."

Assuming you do, it does help a little with the darkness. Not by making it any less dark, but you can actually notice the different shades of black well enough to make out maybe an additional foot of distance.

You all march on, repeating the pattern of crossing a bridge to a landing, having Loial determine where to next, and then crossing the next bridge. It seems like it's at random, due to the inability to see any reasonable distance. You do notice at one point when you can see under the platform you're approaching that you can't see any support structure, it looks like they are just floating there.

After about 6 hours, you come to a broken bridge, and Loial starts fretting before Moiraine calms him down and says he'll have to figure out another way around. After about 10 minutes of wracking his brain, he remembers an alternate route, and starts leading you again.

This continues for the rest of the day. It's getting late enough that everyone needs to stop and get some sleep, so Moiraine calls a halt to the group on one of the larger platforms you've reached.

She says "Loial says there is nearly another days travel, we won't be able to make it in one go. Start setting up camp, and keep your eyes open. I won't set up wards here, as the source would be tainted inside the ways."

Lan sets up lantern poles at each of the 5 bridges that leave this platform, and starts a fire for Susan, Egwene and Nynaeve to cook at. The meal is bland, but filling.
Magnus
player, 1525 posts
Sun 3 Jul 2016
at 03:46
  • msg #366

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll sit with Susan for dinner and take my watch when it is time to do so.
Glantri
player, 871 posts
Sun 3 Jul 2016
at 10:49
  • msg #367

Magnus's Meanderings

In conversation we Susan she talks about how quickly travel goes here. If they're to reach Fal Dara tomorrow... That trip would take months normally. She's obviously trying to focus on anything other than the eerie dark stillness that is everywhere.

You sleep lightly that night, and do your turn on watch. Nothing of note happens.

About middays travel Lan issues the warning "Stay alert, I sense Trollocs in the area.  Not nearby though, yet."

Shortly there after, Lan notices trolloc droppings on one of the platforms, and points it out to Moiraine that they must be moving trolloc troops by the ways regularly. It would explain the horde that arrived in the two rivers. They could use the Manetheran waygate.

Everyone stays hyper vigilant for the remainder of the day, and just as Loial says there should only be two bridges to go you feel the first breeze in the entire journey. It sends a chill through you. You then hear what sounds like the combination of gnashing of teeth and the howling of wind off in the distance.

Loial cries out "the black wind is upon us!"

Moiraine commands Loial to lead quickly, and everyone to ride hard to the gate.

Previous measure pace in broken in favor of an all out run, there are some close calls on footing on the second bridge, but everyone makes it ok. Loial is already at the waygate and trying to open it when he cries out, "there's no avendesora leaf! They must have moved both to the other side." He is on the verge of tears.

Moiraine tells Loial out stand aside, and takes her staff and points it straight at the waygate, and after a brief moment a column of fire roars out if the staff and smashes into the wall. And the gates finally burst open, revealing a shimmering white mirror, a reflection of the outside world.

Machin Shin is getting closer, and you can hear that the gnashing of teeth is actually a chant, said over and over:
"Flesh so fine, so fine to tear, to gnash the skin; skin to strip, to plait, so nice to plait the strips, so nice, so red the drops that fall; blood so red, so red, so sweet; sweet screams, pretty screams, singing screams, scream your song, sing your screams..."
You can hear its dark excitement in the chant, it's terrible desire to devour souls.

Where in the order are you attempting to leave the ways?
This message was last edited by the player at 10:52, Sun 03 July 2016.
Magnus
player, 1533 posts
Sun 3 Jul 2016
at 12:45
  • msg #368

Magnus's Meanderings

I'm going to be one of the last ones out with Lan
I'll draw my sword and get down to the platform since I can't fight on horseback.

I assume the door is about ten feet wide, so the others should be able to get out two by two.
I would want Susan to be one of the first one to go out. But I don't have much control over that.
Glantri
player, 875 posts
Sun 3 Jul 2016
at 12:56
  • msg #369

Magnus's Meanderings

Closer to 14 foot wide, they were constructed by Ogiers, who as you've seen with Loial is quiet large, and to let horses ride through side by side.

Lan nods at you and Rand who stand by his side, but stops either of you from dismounting. "We can't stand and fight this one. Good instincts, but just stay ready to run through that portal once the others are through."

Susan is in the second set through, and just as you see a dark mass pressing on the furtherest reaches of the lanterns the portal is open to you. The three of you turn and dash towards the portal. The feeling of going through fast is much stranger. It feels like your snapping into reality as you lose focus momentarily when you ride out into the bright light and reality that you're used to. Your horse even stumbles slightly as it adjusts to the normal world. Moments after the three of you are clear a gigantic gout of flame envelops the door, spewing out of Moiraine's staff. You notice that it doesn't seem to be harming the black wind, although you also notice it seems that it can't leave the portal. After a few moments, after which Moiraine is apparently convinced Machin Shin can't get through, she throws her staff to the ground, and you notice the tip is an unnatural black color. Not really charred, more corrupted.

Loial moves forward and starts swinging the doors to the ways closed, being careful to stay away from the swirling mass pressing against the portal. Once it's closed he messes with the engraving slightly and you here the familiar clicking they make as they lock.

Everyone is in a stunned silence, but you notice that the horizon is utterly different than what you're used to. You're in an incredibly arid location now, with little vegetation of any kind, much unlike the temperate Caemlyn you were in yesterday. It's also incredibly late, considering the sun is setting.
Magnus
player, 1537 posts
Sun 3 Jul 2016
at 13:18
  • msg #370

Magnus's Meanderings

"Looks like we traveled quite far. Where are we? And it looks like conserving water will be a problem now."
Glantri
player, 878 posts
Sun 3 Jul 2016
at 13:30
  • msg #371

Magnus's Meanderings

Lan responds, "We are in Fal Dara now, which lies on the farthest northern range of Sheinar, bordering on the blightlands. Fal Dara is that way. We should have enough water for now, but it is always a concern in these regions." and he points to a visible keep on the border.

Moiraine adds "We'll talk with Ingtar in Fal Dara about assigning a guard at this waygate, he will need to know about the trolloc movements."

And you set off at a normal pace towards Fal Dara. On the ride you notice that all of the farms are burned and abandoned. You don't see any life between the waygate and the gate to Fal Dara.

At the gate there are two heavily armored men standing guard. When your group gets close, both men salute and one steps forward, and says to Lan:
"Greetings Dai Shan. It is an honor." and bows slightly.
Then to Loial:
"Kiserati ti Wansho!" with another deep bow, to which Loial responds "Tsingu ma choba" and a small nod of the head.
Lan then replies "Greetings Ragan. We need to speek with Ingtar immediately."

Ragan replies "of course, I'll send someone to let him know you are here right away. May I ask, does the Golden Crane fly once more?" to which Lan shakes his head.

There are a few minutes before Ingtar will be able to show up.
Magnus
player, 1540 posts
Sun 3 Jul 2016
at 17:05
  • msg #372

Magnus's Meanderings

"...What happened to all the farms? It looks like this place was in a war."
Glantri
player, 881 posts
Sun 3 Jul 2016
at 19:03
  • msg #373

Magnus's Meanderings

Ragan answers, "There has been a sharp upswing in trolloc activity in the area this season, we relocated all the farmers to inside the keep."

He talks about the trolloc activity with military calm.

(Will edit with the next part in a few minutes, need to be at my computer for it. If you have further questions for Ragan before that feel free)
Magnus
player, 1541 posts
Sun 3 Jul 2016
at 19:30
  • msg #374

Magnus's Meanderings

"Well that makes sense."

I don't have any more questions
Glantri
player, 882 posts
Sun 3 Jul 2016
at 19:31
  • msg #375

Magnus's Meanderings

Follow up:
Ingtar appraoches, a stocky man with a sigil on his armor of a gray owl, and greets your party. "Greetings Dai Shan, Moiraine Sedai. What brings this honor upon Fal Dara?"

Moiraine tells Ingtar "Greetings Lord Ingtar, we come with news regarding trolloc movements and news of the shadows plans. We must speak with Lord Agelmar at once."

With that, Agelmar says "Follow me then" and leads your party off deeper into the keep. You're heading directly for the central fortification. It's somewhat castle like, but as opposed to the castle in Caemlyn which focuses on looks, this one is utilitarian to the core. It says to you, I am the second line of defense. I've repelled armies when the keep walls fall, and I will do it again.

When your taken in you note that the interior design is the same, all of the passages to get to the central areas are kill corridors, some with archers slots in the sides, many where one man could hold off a legion at one on one combat if he was good enough.

On the way in, Ingtar tells Lan that "There are many new trolloc camps in the blight recently. We'll stop them all the same at Tarwin's Gap, but it's going to be a bloody battle. King Easer is marching a host of forces there now."

You're brought to a war room, where Lord Agelmar is looking over maps.

Moiraine greets him with "Ninte calichniye no domashita, Agelmar Dai Shan", in a very formal tone. He looks up from the maps at that point and nods his head slightly, replying "Kodome calichniye ga ni Aes Sedai hei"

Moiraine then slips more into her normal speech patterns, as does Agelmar. She says "We wished to inform you the waygate's are being used by the trollocs. They will need to have guards posted to prevent such fast access to the south. Meanwhile we request supplies, we must leave tomorrow to travel to the eye of the world."

Agelmar nods and thanks her for the news "You will have the supplies you need. Please, dine with me this evening and we can talk over the details. Lord Ingtar, please see that they are provided with fine rooms in the castle."

Moiraine smiles at Agelmar and nods, and Ingtar does a small bow.

You're all taken to seperate rooms, which are nice, but functional like everything has been in this place. It's definitely all quality, but ornamentation is kept to a minimum.

You have about an hour to kill before dinner.
Magnus
player, 1543 posts
Sun 3 Jul 2016
at 20:21
  • msg #376

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll kill time with Susan.

"Well. This is good for you. You're getting to travel all over this continent. Seeing the world like you wanted."
Glantri
player, 884 posts
Sun 3 Jul 2016
at 20:29
  • msg #377

Magnus's Meanderings

She nods, "I wasn't expecting to reach the border of the blightlands this fast however, over even this decade. This is both exciting and terrifying." and she lets out a nervous giggle.

"Thank you from accompanying me for this journey" she says with a warm smile.
Magnus
player, 1545 posts
Sun 3 Jul 2016
at 21:20
  • msg #378

Magnus's Meanderings

"I'm glad I'm with you. The reason I came was to be with you for this..."
Glantri
player, 886 posts
Sun 3 Jul 2016
at 21:47
  • msg #379

Magnus's Meanderings

She smiles and hugs you for the comment.

If there was anything specific you wanted to handle during the down time, other than just pleasant conversation with Susan, just add it. She clearly views you as her rock at this point, and very much loves the relationship between the two of you.

----------------

At dinner you're all brought in to the grand dining hall, where a feast is laid out on the central table. Lord Agelmar is there already.

During the meal, Agelmar talks to Moiraine primarily about suspected motivations for the Trollocs to use the ways, meanwhile Ingtar discusses battle plans and formations with Lan. Perrin keeps largely to himself, although you note he's eating more meat than normal. Matt is joking with Rand and Egwene meanwhile Nynaeve is staring daggers at him disapprovingly.

Susan sits next to you for the meal, and seems quiet and content, she's observing Moiraine's behavior studiously.

Near the end of the meal Lord Ingtar shows up, with a man in chains dragged behind him. "Lord Agelmar, this man was caught attempting to enter the keep. He claims to have been compelled by Ba'alamon to hunt and follow your companions. He claims to wish to betray the dark one, and offer advice towards his defeat."

Rand, Matt and Perrin all glance at each other when they see the man, a moment of recognition obvious on their faces. Nynaeve and Egwene have the same look, but control it much better than the boys do. Susan whispers to you "That's one of the traders that would regularly come through town near winters end festival. He's been doing it for years now."

Moiraine asks Lord Agelmar, "I would like to question this man immediately, with your assistance. Could we retire to another room?"

Lord Agelmar nods and says "As you wish Aes Sedai. Lord Ingtar, please bring this man to the secondary holding room. Moiraine Sedai and I will be in momentarily." He then excuses himself and asks that everyone eat their fill before returning to their meal.

After Moiraine and Agelmar leave, the table lights afire with the buzz of commotion about how Padan Fain got here, and does this mean he's a dark friend? and what does he mean by compulsion. The conversation is going dizzingly fast.
Magnus
player, 1547 posts
Sun 3 Jul 2016
at 22:52
  • msg #380

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll hug her back.

I'm just going to have a pleasant conversation with Susan.

------------

I'll listen to the conversation about this Padan Fain
Glantri
player, 888 posts
Sun 3 Jul 2016
at 23:18
  • msg #381

Magnus's Meanderings

From the conversation you piece together the overall narrative. Emonds Field, where the others all grew up, is small enough that visits from peddlers are rare. Padan Fain has been the peddler that stops by every year around winters end festival, sell goods, buys some, and most interesting to the boys has always been the stories of the outside world.

He apparently met Rand in Baerlon, which is the last any of them had seen of him.

They go on to talk about it's hard to believe he's a darkfriend, and can his turn of allegiance be trusted. You also learn that Ba'alzamon is another name for the dark lord, to avoid calling him by his true name and drawing his attention and ill luck.

Agelmar comes back shortly, and asks Lan to go to Moiraine, she asked for his assistance with the rest of the questions.

The room quiets down now that Agelmar is back at his seat, and after a few minutes Nynaeve asks Agelmar what Lan's story is, and why everyone refers to him as Dai Shan here.

Agelmar explains:
"Al'Lan Mandraggaran, or Lan as you know him, is son to al'Akir and el'Leanna, king and queen of Malkier. Less than fifth years ago, his brother Lain died in the Blasted Lands. Lain's wife Breyan blamed al'Akir for his son's death and conspired with Cowin Fairhairt to arrange for her son Isam to become king of Malkier. Cowin was a trusted hero of the people, but no one knew he was a darkfriend. He pulled troops out of position, allowing Malkier to be overrun by trollocs. Cowin was captured by Jain Farstrider, and later killed in a dual with al'Akir. Breyan and Isam were no where to be found afterwards.

Realizing the kingdom would fall to the force of trollocs, el'Leanna gave her son Lan a locket and the sword of Malkieri kings, one forged with the One Power during the age of legends, and had 5 bodyguards carry him away to Fal Moran. These 5 taught him the art of the sword from a young age. The trollocs were finally stopped at Herot's Crossing, but Malkier had been lost by that point, along with el'Leanna and al'Akir.

He is called Dai Shan, because it is his rightful title. He is a diademed battle lord of the Malkieri."

There is a great silence once Agelmar ends his story. Nynaeve has a tear rolling down the side of her face, and everyone is in stunned silence.
Magnus
player, 1549 posts
Sun 3 Jul 2016
at 23:57
  • msg #382

Magnus's Meanderings

I am surprised at that.

"He's ... Royalty. I didn't expect that."
Glantri
player, 890 posts
Mon 4 Jul 2016
at 00:15
  • msg #383

Magnus's Meanderings

Agalmar nods at your statement, "He's the uncrowned king of the Malkier. He doesn't go around proclaiming himself however."

Moiraine and Lan come out a while later, Moiraine says "We've found out what we could for now. I recommend locking him in the dungeon below until we return from the eye."
Agalmar nods and sends word to have him moved there immediately.

Moiraine says "Rest well tonight everyone, we ride into the blight towards the Eye of the World tomorrow."

Let me know if there's anything more you want to do that night.


-------------------

The next morning you all congregate near the gate to leave, and Ingtar approaches on horseback with 4 other soldiers. "Good morning Aes Sedai. We happen to be heading towards Tarwin's Gap, to reinforce the King. Perhaps we could ride with you?"

Moiraine sighs and says "Ingtar, I already told Agelmar I don't need an honor guard. I thank you though for the assistance none the less."
Magnus
player, 1551 posts
Mon 4 Jul 2016
at 00:36
  • msg #384

Magnus's Meanderings

I would practice the sword with Lan.

--------------

I'll let them determine how to go about that.
Glantri
player, 892 posts
Mon 4 Jul 2016
at 00:51
  • msg #385

Magnus's Meanderings

You show up and Lan nods approvingly. Rand shows up about 15 minutes later than you.

You're continuing on mastering the forms he's taught so far. He's insisting on clean technique before he moves onto adjustments to each. He teaches them with specific names, and in relation to one another. Folding the Fan counters Stones Falling down the Mountain, the first of which is a very fluid defensive maneuver, which undermines the brutal assault methods of the latter, allowing for the upper hand.

Once again you are expected to keep the flame and the void clear throughout practice, which helps, but this time about half way through he starts having you spar with Rand. He periodically criticizes each of your forms, or comments when one does something better than the other. Rand is remarkably good at the sword, considering you know he's only been working with it for less than a year. He holds his own against you in the spar, but doesn't get the better of you.

You go to sleep exhausted from training that night, but feeling good about your progress.


----------------------

You all ride towards Tarwin's Gap, at which point Ingtar and his men are required to stay behind.

Ingtar wishes you all well, but to Lan he says "Suravye ninto manshima taishite" with a salute of hand over heart, and then starts getting his men situated in camp.

Once you pass through Tawin's Gap you're in the Blight. It feels hotter than ever here, with the ground being a solid baked field and no breeze to hear of. You're told that you'll be heading to the Mountains of Dhoom in the far distance, as it's where the Green Man presides over the Eye.

On the journey Lan warns everyone to be careful of everything, the blight is lethal. There is flora that will cause sickness from it's smell and creatures such as the stick that lie in wait and bite any who get close enough. The only known cure is amputation, as it works too fast even for Aes Sedai healing.

Late into the day Moiraine calls the march to a halt. "We'll set up camp here, I want to arrive at the Eye in day light, the passages can be harrowing. Lan, take charge of setting up while I handle the wards."

And with that Moiraine dismounts and starts channeling at various locations at your new camps perimeter.

After maybe half an hour Moiraine warns not to leave the perimeter, she has set an invisibility ward and you may not find your way back.
Magnus
player, 1553 posts
Mon 4 Jul 2016
at 02:36
  • msg #386

Magnus's Meanderings

"Are we going to practice tonight, Lan? Or are we going to save our energy?"
Glantri
player, 894 posts
Mon 4 Jul 2016
at 02:51
  • msg #387

Magnus's Meanderings

"Practicing the flame and the void will be good tonight, you can stand guard with me, but being too tired to fight in the blight could spell death. Training will wait till we are out of the blight."

You stand guard with Lan for a good portion of the night before Rand takes your place.  You sleep somewhat fitfully, as you have feeling of wrongness about this place in general.

The next morning you wake to an already hot day as the sun is just starting to rise. Moiraine is at the perimeter, doing something that you can't make out from your location. She finishes after a few minutes and starts making sure everyone is awake.

Your ride continues for another two hours before you get to the base of the Mountain of Dhoom.

Moiraine says "we'll have to lead our horses from here, some of the ledges will be too risky to ride and leaving them here will get them killed."

She then dismounts and starts to pet her horses neck in a calming motion before leading everyone further into the pass.

Another hour or so passes when you hear a rumbling noise, and Lan calls "Worms! Draw weapons and be ready."

Moments later three segmented worms of lengths varying from five foot to eight foot burrow out of the ground. Their mouth is a array of teeth and they have a sickly blood red colored hide. They have about a two to three foot diameter to them, and they are in your way.

Lan says "careful, worms are very dangerous and aggressive. And they won't die unless you chop them to bits."
Magnus
player, 1555 posts
Mon 4 Jul 2016
at 03:43
  • msg #388

Magnus's Meanderings

I draw my sword and then enter the Flame and the void.

I circle looking for a opportunity to strike.
When I see one I'll dart in, Strike and dart out again.
Hopefully I cut it's head off.
I'm wanting to see how the worm reacts to that.

I'll do that a few time to get a feel for how the worms move
Glantri
player, 896 posts
Mon 4 Jul 2016
at 06:56
  • msg #389

Magnus's Meanderings

You, Rand and Lan all draw your swords while Perrin draws his ax and Matt gets his quarter staff.

Rand sees the strategy that you're employing, and compliments it, focusing on the same worm. This allows for you to dart in and get a deep cut into the worm, attempting to behead it. Unfortunately you find it's skin to be incredibly tough and what you thought would be enough falls short my about half way when you have to pull your blade out and retreat to a safe distance, barely dodging its surprisingly quick lash of its backside.

Rand follows up your attack and uses the opening when the worm counter attacks you to swing in for a hard cut at the same area you did, but at a slight angle to cut chunks out of it at a time. The worm writhes in agony as a large chunk of its flesh is flayed.

Your next attempt manages to cut clean through, and a small segment including  the mount thrashes on the ground. The back end is still thrashing but it's hard to say if it's just death throes or needs to be dismembered more. Rand moves in to be safe and gets a clean cut at one of the worms segmented areas, after which you're quiet confident that it's in death throes now.

Meanwhile Matt is a veritable whirlwind with the staff, and concusses the worm, preventing it from having an opportunity to strike. Oddly enough he let's out a battle cry as he rushed into battle of "Mordero daghain pas duente cuebiyar".

Perrin uses the opening Matt gives to start swinging his heavy ax and cleaving sections off of their worm. He's got the benefit that the ax is well suited for this kind of work, and gets two clean strokes through the worm. The worm is starting to slow down after losing the second section. Disturbingly that cut off segments continue out thrash dangerously for quiet some time.

Lan is fighting his worm with obvious expertise. He let's the worm attack, and cuts deep twice and prepares for it's next attack. He always looks like he's close to being gravely wounded before you see that he's just positioning best to be able to inflict devastating damage. Despite the fact that he took on a worm alone, he's the first to be done, with the worm cut into four segments writhing on the ground.

Moiraine burns each segment using the one power, to be sure they will not regrow she says.

Ooc) lots of above average rolling there, makes up some for the multiple botches in the white cloak fight.
Magnus
player, 1557 posts
Mon 4 Jul 2016
at 17:44
  • msg #390

Magnus's Meanderings

I flick the bllod off my sword like I learnt in class.

"Is there anything special we need to do the clean the blood? Or will an old rag be fine?"
Glantri
player, 898 posts
Mon 4 Jul 2016
at 17:52
  • msg #391

Magnus's Meanderings

Lan replies, "They're blood isn't toxic, a rag will do. It's the teeth that one must worry about. They leave gaping wounds, even through armor should one let them touch you."

Lan goes around to each charred remain and confirms they are dead before mounting back up.

Egwene is questioning Matt, "What is that you said back there?" and he appears utterly confused and then replies, "I just felt the need to shout something, like a war cry you know, figured telling them I'm not afraid of death is close enough to what the heroes in the stories do." She looks at him confused.
Magnus
player, 1559 posts
Mon 4 Jul 2016
at 18:27
  • msg #392

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll get an old rag to clean my sword, then pass it around.

"I take it that Matt never learnt that old language that Moiraine, Lan and Loial where using. I would guess that dagger has something to do with this. Is there anything we can do untill we get to Tar Valon?"
Glantri
player, 900 posts
Mon 4 Jul 2016
at 18:48
  • msg #393

Magnus's Meanderings

Moiraine says "We can safely assume that isn't part of the daggers influence. Menetheran's blood runs strong in the Two Rivers apparently, far stronger than anyone gave it credit for. And Manetheran's were always known to be a stubborn people, so I shouldn't be surprised it's blood refuses to fade. Either way, he called out an old manetheran war chant in the old tongue at winter's eye, before Shadar Logoth. Although it is interesting that he apparently knows words that are forgotten, the old tongue is largely used in exact phrases and formality, and I'm unfamiliar with some of those words."

Matt looks visibly annoyed, "Real funny guys, I said Death's fear holds no hold over my heart, and you all know darn well I did."
That old blood Moiraine was talking about and it's stubborness is very apparent now, a trait shared by both Perrin and Rand. He does earnestly believe he said nothing out of the ordinary, other than being an excitable youth in battle and releasing a war cry.
Magnus
player, 1561 posts
Mon 4 Jul 2016
at 19:21
  • msg #394

Magnus's Meanderings

"That's good. Although we are not going to convince him otherwise. He has that look in his eye they get when they decide something. Well. Lets get going. No point in lingering over what he said in The Old Tongue."
Glantri
player, 902 posts
Mon 4 Jul 2016
at 19:40
  • msg #395

Magnus's Meanderings

Moiraine nods, agreeing and Egwene mumbles something about two rivers men being harder to budge than a boulder.

You begin walking again and a few minutes later your surrounding shimmer, as if you passed through a thin veil of light.

You're now in a tranquil grass meadow, with a gigantic creature in front of you. He must be nearly 15 feet tall, though he is currently sitting. He appears to made of woven leaves and vine, with grass for hair and hazelnut eyes. You also notice a deep scar running up his head.

When he sees you all approach his mouth forms a broad smile, and then begins addressing specific people one at a time, rather slowly and deliberately. There is a familiar buzz to his words much like Loial's.

To Loial, "Welcome little brother, it has been a long time since any have visited."
Loial responds with a deep bow, and "Tsingu ma choshih, T'ingshen."

To Perrin, "Ah, have the wolfbrothers returned to the world of man? It has been quiet some time. Welcome to my home."
Perrin blinks surprised at the notice, and bows responding "It is an honor to meet you."

To Rand, "And a Child of the Dragon. Do the people of the dragon return to the first covenant? But then, you wear a sword. That is neither now nor then..."
At this he rubs his head, the scar clearly causing pain, and apologizes, "I'm sorry my memories are confused."

Then he blinks, clearing his thoughts, and looks at Moiraine. "And you, you're Moiraine Sedai yes? You find yourself here a second time. What is it you all need?"

Moiraine replies "We require passage to the Eye of the World."
Magnus
player, 1563 posts
Mon 4 Jul 2016
at 21:40
  • msg #396

Magnus's Meanderings

About the only thing I understood fully was about Perrin and the Wolfbrothers.
I wonder why he referred to Rand as a Child of the Dragon.

There isn't much for me to say though.
He obviously hasn't seen me as something unusual.
Glantri
player, 904 posts
Mon 4 Jul 2016
at 23:50
  • msg #397

Magnus's Meanderings

Just to clarify, he was getting around to talking to everyone. He hadn't gotten to you, and seeing Rand set something off in him, and Moiraine brought him back into focus. If you want to see if he knows anything about you feel free to introduce yourself, otherwise he'll start by leading you all to the Eye.

Rand is looking around curiously, and eventually asks the green man, "Where is the tree of Life, I thought it was supposed to be here?"
The green man gives Rand a weird look and says "I've not seen Avendesora in over two thousand years." There is a note of confusion in the green man's voice, like the question is very unexpected. Like if someone asked you Why isn't the sky purple.

When you get to the entrance to the cave the green man stops and says, "This is where I stop. Guarding the Eye of the World isn't what I was made for."

Moiraine leads on, and says the eye of the world is fabled to have enough power to mend the seals on the dark ones prison, or break it. It's important they arrive first.

You're about 50 feet into the cave when you hear a commotion at the mouth, and see two backlit figures standing there.

The one speaks, "Thank you Matt, for guiding us here. It's amazing what an old thing, an old friend and an old enemy can do when one knows how to use them. The seals no longer bind us, and like Ishamael we walk the lands once more." Looking down the cave towards the bright silvery pool at the end that makes the eye he continues "It's been so long since I've drank of the pure essence, we've gone so long without."
Magnus
player, 1565 posts
Tue 5 Jul 2016
at 01:54
  • msg #398

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll step forward and draw my sword.
I'll enter into the mind set of the Flame and the Void.

"You'll have to go though me first."

OOC: Well I have a idea for what I want to do next. Unfortunately I know it is a bad idea out of character. But it's what I would do in character.
Glantri
player, 906 posts
Tue 5 Jul 2016
at 02:20
  • msg #399

Magnus's Meanderings

Ooc) Yeah, sometimes we do things that from a player perspective makes us wince, but our characters honor dictates it's :) I'm assuming as a player you've made a pretty good assumption as to who these two are?

You assume the flame and the void and draw your sword, stepping forward to find Lan has done the same. Due to your heightened senses you hear Moiraine tell Rand he must go in deeper, go now.

You and Lan charge the mysterious man at the same time, who adopts a dismissive smirk and gestures with one hand. You feel an invisible force rush past you, barely clipping you. Even that is enough to send you spinning to the ground however.  Lan on hue he other hand was the primary target and is sent flying across the room and smashes into the wall of the cave. Your ears are ringing, and it takes you a few moments to regain hearing.

When you look manage to get back to your feet with your hearing back and the spinning sensation gone you quickly survey what has become the battlefield. Moiraine is in a pitched battle with the man who did all of the talking, both obviously channeling the one power in their contest. The blows reverberate through the cave. Rand has fled deeper into the cave, meanwhile nynaeve is unconscious near the other man,who is grappling with the green man. The green man is on fire but the stranger looks to be rotting away. It's hard to say who's in worse condition. Susan and Egwene are hiding in the one corner, having no real means of escape, with Perrin and Matt wielding weapons near them but looking unsure of what to do in the face of men who are channeling.
Magnus
player, 1567 posts
Tue 5 Jul 2016
at 03:21
  • msg #400

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC: well here goes something stupid.

The Eye of the World is some sort of geomantic nexus. They stated that it is unusually pure.  Let's try to channel it.

I'll  expand my visualization.  Instead of a mere flame in a void. I imagine the sun in a void.
I channel the power though the sun and let the sun burn any impurities in the power. It should take a solar aspect. Which should burn the hell out of Darkfiends.

I'll weave the solar power around my sword and charge the one fighting Moiraine. I'm going to try to stab it though the heart before it can react.

OOC: Do I need to go into more detale about what I am trying to do?
Basically I'm trying to enhance my sword so that it Burns with Sunlight.
This message was last edited by the player at 04:05, Tue 05 July 2016.
Glantri
player, 908 posts
Tue 5 Jul 2016
at 07:07
  • msg #401

Magnus's Meanderings

Ooc) That was plenty of detail, the roll was medium bad however, but at least not a botch.

You focus and try to convert your flame into a sun. It feels like it's attempting to resist you almost at first, but you manage to snap it into the imagine of a sun. You then try pouring your energy through it, energy rather than just emotion, but it just leaves you mentally exhausted instead of producing the desired affect.

Meanwhile Moiraine is losing ground against a foe that's growing more and more irritable that he's being delayed. His friend has fallen, but so has the green man. There is a mighty oak growing already where he fell, right outside the cave.

Moiraine is blasted back in one particularly poor exchange of power between the two of them, utterly spent and slumps to the floor. The man disregards her and begins running into the cave after where rand went.

Also I think it's worth mentioning because I don't know it was clear, but I think to your character it would have been. You are very close to the eye of the world. You're not actually at it yet, it's the silvery pool at the far end of the cave, in the direction Moiraine told Rand to run. It's sometimes difficult to convey all the information, but I'm positive you're character would realize that had I described it better.
Magnus
player, 1569 posts
Tue 5 Jul 2016
at 08:45
  • msg #402

Magnus's Meanderings

It was clear. He figured that he was near enough to draw from it.

Maybe I need to be closer...

I charge after the man. Intending to stab him as soon as I get the chance.

I believe it is worth trying one more time. Once I'm next to the silver pool I'll try to draw from it again and pass the power though my mental sun. Hopefully converting it to something that will be anathema to this man.
Glantri
player, 910 posts
Tue 5 Jul 2016
at 10:38
  • msg #403

Magnus's Meanderings

Ok, so the man is chasing Rand, and you're chasing the man.

You attempt once more to channel, but something is wrong with how you're approaching it you feel. Pushing all of your energy into the sun just isn't having the desire result.

You do charge after the man though before he gestures and you feel crash into a wall of air.

Rand has stopped running however, and is now standing, staring at this man's back, intently focused. It takes the man a moment to revert his attention back to Rand but when he does his eyes go wide "No, that is mine!" And there is a brief moment of contest before the man bursts into flame.

Meanwhile you notice that Rand is just touching the edge of the pool, his feet dipped in it. The silvery liquid is cascading into his body and he has a momentary visible glow. There's then a flash of light which feels like minutes. During this time,you hear the crackle of lightning off in the distance.

Then the brilliant light dissipates, and Rand body slumps to the ground, the pool empty with some items faintly visible in the distance.

Ooc) more roles that were kinda close, but not successes. I figured it was close enough that a male channeler would feel the attempt, which drew Aginors attention away from Rand long enough.
Magnus
player, 1571 posts
Tue 5 Jul 2016
at 14:14
  • msg #404

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC:Yay! I'm not completely useless. But there is no more reason for me to attempt. oh well. At least I didn't Explode.

After the bright white light passes I'll try to get up gain. Then I'll head over to Rand to make sure he is ok.
Glantri
player, 912 posts
Tue 5 Jul 2016
at 15:18
  • msg #405

Magnus's Meanderings

Ooc) You only avoided being hunted by Aes Sedei of the red Ajah by about 10-15 points on the roll. Sorry if the scene made you feel useless at all, it's the first time some of the real heavy hitters are showing up.

You didn't get knocked down this time. He only had time to erect a wall that stopped your movement temporarily. It was in that moment that Rand struck.

You walk over to Rand, and check on him. He's just coming to, and has broken out into a sweat. When you help him to his feet you can tell he's burning up horribly. When you get closer you notice the bottom of the pool has three items lying in it. There is a pennant wrapped and folded, with a golden serpent with claws on it, a curved horn with inscription in a language you don't know, and a white and black circular object which is broken in two along the colors edge.

Rand mutters "it's done, I killed him. I saw the dark one, and I killed him." He has the muttering of a fever dream, but seems confident. He's barely able to stand without help, let alone make the trip out of the cave.
Magnus
player, 1573 posts
Tue 5 Jul 2016
at 16:12
  • msg #406

Magnus's Meanderings

"Sure you did Rand."

I'll pick up the three things and help Rand walk out of the cave.

OOC: Yes, I know it was a dumb Idea. But in character I would think the risk is worth it.
Glantri
player, 914 posts
Tue 5 Jul 2016
at 16:44
  • msg #407

Magnus's Meanderings

You help walk him out of the cave, and carry the items at the same time. It's awkward to carry all of the items at once while supporting Rand but you manage.

At the mouth of the cave you see a giant oak tree where the green man died. Egwene, Nynaeve, Susan, and Moiraine are resting against the great tree, while a very bruised and battered Lan is standing watch. Moiraine says "I held off Aginor as long as I could, near the end he was just playing with me. He's always been known to play with his victims, a luxury he was only offered by being nearly as strong as Lews Therin himself."  She and Nynaeve are both heavility injured, with Nynaeve bearing choke marks around her neck. Susan is treating Moiraines wounds while Egwene is treating Nynaeves. Susan comments the others are ok, they are just fetching the horses."

You help get Rand to a sitting position and he comes around enough to start talking coherently. "Moiraine, I did it. I used the eyes power, I struck trollocs down with Lightning in Tarwins gap, I cut Aginor off and he burned to a cinder in the struggle. The dark one tried to tempt me though. He said I would die of madness, and only he could train me. And he made my mother plead with me to do as he says. He promised to bring her back." He has tears in his eyes at this point. "When I turned him down he said I would be used like Raolin Darksbanes, and Logain, and Davian. But I struck him down, I severed his tie to the power and burned away. I defeated the dark one Moiraine." He says the last bit with a great amount of weariness in it. He then asks "they're going to gentle me aren't they?"

Moiraine responds "The pattern isn't done with you Rand, I will do what I can to keep you safe. I suspected it might be you when you had resisted my token initially, and your horse had been healed already when I came around throughout the rides. No, the pattern is far from done with you. And I suspect you only defeated the shadow of the dark one, one of the forsaken posing in his stead. He is not yet released, there is much in the prophecy yet to come." She seems very pleased, but also incredibly tired.
Magnus
player, 1575 posts
Tue 5 Jul 2016
at 16:57
  • msg #408

Magnus's Meanderings

"Well I was pretty useless besides being a distraction. Here are the three things that where in the Eye of the World. What are they?"
Glantri
player, 916 posts
Tue 5 Jul 2016
at 17:23
  • msg #409

Magnus's Meanderings

Rand says "Eli, he was preparing to strike me down. I wasn't fast or strong enough for an open contest there. Whatever you did that made him spin around that fast, thank you. I owe you a debt."

You present the items and Moiraines eyes go a little wide. She picks up the horn and runs her hand over the inscription. She says "Tia mi aven Moridin isainde vadin."  "The grave is no bar to my call. This is the fabled horn of Valere. It's sound is told to bring the 100 companions back from the dead to fight in the last battle." She then unfolds the pennant and says "and this, is your banner Rand. The banner of the Dragon Reborn." And she holds the two pieces of ceramic. "And this is one of the seals to the dark ones prison. It's made of cuendillar, an unbreakable material from the age of legends...  It is an ill omen that the dark one has broken this seal already."

"I am sorry Rand, I will do all I can to aid you, but I can not teach you. The way men channel is entirely different than the way of women. You will have to learn on your own. As to the fever, it's from such heavy use of channeling. It also will have to run its course."

Then to everyone here. "Perrin, Matt and Loial need not know of this for now. The fewer people know the better for Rand. I ask you all for your oath that you will keep this secret. The world will need Rand in the last battle, and we can not afford for the red Ajah to try and gentle him."

The others all look stunned at the revelations.
Magnus
player, 1577 posts
Tue 5 Jul 2016
at 17:43
  • msg #410

Magnus's Meanderings

Cough cough
"Yeah it was dumb but a good distraction. "

"I won't mention it to anyone."
Glantri
player, 918 posts
Tue 5 Jul 2016
at 17:55
  • msg #411

Magnus's Meanderings

Moiraine folds the banner so the dragon isn't visible, and places the two pieces of the seal in her bag. She hands the horn to Lan to protect, and the banner to Rand, saying "You will know when you need this."

The others arive with the horses shortly after. Before leaving Loial says "it's not right to leave my treebrothers tree like this. I will sing to it, to protect it from the blight as he protected this meadow."

He goes into an elaborate song that sounds like the whistling of the wind, and the creaking of trees melded into a multiple part harmony. You see the oak tree grow stronger and hardier during the song, as well as the patch of grass around it that was fading to the monotonous brown of the waste return to a vivid green.

He goes on to say, "hrm, that should do. I am sorry I could not do more, treebrother."

Rand requires assistance still to get on his horse, and most of the party is fairly quiet for one reason or another.
Magnus
player, 1579 posts
Tue 5 Jul 2016
at 18:18
  • msg #412

Magnus's Meanderings

I put my hand on his tree.
"Rest well. We wouldn't have made it without your help. Thank you."

I'll join with the others.
I'll keep an eye on Rand to make sure he doesn't fall off.
Glantri
player, 920 posts
Tue 5 Jul 2016
at 18:24
  • msg #413

Magnus's Meanderings

You start riding out, and only about 100 feet into the journey Rand losing his grasp on his horse and begins to fall to the ground. You barely get to him in time to catch him. He's apparently spent all of his energy, and had slipped into either an unconscious or sleeping state.
Magnus
player, 1581 posts
Tue 5 Jul 2016
at 18:38
  • msg #414

Magnus's Meanderings

"Sigh. He's completely exhausted. Somebody going to have to ride with him to prevent him from falling off his horse."
Glantri
player, 922 posts
Tue 5 Jul 2016
at 20:22
  • msg #415

Magnus's Meanderings

Susan speaks up, rather heatedly towards Moiraine. "That makes two of them that have no business riding today. Moiraine should be carried on a stretcher at best, preferably resting for a day before any travel."

You get the impression this is a continuation of a conversation that occurred before you arrived and got averted in the excitement of you both being alive.
Magnus
player, 1583 posts
Tue 5 Jul 2016
at 21:29
  • msg #416

Magnus's Meanderings

"Ok. Everyone off the horses. We are camping here tonight. I'm not going to risk you two falling off your horses and getting yourself killed. "
Glantri
player, 924 posts
Tue 5 Jul 2016
at 22:04
  • msg #417

Magnus's Meanderings

Susan looks at you thankfully for backing her opinion and Moiraine starts to object but comes to her senses when she sees you and Susan. She says "and here we were thinking the two rivers folk were stubborn. We still need wards however, Nynaeve, Susan, Egwene. I'll need your help with this. I can show you what to do, but I'll need all your help drawing on the power."

They all go with her and help her out while Lan comes over to you and claps his hand on your shoulder. "You showed very good judgement today. Thank you for what you did today. Rand is in no condition to train tonight, but I am willing to spar if you are. If you're to continue to show that level of bravery, you need to master that sword."
Magnus
player, 1585 posts
Tue 5 Jul 2016
at 23:10
  • msg #418

Magnus's Meanderings

"It would be good to spar with you Lan.
I do need to master the sword. Because this trend looks like it will continue. "
Glantri
player, 926 posts
Wed 6 Jul 2016
at 00:08
  • msg #419

Magnus's Meanderings

"If Moiraine is correct, they're only going to get worse from here for the foreseeable future. The rise of the dragon reborn is one of the first signs on the approach of Tarmon Gai'don, the last battle. We can only hope Rand will be ready come that time."

The training session is far more intense than normal. There is a much more practical slant, as he presses you to stretch your limits of speed. He lands a good number of somewhat painful blows, not leaving serious wounds but painful none the less. He talks about how important it is to insulate yourself using the void at all times. Pain can wear at the edges of the void if you don't stay vigilant.

At the end of the practice you are sore and exhausted, but you feel that Lan is accelerating your training program substantially.
Magnus
player, 1588 posts
Wed 6 Jul 2016
at 03:01
  • msg #420

Magnus's Meanderings

I sit down and rest near Susan.
"How are you feeling Susan?"
Glantri
player, 928 posts
Wed 6 Jul 2016
at 03:55
  • msg #421

Magnus's Meanderings

She wraps her arms around your arm when you sit down and rests her head, letting out a tired sigh. "Mostly exhausted. Moiraine used up almost all her reserves fighting Aginor, so she had the three us of channel the flows while she guided them for the wards. I managed to channel though, which if I wasn't so tired would be really exciting."

Then she pauses for a bit, and confirms Matt, Loial and Perrin aren't anywhere near you both. "It's still sinking in. We were just attacked by two of the forsaken... Which means the prison no longer is holding all of them.  Not only that, but we're one of the first people to learn of the coming of the Dragon Reborn, not the rise of a false dragon, or just a man strongly gifted in channeling, but ... It's just a lot. How are you holding up? I haven't gotten a chance to check your wounds yet, everything has been so busy."
Magnus
player, 1590 posts
Wed 6 Jul 2016
at 04:15
  • msg #422

Magnus's Meanderings

"Surprisingly, Considering that I charged Forsaken. I haven't been wounded in battle yet.
The only wound I've gotten are from sparing with Lan. He is upping my training so that I will have the skills needed to back up my bravery."
Glantri
player, 930 posts
Wed 6 Jul 2016
at 04:19
  • msg #423

Magnus's Meanderings

"Good, I'm glad you're ok. I was really worried about you when you charged after him. And you'll make a great warder one day should you choose to. I only hope to do well enough to be able to ask you to be my warder." And with that she drifts to sleep laying her head on your arm.
This message was last edited by the player at 04:19, Wed 06 July 2016.
Magnus
player, 1592 posts
Wed 6 Jul 2016
at 04:38
  • msg #424

Magnus's Meanderings

"I've already decided that I will become your Warder. I'm sure you will do great."

I'll put my arm around her to make sure she doesn't fall over.
I'll stay awake and keep watch for a while.
Glantri
player, 932 posts
Wed 6 Jul 2016
at 09:59
  • msg #425

Magnus's Meanderings

You stay awake and watch for a number of hours, and when you're getting tired enough that you have to go to sleep you pick up Susan and bring her over to hear sleeping bag. She was apparently even more exhausted than she let on, as this doesn't even wake her.

The night passes uneventfully.

The next morning you wake, and see Susan is busy preparing breakfast while Egwene is checking on Nynaeve and Moiraine's wounds. Rand is sitting with Loial, Matt and Perrin talking happily and Lan in standing guard over all. You note that Lans wounds are not as bad this morning as you would expect from the night before. Of note, nynaeve is sitting up for her inspection, but Moiraine is still lying down. Neither of them look to be happy about the others insisting on checking their health, but Nynaeve looks like her temper is flaring.
Magnus
player, 1594 posts
Wed 6 Jul 2016
at 15:50
  • msg #426

Magnus's Meanderings

I get up and stretch a bit.
Then walk over to Nynaeve and Moiraine
"It looks like we need another day of rest. Nynaeve, Why are you getting angry? Everyone is just concerned about both of you."
Glantri
player, 934 posts
Wed 6 Jul 2016
at 16:05
  • msg #427

Magnus's Meanderings

She snaps an "I'm not angry! I know how to care for my own wounds, and they keep pestering me to inspect them. It's nothing a few days of compresses won't soothe away."
Egwene is backing away as Nynaeve is going off.
You see some similarities between Nynaeve's temper and the boys stubbornness. You also realize she's not used to having to be cared for, and doesn't much like giving up any responsibility.

Moiraine nods slightly, "One more day will be helpful, but we can't delay past that. There are events that must occur, and Matt really should be separated from that dagger as soon as possible."

Nynaeve nods too "I agree with Moiraine, so long as you all stop prodding at me. I have no broken bones or cuts that haven't been addressed "
Magnus
player, 1596 posts
Thu 7 Jul 2016
at 02:41
  • msg #428

Magnus's Meanderings

"I believe between Susan and Egwene, they would have taken care of all your cuts and bruises.
I've heard that patients need to rest and relax to let their body heal on it's own.
And that there is a reason that cuts should remain covered.
Nynaeve, Your job at the moment is to rest and relax. And tell us if something doesn't feel right with your injuries.

We are going to hold off on poking and prodding her. You Have addressed her wounds, now is the time to let time heal them. But, To make sure everything is going ok, we will check them once before going to bed. Am I clear to Everyone?"

Once we have that taken care of I will talk to Moiraine.
"Moiraine, I have rather poor vision. Hence why I have to wear these glasses. Can Aes Sedai Fix my eyesight using One Power?"
Glantri
player, 936 posts
Thu 7 Jul 2016
at 02:50
  • msg #429

Magnus's Meanderings

Moiraine nods to you, "That would be easy enough for one gifted in healing. I would recommend when we get to the white tower you find a yellow sister and ask her for the favor. I can point you towards a few that are often happy to help new trainees. The yellow ajah has a focus on healing."

Everyone listens to your direction. With Moiraine being subdued from injury, you stepped into the role quite naturally and are being respected as such.

The day goes by relatively uneventfully (unless there is something you have in mind you want to accomplish). Lan trains with you for most of the day, breaking long enough only for you to recover breath before going into another sparring contest. You're think you're starting to pick up on his patterns a couple of times, when they shift dramatically and you have to adjust on the spot.

You come to the realization that what this world considers a master swordsman is actually a master of multiple different martial arts styles, and the ability to flow between them fluidly depending on the situation.
Magnus
player, 1598 posts
Thu 7 Jul 2016
at 03:22
  • msg #430

Magnus's Meanderings

Nothing in particular planed.
Sparing with Lan sounds good.
Glantri
player, 938 posts
Thu 7 Jul 2016
at 03:33
  • msg #431

Magnus's Meanderings

The following morning Moiraine has managed to stand on her own, and is looking much more healthy than the previous two days, she comments "I believe I could ride today, as long as we take it slow."

Lan no longer has any injuries left at all, and Nynaeve has her bandages removed by Susan shortly after breakfast.

Moiraine clearly seems to wish to depart, but isn't up to the level of trying to rest control away from you for now.
Magnus
player, 1600 posts
Thu 7 Jul 2016
at 03:47
  • msg #432

Magnus's Meanderings

"We are healed enough to move. We should get going. But take it slow for now."

Let's ride then.
Glantri
player, 939 posts
Thu 7 Jul 2016
at 03:53
  • msg #433

Magnus's Meanderings

As you ride out of the meadow you see the lush grass from days ago has all turned to the brown dying color of the rest of the blight. The green mans presence must have been keeping it alive.

You ride out though, passing through a shimmering curtain of air and being back where the worms attacked.

You ride on for the day, and arrive at Tarwins Gap shortly before nightfall. You notice there are signs of a battle a few days past here, and scorch marks and blackened patched of ground in some areas.

If you are going to push on towards Fal Dara you can fairly easily do it in the same day, but it will be after the sun has set that you'll get to the gate.
Magnus
player, 1602 posts
Thu 7 Jul 2016
at 04:10
  • msg #434

Magnus's Meanderings

"I don't like the area here. I have a bad feeling. I think we should press on to Fal Dara.
What do you think?"
Glantri
player, 941 posts
Thu 7 Jul 2016
at 04:17
  • msg #435

Magnus's Meanderings

She nods, "either course has it's benefits, but pushing on is just as good."

The soldiers make way for your contingent and salute Lan as he passes. There are multiple cheers for your parties return from those who knew you left, and the soldiers in general are in a good mood. You hear that there was a fierce battle two days past that they barely won after the skies showed favor upon them and struck down hordes of Trollocs. Many are in disbelief at how lucky they were.

You continue to ride through and arrive at Fal Dara's gate as dark is setting in. The guards recognize you all, and open up after some normal formality. Ingtar is fetched, and he greets you all:
"It is good to see you all back safely. I trust things went well? I'm positive Agelmar will want to hear from you all as soon as possible"
Magnus
player, 1604 posts
Thu 7 Jul 2016
at 04:29
  • msg #436

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll go with the flow for now.
Glantri
player, 943 posts
Thu 7 Jul 2016
at 12:19
  • msg #437

Magnus's Meanderings

On the way walking you to Lord Agelmar, Ingtar bemoans the fact that he had to return to Fal Dara the night after he traveled with you to Tarwin's Gap. He missed the battle by a scarce handful of hours.

He's obviously genuinely sad to have missed the battle, not the feigned regret you might expect from a nobleman in the more central regions of the world.

Lord Agelmar is awaiting you all in the war room, looking over his maps again. He welcomes you all as you enter:
"You have missed quite the spectacle while you were away. The largest trolloc force since the Trolloc Wars marched on Tarwin's Gap two days back. We were losing badly before I saw the image of a man in the sky, and moments later the sky itself turned on the trolloc horde. Lightning crashed into the trollocs, the earth itself turned against them. We still sustained heavy casualties, but the trollocs were turned back. And as you requested, Padan Fain is still in the dungeon."

Moiraine replies, "We have been somewhat busy as well Agelmar. We reached the eye of the world. We won, but the green man is dead, and the eye is no more however." She then gets the horn out of the pack. "We did retrieve this however."

Agelmar's face goes absolutely white. "Is that really it? Has the time come so soon?"

Moiraine says "It is the Horn of Valere, and the time of prophecy is approaching. We will need some time to rest before we continue on our journey, it's a bad time to be passing through the mountains. I plan to leave in a months time, and request escort for our company and the horn when we do."

Agelmar nods fervently, "Of course Aes Sedai, it would be Fal Dara's greatest honor. You will have our very best."

What are your goals for the time at Fal Dara? Of the stuff that's going on that you'll be readily aware of:
Rand and Lan practice the sword many hours a day, every day.
Nynaeve, Susan and Egwene practice channeling daily, not for as many hours however.
Loial and Matt often play stones, a game that reminds you of Go.
Perrin spends a lot of his time secluded in his room.
Matt plays cards frequently with the soldiers stationed at the fort and Lord Ingtar.
Padan Fain is locked in the dungeon.

If you want to try and uncover goings on that would be less obvious, let me know that and what you're trying to do for it.
Magnus
player, 1606 posts
Thu 7 Jul 2016
at 15:21
  • msg #438

Magnus's Meanderings

I'm probably going to spend most of my time Practicing with Lan and Rand.
Otherwise I'll spend time with SUsan.
Glantri
player, 945 posts
Thu 7 Jul 2016
at 15:36
  • msg #439

Magnus's Meanderings

The time with Susan goes well, and she tells you each day that she feels she's getting closer to being able to embrace Saidar without Moiraine's help. She says Moiraine indicates that her potential is nearly as high as Egwene's and Nynaeve's. And theirs is apparently far above normal, or even above extraordinary.

The training sessions with Lan are helping both you and Rand tremendously. Adopting a sword stance comes naturally to you both now, and easily identifying what your opponents stance means.

Rand frequently talks about how he has to leave everyone, and that it's for everyone's sake.

He says this every day, but every morning he shows up for practice again, going on nearly a month.

One day late into your stay at Fal Dara, you're all practicing a routine exchange when Rand suddenly loses his balance, and falls into Lan's sword thrust. He's cut badly along the side, and falls do the ground moaning. Lan looks stunned, and seems to debate between chastisement for the rookie error, or concern for a friend.

You get the impression Rand was pushed, but you had a good angle and didn't see anything.
Magnus
player, 1608 posts
Thu 7 Jul 2016
at 21:39
  • msg #440

Magnus's Meanderings

"I see Susan. I knew you would be good at channeling. I'm glad your training is going well. It looks like I'll be your Warder before we know it."
------------

I stare intently at where I think the push came from. And embrace the flame and the void to help me notice anything.

"Lan, I can't shake the feeling that he was pushed. We know Rand wouldn't make a mistake like that. We also know that channelers can push from a distance. How far away can a channeler push someone?

Anyway, the first thing we need to do is have his would treated. "
Glantri
player, 947 posts
Thu 7 Jul 2016
at 21:51
  • msg #441

Magnus's Meanderings

She smiles. "Moiraine still warns that it's likely to still take us a while to become Aes Sedai. There is more to it than just channeling. We have to be trained to be ambassadors of the White Tower. But I do look forward to our future together."

---------------

You were in training, where Lan always requires you to be embracing the flame and the void, but you add an extra level of concentration and the world sharpens to a crisp around you. You feel that you can shift into this slight variation fairly easily, where you focus your efforts specifically on observation at the expense of reaction speed.

You see nothing, but combing your short term memories recognize that Rand's clothing flattened seconds before the mishap, as if there was a transparent wall.

Rand speaks up when you mention being pushed, "I felt like the air turned solid for a moment, and shoved me forward." and he lets out a pained cough.

Lan considers what both of you had said, "A channeler could definitely manage this. However, they can also sense one anothers channeling, and even one another if they are close enough. As far as I know, the only female channelers here are Egwene, Susan, Nynaeve and Moiraine. None of them have a reason to harm Rand, and the first three are progressing well but I would be surprised if they could manage this for another year. And Moiraine has given her word to do everything to protect Rand, and an Aes Sedai's word is binding. But yes, let's get Rand to Moiraine. She'll be able to heal him. Are you willing to carry him Eli? One of us should be vigilant for attack, in case this is a coordinated effort and it makes the most sense for that to be me."
Magnus
player, 1610 posts
Fri 8 Jul 2016
at 01:35
  • msg #442

Magnus's Meanderings

"You are right. I'll carry him.

Ok... So we are dealing with a Rogue Female channeler or a male channeler in service to the Dark one...Can Aes Sedai sense Male channelers too? What about that guy in the Dungeon that was in service to the Dark One?"

"Rand, I'll carry you on my back. Unless that is too painful."
Glantri
player, 949 posts
Fri 8 Jul 2016
at 01:50
  • msg #443

Magnus's Meanderings

Lan replies "They can sense a man that can channel when they get close enough, but it takes concentration and not all have the talent honed. Mostly the red ajah hunt down men who can channel. Moiraine has never told me that she has that gift, or given me reason to believe she does. Male channeling however can not be felt by female channelers. I don't know whether men can feel each other channel. It's been a long time since two male channelers have been alive long enough to meet. As to Padan Fain I do not know much about him, but he is still in the dungeon last I heard."

This is happening during the walk to Moiraine. Rand has no objections to being carried on your back. You do get a fair amount of blood on your clothing this way however.

Lan manages to find Moiraine in the keeps library. As soon as she sees Rand she sends a maid running off and says quickly "Follow me, I will heal him, but he'll be exhausted after."

She leads you all to Rands room, and she gestures towards the bed. As soon as you set him down she goes about starting to channel. She puts her hand over his wounds, and you see the flesh knit together. Moments later there is no scar, wound at all. But Rand is also passed out at this point from exhaustion.
Magnus
player, 1613 posts
Fri 8 Jul 2016
at 02:36
  • msg #444

Magnus's Meanderings

eh. I can get the blood cleaned out later.

"Moiraine, Rand and Lan where sparing. Then Rand was pushed into a strike by the use of One Power. We think there is someone else here that can channel."
Glantri
player, 951 posts
Fri 8 Jul 2016
at 02:44
  • msg #445

Magnus's Meanderings

Moiraine's brow creases. "When was this? I haven't felt any channeling and I've been close enough I would have. And if one of the forsaken had gotten the drop on the he three of you, Rand would likely be worse than this. All the same, it makes sense to be prudent. I will go and speak with Agelmar about this development, and have him post look outs for anyone who doesn't belong."

Rand is groaning in his sleep. He seems to be having a pretty bad nightmare.

Lan says "one of us should be here until he wakes. If there is someone behind this, while Rand is unconscious would be too easy a time for a conventional assassin. I do not intend to leave until he wakes, and would welcome the assistance."
Magnus
player, 1615 posts
Fri 8 Jul 2016
at 03:28
  • msg #446

Magnus's Meanderings

"I'll stay here for now. But if we are worried about a conventional assassin, Shouldn't we worry about them targeting the others? We'll be tied up here for a while."
Glantri
player, 953 posts
Fri 8 Jul 2016
at 03:33
  • msg #447

Magnus's Meanderings

"You make a good point Eli. I must stay here, the safety of the Rand is most important for reasons you know of. If you want to go gather the others into one area, that is also a reasonable approach. I'd suggest you don't tell them what happened to Rand yet however. Moiraine may not want this to become widely known."
Magnus
player, 1617 posts
Fri 8 Jul 2016
at 03:55
  • msg #448

Magnus's Meanderings

I nod to Lan.

I will go and gather the others together. I hope to find a place where I can keep an eye on all the entrances to a room.
Glantri
player, 955 posts
Fri 8 Jul 2016
at 04:08
  • msg #449

Magnus's Meanderings

The first person you find is Matt, primarily because you knew where he would be. Where he always is, dicing with the soldiers. When you suggest meeting up he says "Just a minute Eli, I'm on a hot streak."

He hasn't looked away from his dice cup yet, and clearly didn't process any gravity that your voice may have had in it.
Magnus
player, 1619 posts
Sun 10 Jul 2016
at 03:41
  • msg #450

Magnus's Meanderings

My back is covered with blood. Of course he doesn't take a look at me.

I tap his shoulder.
"Look at me Matt. Something has come up and I need to get everyone together. Come with me now."
Glantri
player, 957 posts
Sun 10 Jul 2016
at 05:08
  • msg #451

Magnus's Meanderings

Matt blinks that you for a moment and then his grin fades as he takes your appearance in. "As you say Eli," and then back to the soldiers "well looks like that's it for me tonight, you'll have to win back you money tomorrow."  And he rakes in a good number of coins into his pouch and then follows you. When out of earshot he asks "what's going on Eli, you look terrible."

Are you collecting them all one at a time, sending Matt to gather up some while you get others and then meet up, or what? I'd like to know the order you choose for them as well either way.
Magnus
player, 1621 posts
Sun 10 Jul 2016
at 18:24
  • msg #452

Magnus's Meanderings

I reply quietly to him
"There has been an attack on us using One Power. I'm gathering everyone up so I can guard against a possible assassin. Keep quiet about this for now. I'll explain when I get everyone else together. "

I'll gather them together one at a time.
I know it's slower but I can guard the ones I have found easier.

At this point, I'm running the Flame and the Void all the time. Since I'm expecting trouble.
Glantri
player, 959 posts
Sun 10 Jul 2016
at 19:34
  • msg #453

Magnus's Meanderings

Matt adopts a guarded stance for the walk, and you note that he's keeping a hand beneath his cloak on the dagger (which you know he's been allowed to keep on him as the only one who can handle it without more damage, at least until he's fully healed of it.)

Susan, Egwene and Nynaeve are conveniently together in the kitchen going over some herbs. They follow you without much trouble after you mention that you have to move quick and so long as you promise to explain shortly. (I assume you make that promise, otherwise let me know)

Perrin is in his room where you expecting him to be, and he picks up on what's going on as soon as he sees you, and picks up his ax, putting it through the loop at his belt and then following.

Loial is in the library and makes a bit of a commotion when he sees you before you manage to quiet him down. His issue is what he considers a whisper can be heard by half the room. But you get it all under control and bring them all to a secondary war room. There are some basic maps in here, but it's used less than the other. There is only the one door to enter.

Once you're all there, Nynaeve asks "What is going on, we've been patient but we deserve to know. Where are Lan, Moiraine and Rand?"
Magnus
player, 1623 posts
Mon 11 Jul 2016
at 00:51
  • msg #454

Magnus's Meanderings

Yes, I would promise to explain later.

"Ok. Moiraine might not want this info to spread so keep it in this room.

A little while ago. Lan and Rand where sparring. Someone used One Power to push Rand into one of Lan's strikes. Cutting him badly on his side. We took him to Moiraine,who healed him. He's in his room with Lan who is guarding him. Moiraine is going to talk to Lord Agelmar.

We think there is a threat from an Assassin. So I gathered everyone together. "
Glantri
player, 961 posts
Mon 11 Jul 2016
at 01:32
  • msg #455

Magnus's Meanderings

The news stuns everyone, as you might expect.

Susan takes to your side, and asks quietly to check that you weren't hurt at the same time.

Nynaeve and Egwene are both incredibly worried and want to go to Rand's side immediately. Matt and Perrin put a stop to that, agreeing with your assessment on the risk. They've shifted their positions to be looking towards the door.

The room is very tense for the next couple of hours, with everyone expecting the sky to fall, but after what feels like forever, but you find out was closer to three hours, Rand and Lan walk into the room.

Lan looks around, and reading people's faces says "I suppose they had to know already. The keep has been swept by the guards. There's no sign of an assassin. For the time, vigilance is the best option, but the immediate threat seems to have either fled, or been a trap that's since discharged."
Magnus
player, 1625 posts
Mon 11 Jul 2016
at 02:20
  • msg #456

Magnus's Meanderings

I reply to Susan
"I wasn't sparing. So I wasn't hurt. I just got covered in Rand's blood when I carried him.

You can check if you want though."

------------

"That's good Lan. Rand, how are you feeling?"

"...ok I need to get cleaned up."
This message was last edited by the player at 02:22, Mon 11 July 2016.
Glantri
player, 963 posts
Mon 11 Jul 2016
at 02:50
  • msg #457

Magnus's Meanderings

Her face becomes relieved when she finds out you weren't hurt.

She does do a quick check though, to make sure you didn't miss anything in the frenzy.

----------------

Rand says "Mostly tired, Lan tells me Moiraine healed me."

You can tell that he's embraced the flame and the void, and has no intention of letting it go for a while.

Susan goes and gets a servant and asks to have a tub filled for you, and brings fresh clothes for you when you get done.

Anything else for the rest of the day?
Magnus
player, 1627 posts
Mon 11 Jul 2016
at 04:17
  • msg #458

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll tell Susan and the servants 'Thank you' for  preparing the bath.

Other than Relaxing for a bit in the bath. I don't have any other plans.
Glantri
player, 965 posts
Mon 11 Jul 2016
at 04:29
  • msg #459

Magnus's Meanderings

The next morning as your getting dressed you hear drums in the distance. They sound like formal marching drums.

Shortly after you hear them, the keep starts to stir more, with a substantial commotion going on with servants rushing about everywhere.
Magnus
player, 1630 posts
Mon 11 Jul 2016
at 05:09
  • msg #460

Magnus's Meanderings

I finish getting dressed and then ask someone what is going on.

If I can't get anything useful I'll go to Moiraine and the others and ask them.
Glantri
player, 967 posts
Mon 11 Jul 2016
at 10:57
  • msg #461

Magnus's Meanderings

A servant knocks on your door moments after you're ready. When you answer you see that it is one of the heads of the house staff, who Moiraine often talks to.

"Good morning Eli, I'm on orders of Moiraine Sedai to get you into some nice clothing, replacing the road beaten ones you've been wearing. She says making a good impression on the Amyrlin is important for one in your position."
Magnus
player, 1632 posts
Mon 11 Jul 2016
at 19:39
  • msg #462

Magnus's Meanderings

"Thank you. I don't have clothes nice enough to meet someone that Important."

I'll switch into the clothes the head servant gives me. Then I'll go and find Susan and talk to her privately .

"Susan, What's the Amyrlin?"
Glantri
player, 969 posts
Mon 11 Jul 2016
at 19:56
  • msg #463

Magnus's Meanderings

She hands you several sets of clothing. They're all exceptionally nice, clearly designed for a warrior who needs to be in formal settings often. They fit well and don't confine your movement, yet have embroidery around the cuff and collar. The outfits include everything as well, including two new sets of boots, a set of dancing shoes and dress shoes.

The servant rushes you on your way once you're done training.

You find Susan in clothing of similar patterns to yours, and of similar quality. You suspect her clothing has been swapped out as well. It strikes you that your garments and hers look to be purposefully complimentary. She's just leaving her room as you get there.

She tells you: "The Amyrlin Seat is the head of the white tower. It's likely better off to remember the full honorific for today, along with the traditional ending of Aes Sedai. Moiraine is apparently very lax compared to other Aes Sedai."

She's clearly been being trained for this for a while, probably part of her channeling practice. She does seem surprised that it's happening here however.
Magnus
player, 1634 posts
Mon 11 Jul 2016
at 21:35
  • msg #464

Magnus's Meanderings

"I don't know the full Honorifics for Aes Sedai. There was no Aes Sedai where I came from. What do I need to know so I Don't embarrass you? Do I wear my sword with these clothes?"
Glantri
player, 971 posts
Mon 11 Jul 2016
at 21:51
  • msg #465

Magnus's Meanderings

"Any Aes Sedai is formally called by their first name, followed by Sedai. For example you've heard some people call Moiraine Moiraine Sedai. That's appropriate for most. In cases where you don't refer to them by name, or don't know there name, ending a sentence or question with Aes Sedai is considered appropriate. For example, you might say 'greetings, I hope your travels have been well Aes Sedai' or 'how faired the weather, Aes Sedai'. It shows that you are staying conscious of their station. Also interrupting or pressing an Aes Sedai is generally a bad idea.

The Amyrlin Seats honorific is handled by her speaker, who acts as her voice. The same rules apply as with the regular Aes Sedai, but it's important to remember she often commands power to summon kings. Some royalty can reasonably be said to be beneath her.

And I'm sure you won't embarrass me. And your sword is appropriate with the clothes, you're dressed as a noble of Andor would be, and they don't always have weapons, but the most formal occasions do require it. And those with talent often wear the sword outside of that as a mark of station that it is."
Magnus
player, 1636 posts
Tue 12 Jul 2016
at 01:53
  • msg #466

Magnus's Meanderings

"I see. I should be able to do that. I'm rather nervous. I'm not used to meeting High and Mighty people. At least we'll look good together. I like these cloths. They allow me to move easily."
Glantri
player, 973 posts
Tue 12 Jul 2016
at 02:24
  • msg #467

Magnus's Meanderings

"You'll be fine. You've been practicing the sword with a king apparently." She says with a smirk, obviously trying to relieve tension. "The clothes do look good on you."

"As to meeting the Amyrlin, it may not be an issue. We're likely only to get a chance to see the procession from afar, unless she specifically wants to meet us. But we should head to the courtyard now if we're to have any hope of seeing her up close. Or would you rather look on from the keep walls?"
Magnus
player, 1640 posts
Tue 12 Jul 2016
at 03:13
  • msg #468

Magnus's Meanderings

"I was rather surprised when I found that out. Where do you want to take a look at her? I don't mind ether way. I should go and grab my sword too."
Glantri
player, 975 posts
Tue 12 Jul 2016
at 03:27
  • msg #469

Magnus's Meanderings

"We're likely to be able to see a bit better from the keep wall, and it should still be audible. Let's go there."

So she walks with you and you get your sword and strap it on. You proceed up the stairs to the wall that looks towards the entrance to Fal Dara. When you get up there you see some of the maids congregated to get a good look at the approaching Amrylin.

You see a contingent of Aes Sedai and warders marching in, with awed crowds to either side of the gate. There are 16 Aes Sedai on horse back and 14 warders. The Aes Sedai all have shawls on of different colors, with one of them having a seven color striped shawl. She radiates authority. The Aes Sedai next to her rides forward a step when they get to where Lord Agelmar is awaiting, that the gates to the keep just below you. She proclaims "The watcher of the seals, the bearer of the flame, the Amrylin Seat greets you Lord Agelmar. We wish an audience with yourself and Moiraine Sedai immediately."

You feel the amyrlins gaze wash over you momentarily as she takes everything in. It's a cold hard gaze, and the feeling is tangible.

Lord Agelmar replies "At once, Aes Sedai. It is a honor of immeasurable proportions to host so many Aes Sedai." And he motions to follow him in and he heads off into the keep.

The crowd is still ablaze with excitement from the event.
Magnus
player, 1642 posts
Tue 12 Jul 2016
at 03:42
  • msg #470

Magnus's Meanderings

"Well that was interesting. I could actually feel her gaze. Where do you want to go now while we wait? I have a feeling that they will talk to us since we are associated with Moiraine"
Glantri
player, 977 posts
Tue 12 Jul 2016
at 12:14
  • msg #471

Magnus's Meanderings

"Really? I didn't feel anything other than the awe of seeing such a procession. Even seeing two Aes Sedai at a time is something any citizen of Baerlon would consider once in a lifetime occurrence.

They may talk to us, they may not. The ways of Aes Sedai are said to be their own. Then again, with you being Ta'veren, you are likely right.

We could pass the time trying to find the others, which would be good if they do in fact want to summon us all. Or we could relax in one of our rooms. I would love to show you some of what I've learned, but they all would be able to sense it, and it would be frowned upon someone channeling before being fully taught. Or if you had a different idea, I'm open to suggestion."
Magnus
player, 1644 posts
Tue 12 Jul 2016
at 16:03
  • msg #472

Magnus's Meanderings

"Let's go to you room and relax for a while. You could tell me about what you learned or you can ask questing about me and what I have learned."
Glantri
player, 979 posts
Tue 12 Jul 2016
at 16:27
  • msg #473

Magnus's Meanderings

She puts a pot of tea on when you get back to her room, and gets two cups out, pouring you one once the pot boils.

"Well, I've been mostly just learning about the mental image to hold in order to channel. It's apparently the first thing novices learn in the tower, other than respect for full Aes Sedai that is. I've gotten somewhat able to do it reliably. It's all about picturing a rose bud that gently opens up towards the light of Saidar. I haven't been embracing Saidar except for when Moiraine was injured. She says it's dangerous and one can burn out or kill themselves if not trained. That is to wait for the tower.

I know you've been training with Lan and Rand. Lan seems to be very proud of the progress you've both made. I'm afraid I don't know enough about swordmanship to even know questions to ask."

After a while a servant comes to the door, with a note bearing a wax seal on it. It's addressed to you and Susan.

Susan asks "Who knows that we're here and would send us a letter? Everyone either could just as easily talk to us, or would expect us to be half way to Tar Valon, not in Fal Dara."
Magnus
player, 1647 posts
Tue 12 Jul 2016
at 20:13
  • msg #474

Magnus's Meanderings

That is suspicious.

I'll ask the servant
"Who gave you the letter?"

After they reply I'll ask them to put it on the table.

I assume that the servant leaves at this point and Susan and I will start to discuss the letter.

I would stop Susan from opening the letter if I'm still suspicious of it.

Do I still have leather gloves from working as a blacksmith?
This message was last edited by the player at 20:15, Tue 12 July 2016.
Glantri
player, 981 posts
Wed 13 Jul 2016
at 03:42
  • msg #475

Magnus's Meanderings

The servant tells you she received the letter from the woman in charge of all servants in the keep. She gives the name, which you know to be the same woman who swapped your clothes out earlier. She doesn't know who it's originally from however.

She puts the letter on the table at your request, and leaves the room.

Susan has picked up on your unease and is not moving towards the letter.

You haven't been back to your room since they gave you the new clothes, but they did say they were swapping the clothes out. So it's unlikely they left the gloves behind.

You do however have a pair of riding gloves in your new outfits, back in your room.
Magnus
player, 1649 posts
Wed 13 Jul 2016
at 15:53
  • msg #476

Magnus's Meanderings

"Maybe someone sent the letter to Tar Valon and the Aes Sedai brought it with them... But, I think that the letter is most likely poisoned somehow with a contact poison. We did have that assassination attempt on Rand.
I have a set of riding gloves we can use to open it up. I'll go get them and then I'll open this letter outside somewhere."

I'll go and get my gloves, Put them on in Susan's room, Take the Letter outside somewhere out of the way, then open up the wax seal and take the letter out to read it.

I'm being careful about any dust out other possible poisons in the letter.
Glantri
player, 983 posts
Wed 13 Jul 2016
at 16:25
  • msg #477

Magnus's Meanderings

You do just as you say, and break the seal of the letter carefully with your riding gloves.

The letter reads,

Eli,

This message is meant for yours and Susan's eyes only.

I learned moments before I presume you did that a the Amyrlin Seat and 15 Aes Sedai have arrived in Fal Dara.

It is important that you let none of them know of the fact that you are Ta'veren, or the status of any of the others. The gift of seeing ta'veren is rare enough that you should be ok, but it could draw some unwanted attention.

If you are reading this Susan, please pass the message along to Eli. I couldn't guarantee that he would receive it.

Further, it's of the utmost importance that you both reach the tower and begin your training, but also that you appear as an ordinary applicant and one sworn to protect her.

-Moiraine Damodred


As you finish reading it the letters on the page disappear and the paper begins to crumble to dust.
Magnus
player, 1652 posts
Wed 13 Jul 2016
at 16:45
  • msg #478

Magnus's Meanderings

I return to Susan.

"False alarm. It was from Moiraine.
She told us to not let the Aes Sedai know that I or the others are Ta'veren. And that we need to go to the White Tower to complete our training. But you need to appear as an ordinary applicant and I need to appear as one that has sworn to protect you."
Glantri
player, 985 posts
Wed 13 Jul 2016
at 16:58
  • msg #479

Magnus's Meanderings

She nods,

"It would be best to avoid directly lying to them however. Aes Sedai are known for routing out lies. It sounds like we're unlikely to be summoned if we're supposed to appear normal, did you want to do anything since we probably don't need to be ready for a summons?"
Magnus
player, 1654 posts
Wed 13 Jul 2016
at 17:31
  • msg #480

Magnus's Meanderings

"We'll just not mention it. That's what Aes Sedai do when they don't want to talk about something, right?

Although with our luck there will be one that can see Ta'veren.

I wasn't planning on doing anything. What do you want to do?"
Glantri
player, 987 posts
Wed 13 Jul 2016
at 17:40
  • msg #481

Magnus's Meanderings

She smiles and nods when you mention Aes Sedai behavior.

"Let's stay here, have you played that game Loial is always playing? I think it's called stones? I've got a board around here if you want to play."

If you do, it's a game very similar to Go, and you note a lot of similarities between it's strategy and military or political positioning. Susan explains the rules, though she's clearly new to the game, having picked it up from watching Loial.
Magnus
player, 1656 posts
Wed 13 Jul 2016
at 18:00
  • msg #482

Magnus's Meanderings

"There was a similar game where I come from. I haven't played ether of them before."

I'll play the game with Susan. I always wanted to learn how to play Go. This is close enough.
Glantri
player, 989 posts
Wed 13 Jul 2016
at 18:28
  • msg #483

Magnus's Meanderings

You play several games with Susan, splitting them roughly evenly. She has a good mind for the game, and catches you out of place several times, but has some weaknesses on what you would consider fundamental mechanics of the game.

You notice that it's starting to get late into the night, you've played probably a dozen games by this point and you're both starting to really pick up on some of the deeper tactics.

Anything for the rest of the ngiht, or good to move to the morning?
Magnus
player, 1658 posts
Wed 13 Jul 2016
at 18:49
  • msg #484

Magnus's Meanderings

I'm good to move to the next morning.  Unless Susan want to do something else.

Once I get used to the game. I'll start being a bit silly and say things like 'Behold! My ultimate move!'. I.E. Being a Ham to make the game more entertaining.
Glantri
player, 991 posts
Wed 13 Jul 2016
at 18:54
  • msg #485

Magnus's Meanderings

She chuckles when you joke around, and seems just generally happy.

When you get to your room you drift off to sleep quickly, it's been a busy day.

Some time later you're jolted awake by the sound of horns being blown. They sound like they are coming from the guard stations that you've seen around.
Magnus
player, 1660 posts
Wed 13 Jul 2016
at 19:08
  • msg #486

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll put my clothes on and wear my sword on my side. Then I'll go and find out what is going on.
Glantri
player, 993 posts
Wed 13 Jul 2016
at 19:14
  • msg #487

Magnus's Meanderings

You walk out into a hallway with soldiers running by, heading down the corridor that leads to the front gate. The horns you heard are apparently the call to arms for the soldiers.

Susan's room is further into the keep, the opposite direction from which the soldiers went.
Magnus
player, 1662 posts
Wed 13 Jul 2016
at 19:30
  • msg #488

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll go to Susan's room to make sure she is ok.
Glantri
player, 995 posts
Wed 13 Jul 2016
at 20:04
  • msg #489

Magnus's Meanderings

You knock on Susan's door as she opens it. She's apparently also just gotten dressed and is coming out to see what's going on.

"Eli, what's going on? What are those horns going off?"

You've clearly gotten to her before anything bad, but also before anyone has explained what's happening.
Magnus
player, 1664 posts
Wed 13 Jul 2016
at 22:34
  • msg #490

Magnus's Meanderings

"I think the horns are a Call to Arms for the Soldiers. We are most likely under attack if the are sounding that. I came to see if you where ok. The attackers would have to go though a lot of resistance to get to you here. I should probably go find out what is going on and see if I can help. Unless you have a better idea."
Glantri
player, 997 posts
Thu 14 Jul 2016
at 01:50
  • msg #491

Magnus's Meanderings

"I'll round up Nynaeve and Egwene while you do that." and she kisses you quickly, "Be safe though, I would be very upset if you go and get yourself hurt in an act of heroism." and with that she runs further into the keep towards where Egwene and Nynaeve are staying.

As you follow the way the soldiers were going you get down the stairs to the central area when you see the mayhem of an all out fight. You see Trollocs by the dozens attacking the soldiers who are doing their best to drive them back. The soldiers currently seem to be winning, but they are taking significant losses.

Of note, these men are obviously not new to fighting trollocs. You see determination where you would expect fear.

Off in the distance you see a single man standing, surrounding by Trollocs and a growing ring of trolloc corpses. Lan is fighting off trollocs on every side, with a level of grace that seems to transcend mortal skill.
Magnus
player, 1666 posts
Thu 14 Jul 2016
at 02:29
  • msg #492

Magnus's Meanderings

"I'll fight a safely as I can..."

I'll go down to the fighting and Enter the Flame and the Void.

I'll fight defensively for now and strike when a target presents itself.
Glantri
player, 999 posts
Thu 14 Jul 2016
at 02:36
  • msg #493

Magnus's Meanderings

You enter the flame and the void, and the battle seems to make more sense to you as your senses heighten. You identify a soldier that is being beaten down, and looks like he's about to lose his footing and die. You move into position to aid him in fighting the trolloc on him, and focus primarily on defensive maneuvers.

You slide your blade along the Trollocs halberd as he swings in at the injured soldier, deflecting it to the side. This opens a gap for the soldier you saved to ram his spear through the trolloc, killing it instantly.

He nods to you in thanks and moves to reinforce another soldier.

(Is this a fair assessment of what you were trying to do? Do you continue with this until the tide of battle turns?)
Magnus
player, 1667 posts
Thu 14 Jul 2016
at 03:10
  • msg #494

Magnus's Meanderings

That is a fair assessment of what I would do.
I'll Continue aiding the soldiers until the tide of battle turns.
Glantri
player, 1001 posts
Thu 14 Jul 2016
at 13:35
  • msg #495

Magnus's Meanderings

You continue aiding the soldiers, sticking to a defensive form and moving tactically about the battlefield. You slip in and save a soldier who would have fallen in a one on one fight with a trolloc twice, maiming both trollocs from behind badly enough that they stumble and are summarily cut down by the opposing soldier.

You manage to engage a third trolloc, but keep getting put on the defensive in order to parry his attack, and haven't found an opening to attack yet.

The tide of the battle is starting to turn. It's still bloodied but you notice that Lan has engaged a Myrdraal in one on one battle.
Magnus
player, 1670 posts
Thu 14 Jul 2016
at 22:52
  • msg #496

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll keep an eye on Lan's battle with the Myrdraal. If it looks like it's too much for him, I'll go and aid him.

Otherwise I'm going to help the Soldiers hold off the trollocs. By defending and causing openings for the soldiers to exploit.
Glantri
player, 1003 posts
Fri 15 Jul 2016
at 00:04
  • msg #497

Magnus's Meanderings

The myrdraal isn't too much for Lan, he seems to be gradually gaining an advantage. But it does look to have the makings of a long fight, and not a sure thing even though Lan is favored.

That's kind of in between it being out of hand for Lan and him having it easily in grasp, so not sure whether you want to go to him or continue with the soldiers.
Magnus
player, 1672 posts
Fri 15 Jul 2016
at 02:02
  • msg #498

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll cut a path to Lan and help him with the myrdraal. My aid will tip the scale in our favor.

Basically I'm going to try and get it's attention and keep it long enough for a decisive strike from Lan. Or if it still focus on Lan and ignores me, I'll strike at it to wound it to make the fight easier for Lan
Glantri
player, 1005 posts
Fri 15 Jul 2016
at 02:21
  • msg #499

Magnus's Meanderings

You do just that, cutting through one trolloc on your way to assist Lan.

Up close you note that the Mydraal moves with a disturbing amount of grace. It's movements remind you of a river flowing over rocks as opposed to the comparatively jerky movements of most soldiers.

You slip into a flanking position, forcing the mydraal to decide which of you to focus on. In a split second a decision is made and he lunges towards Lan, pressing his assault. Lan is barely able to stop the forward momentum before you give chase and run your sword through the mydraal's chest. You pull out your blade, and see it's covered in a black tarry substance.

Lan follows up your hit with a strong kick to the sternum, knocking the mydraal down.

Lan says to you, without turning his gaze away from the mydraal, "That was good work back there. It's dead, they're just stubborn and don't admit it at first. Give it a wide berth, it's lethal for quite some time after receiving a fatal wound."

You see trollocs by the handful dropping dead, some with swords through them, some for no apparent reason.

Lan continues, "It looks like the fade was controlling a good number of the trollocs here, it explains their abnormal lack of cowardice. The soldiers are all experienced with fighting trollocs, living on the borderland as they do. They'll be able to clean up the rest."

And even as he says it, you notice the battle has turned from a pitted contest to soldiers systematically eliminating trollocs, with no noticable further casualties.
Magnus
player, 1675 posts
Fri 15 Jul 2016
at 02:58
  • msg #500

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll keep an eye on the Mydraal death throes and stay out of it's reach.

"Is is's blood poisonous or something?"

I'll go and help the soldiers mop up the Trollocs.
Glantri
player, 1007 posts
Fri 15 Jul 2016
at 03:05
  • msg #501

Magnus's Meanderings

"The blood is highly acidic, you'll want to get a cloth and wipe your blade down. And then burn the cloth. The blood will pit even good steel. But it's not poisonous, no. Their blades are, so be careful not to let them hit you. A minor cut can cause an infection that takes weeks to recover from, if you recover."

The death throes go on for a long time, but you peel away to assist in mopping up.

After another 5 minutes every trolloc in sight is dead, with the soldiers starting to carry the wounded off to either get treated or healed.
Magnus
player, 1677 posts
Fri 15 Jul 2016
at 03:39
  • msg #502

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll wipe my blade off with a rag and then burn it with a torch.

I'll go to Lan and ask
"We've cleaned up here. Are there other forces we need to take care of?"
Glantri
player, 1009 posts
Fri 15 Jul 2016
at 10:41
  • msg #503

Magnus's Meanderings

Lan replies, "I haven't heard of any other fighting. The next step is a military sweep of the area, to discern damage done, possible targets, and method of entry, as well as dealing with stragglers."

He's still surveying the battlefield, accessing everything.

Soldiers are beginning to stack the trollocs corpses into piles, and are carrying their own dead off elsewhere.
Magnus
player, 1679 posts
Fri 15 Jul 2016
at 15:10
  • msg #504

Magnus's Meanderings

"I'll help with the sweep then."

I'll go around the castle looking for Trollocs.
Glantri
player, 1011 posts
Fri 15 Jul 2016
at 15:23
  • msg #505

Magnus's Meanderings

Lan gives you direction to assist in the patrol that is to confirm no gates are breached.

Your crew starts at the primary entrance and begins a circuit of the keep. Eventually you reach a pair of human corpses at Dog Gate, one of the secondary entrances for equipment and troops returning from battle.

Two things jump out at you immediately. The gate is intact but open. There is no sign that it was battered down or forced open, and the two soldiers standing guard have their throats slit, which you recognize by now is too precise of work for Trollocs barbaric fighting.

The soldiers  with you either haven't put two and two together yet, or just haven't verbalized their thoughts.
Magnus
player, 1681 posts
Fri 15 Jul 2016
at 15:43
  • msg #506

Magnus's Meanderings

"... the assassin. He slit the guard's throats and then opened the gate for the Trollocs. Let's close the gate then go and report this. Then let's check the other gates."
This message had punctuation tweaked by the player at 15:44, Fri 15 July 2016.
Glantri
player, 1013 posts
Fri 15 Jul 2016
at 15:50
  • msg #507

Magnus's Meanderings

They start moving to close the gate, and the senior most soldier says "we can't leave the gate, these bodies shouldn't be tampered with. Lord Agelmar needs out know about this immediately though. We'll split up to both cover this area and close the gate, and check the remaining gates as well while you report to Lord Agelmar."

Assuming you go you find Lord Agelmar in armor near the front gate, where trolloc corpses are being burned. He obviously was participating in the battle as well. He's talking with Moiraine, separated from everyone else by a distance. You notice that you can't hear them at all. At this distance, while embracing the flame and the void you should be able to make out their voice, if not their words.
Magnus
player, 1683 posts
Fri 15 Jul 2016
at 16:10
  • msg #508

Magnus's Meanderings

She is using magic to keep their conversation private.

I walk up to them.

"Lord Agelmar And Moiraine Sedai. We foundDog Gate open and the guards there had their throats slit. I think an assassin got them and opened the gate for the Trollocs."
Glantri
player, 1015 posts
Fri 15 Jul 2016
at 16:17
  • msg #509

Magnus's Meanderings

Agelmars face hardens at the news and then gives the order to several soldiers near by that all gates are to be sealed, and no one is to be let out until they personally hear from him.

He then turns to you,
"Thank you Eli. This news hopefully will let us react quickly enough to catch the assassin and question them. I offer congratulations on your kill earlier today. It is a sign of manhood in the borderlands to kill ones first trolloc, a badge of honor to slay a fade. My men speak very highly of your bravery and skill. Should you ever need anything, know you hold an honored place in Fal Dara."
Magnus
player, 1685 posts
Fri 15 Jul 2016
at 23:41
  • msg #510

Magnus's Meanderings

"To be honest Lord Agalmar. I couldn't have killed the Mydraal without the presence of Lan Mandraggaran. I simply moved to flank the Mydraal. Forcing it to choose who to fight and who to leave it's back open to. It chose Lan as the bigger threat, Allowing me run it though.

Still. You and Your Men honor me with your praise. I'll keep the honoured place of Fal Dara in mind. If I ever settle down, I'll return here and set up my swordsmith shop. Because I know my blades would be put to good use here."
Glantri
player, 1017 posts
Sat 16 Jul 2016
at 00:37
  • msg #511

Magnus's Meanderings

Lord Agelmar nods, and bids you well as he returns to coordinating the troops.

The keep is starting to calm into the lull after the fight, of routine checks on damage and refortification where is needed.

Moiraine avoids talking to you and heads off into the keep, and you notice there is an Aes Sedai you don't know nearby healing soldiers. She has a yellow fringed shawl on.
Magnus
player, 1687 posts
Sat 16 Jul 2016
at 01:45
  • msg #512

Magnus's Meanderings

Hmmm The Healing Aes Sedai. I'll let Moiraine introduce us later. But...
Maybe a little talking won't hurt.

I'll Comment to the Yellow Aes Sedai.
"Thank you for healing the soldiers, Aes Sedai."

If she decides to talk to me I'll stick around for a bit.
Otherwise I'll go to the keep.
Glantri
player, 1019 posts
Sat 16 Jul 2016
at 02:23
  • msg #513

Magnus's Meanderings

She responds, without looking up, "Thanks are not needed, it's simply fortunate that you all had sisters on hand to heal after such an incident. Then, the wheel does work in mysterious ways."

She seems absorbed in the healing she's doing.
Magnus
player, 1690 posts
Sat 16 Jul 2016
at 02:52
  • msg #514

Magnus's Meanderings

I nod to her.

Then I go to the keep.
Glantri
player, 1021 posts
Sat 16 Jul 2016
at 10:31
  • msg #515

Magnus's Meanderings

You go back into the keep, now that everything has settled. Where is it that you're going inside? Immediately back to Susan or elsewhere?
Magnus
player, 1692 posts
Sat 16 Jul 2016
at 14:44
  • msg #516

Magnus's Meanderings

"I'll go back to Susan and show her that I didn't get hurt.
Glantri
player, 1023 posts
Sat 16 Jul 2016
at 15:02
  • msg #517

Magnus's Meanderings

Susan was headed off to Nynaeve's room last you knew, so you go there to check and find it empty.

You check Egwene's room to also find it empty.

You eventually find her in the hall, obviously looking for someone.

She smiles when she sees you, "Eli, you're ok!" And she runs up and hugs you.

She continues, "I wasn't able to find Egwene or Nynaeve. I don't know where they're at."
Magnus
player, 1694 posts
Sat 16 Jul 2016
at 18:43
  • msg #518

Magnus's Meanderings

"That is odd. Let's look for them together."

I'll search for them with Susan.
Glantri
player, 1025 posts
Sat 16 Jul 2016
at 18:56
  • msg #519

Magnus's Meanderings

You search with Susan, going through the entire residence section of the keep to no avail, at which point you transition to searching the war rooms. While passing the entrance to the dungeon you hear a commotion from below that's too faint to make out. It sounds closer to angry words than a fight, but you can't tell at this distance.
Magnus
player, 1696 posts
Sat 16 Jul 2016
at 19:58
  • msg #520

Magnus's Meanderings

"Let's check it out."

I'll go down into the Dungeon.
Glantri
player, 1027 posts
Sun 17 Jul 2016
at 01:05
  • msg #521

Magnus's Meanderings

When you go down the stairs you see Rand standing there, arguing with an Aes Sedai you don't know, and Matt and Egwene slumped on the floor. There is a considerable amount of blood in the area, and the two guards appear to be dead. There is writing on the wall in blood as well, in a language you don't know. Some of it looks more precisely written, while others look like chicken scratch. There's a noticeably smeared section near where Rand is standing.

The conversation between Rand and the Aes Sedai seems to have just finished, with heated glares going between them, and you hear footsteps rushing down from above, not far behind you, but out of sight yet.
Magnus
player, 1698 posts
Sun 17 Jul 2016
at 17:53
  • msg #522

Magnus's Meanderings

"What's going on here Rand?"
Glantri
player, 1029 posts
Sun 17 Jul 2016
at 19:34
  • msg #523

Magnus's Meanderings

Rand says "I came down here looking for Matt, and found this" gesturing to the bloody background. "He and Egwene are breathing, but Padan Fain has escaped, the dagger is gone and these horrible writings are on the wall."

He's mildly emotional sounding, almost forced. You realize he's putting emotion into his words on purpose to cover up the fact that he is embracing the flame and the void.
Magnus
player, 1701 posts
Mon 18 Jul 2016
at 02:59
  • msg #524

Magnus's Meanderings

"Do we have a clue how long ago Padan Fain escaped?

How hurt are Matt and Egwene?"

Who is coming down behind me?
Glantri
player, 1031 posts
Mon 18 Jul 2016
at 10:22
  • msg #525

Magnus's Meanderings

Rand says "I presume during the attack but I don't know."

And your second question is answered from behind you, by Moiraine.
"Move aside you two, I'll see how those two are doing."

She makes note of the other Aes Sedai with only the smallest of nods, saying "Liandrin" and continuing on.

She kneels down before Egwene first and sets her hand on her head. After a little bit Egwene shifts uneasily and opens her eyes tiredly.

She goes to Matt next and let's out an aggravated noise, then asks Rand "where's the dagger gone to?"

Liandrin interjects before Rand can answer "what dagger?" She is visibly annoyed at having been sidelined. No one seems as though they are intending to answer.

Moiraine heals Matt, but doesn't seem satisfied with it.
Magnus
player, 1703 posts
Mon 18 Jul 2016
at 17:45
  • msg #526

Magnus's Meanderings

"What should we do now Moiraine Sedai?"
Glantri
player, 1033 posts
Mon 18 Jul 2016
at 18:09
  • msg #527

Magnus's Meanderings

"Carry Matt back to his room, and escort Egwene to here. They'll both need sleep."
Magnus
player, 1705 posts
Mon 18 Jul 2016
at 19:57
  • msg #528

Magnus's Meanderings

"I will do so."

I'll pick up Matt and take him to his room and I'll escort Egwene to where she needs to go.
Glantri
player, 1035 posts
Mon 18 Jul 2016
at 20:21
  • msg #529

Magnus's Meanderings

Matt is sweaty and mumbling when you pick him up, but doesn't resist you. Egwene meanwhile can walk with assistance from Susan.

On the way back Egwene tells you she and Nynaeve had been visiting Padan Fain to rind out what had happened in the two rivers, for the past couple of weeks. They were down there this last night, when horns started blaring and eventually a cloaked figure, she thinks it was a Myrdraal but isn't sure, and 3 Trollocs came down and slew the guards, and then let Padan Fain out. They knocked her and Matt unconscious in there process, she presumes they thought they died from the impact when they were thrown into the wall, which is the only reason they lived. Then the next thing she knew, you all were there and Moiraine was healing her.

But you get them back to their rooms without a problem, Egwene sets herself down on the bed, and thanks you.

Matt is more difficult, as he's pure dead weight, but you get him situated. He's continued his incoherent mutterings however, none of it intelligible, but some of it is clearly old tongue.
Magnus
player, 1707 posts
Mon 18 Jul 2016
at 23:06
  • msg #530

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll ask Egwene
"Where is Nynaeve? We haven't found her yet."
Glantri
player, 1037 posts
Tue 19 Jul 2016
at 00:07
  • msg #531

Magnus's Meanderings

Egwene says "I don't know Eli, I've been out of it this entire time. Someone must have told Moiraine where we were though, perhaps it was her? Or maybe she went to check on Lan after the battle. She can't help but worry about him."
Magnus
player, 1709 posts
Tue 19 Jul 2016
at 01:38
  • msg #532

Magnus's Meanderings

"Well, we will go and look for her."

I'll look for Lan. I'll ask him
"Do Mydraal often work in groups together? "
Glantri
player, 1039 posts
Tue 19 Jul 2016
at 10:16
  • msg #533

Magnus's Meanderings

You find Lan near the front gate of the keep. You see that Nynaeve is there talking to him, but stops as you approach.

When you ask your question Lan says "It really depends on the size of the trolloc force. A Myrdraal can mentally link with the trollocs and force them to not run away as instincts might cause, or to work more tactically. But when a myrdraal died, like the one you killed, any trollocs linked to it die from the backlash. So the number of mydraal is best thought of as the number of captains the opposing team is bringing. The larger the scope, or the more intricate the plan, the more are likely to be there."

You can see from the front gate that the bodies have all been moved, though the blood still makes the scene one from a nightmare.
Magnus
player, 1711 posts
Fri 22 Jul 2016
at 03:22
  • msg #534

Magnus's Meanderings

Apparently while the attack happened Matt and Egwene where in the dungeon questioning Padan Fain. Three Trollocs appeared along with a cloaked figure. The slew the guards and then they smacked Matt and Egwene against the wall and knocked them out. They released Padan Fain"

I whisper the next part to Lan

" and Stole Matt's dagger."

I return to normal volume.
"Rand and a Aes Sedai I don't know; I think Moiraine called her Liandrin; Found them. There was also writing in blood in a language I don't recognize.

Anyway when I found them Rand and the aes sedai had just finished arguing. Moiraine showed up and healed Matt and Egwene."
Glantri
player, 1041 posts
Fri 22 Jul 2016
at 12:00
  • msg #535

Magnus's Meanderings

Lan listens and nods, and says "So they sent two fades on this attack. Rescuing Padan Fain was likely their goal."

and a little softer, to you, "I can't tell you more about Liandrin than she is of the Red Ajah and council to Queen Morgaise. It's better for you to not know more than that during your training with the warders."

and continuing in normal tones, "It's important that everyone be accounted for, I suspect Moiraine is already working on what to do next. Do you know where everyone is? It would be best for us all to start making our way back to our quarters."
Magnus
player, 1713 posts
Fri 22 Jul 2016
at 22:31
  • msg #536

Magnus's Meanderings

"Matt and Egeeme are in their quarters.  Rand was with Moiraine last time I checked.  I don't know were Perrin And Loial are."
Glantri
player, 1043 posts
Sat 23 Jul 2016
at 04:48
  • msg #537

Magnus's Meanderings

Lan says "Hmm, well it's good that most everyone is accounted for already. I saw Loial and Perrin by the stables after dinner, an hour or so before the attack. They might be there still, or could have went back to their quarters to find everyone else already.

Either way, you both should get rest fairly soon as well. Tomorrow's schedule is unlikely to be forgiving of the trials of this night."
Magnus
player, 1715 posts
Sat 23 Jul 2016
at 06:07
  • msg #538

Magnus's Meanderings

Well. I have exerted myself and probably got blood on the nice new suit.

"Oh joy. I'll see you tomorrow then."

Well, I'll do what I need to do to get the cloths and myself cleaned up from today's fight.

I'll hang out with Susan until I'm ready to sleep.
Glantri
player, 1045 posts
Sat 23 Jul 2016
at 12:10
  • msg #539

Magnus's Meanderings

I didn't clarify something very well. When I said some time later, I meant a few hours. The horns went off and woke you out of your sleep, this all is happening near midnight, going on one in the morning at this point. The attack was coordinated with darkness in mind, based on your best guess.

As to your clothes, they're in pretty good shape actually. You did a lot of damage to Trollocs, but because you were flowing from attack into defense well, they didn't hit you. You have some blood on your sleeve that you get out with some trouble, but overall your suit still looks great. You also have several quality outfits of this type now, let's say 6 full outfits that would be acceptable at royal court, and four training sets that would still indicate noble upbringing.

Susan says good night to you, but is exhausted and wants to go to sleep immediately.

As soon as you hit the bed you fall asleep, finally letting the weariness enter your bones as you release the flame and the void.

The next morning, there is a soft knock on your door three times, just as your stirring to consciousness.
Magnus
player, 1717 posts
Sat 23 Jul 2016
at 17:11
  • msg #540

Magnus's Meanderings

Yeah I didn't know exactly when the attack occurred.

I'll get up and say
"I'm up. Give me a minute. "

I'll get dressed and then open the door.
Glantri
player, 1047 posts
Sat 23 Jul 2016
at 18:13
  • msg #541

Magnus's Meanderings

When you open the door,you see Moiraine standing there in riding clothes. She quickly asks to come in (which I assume you let her) and closes the door.

She concentrates for a moment, and seems to be channeling, and then starts speaking. "The party will have to divert from our goal of Tar Valon in order to recover the horn and the dagger. The other Aes Sedai will be traveling directly back to the tower in Tar Valon however. I wanted to take the opportunity to give you and Susan the option of which path to take."

You get the feeling that she's trying to work you into her plans, and moving you around to best meet them. However, you can't tell which way she's hoping you go, or if she has seperate plans for each way, but you do get the sense there is a motive that hasn't been mentioned overtly.
Magnus
player, 1719 posts
Sat 23 Jul 2016
at 20:48
  • msg #542

Magnus's Meanderings

"Ah. The Horn was stolen too...
So we can ether go with you to help recover the Horn and Dagger; or we can go to Tar Valon to help us appear as ordinary recruits. I feel you have a preferred path for us... What would you recommend?"
Glantri
player, 1049 posts
Sat 23 Jul 2016
at 21:15
  • msg #543

Magnus's Meanderings

"As they say, the wheel weaves as the wheel wills. I trust you will be where you need when the time comes, and this is your decision to make."
Magnus
player, 1721 posts
Sun 24 Jul 2016
at 12:10
  • msg #544

Magnus's Meanderings

"Honestly, I would like to go with you and help recover the Items... But, That would make us stand out to The Aes Sedai of the White Tower, Correct? I can't reveal that I'm Ta'veren. So I should go to the Tower with Susan and the Aes Sedai... What do you think? I would like to hear your advice."
Glantri
player, 1051 posts
Sun 24 Jul 2016
at 12:36
  • msg #545

Magnus's Meanderings

"Either path unfortunately doesn't lead to you being unremarkable. Traveling in the company of the Amyrlin Seat herself is a privilege even for full sisters, but it could be managed if it's what you like. I've already spoken with Susan on this issue, and she has said she's going whichever way you do.

I do have reason to keep certain aspects of our company secret, it may be possible that your travels with us would be written off as an oddity of myself as opposed to one of yours. It would mean that you may be questioned eventually by those who's ideology doesn't line up with mine however."
Magnus
player, 1723 posts
Sun 24 Jul 2016
at 21:19
  • msg #546

Magnus's Meanderings

"Hmmm... I'll go and help recover the Horn and Dagger then. But, that will put Susan in Danger again...No. I'll go ahead and take Susan to the Tower to begin her training. "
This message was last edited by the player at 21:24, Sun 24 July 2016.
Glantri
player, 1053 posts
Mon 25 Jul 2016
at 12:55
  • msg #547

Magnus's Meanderings

"They will be leaving this afternoon. I will go and speak with Alanna Sedai. I suggest you stay closest to her, and learn from her two warders. There are some matters yet that I must prepare for, but both parties are to be leaving the gates at noon today. If there's anything you have left to do in Fal Dara, or while not under close watch of a contigent of Aes Sedai, I suggest you handle it now. And Eli, be careful around everyone, what you know must stay secret for some time yet."

and with that she leaves the room, and goes down the hall, on to whatever else she's managing this day.
Magnus
player, 1725 posts
Mon 25 Jul 2016
at 16:56
  • msg #548

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll pack my thing to get ready to go.

I'll go to Perrin and the others and tell them where Susan and I are going. And say that I'll see them later.

I'll go to Susan to see how she is doing and see what she thinks.

Otherwise I don't think I have much else to do.
Glantri
player, 1055 posts
Mon 25 Jul 2016
at 17:17
  • msg #549

Magnus's Meanderings

When you talk to the others it appears they all had to make decisions today. Egwene and Nynaeve are taking the same path that you and Susan are.

Meanwhile Loial, Matt and Perrin are all going to follow the horn and dagger. You haven't managed to find Rand yet.

I forget if I've mentioned, but everyone's clothes have been replaced with nicer quality ones, although you do make note that while the others are in fine clothes, they wouldn't indicate nobility the way yours could be mistaken for.

When you knock on Susan's door, she answers and has obviously been packing. She appears nervous and excited at the same time, and greets you with a big smile.
Magnus
player, 1727 posts
Mon 25 Jul 2016
at 17:46
  • msg #550

Magnus's Meanderings

You did mention that my clothes look like a nobles cloths and That Susan's clothes match with mine. You didn't mention that the others clothes were like that.

I'll return Susan's warm greeting.
"Susan, I've noticed something odd. My clothes look like they could belong to nobility. While the others only got fine clothes.  I wonder why that is the case."
Glantri
player, 1057 posts
Mon 25 Jul 2016
at 17:58
  • msg #551

Magnus's Meanderings

"I think Moiraine may be trying to create confusion to any observing us. I've been putting together thoughts on it, but I don't know the intent. It may be to specifically draw attention to us so the others are less obvious, or it may be because a noble is more likely to be able to arrange prestigious company when riding.

But, Aes Sedai plans are often many layers deep I'm told, even if I'm right on this I've probably only scratched the surface."
Magnus
player, 1729 posts
Mon 25 Jul 2016
at 21:29
  • msg #552

Magnus's Meanderings

"Heh. Once again I'm the distraction. Oh well. It sounds like they work with wheels within wheels within wheels. We'll have to learn to deal with that sort of thing. Although it sounds like you are well on your way to be able to dral with it."
Glantri
player, 1059 posts
Mon 25 Jul 2016
at 23:10
  • msg #553

Magnus's Meanderings

She nods, "For now, I'm focusing on the fact that I don't know everything that relates to what's going on, so trusting that Moiraine is making the correct decisions on the whole is the best I can do. Hopefully it'll become more apparent in time."
Magnus
player, 1731 posts
Tue 26 Jul 2016
at 02:37
  • msg #554

Magnus's Meanderings

"I hope it becomes apparent too.
I do have another thing that I need to discuss with you away from the Aes Sedai. I have a feeling that dangerous things are going to continue to occur around me. Do Aes Sedai Teachings prevent you from using weapons or hurting other people?"
Glantri
player, 1061 posts
Tue 26 Jul 2016
at 02:45
  • msg #555

Magnus's Meanderings

"I know that the oaths an Aes Sedai takes are binding, and that there are three of them. I haven't really learned all the details or exact wording of each, but it's intent is that an Aes Sedai can not lie, can not use the one power to create a weapon, and can not use the one power for violence, except in protection of their own lives or against creatures of the shadow.

That's not the exact three oaths, I've been struggling to adequately memorize them.

What type of dangerous things are you concerned with?"
Magnus
player, 1733 posts
Tue 26 Jul 2016
at 09:54
  • msg #556

Magnus's Meanderings

"Fights,battles things of that nature. I'm going to do my best to protect you as your Warder. But I might fall and die...if I die,I don't want you to die because I failed. It would make me feel better if you would let me teach you about the sword and the unarmed martial arts I know..."
Glantri
player, 1063 posts
Tue 26 Jul 2016
at 11:08
  • msg #557

Magnus's Meanderings

"Hmm, I won't be able to carry a sword in the tower. I need to do whatever's possible to fit in, and that includes not doing martial arts training. If you want to show me some of the basics, and I suppose I can start carrying a small knife on me, but that's about all I can think of that won't ostracize me during training as an Aes Sedai."
Magnus
player, 1735 posts
Thu 28 Jul 2016
at 22:48
  • msg #558

Magnus's Meanderings

"You are right. I should wait until after our training..."

I'm silent for a moment before continuing
"Setting up a sword smith shop is probably also a bad idea...

I guess I'll just focus on getting though our training.
This message was last edited by the player at 22:51, Thu 28 July 2016.
Glantri
player, 1065 posts
Thu 28 Jul 2016
at 23:03
  • msg #559

Magnus's Meanderings

She smiles at you, "Eli, I think you may be surprised by Tar Valon when we get there. From what I'm told we're going to be pretty separated from the city itself. Quarters for the warders are just outside the Tower itself, where as Aes Sedai are in the tower itself.

Once we're at the tower though I imagine we should be safe, at least until our training is done.

I'm teetering between feeling very well prepared and like I know nothing of what's about to happen. Moiraine has told me some, but I know aspects of the process of becoming an Aes Sedai are purposefully kept secret. Further not everyone who starts training becomes an Aes Sedai, and while Moiraine says I'm powerful, and above the average by a good deal, I'm weaker than both Egwene and Nynaeve apparently. I know she can't lie, but my mind has been going over how I could be misconstruing what she's said."

She sighs,

"It's just been all buzzing about, and I haven't filled you in on enough because it's been confusing, and I apologize for that Eli."
Magnus
player, 1737 posts
Sat 30 Jul 2016
at 03:16
  • msg #560

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll give her a hug.

"It's ok. I can see how it is confusing. Why don't you tell me what you have figured out about our training.

I'm glad you are so strong. I wouldn't worry about how strong you are though. No matter who you are, There is always someone stronger. Instead I would focus on perfecting yourself. That's all any one of us can do."
This message was last edited by the player at 03:45, Sat 30 July 2016.
Glantri
player, 1067 posts
Sat 30 Jul 2016
at 03:22
  • msg #561

Magnus's Meanderings

She smiles at the supportive comments,

"I'll try to focus on that, thank you.

What I know so far is that training only officially starts when I reach the tower, and that until I pass certain tests I will only be considered... What was the word, initiate, or novice. It's one of the two. Accepted are above novices but still not Aes Sedai.

Until I'm an Aes Sedai it's forbidden to have a warder, even if one knows who they will ask to be their warden when they become an Aes Sedai. That's apparently a very important distinction to them.

The entire process takes a different amount of time, with some failing and leaving the tower before finishing. Moiraine says it's not uncommon for a novice to spend a year before reaching accepted, and another year before reaching Aes Sedai, though some take as long as twenty years to do the same. It's a matter of flexibility of mind and strength in the power.

Is there something you were specifically curious about? That's all the important details that have been mulling over in my mind."
Magnus
player, 1740 posts
Sat 30 Jul 2016
at 04:05
  • msg #562

Magnus's Meanderings

"Well it should be pretty quick for you then. You are strong and have a clever mind... You are Lucky to get to learn magic there.

Anyway.  I'm curious about Warders and Aes Sedai. I know that Warders pledge themselves to protecting one Aes Sedai. but I don't know much else..."
Glantri
player, 1069 posts
Sat 30 Jul 2016
at 10:52
  • msg #563

Magnus's Meanderings

"From what I understand the connection between warder's and Aes Sedai is more than a pledge. When a warder accepts an Aes Sedais offer, the one power is use to form the warder's bond, in an agreement to protect one another and fight the shadow.

Between what I've managed to get Moiraine to talk about, and observing Lan, the warder bond lets them regenerate much faster, as you saw in the days after the eye. It also lets the warder sense trollocs and myrdraal at a certain distance and let's them sense their bond at any distance.

Trust is also important because the bond can be used to compel a warder to a command. I learned that from Moiraine, and from the way she explained it she's never done so and I never would. But it's apparently part of the way the magic works, or maybe it was designed that way because warder's are the Aes Sedais army, and the tower wanted obedience. It's hard to say.

The bond breaking is also apparently staggeringly painful. Aes Sedai have been sent into a senseless sadness before when a warder of theirs has died, meanwhile warder's often will go into a death rage if their Aes Sedai does, seeking vengeance at any cost. It's apparently very difficult to control a warder long enough and stop them from going off on an impossible journey.

And the last thing I know is that most Aes Sedai have one warder. The greatest exceptions are the red Ajah who never or nearly never take warders and the green Ajah who frequently have multiple warder's."
Magnus
player, 1743 posts
Sat 30 Jul 2016
at 18:17
  • msg #564

Magnus's Meanderings

"I see. A permanent command spell... You wouldn't use it. I definitely would trust you with that.

The Aes Sedai wear various colors. What do they mean? Apparently yellow is healers. Which color are you going for?"
Glantri
player, 1072 posts
Sat 30 Jul 2016
at 18:50
  • msg #565

Magnus's Meanderings

 Her face scrunches as she starts trying to recall the colors.
"Let's see, I'm supposed to be learning these.
Red is the Ajah that hunts down male channelers the most. They view it as their primary directive.
Blue is most interested in politics and the going ons of the world. They tend to pull the strings of nations more than any other.
Yellow as you said are primarily interested in the art of healing
Brown are.... I think academics?
White are based on the pursuit of logical answers to the world.
Green is focused on fighting the shadow, not that all don't, but they focus on it.
And I'm blanking on one, I know it'll come to me but I forget the color."
Magnus
player, 1745 posts
Sat 30 Jul 2016
at 20:37
  • msg #566

Magnus's Meanderings

"What did the last one do? Anyway, which one do you want to do?"
Glantri
player, 1074 posts
Sat 30 Jul 2016
at 20:46
  • msg #567

Magnus's Meanderings

"They mediate.... Why can't I remember the color. Oh now I remember, it's grey.

Technically I'm not supposed to consider which ajah to join until I pass the first set of tests, but it am leaning towards the green ajah from what I have heard. I don't want multiple warders, but they also have closer relations with their warder than the rest. And someone has to fight against the shadow. I know for sure I don't want to be red though." And she shudders slightly.
Magnus
player, 1747 posts
Sat 30 Jul 2016
at 21:31
  • msg #568

Magnus's Meanderings

"I think I would like doing that with you. And you also get to Travel."
Glantri
player, 1076 posts
Sat 30 Jul 2016
at 21:58
  • msg #569

Magnus's Meanderings

She chuckles slightly,
"Traveling is a lost art Eli. I doubt it'll be refound in our lifetime, even with the slower aging of Aes Sedai."
Magnus
player, 1749 posts
Sat 30 Jul 2016
at 23:01
  • msg #570

Magnus's Meanderings

I say in a deadpan tone.
"It appears that there is a joke that I'm not versed in...

Wait a minute.  Aes Sedai age slowly? Well that does explain the timeless look they have."
This message had punctuation tweaked by the player at 00:36, Sun 31 July 2016.
Glantri
player, 1078 posts
Sat 30 Jul 2016
at 23:10
  • msg #571

Magnus's Meanderings

"Oh, sorry. I thought you meant the mythical ability to travel that Aes Sedai have in some tales. In the age of legends, they supposedly could move from one corner of the world to another nearly instantly. It was called traveling.

And yes, those who embrace the power benefit from a much longer natural life span, I don't know how long though. Just that it's much much longer than normal. Although it's kinda more that they stop aging at a point rather than age slowly. But that's really just semantics."
Magnus
player, 1751 posts
Sun 31 Jul 2016
at 01:18
  • msg #572

Magnus's Meanderings

"I see. Well if anyone would rediscover it. It would be you.

Unfortunately I don't know what you call your lost arts of magic. Where I'm from, Traveling would be called Teleportation. Mind ,we didn't have magic. But we have words for things in fiction."
Glantri
player, 1080 posts
Sun 31 Jul 2016
at 01:21
  • msg #573

Magnus's Meanderings

She smiles, "I hope your right, and I'll try and remember to keep in mind terminology I take for granted doesn't mean the same thing to you. You know you can always ask me no matter the question, and I'll explain as best I can.

Teleportation makes sense, and is a word in tales that we know. But traveling for one reason or another is almost always called that in the tales. I'm sure there's a reason but if so it's lost in the pages of history."
Magnus
player, 1753 posts
Mon 1 Aug 2016
at 01:51
  • msg #574

Magnus's Meanderings

"It's probably a cultural thing. I'm lucky that I can understand your language. Considering how far away I'm originally from. I guess the wheel works in mysterious ways.

To think. I've only been here a year and I'm already involved in so many things."
Glantri
player, 1082 posts
Mon 1 Aug 2016
at 02:30
  • msg #575

Magnus's Meanderings

"The nature of Ta'veren is hardly understood. Perhaps you were pulled here because the wheel marked you as unique, or maybe you were unique and drew the wheels attention. Either way, your presence has drastically reshaped at least my life. If someone would have told me two years back that id be on an adventure to become an Aes Sedai, I would have never believed them. But here we are, and none of it would have been possible if you hadn't entered my life. "
After that she's quite for a bit,
"What's the culture like where you're from, if it's ok to ask."
Magnus
player, 1755 posts
Mon 1 Aug 2016
at 04:25
  • msg #576

Magnus's Meanderings

"It's ok to ask. It's just a lot of material to go over.
... The most major difference is that there is no magic at all. No One Power, No wolfbrothers. Nothing. But we have Technology to make up for it. We had Airplanes that moved though the air sort of like a bird. We used them to move people and cargo all over the world.

We've tamed electricity, The power in Lightning and now use it to light our homes and run out appliances. We had Televisions. They had a screen that displayed a series of still images fast enough that they appear to be moving. It could also reproduce the sound that accompanied those images.

We have computers, Machines that could perform a few billion mathematical calculations per second. But you have to carefully program them to do what you want. We could make them do all sorts of things. From playing games to helping us figure out the secrets of the universe.

We have a network that connects billions of computers across the world. And allows us to communicate with only minor delays.

How many live in Baerlon, Caemlyn or Var Valon? We have Cities that a million or more perple live within 20 or so miles of eachother.

We have Machines to help with a lot of our tasks. And Machines to build those Machines. Great big assembly lines to but the various machines together. We can make parts accurate to within a few thousands of an inch fairly easily. finer takes more effort. but is possible to do if you have the right machines.

We also have weapons of war. Great and terrible ones. We use Gunpowder to send bits of metal at the speed of sound. dealing horrible injuries when it hits flesh. Swords have been obsolete as weapons for nearly a hundred years there. Tanks are agile  behemoths of metal the have a cannon on board that fires an even bigger piece of metal to kill other tanks. And then there are Nuclear Weapons... One of these can easily level a city in an instant and poison the ground and air for years to come. We have enough of these to kill everyone on the Earth several times over. good thing we are to afraid to use them.

I am from a country called The United States of America. We have no King or Queen as rulers.
instead we elect people to represent us in the various roles of the Government.

People work for money and try to get ahead in the world. there are countless things to spend money on though. There are some that use religion for their answers to the world. There are others that ignore religion because you can't prove the religion is correct.
Morals are loose. But some can still be kind.

There is so much to go over..."
Glantri
player, 1083 posts
Mon 1 Aug 2016
at 10:44
  • msg #577

Magnus's Meanderings

She listens intently while you talk, awe occasionally washing over her face. At the end:
"I see. You may not have had magic, but it sounds like you came from an age of legends all your own. Our largest cities may approach a million people in total.

It must be difficult for you to adjust to not having these mythical machines at your disposal. So many of them seem to handle concepts that our very own age of legends worked so hard to solve.

It may be selfish, but I am glad the wheel pulled you in. And remember, I'm always here to help fill in gaps whenever you need."
Magnus
player, 1757 posts
Tue 2 Aug 2016
at 04:13
  • msg #578

Magnus's Meanderings

"I'm glad I came here too. Otherwise I wouldn't have met you Susan.

It was difficult to when I first got here. I had several things that I spent my time on back then. Most of them I can't do here. I could do one of my hobbies, But I would have to recreate the rules from memory. And I need someone to play with. But I don't think that will be a problem.

The Brown Aes Sedai would like to talk to me. I can probably recreate quite a few wonders of my time. electronics would be too complicated... But a few of the older things...

Books are sort of rare because It takes so long to copy them. Correct?"
This message was last edited by the player at 05:34, Tue 02 Aug 2016.
Glantri
player, 1086 posts
Tue 2 Aug 2016
at 10:40
  • msg #579

Magnus's Meanderings

"I'd be interested in learning the rules to this hobby of yours, when you are ready with it.

I'm sure the brown aes Sedai would love that, though they may be unrelenting in trying to figure out how you got here, not just what you know. It could well be worth it however.  And books aren't really rare, most cities have a royal library, and shops generally have a book or two. I don't know whether they are all written by hand or not however. I never really gave it thought."
Magnus
player, 1759 posts
Tue 2 Aug 2016
at 18:54
  • msg #580

Magnus's Meanderings

"I'll explain it later when we got time to relax in Tar Valon.

I figured they would want to know that too... this is going to sound absurd.
I'm a type of being called a Verser. When I am killed I get forced into another world. I don't know how it works though. I'm extremely new at this."
Glantri
player, 1088 posts
Tue 2 Aug 2016
at 18:59
  • msg #581

Magnus's Meanderings

She looks at you skeptically before she realizes you're not joking,
"That's... Not anything I've ever heard of before. Aes Sedai would surely help you discover more about it, but I'm not sure it would be pleasant. As much as I've learned from Moiraine and wish to become an aes Sedai, I can't help but think some of the stories are rooted in actions of some Aes Sedai. What starts as questioning I fear might lead to experiments.

I may just be paranoid though, you're very important to me."
Magnus
player, 1761 posts
Tue 2 Aug 2016
at 19:55
  • msg #582

Magnus's Meanderings

"That is why I've been keeping it a secret. It wouldn't surprise me if I was unageing because of it. They might question if I can channel if I live long enough. I've been reluctant to experiment while I'm here. Because I don't want to lose you. And I don't want to disappear on you..."
Glantri
player, 1090 posts
Tue 2 Aug 2016
at 20:03
  • msg #583

Magnus's Meanderings

She thinks for a bit, "Well, the unaging thing could create a problem. But it's also a problem that won't be apparent for a while, and by the time it is I should be an Aes Sedai and you my warder. That may lend a degree of safety for sharing your tale. I at least will have some authority as an equal rather than a child by that point.

I can also find out whether warder's age more slowly. It didn't occur to me to ask, but the tie between aes Sedai and warder is very close."
Magnus
player, 1763 posts
Wed 3 Aug 2016
at 01:01
  • msg #584

Magnus's Meanderings

"That would work as an explanation if that is the case. In any case we will have time to deal with it.

Hmmm... is there anything else we need to worry about?"
Glantri
player, 1092 posts
Wed 3 Aug 2016
at 01:43
  • msg #585

Magnus's Meanderings

"Hmm, besides appearing like normal nobles, potential dark friends and forsaken inhabiting the world, the Aes Sedai learning about Rand, or you, the persistence of white cloaks and the fact that the horn of Valere is missing...  I think we've covered it all."

She says that all with a nervous half giggle. It's obviously weighing on her how much is obstructing you all.

"One thing though, it may be best not to intrinsically trust even Aes Sedai. We don't know if everyone's motives is as Moiraine's are, or even the full extent of hers."
Magnus
player, 1765 posts
Wed 3 Aug 2016
at 03:02
  • msg #586

Magnus's Meanderings

"Yes. We have a lot to keep us busy.

I'll keep that in mind with the Aes Sedai.

Do we have everything we are going to need for the trip to Tar Valon?"
Glantri
player, 1094 posts
Wed 3 Aug 2016
at 12:01
  • msg #587

Magnus's Meanderings

"The horses are already pretty well packed, other than putting together the remaining few bags I'm prepared. It's mostly our wits that we'll need for this part of the journey. We should make sure to be at the gates slightly before noon however, giving us a little over an hour at this point. I'd like to have the opportunity to meet Alanna Sedai before we're riding and it's difficult to carry on a full conversation. Would you prefer to be with me for that, or show up closer to departure?"
Magnus
player, 1767 posts
Wed 3 Aug 2016
at 15:22
  • msg #588

Magnus's Meanderings

"I would prefer to be with you for that. It seems like it would be easier to introduce ourselves together."
Glantri
player, 1096 posts
Wed 3 Aug 2016
at 16:10
  • msg #589

Magnus's Meanderings

The two of you pass the hour uneventfully then, packing what needs to be packed and just getting ready to travel. As the time approaches the two of you head to the gates out of Fal Dara.

You arrive, and see that Nynaeve and Egwene are both there already though none of the others are yet.
Magnus
player, 1769 posts
Wed 3 Aug 2016
at 23:32
  • msg #590

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll wait for the others to show up.
If  Nynaeve, Egwene or Susan decides to talk to me, Obviously I'll have a conversation with them.
Glantri
player, 1098 posts
Thu 4 Aug 2016
at 02:41
  • msg #591

Magnus's Meanderings

Polite conversation continues, but just passing time.

After a while a women in a brown riding dress striped with green accents comes cantering towards the gate, with two men you easily identify as warder's to either side. It's about 5 minutes before you know the Aes Sedai are to be gathering. She has an ageless look to her face, that you've started being able to pick up as a sign of Aes Sedai. Other than that quality she looks like she could be on her mid 30s. Her two warder's look to be late 30s.

When she gets close, she asks "hmm, so are you the three that are to be taken to be under my charge for the coming month? And you're the swordsman wishing to train with the warder's I'm told? My name is Alanna Mosvani."

There's a small pause before anyone responds to this woman's words. They'll obviously begin introducing themselves soon, and aren't stunned or anything, but they're also tentative about speaking up immediately.
Magnus
player, 1772 posts
Thu 4 Aug 2016
at 03:01
  • msg #592

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll let the others introduce themselves. Once they are done I'll say
"Indeed, I would like to Train with the Warders. I'm Eli Bumbalough. It's a pleasure to meet you."
Glantri
player, 1100 posts
Thu 4 Aug 2016
at 10:09
  • msg #593

Magnus's Meanderings

Nynaeve steps up first, and says "Greetings Aes Sedai, I am Nynaeve al'Meara, wisdom of the Two Rivers."
There is a very small genuflect included in this.

Egwene goes next; "I am Egwene al'Vere of the two rivers, Aes Sedai."
And genuflects as well, more deeply however and with notable grace.

Susan says a very similar phrase as Egwene, "I am Susan Elsin of Baerlon, Aes Sedai."
And genuflects about as deeply as Egwene, with the grace that you've come to expect from her.

OOC) Going last gave a bit more info on what everyone else was saying or doing, so wasn't sure if it will impact your response. Figured it's best to check before moving on to Alanna's response.
Magnus
player, 1774 posts
Thu 4 Aug 2016
at 13:57
  • msg #594

Magnus's Meanderings

It does. Instead I'll say.

"I'm Eli Bumbalough of Baerlon, Aes Sedai."
I'll go to one knee in my own genuflect and then return to standing.
Glantri
player, 1102 posts
Thu 4 Aug 2016
at 17:34
  • msg #595

Magnus's Meanderings

She smiles as you all finish. "It's good to see someone has begun important lessons, and that punctuality is healthy among you all. I will not have the chance to talk with you as a group until this evenings camp after the other sisters arrive, but wanted to extend my offer of continued training to you three, especially you Nynaeve. I'm told you have a block which I'm determined to break. It's nothing to be ashamed of, many wilders start with one as a way of the mind tricking itself that what they are doing isn't actually channeling. But they all break eventually.

And you Eli, Ihvan and Owien have agreed to continue your lessons in Lan's absence. With the agreement that you pledge to assist in the defense of our retinue so long as you travel with us."

She's got that same cool tone you expect of Moiraine, though her voice seems to be hiding a warmth to it as well. She's obviously speaking at a measured rate, but not hurrying.
Magnus
player, 1775 posts
Thu 4 Aug 2016
at 18:44
  • msg #596

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll say
"That is acceptable. I will defend your group as long as Susan and I are traveling with you."
Glantri
player, 1104 posts
Thu 4 Aug 2016
at 19:49
  • msg #597

Magnus's Meanderings

She nods accepting your pledge.

Shortly after, a procession of aes Sedai and warder's come in on horseback from the one direction

The Aes Sedai you saw speak for the Amrylin speaks up "There you are Alanna. We are all prepared to leave."

Alanna says "as you say sister. Let us make torwards the tower." And the procession continues through the gates as soldiers salute and the general townspeople congregate to watch.

You haven't seen any sign of the other party that is to be leaving at this time.
Magnus
player, 1778 posts
Thu 4 Aug 2016
at 21:29
  • msg #598

Magnus's Meanderings

Odd. They should be leaving too. Oh well.

I'll ride with the group. And I'll talk when someone talks ro me.
Glantri
player, 1106 posts
Thu 4 Aug 2016
at 21:39
  • msg #599

Magnus's Meanderings

The group is very clique like, and has very minimal talking during the day.

The warder's pretty uniformly are patroling both forward and backwards in sets of two, and when not patrolling are with the Aes Sedai they appear to be bonded to. Nynaeve, Susan and Egwene are riding together but look to be intent on observing rather than speaking.

Your group rides at a hard pace for most of the day. As the sun starts setting you're called to a halt and a few of the warder's start setting up a makeshift camp including tents and three fires. Alanna's two warder's are included in this group.

No one made effort to talk to you during the day, but also didn't harass you.

What are you hoping occurs over this month of travel?
Magnus
player, 1780 posts
Thu 4 Aug 2016
at 21:56
  • msg #600

Magnus's Meanderings

I'm mainly hoping to progress well with my training with Alanna's two warder's. Other that that I hope to pick up some useful information by listening in.
It would also be nice if an Aes Sedai when ahead and fixed my eyes. I'll also spend time with Susan when it is possible.
Glantri
player, 1108 posts
Thu 4 Aug 2016
at 22:07
  • msg #601

Magnus's Meanderings

That first night after the perimeter has been established, Ihvan comes over while you're talking with Susan and taps you on the shoulder.

He's a large man, with brown hair that's slightly greyed at the sides, and a stern face.
"Let's see where you're training with Lan has left off. Come with me." And then bows slightly to Susan before turning and leaving.

He leads off to a patch of ground with tree trunks set up of various heights. He has you stand on one of them. "Let's see what you're capable of." And with that he whistles and you hear something whirring through the air from behind you.
Magnus
player, 1782 posts
Thu 4 Aug 2016
at 23:32
  • msg #602

Magnus's Meanderings

I go into The Flame and the Void when I see the Logs set up like that. I've watched enough anime to know a training ground when I see one.

As soon as I hear the whirring I'll leap to a Trunk that is perpendicular to where I think the whirring is coming from. I'll draw my sword and face the whirring.
Glantri
player, 1110 posts
Fri 5 Aug 2016
at 00:24
  • msg #603

Magnus's Meanderings

You assume the Flame and the Void naturally at this point. When you hear the whirring noise it helps you pinpoint it's location and you cleanly jump to another stump and spin to face it.

Just as you're getting out of the way you see a melon sized rock whipping by. You quickly note that Alanna's other warder had been near the edge of the cleared area, and has several objects at hand, including rocks, sticks, and satchels of tied cloth.

Ihvan hops up on the stump you vacated and puts his hand on his sword. His expression is all you need to see he wishes to test your limits.
Magnus
player, 1784 posts
Fri 5 Aug 2016
at 01:05
  • msg #604

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll maneuver so that Ihvan is between me and his partner. Forcing Ihvan to be in the line of fire with me.

I'll start in a defensive form and approach Ihvan. I'll perform a few strikes to test his defenses.
Glantri
player, 1112 posts
Fri 5 Aug 2016
at 02:12
  • msg #605

Magnus's Meanderings

You position yourself so Ihvan is obstructing Orweins aim, although you more Orwein is looking for opportunities for the items to catch you off guard as opposed to constant harrassment.

You adopt a defensive stance with you sword and Ihvan seems to eye you up and down, and then flashes his sword out from his hilt. You get your sword up to block seconds before the blow would have landed across your left leg. The mere force from blocking nearly pushes you off the stump.

Ihvan is holding his sword at the ready and is inspecting you for tells on your next move or weakness. You take this opportunity to push forward and lash at him with a few probing strikes. You are convinced each time that you are about to miss him as he shifts and cleanly deflects the blade. On your third attempt however you manage to get a cut into the fabric of his jacket, the closest to landing a blow of the three.
Magnus
player, 1786 posts
Fri 5 Aug 2016
at 03:37
  • msg #606

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll switch to a more aggressive form and press the assault. I'm trying to lock our blades together so that I hook my heal into his heal and then try to hip throw him.
Glantri
player, 1114 posts
Fri 5 Aug 2016
at 11:07
  • msg #607

Magnus's Meanderings

You notice Ihvans form shift as you go more aggressive, but to one you haven't learned yet.

You manage to lock blades with Ihvan successfully, believing to have redirected his movement. As you dart your foot in however and hook it around Ihvans, he lifts and stomps, pinning your foot in an overextended position on his stump.

The pain is immense, and you think struggling free could risk breaking your ankle. You are confident however that the flame and the void should be able to handle both of you throw everything into it, but you're unsure of the condition you'll be in afterwards if you do so.

Ihvan is holding position with pressure applied to your foot and blades locked with you, effectively saying Your move.
Magnus
player, 1788 posts
Fri 5 Aug 2016
at 17:02
  • msg #608

Magnus's Meanderings

Well I can ether struggle free and get hurt or I can do something crazy and het hurt.

I'll force our swords to the side to temporary get them out of the way. My other leg bunches up then explodes launching me towards Ihvan with my elbow heading towards his face. It'll hurt but I'll have leverage with the leg he is stepping on. So I should be able to force it to be vertical and unbalanced him. Because what he was standing on is now vertical.
This message was last edited by the player at 17:03, Fri 05 Aug 2016.
Glantri
player, 1116 posts
Fri 5 Aug 2016
at 17:14
  • msg #609

Magnus's Meanderings

You focus on your objective and push all else aside. Mid launch you hear a snap and the back of your mind realizes at least one bone in your ankle broke in performing this maneuver. You do however manage to take over Ihvans stump and force him to a lower smaller stump. He's slightly dazed from the hit and is sporting the beginnings of a bruise.

You are able to stand and operate normally without negatives while in the void, but you do sense that the pain is enough to normally inhibit all but the gentlest movement.

I'm going to give you initiative if you choose to take it, as Ihvan has a slight stun effect on him.
Magnus
player, 1789 posts
Fri 5 Aug 2016
at 17:23
  • msg #610

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll take the initiative and perform a diagonal strike to his neck.

I still have enough control to stop if it looks like he is not going to block.
Glantri
player, 1117 posts
Fri 5 Aug 2016
at 17:43
  • msg #611

Magnus's Meanderings

He deflects your kick, taking the impact on his forearm. Then for the first time since you've met Ihvan he smiles.

"Well done, Lan's teaching shows and your personal determination lines up well with what we require. Let's get you to one of the sisters about that foot. I'm sorry it was necessary, but I needed to know you would fight through a situation that guaranteed you personal injury. And I've arranged for your eyes to be looked at as well. It doesn't do for a potential warder to have such an obvious weakness."
And he hops off the stump and starts leading you back towards the main camp. Eventually he brings you to Alanna's tent. She's sitting next to a recently brew pot of tea and is sipping. When she sees you both she chuckles slightly.
"So this is why you asked I be available tonight Ihvan. You could have just told me you planned to put the poor boy through some warder hazing."
He returns "You know it's not like that Alanna, I needed to know his mettle." And then smiles and chuckles slightly "also warder hazing sounds so ominous and trivial. We're a very serious group you know."
You get the sense that there are inside jokes between the two, and that the bond between them is carrying something.
 She then walks over to you and sets her hands on your feet. After a moment of excruciating pain during which you feel the bones knit back together, you no longer have any pain, from the foot or even the standard pains of travel. Then she takes your glasses off and cups your hand in her head. Your vision swims for a moment, blurring worse than normal before coming into full clarity.

You feel that you can see clearer than you previously could even with your glasses.
Magnus
player, 1791 posts
Sat 6 Aug 2016
at 16:21
  • msg #612

Magnus's Meanderings

I look around, Amazed at how well I can see without my glasses

"This is Amazing. My vision was always so blurry without my Glasses. Thank you for fixing my eyes."
Glantri
player, 1119 posts
Sat 6 Aug 2016
at 17:06
  • msg #613

Magnus's Meanderings

Ihvan smiles broadly, while Alanna only gives the hint of a smile. She says "Ihvan has always been a soft touch for new blood. Your path is a noble one Eli, and many sisters will not treat you right despite this. Always know all warder's have the support of green sisters."
Magnus
player, 1795 posts
Sat 6 Aug 2016
at 17:48
  • msg #614

Magnus's Meanderings

"I'll keep that in mind. But the only reason I'm joining the Warders is to protect Susan Elsin as her Warder. Still, I thank you for Healing my eyes. I owe you for that."
Glantri
player, 1122 posts
Sat 6 Aug 2016
at 17:59
  • msg #615

Magnus's Meanderings

Her small grin becomes a knowing and open smile. "As you say Eli. We may be talking about the same concept from different angles, only time will tell. But you are quite welcome."

Ihvan then continues, "that'll be it for tonight Eli, you should get some rest and then join me for third watch tonight. It's the one covering the last three hours before sunrise."

I'm planning to make a couple of ge rolls to see how the travels go over, and largely fast forward through them, unless you have a goal you have in mind that would require a slower pace.
Magnus
player, 1797 posts
Wed 10 Aug 2016
at 06:56
  • msg #616

Magnus's Meanderings

I look at Alanna with confusion evident on my face.
"I'm not sure I get what you are saying. But I'll keep that in mind, Alanna Sedai."

I turn towards Ihvan.
"I'll join you for third watch."

I'll go over to Susan and rest. Enjoying her company.

I'll sleep and try to wake up for third watch.

There was nothing in particular I wanted to accomplish that requires a slow pace.
Now that I have good eyes. I'll start practicing archery with my bow and the few arrows I have. I'm only going to do it when I have some free time.

*Looks at my arrows...*
eh... I'm going to need to get some local arrows.
I can explain that my fiberglass recurve composite bow is lacquered and dyed wood...
But the arrows fetching is too bright and there is a plastic piece that is clear orange that you nock on the bowstring
at least the fiberglass shaft looks vaguely like wood.
This message was last edited by the player at 06:56, Wed 10 Aug 2016.
Glantri
player, 1124 posts
Wed 10 Aug 2016
at 12:25
  • msg #617

Magnus's Meanderings

You manage to wake up in time for third watch, however barely. You muscles are dragging from your sparring with Ihvan and the subsequent healing, and your brain begs you for more rest but you get yourself up and to where Ihvan told you to meet for third watch. It's a boring night, where Ihvan is largely silent on his vigil.

He does give you some small tips for staying alert, and that you should always embrace the flame and the void when on watch. Otherwise the night is boring.

I'm a little unclear about your intentions with practicing.

I could see you:
1. waiting till you pass through a town with a fletcher and buying arrows.
2. Asking traveling members to borrow arrows to be replaced, or just for kindness to give you some
3. Try fletching your own, or asking if anyone knows how.
or something I'm not thinking of.
Magnus
player, 1799 posts
Wed 10 Aug 2016
at 15:05
  • msg #618

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll use the Flame and the Void for the rest of the night.

I'll ask Ihvan if he knows anyone who can make arrows that is traveling with us. Or someone that would be willing to let me borrow a few arrows to practice with.

I'll ask anyone he mentions that knows how to make arrows if they would be willing to teach me. if not I'll buy a few arrows from them.

If anyone let's me borrow some arrows, I'll practice with them until we pass though a town. then I'll replace the arrows I borrowed and get a few for my self.
Glantri
player, 1126 posts
Wed 10 Aug 2016
at 15:34
  • msg #619

Magnus's Meanderings

Your pains and weariness get pushed to the outside of your perception as you are starting to expect when you assume the flame and the void. The little light from torches posted every so often seems to magnify as well, and you feel you're starting to understand the stance better now that your eyes don't require glasses. The removal of an interface between you and the world allows you to hone your concentration just a little bit further.

Ihvan comments, "Most of us know how to fletch arrows, if not the best. Orwein is excellent at it, I'm merely acceptable. I'll see about including it in our training. It's a good skill to have so long as you know the bow already."

And true to his word, over the coming weeks of travel your training includes not only swordsmanship and methods for protecting others, but also how to locate good wood for arrows, and the types of feathers to use, as well as various different stone tips to improvise with if you have no metal. They don't incorporate training archery, leaving that to your incredibly limited free time. Over the course of the month you only get three times to get half an hours practice in before you're expected to train or stand vigil.

The groups continue to stay in small cliques, with no one really talking outside of them without outside action. They're mostly content to obverse the surroundings and ride on. You frequently can see Aes Sedai talking but can't hear them, presumably due to channeling. You do hear Alanna asking Egwene and Nynaeve about the Two Rivers, and your traveling companions. She seems most interested in Rand, and has picked up one Egwene and Nynaeve's attempt to divert questions but hasn't really pushed any harder. She's spoken somewhat with Susan about Baerlon, but seemed satisfied with her answers after about a week into the trip.

The next post will be as you arrive at Tar Valon, but this was a fair amount of info I wanted to give you a chance to respond to.
Magnus
player, 1801 posts
Wed 10 Aug 2016
at 17:12
  • msg #620

Magnus's Meanderings

Good. I'm ready for Tar Valon.
Glantri
player, 1128 posts
Wed 10 Aug 2016
at 17:42
  • msg #621

Magnus's Meanderings

After about four weeks you see on the horizon a bridge across a large river. Shortly after the bridge are tall walls of gleaming white stone, with occasional parapets. It's both clearly meant to be an inspirational sight as well as a very functional defense. The wall runs the length of the river as far as you can see.

The city inside the walls looks like a nice but not extravagant city, except for the central object to what you believe might be an island. In the center of the city you see a massive alabaster tower. It's not the height of a skyskraper but easily the tallest structure you've seen in this world with a height of around 600 feet. You notice that the roof is flat, and has a railing for observing the city. It strikes you that you wouldn't be making out even half the detail you currently are had it not be for Alanna's healing.

As your party approaches the wall, a horn is blown and an honor guard of soldiers rush out and formally greet the Amrylin, and then lead on towards the tower. Walking through the city is an odd experience, as what would be a normally bustling section is quiet in awe of your procession. The Aes Sedai clearly command immense respect and awe even from those who live in the same city.

When you get to the tower itself you see that there are several barrack like buildings built into the base, and elaborate doors to the primary courtyard. Accompanying this is a smaller wall that outlines what looks like a training yard, and you do indeed see several young men practicing with warders using primarily the sword, with the occasional bow.

Ihvan says to you, "Once Alanna is inside the tower, I'll be free to show you around the practice yard while the new initiates are tested. I have no preference on where to start, I could show you to the archery range, introduce you to the new class practicing swordsmanship, or show you around where you'll be resting these days. It's all got to happen, and it might as well be today."
Magnus
player, 1803 posts
Wed 10 Aug 2016
at 18:29
  • msg #622

Magnus's Meanderings

I appreciate how good my new eyes are while going though the city.

I reply to Ihvan
"An introduction to the new Swordsmanship class would probably be good."
Glantri
player, 1130 posts
Wed 10 Aug 2016
at 19:01
  • msg #623

Magnus's Meanderings

Ihvan takes you to a ring where a warder is instructing two men in their early twenties on various counters. You think you're better than the one, though it would be a close fight. The other is honestly intimidating in the precision of his technique.

You also note that the two young men sparring bear a familial resemblance, with both bearing sandy blonde hair and fair complexion. Neither are wearing a shirt, and you can see bruises forming predominantly on the young man who you identify as being weaker.

The warder overseeing them sees Ihvan and nods in his direction, beckoning for him to come over. There are 5 young men behind him watching the sparring match. They all are shirtless, and bear marks of having been in the ring recently.

The warder overseeing the ring calls to Ihvan, "Welcome back Ihvan. Do you bring fresh blood?"

Ihvan smiles and responds "Perhaps not fresh, Lan has had a crack at him already, but as close as we get now a days. I see Gawyn and Galad have arrived, I trust they've not be slacking?"

Tomas just gestures, "See for yourself."

Focusing on the exchange between the Gawyn and Galad, you notice that Gawyn is clearly going to lose. He's losing by inches, but it's a constant progression towards an inevitable result at this point. Galad is lashing out with his practice sword and taking safe strikes that keep reducing Gawyn's mobility more and more.

Sure enough, after another two minutes of excruitiating battle, Gawyn yields, taking a knee and offering the sword to Galad who then gives him a hand up. There's an exchange you can see but can't make out the words to from your distance and then Tomas speaks up to the rest of the class. "Does anyone else wish to challenge for the day? Or shall we move to practicing forms."
Magnus
player, 1805 posts
Wed 10 Aug 2016
at 22:14
  • msg #624

Magnus's Meanderings

"I could go a round in the ring if anyone is willing."
Glantri
player, 1132 posts
Wed 10 Aug 2016
at 22:28
  • msg #625

Magnus's Meanderings

Tomas eyes you up momentarily, and looks to Ihvan before saying "We're just finishing up a daily contest, so the defender would have to be Galad."

If you are willing, he shows you to a rack or wooden practice swords. There is a full gambit of representations of swords, including a couple that look close to your Zweihander in size and balance. And when you pick one up you note that the balance is remarkably close to the actual sword.

Tomas suggests "It's best to remove your shirt, the practice swords won't kill you, but you're as likely to bleed as to not."

When you step into the ring Galad bows to you, and then adopts a stance with his practice sword, a straight long sword. You see some similarities between the stance Galad has taken and one Lan showed you, although it's not exactly the same. You believe it's a move focused on striking only after deflecting a blow. The stance lends itself towards avoidance of incoming attacks and sorely punishes those who get caught off balance. Galad is wearing an honest smile and beckons for you to start.
Magnus
player, 1807 posts
Thu 11 Aug 2016
at 03:48
  • msg #626

Magnus's Meanderings

Wait a minute. I thought I was using a sword that resembles a slightly over-sized katana. I would love a zweihander though.

Ether way I'll choose the practice sword that matches the one I've been using.

I enter the ring and bow to Galad. I'll enter a defensive stance. I'll start out with a few test strikes to feel out his defenses and habits. After a little bit I'll suddenly act.
I'll strike with the intent to lock up our blades. Then I'll maneuver into a hip throw while our blades are locked up.

Then I'll do a overhead strike while he is still on the ground.
Glantri
player, 1134 posts
Thu 11 Aug 2016
at 13:45
  • msg #627

Magnus's Meanderings

You're correct. I was focused on getting all the names of the new NPC's and mixed that up.

You start with probing strikes. You quickly see that he's purposely making as slight of blocks as possible. He's only deflecting enough to avoid injury, and only by inches. It's likely the only way he's managed to be in so many sparring matches in a row.

When you up your tempo you see a a gleam in his eyes and a small smile as the real contest begins. You unleash a flurry of strikes and manage to momentarily lock blades. When you go for the hip throw however he slips to the side and you find yourself momentarily off balanced, and feel a hard press of his foot on your thigh as he pushes off and disengages with your blade. The flame and the void lets you ignore the pain from the kick easily, which is good because it let's you notice and parry a pommel strike as Galad is disengaging.

Once back in position, facing one another with neither of you having done any real damage, Galad says "Wasn't expecting that throw attempt. You'll bring good variety into our training."

Galad's stance has shifted into an aggressive stance, and has starting prowling in a circle, looking for his opportunity.

OOC)I assumed the overhead strike wouldn't be done, since Galad didn't end up one the ground.
Magnus
player, 1810 posts
Fri 12 Aug 2016
at 02:13
  • msg #628

Magnus's Meanderings

I smile. Deep down I'm going to enjoy sparing with someone so talented.

"I was hoping something unexpected would work. oh well. It will be enjoyable to spar with you."

I shift to a stance that balances offence and defense. Then I'll wade in. We are going to be constantly swinging at each other and warding off strikes. Eventually we'll lock blades. when that happens I'll kick him in the knees with a roundhouse kick.

If i can grab the wrist that holds the sword, I'll do so and then follow up with a elbow strike to his face.
Glantri
player, 1136 posts
Fri 12 Aug 2016
at 14:36
  • msg #629

Magnus's Meanderings

You clash blades and time seems to dilate as your focus becomes only the rhythm of attack and defense. When you see the opportunity to put yourself into a position to lock blades again you seize it, and narrowly duck out from under an elbow coming at your face. You do manage to get a glancing blow on Galad's knee however, forcing him to disengage and stumble back slightly.

Lasting only moments, he comes at you with renewed vigor in his eyes and feints a high attack, but shifting to an abdominal slash only seconds before the hit lands. Your abs scream in pain as you feel the practice sword crack across you, and feel your skin break from the terrible force of the blow. In the process however you manage to get a hand on Galad's swordarm and spin him around into an elbow strike to the face. There is a sickening crunch as you hear his nose shatter.

Galad's stance hasn't changed, he's still holding himself ready to attack should you continue.

The fight hasn't been called yet by Tomas, but he looks to be moving to. You are quiet sure that in the absence of it being a practice blade that exchange would have left Galad badly wounded but you dead. That being said, you can clearly see this is the only time Galad has been wounded in the course of the day.
Magnus
player, 1812 posts
Fri 12 Aug 2016
at 17:29
  • msg #630

Magnus's Meanderings

"Ah. I lost that exchange. That would have been a fatal blow if we where using live steel. The prize for the contest is yours. Still I would like to continue if you are up to it."
Glantri
player, 1138 posts
Fri 12 Aug 2016
at 18:54
  • msg #631

Magnus's Meanderings

Tomas speaks up before Galad has a chance to, "Grace in defeat is quite a virtue. You two can continue sparring but only after getting those wounds seen to. Galad, show the newcomer how to get into the castle and ask Verin to heal the two of you, then report back to the training yard."

Galad looks at you and shrugs, and then wipes some of the blood off his face and rinses his hands and face from a water bowl near by. "Well, lets get to it, the sooner we do as Tomas says the sooner we can continue."

Is there anything you're hoping to see or overhear or specific types of Aes Sedai you are hoping to meet while Galad shows you how to go in and out of the tower and asks Verin for healing? Also any questions for Galad on the way.
Magnus
player, 1814 posts
Fri 12 Aug 2016
at 19:50
  • msg #632

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll follow Galad to the castle.
"That is true.
You are quite skilled. Where are you from?"

I guess overhearing something interesting would be good.
Glantri
player, 1140 posts
Fri 12 Aug 2016
at 20:53
  • msg #633

Magnus's Meanderings

He smiles, "I'm from Caemlyn, I've been training with the royal guard there since I could lift a sword. I'm here to learn from the best in pursuit of becoming a blademaster, and to oversee my half-brother and half-sister. As is custom Elayne is to practice at the white tower as every princess of Andor has done since the time of legends, and my brother Gawyn trains to be her first prince of the sword.

Where did you learn the sword? It's not many that I've met that can hold their own against me without formal training, and I don't recognize you from any of the royal houses nor some of your augmentations to the standard sword forms."

As he talks he's leading you in through a small door into the white tower that's inside one of the barracks for those training. Inside the halls are of gleaming white marble of considerable craftsmanship. The area you're currently walking through is fairly quiet.
Magnus
player, 1816 posts
Fri 12 Aug 2016
at 23:49
  • msg #634

Magnus's Meanderings

"I'm from Baerlon. I've been travelling with Lan Mandraggaran for a while. He Trained me with the sword. Then I travelled with Owien and Ihvan learning from them.

Eh...I've learned some Unarmed combat before I started learning the sword. I would be surprised if you recognise what I did. I had to improvise against you"
Glantri
player, 1142 posts
Sat 13 Aug 2016
at 03:34
  • msg #635

Magnus's Meanderings

He's quiet for a moment and then says "What you did does seem similar to the unarmed combat that the Aiel supposedly use. I don't suppose it's them that you trained with, being an andoran. Either way it proved useful and unexpected. I'll be more wary next time."

He eventually leads you to a door and knocks, and announces that Tomas sent them. A kindly voice answers "Ah, Galad. Come in please."

When the door is opened you see a tidy room and a small woman with her nose buried in a book. She looks up momentarily and then calmly places the book down and motions to the stool next to her. Galad sits first and she heals his face, after which its back to an unfairly handsome face. He bows to her and she chides him to be more careful with that pretty face of his. He responds "yes Aes Sedai" and then she gestures for you to sit. She's clearly handled this frequently before.

Assuming you do, she heals you and while it's a tiring experience it's a relatively minor wound all things told so you have a good deal of energy left afterwards.
Magnus
player, 1818 posts
Sun 14 Aug 2016
at 06:21
  • msg #636

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll say
"Thank you, Aes Sedai."
And bow to her.

I'll follow Galad's lead.
Once we are outside I'll ask him.
"Are you ready for another round?"
Glantri
player, 1144 posts
Sun 14 Aug 2016
at 11:24
  • msg #637

Magnus's Meanderings

"It depends on what Tomas has everyone practicing. While I enjoy a good spar, it's important to support the growth of the others. Our training ranges, it could be that he splits us off into sparring groups, or in one on many situations, or simply practicing the forms. We also don't want to have to ask for healing repeatedly in a day. Aes Sedai time is very valuable."

You can tell he wants to spar, but also that he's used to regularly putting the right thing to do above his own desires.

When you get out to the training area, you see that the trainees are all standing in a line, observing a match between Ihvan and Tomas. As you get closer you notice that they are deconstructing the match that you and Galad just had and pausing intermittently to offer advice on the situation ranging from what moves are aggressive and offer up chance of both sides to critically turn the tables, and at what times a defense is particularly difficult to breach. They also discuss the benefits and disadvantages of the various methods in solo combat, small teams, and in warfare. It's largely agreed that while Galads win would have been sufficient in solo combat, it would have been a draw in a small team fight or warfare, as his injuries would have likely led to being killed in the moments of confusion of blood being in his face, unless the remaining combatants were not on a relative par.
Magnus
player, 1821 posts
Mon 15 Aug 2016
at 07:15
  • msg #638

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll reply to Galad
"I see. That is true. We are all here to grow. We Students should help each other when we can."

I'll listen in on the deconstruction of my match with Galad to see where I could have done better. I'd guess that what I did was unusual for them.
Glantri
player, 1146 posts
Mon 15 Aug 2016
at 11:42
  • msg #639

Magnus's Meanderings

He nods at you when you mention you're all there to grow.

Listening in you learn a few things about their standard tactics, including why what you did surprise them.

The big aspect was that you purposely locked blades, where they've been taught to avoid doing such. Tomas highlights the dangers of getting close enough to let an opponent grab your sword arm, and you risk a great deal of you don't end it quickly after locking. Their techniques focus on darting blows and then recoiling, probing for weakness and striking when an opponent makes a mistake as opposed to forcing an opening. Tomas still seems to believe locking blades is too risky, but does take the time to point out when you are in a hurry and believe yourself better than the opponent, you can finish things off quickly that way. It's high risk high reward. Just always remember that you can't protect your charge if you're dead.

The other aspect is that inclusion of limbs as part of your attack. It's not quite unheard of, but Tomas refers to it as a more common style among the Aiel and that learning to combat it is important, and often times difficult. He goes over way to turn a grab against an opponent or how to lessen the damage you take from it.

The last aspect you learn isn't about how they fight, but rather that these deconstructionist happen whenever a substantial folly is made, or when a fight is close and shows good technique (this being the latter case)

After the deconstruction is done, Tomas comes back and addresses any questions. No one has any at the time, unless you do.

After any questions he announces:
"We are going to practice small squad fighting today. I'm assigning Galad captain of red team, Eli captain of white team. The scenario is open courtyard fighting, last team standing. The two of you have half an hour to convince the others to join your side." And with that he steps back and starts talking to Ihvan who is watching interestedly.
Magnus
player, 1823 posts
Tue 16 Aug 2016
at 03:18
  • msg #640

Magnus's Meanderings

I am surprised when Tomas appoints me captain of the White team. But I'll just smile and ask.

"Well, Who would like to join me on the White team?"
Glantri
player, 1148 posts
Tue 16 Aug 2016
at 10:57
  • msg #641

Magnus's Meanderings

The young man you saw identified as Gawyn walks over to be near your side, "I will be joining white team for today, if you shall accept me."

And then quietly so that others can't hear, "Some of them are very new, and don't like to take what will be the losing side. Unless you are ok with being outnumbered, you will need to do some convincing."

Galad hasn't said anything, but two of the group members have gravitated towards him already and look to be about to speak to him. There are three that look relatively undecided, but were not swayed to immediately pick white team. They're obviously considering the merits of the team that has Gawyn and you, or the one that has Galad.
Magnus
player, 1825 posts
Tue 16 Aug 2016
at 19:21
  • msg #642

Magnus's Meanderings

"Of Course. Welcome to the White Team."

I'll whisper back to him
"I'd rather not be outnumbered against Galad. This is my first time doing this. Could you help me convice them please?"

Well the first thing you need to convince others is to convince yourself. I know I can win. Therefore I radiate self-confidence.

I announced for all to hear
"I already have a plan to defeat Galad and Red Team. But I need Your help."

I point to the three undecided men.

"Would you join me in Team White? With your help, We Will Win."
Glantri
player, 1150 posts
Tue 16 Aug 2016
at 21:59
  • msg #643

Magnus's Meanderings

Galad is eyeing you up, clearly planning but not recruiting. He's started talking with those that are near him who look firmly in his camp after a few moments.

Gawyn says "coming over here is most of what I can do to help. Most of the recruits are relatively new and we represent the second and third strongest swordsman already. But Galad has a reputation of not losing these things."

The combination of your demeanor and speech does get two of the remaining men to join you. One of them is a tall lean man with brown hair named Bogar and a short squat man with bright red hair named Alor. Alor is training to be a guard in the tar Valon army while Bogar is training for prestige, he's a minor noble from a southern province.

Gawyn quietly informs you as they walk over "we got even numbers at least, but those two are the bottom of the class. They listen well, but their technique is poor. Don't rely on them in critical points. You and I will likely be stretched thin and Galad will realize this and try to exploit it."

Tomas takes you to a field with various small structures built up around the outside. Tomas reiterates "this is an open courtyard fight. The buildings are the limits, basic movement tactics are allowed, use of buildings in any way is not."
Magnus
player, 1827 posts
Tue 16 Aug 2016
at 22:44
  • msg #644

Magnus's Meanderings

"How do these fights usually go Gawyn? We don't have the numbers to make formation fighting practical and we haven't trained for that. I assume that most of the time these break down into sets of one on one fights. Once one of them wins, he gangs up on the next guy and thus that team snowballs into winning."
Glantri
player, 1152 posts
Tue 16 Aug 2016
at 22:53
  • msg #645

Magnus's Meanderings

"Well, we have done formation practices before, although not extensively. We all know how to form lines and hold them, and how to defend back lines. Most often Galad will organize a group to function together separately from him, while he harries the opponent from a flank. It leads to the inexperienced faltering and receiving dibilitating wounds from his prime contingent.

He mixes it up sometimes however and sends his troop out in a fan formation, engaging in one on one instances. He purposely engages the weakest himself and dispatches them nearly instantly, and snowballs as you said. We've only been here a little under a month though, so there haven't been too many of this scenario.

What do you want to go with? It's your initial assessment test by Tomas anyway, so it should come from you."
Magnus
player, 1829 posts
Wed 17 Aug 2016
at 01:12
  • msg #646

Magnus's Meanderings

"Hmmm. I will go out and force Galad to engage with me. If I fight defensively I should be able to hold him off for a while.

If he sends out the others in formation, I want all of you to scatter. Bogar and Alor, You two need to try and keep the formations attention. Harry them if you must but don't try to keep ground. We have an entire field out there to run around them in. If you see an opportunity to do so. Charge Galad and flank him. Try to time your strike with mine so that Galad Will have to choose which one to block. If he put's too much pressure on you retreat and go back to distracting the formation.

Gawyn, You will distract the formation for a little bit, Then when you see an opportunity. Charge in and Flank Galad. The two of us will over come him.

Now if he sends out his men to engage us one on one. Gawyn you will go and engage the weakest member of the enemy team.

Bogar and Alor, You two will take the other two members of the enemy team. What you are going to do is keep them busy. Give ground, run around the field, Just keep their attention. If you see an opportunity to disengage and charge someone else into a flanking position, take it.

Gawyn you need to defeat the weakest man as fast as possible. When you do so, flank one of the other men and continue to take down their ranks. if every thing goes according to plan we'll face Galad four on one.

If you feel like it and see an oppertunity, Go ahead and disengage to charge and flank someone else.

Now I'll only have one signal. If I yell out. I want you to disengage if you can and charge Galad to flank him with me.

Does anyone see a flaw with my plan?"
Glantri
player, 1154 posts
Wed 17 Aug 2016
at 04:03
  • msg #647

Magnus's Meanderings

Alor and Bogar don't see an issue, but seem intimidated by the concept, meanwhile Gawyn says "it seems as good a plan as we can expect. It requires you to hold Galad off in one on one combat for a sizable amount of time, no easy feat, and an error on our parts allows the plan to be reversed on us. But so long as you are confident engaging Galad we will stay alert and make sure they don't turn the tables on us."

Assuming you go with the plan since no major issues were posed, you assume the field as you see Galads team coming from the opposite side. It's easy to see that they've split into two groups of two, with one slow moving progressing down the field and The other duo moving much fast around the outside to engage. Galad is in the faster group.

Alor and Bogar stumble for a moment debating which strategy this falls under before they dart towards the slow group, splitting to the sides so they aren't both able to be engaged at the same time. Meanwhile Gawyn says to you, "you and I will engage Galad and Rory then? They don't look to intend to split apart until they are in position to flank and attack, which would put our other guys in dire straits."
Magnus
player, 1831 posts
Wed 17 Aug 2016
at 05:53
  • msg #648

Magnus's Meanderings

"Damn, Why didn't I think of this? No plan survives contact with the enemy.

He'll be expecting that. It's going to be a gamble now.

Gawyn, Go and direct the other to take out the other two quickly. I will distract Galad and Rory. I'll leave it to your discretion to disengage to come and aid me.

If you see one break off, move to engage them.

After you finish them, come and help me finish Galad and Rory."


I enter the Flame and the Void.
I'll move to intercept Galad and Rory. I'm just a distraction. So all I need to do is keep their attention. Therefore I'm going to fight defensively. I'm going to give ground like it is going out of style. And above all make sure they don't flank me. I'm only going to do an occasional strike to keep their attention.

If I feel like they got me where I'm going to lose, I'll Kiai as loud as I can then Go into a stance that focuses completely on attack. I'm going to take one(Or both) Out with me.(Preferably Galad)

The Kiai should trigger all my men to rush Galad. Hopfully that will be enough to break though his defense.
Glantri
player, 1156 posts
Wed 17 Aug 2016
at 12:27
  • msg #649

Magnus's Meanderings

Gawyn nods and runs off at a sprint to join the other two, although at an approach that will act as a pincer movement if the other group doesn't respond fast enough.

As you move to engage Galad and Rory they split apart slightly as they start circling you with swords drawn.  Rory is acting as the central pressure with constant attacks while Galad is attempting to flank. You keep yielding ground in order to prevent the flank, but it's faster than you would like, and away from the other members of your team. You realize that in order to prevent two talented swordsmen from flanking you, they get to choose the direction you're headed in.

In the withdrawal from one attempted flank, Rory takes advantage of you having to move fast and catches you hard in the leg right above the knee. It wouldn't have been a crippling blow with live steel, but you would have serious risk of eventual bleed out. He darts away, dodging away from you blade.

In a further exchange you and Galad exchange blows, where your injured leg buckles as you attempt to dodge and you take a heavy hit across the side. In exchange you get Galad lightly on his sword arm, just barely unable to dodge it.

You feel you are on the verge of losing, and release your Kiai shout and go on the offensive. You catch Galad in a moment of surprise and slash him hard across the back as he dodges out of the way. He let's out a small grunt but returns to form.

You see Gawyn and one of your other men, the other of which is very badly injured, being chased by one of Galads men. You assume the other man has already been dealt with, but don't see him. There is Galad and Rory's response to this round, and then one more round before they will manage to get here. The positioning that Galad did created that delay.

You can see Galad and Rory's stance shift to a highly aggressive one. Galad isn't in great shape, but you estimate its in better shape than you are. Two good blows on Galad might take him down, one to two more on you will be enough.
Magnus
player, 1833 posts
Wed 17 Aug 2016
at 17:37
  • msg #650

Magnus's Meanderings

I need to last until Gawyn gets here.
I shift to a highly defensive stance that focuses on counterattacks.

Once Gawyn is here and flanking Galad. I'll switch to a highly aggressive stance and attack Galad all out.
Glantri
player, 1158 posts
Wed 17 Aug 2016
at 17:50
  • msg #651

Magnus's Meanderings

You shift your footing and focus on deflecting and countering incoming attacks. You slide Rory's assault to the side and force him off balance with a pommel hit to the face, but only narrowly avoid Galads blade being a 'fatal' blow, still taking a strong blow to the side and knocking the wind out of you. (Fatal is in quotes since it would be the equivalent of a near fatal wound with live steel, didn't want there to be confusion. It's neither a wound that would demand you step down from the skirmish nor one that poses death.)

You neatly parry Galads follow up strike, but when you go to counter strike at his exposed side you mistep and badly twist your ankle making your leg buckle again under the pain of previous abuse, driving you to your knees.  Gawyn has engaged Galad from the flank, however the pain is great enough you've lost the flame and the void and can't concentrate to reform it, and Rory seems to be tasked with making sure you don't get up, advancing towards you cautiously trying to surmise if you are too injured to continue the contest.

Ooc) the dice hate you today, that last bit was a botch right before Gawyn was to arrive. Better for them to hate you when it's not live steel though I suppose.
Magnus
player, 1834 posts
Wed 17 Aug 2016
at 18:04
  • msg #652

Magnus's Meanderings

I focus on my anger, rage and pain. Letting them explode into me and drive me back up to my feet. I'm going berserk and am going to attack ontil ether my foes are down or I'm knocked down.

OOC: I'm going to have to wait until I'm home to post in our other thread.
This message was last edited by the player at 18:05, Wed 17 Aug 2016.
Glantri
player, 1159 posts
Wed 17 Aug 2016
at 18:16
  • msg #653

Magnus's Meanderings

You jump to your feet, focusing on the pain instead of pushing it away. Every muscle hurts, every cut throbs, but you embrace the passions and charge forward. Galad is too far away, and Rory is in your way, so you fall upon Rory like an avalanche, surprise clear in his eyes. You deal a devastating blow to the side of his head, while he manages to flip you head over heals in his last conscious moments. You're sent careening 10 feet before landing hard against the ground as your vision swims and goes dark.

You dream of battles fought, and wars won.  You see tactical blunders that costs thousands of lives, and master strokes that have laid enemies crippled. You are starting to feel you have a real and proper understanding of what leading men into battle will be like, both the costs and the benefits. All the books and movies you've seen in your lifetime that relate to battle just make more sense. Your dreams then shift to a view of the Tar Valon, but with scorch marks and holes marring the beautiful tower. Blood is everywhere and you start to make out more images before you come awake, realizing you're in a cot and staring up at a marble ceiling.

You're in a small room with only two beds, yours and the one Rory is laying in. He's asleep or unconscious still. You can see that his wounds and yours have been treated by Aes Sedai but as opposed to the previous wounds that were light, and thus not very tiring, you feel like you have ridden hard for several days with no sleep, despite just having gotten up.
Magnus
player, 1835 posts
Wed 17 Aug 2016
at 20:16
  • msg #654

Magnus's Meanderings

What a strange dream. Does it mean something?

I'll get up and check if Rory is breathing.

You could have killed him with a strike like that to the temples. You didn't feel anything when you killed those Whitecloaks. Are you a human or a monster?

Feeling depressed. I search for an Aes Sedai to ask how Rory is doing.
Glantri
player, 1160 posts
Wed 17 Aug 2016
at 20:34
  • msg #655

Magnus's Meanderings

When you go over to see if Rory is still breathing you can plainly see he is. His chest is moving up and down in the rhythmic pattern you easily associate with restful sleep. You also see that he bears no marks from the encounter, much like yourself.

When you head outside you see that you're in a hallway with scarce decorations, only the occasional portrait of a regal looking Aes Sedai on the walls. You note that all the Aes Sedai portraits are of women wearing yellow shawls.

As you head down the hall you see Susan in a plain white dress with no ornamentation. She hasn't seen you yet, and seems to be rushing off down the hall. It's worth noting you've seen her wardrobe mostly, this isn't a dress that was included in that.
Magnus
player, 1836 posts
Wed 17 Aug 2016
at 21:11
  • msg #656

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll call out to Susan and see how she reacts.
"Hey Susan!"

I hope she isn't mad at me
Glantri
player, 1161 posts
Wed 17 Aug 2016
at 21:20
  • msg #657

Magnus's Meanderings

She turns around, apparently surprised, and her face breaks out into a smile. "Eli!" and she rushes over to you. "I had just come to check up on you, you were pretty badly hurt after the skirmish two days ago. I'm running a task for an Aes Sedai that I have to be on my way to, and you should report to Tomas when you get the chance, but if you wanted to walk with me to the blue halls, we can talk on the way. I don't see how that'll break any of the rules."
Magnus
player, 1837 posts
Wed 17 Aug 2016
at 21:57
  • msg #658

Magnus's Meanderings

"Wow... two days out cold. Rory and I must have really been hurt... You are right, I should report to Tomas. I guess I now have a reputation here.
I'll walk with you there. I need to get my bearings anyway. "
Glantri
player, 1162 posts
Wed 17 Aug 2016
at 22:04
  • msg #659

Magnus's Meanderings

Susan shrugs "No one was really upset. The process of training with the warders puts people out of commission after they get healed sometimes, the healing still draws on the bodies energy to do it's work. You were both also given some tonics that induce long sleeps to allow your body to fully rest up. Honestly I wouldn't have expected you up until the end of the day based on how much I administered. But yes, you definitely have a bit of a reputation with the recruits from what I heard. Some of the novices have started talking about you too. Every moment since arriving here has been a whirlwind though, mostly good, some annoying, a little bad. I've been spending most of my time either running messages or in lessons with an Aes Sedai. I'm picking up on this all quickly at least, or so I'm told. It's still going to be a long time though."

You can tell she's rambling a little. She's clearly got a lot to say, but not sure what to talk about first, resulting in her just jumping around between everything.

You end up in a central room, and take a staircase up one flight before heading down a new corridor. The decoration is still sparse, mostly portraits of women in blue shawls and some maps. Decorative plants and flowers are somewhat common as well. That was true in the other corridors as well, mostly at the entrance to rooms.
Magnus
player, 1838 posts
Wed 17 Aug 2016
at 23:33
  • msg #660

Magnus's Meanderings

"I'm glad your Aes Sedai training is going well. What was the bad part?

Do you know what the Recruits and Novices are saying about me?"

I'll follow her to where she needs to go. Then I'll ask
"How do I het outside from here?"
Glantri
player, 1164 posts
Thu 18 Aug 2016
at 03:58
  • msg #661

Magnus's Meanderings

She grumbles slightly, "I forgot the honorific with an Aes Sedai and ended up serving a penance in the kitchen cleaning pots. It was only for a few hours, but you wouldn't believe how dirty those things get in use."
Her disposition lightens as she talks about the recruits: "Mostly they're just hypothesizing what lands you came from, and what king you're related to and how closely. They assume that in order to give Galad a run for his money, and be a clear step up from Gawyn you must be nobility. It's a bit of an oversight in logic, but it's kind of amusing. Some of the novices have commented on what it would be like to have you as a warder, I've not made a habit of spending time talking with them. Losing my temper is a good way to scrub more pots." She blushes slightly at the last part.

"To get down you just take that staircase down seven flights and you'll be at the center of the first floor. Head straight out and you'll see a door on the left that leads to a corridor taking you to the practice yard."
Magnus
player, 1841 posts
Thu 18 Aug 2016
at 05:45
  • msg #662

Magnus's Meanderings

"Sorry to hear about the Pot scrubbing. Being around Moiraine didn't help with our etiquette around Aes Sedai. We'll learn though.

Heh. That is amusing. As far as I am aware of, I don't have a drop of Royal or Noble blood. Although that is a thing of the past where I come from.
I'd like to see the look on their faces if they knew I was a commoner. oh well."

I smirk

"As for the novices, Let them talk! They are not going to get me. Because the only reason I am here is standing right in front of me."

Then I hug her.

------------------------

"Thank you for the Directions. I probably would have gotten lost."

I'll follow her direction and find Tomas
Glantri
player, 1166 posts
Thu 18 Aug 2016
at 12:00
  • msg #663

Magnus's Meanderings

"The clothes we came here in probably contributed to the rumors.

As to the talking, I still think I'd rather not be around them during the time."
But then she smiles as you hug her and relaxes a bit.
"Thank you Eli. Good luck with practice today."

-----------

You follow her directions easily, and don't come across anyone on the way down. You find Tomas and the recruits going through forms in one of the tents. It's everyone from the other day other than Rory. Ihvan is also not there, Tomas is the only one instructing.
Magnus
player, 1842 posts
Thu 18 Aug 2016
at 16:15
  • msg #664

Magnus's Meanderings

"Thank you Susan. Good luck with the Aes Sedai training today. "

---------------

I'll walk up to Tomas

"Greetings Tomas."
Glantri
player, 1167 posts
Thu 18 Aug 2016
at 16:31
  • msg #665

Magnus's Meanderings

She thanks you and then goes about her errand.

-----------

Tomas says "Ah, you're awake. Grab a practice blade and fall in. We're practicing various forms common in the borderland from during the Aiel war."

Assuming you do the next couple of hours is going over getting forms right in a style that flows between close quarters combat and trying to deflect weapons with reach. It's all a little academic without an actual spar, but you're growing to learn that blade masters in this world insist of perfection with technique, and the warder's have been known for demanding that of their pupils.

Tomas then announces "You all have an hour for lunch, meet at the sparring rings after."

Your fellow students start off on their way roughly together towards the area the cots are at.
Magnus
player, 1844 posts
Thu 18 Aug 2016
at 16:43
  • msg #666

Magnus's Meanderings

Of course I'll practice the forms.

Before I go off to lunch I'll ask Tomas
"How did the match two days ago end up after I was knocked unconscious? How badly did I injure Rory?"
Glantri
player, 1169 posts
Thu 18 Aug 2016
at 16:54
  • msg #667

Magnus's Meanderings

"Your team fell apart pretty quickly after you fell unconscious. Team's often do if their leader falls, unless victory is already guaranteed. Galad bested Gawyn and Petir, using Darian's approach to force them into otherwise ill advised maneuvers.

As to Rory, he's fine. He seemed to have suffered from a concussion, and was left to rest a few days. There was some concern over your situation, you seemed to have pushed yourself past what the body allows. Just keep in mind, we benefit from having the ability to request Aes Sedai healing, but the body needs energy to allow it. I'm not sure what you did, other than I'm fairly sure you let the flame and the void fall. That can be dangerous in battle, being in the void keeps our senses keen despite injury. Going outside of it can color our perception in the heat of the moment. You show remarkable aptitude though, I look forward to training you further and can see why Lan took you in as a student."
Magnus
player, 1846 posts
Thu 18 Aug 2016
at 17:51
  • msg #668

Magnus's Meanderings

"I figured that was the case. I look forward to learning from you. I have a question though. We where practicing forms that deal with weapons that have reach on us. Why don't we have a wooden spear to demonstrate the application of the form?"
Glantri
player, 1171 posts
Thu 18 Aug 2016
at 18:00
  • msg #669

Magnus's Meanderings

"Working the forms is about getting the muscle memory, if you're able to go through them perfectly without the attacking weapon to balance against, you can do it when it's there. Also, we do have both practice spears and actual spears, it's just not what we train primarily to use."
Magnus
player, 1849 posts
Fri 19 Aug 2016
at 04:03
  • msg #670

Magnus's Meanderings

"Thank you for enlightening me. I'd prefer to see how it works in use. Since. I tend to learn what I can see better. oh well. See you in a little bit."

I'll go to lunch.
Glantri
player, 1174 posts
Fri 19 Aug 2016
at 14:20
  • msg #671

Magnus's Meanderings

"You will see it in use, in time."

Everyone is sitting at a table eating from a platter on the table. The smell is better than you would expect for recruits, and you also note that it's an obviously high protein meal, with an abundance of meat on the table, accompanied by breads, and various berries.

Did you want to talk to anyone during the meal?
Magnus
player, 1851 posts
Fri 19 Aug 2016
at 17:12
  • msg #672

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll eat calmly. I'm very hungry. But I know that I'm going to be sparing afterwards so I don't want to be sick during it.

I'm open to conversation. But I don't have much to say.
I will Comment to Galad.
"Congratulations on your team's win two days ago, Galad."
Glantri
player, 1176 posts
Fri 19 Aug 2016
at 17:43
  • msg #673

Magnus's Meanderings

Galad responds "Thank you Eli, I'm glad to see you up and about. It was a close contest, I look forward to future matches."

The meal passes without much more discussion. Everyone is obviously very hungry, so there isn't much chatter.

When you all go back to the sparring ring there are 7 warders, the only one of which you know being Tomas, all standing in drawn circles. Tomas shouts out "Everyone match up with a warder for this afternoon's lesson."

The warders all more of less look like grisled soldiers, with a certain calm around them. Behind each is a rack of various practice weapons.

Regardless of where you start, over the next 4 hours you rotate to each warder. Each is apparently specializing in one form for the evening, and testing everyone in that form. It's a long and grueling process, as the warders seem to never tire despite constant movement on everyone's part.

At the end, Tomas dismisses you all for the evening and reminds everyone you start at dawn the following day and meet at the southern gate.

OOC)I'm ok doing a week to week progress whenever you are. There's lots going on though, so whatever pace you want for what you're trying to accomplish. Evening doing the week to week I think I'll pick one primary lesson or event each week, or one that you suggest, just so there's a good feel of how everyone is progressing.
Magnus
player, 1853 posts
Fri 19 Aug 2016
at 19:04
  • msg #674

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll go to bed and crash. Because I'm dead tired. I'll get up at dawn and go where they told me to go.

I'm fine with doing time skips in as large an increment as you want.

My goals basically consists of learning what they are teaching to the best of my ability. I would also lile to learn archery. I'll also attempt to learn the basics of all the weapons I can get my hands on. But I'll focus on learning three weapon sets: my standard katana like sword; two weapon fighting with my katana like sword and a wakizashi analog; and finally a zweihander.
Glantri
player, 1178 posts
Fri 19 Aug 2016
at 19:24
  • msg #675

Magnus's Meanderings

You're told by Tomas that your belongings have been moved to one of the cots in the recruits buildings, and he gives you directions to get there.

The barracks like building for sleeping is pretty bare, but has reasonably comfortable beds and a footlocker at the base of each. You find yours easily and sleep well that night, with no dreams troubling you.

Over the next following week you seldom see Susan or any of the others, as both of your schedules are packed. When you do get to see Susan it's when she and several novices are passing through a garden that borders the training yard. You note that the novices frequently will stop by there and admire the view of the recruits training, before moving on.

The primary focus is the sword and battle field tactics, primarily small unit fighting. You manage to get practice in with all the sword types you wanted but no archery practice yet.

Worth noting, Rory joins practice the next day, and says he's glad to see that you're doing well. He's apparently been awake off and on, but hadn't regained enough strength to start practice again until this day. He's still a little off balance, but it gets better by the end of the week.

At the end of the week there is skirmish scheduled. The objectives are different this time around.

Team White consists of you and Galad.
Team Red is the remaining recruits.

Team White is charged with defending a flag inside a building. Team Red wins if the flag reaches the midpoint of the field. The time limit is 4 hours for the skirmish.

The building is small tower, very similar to the white tower but on a much smaller scale. There are 5 points of entry, all leading to the center of the tower. There are 2 stories to  the tower, with ambush locations in every corridor.

Galad says "Well this is a new scenario. It'll be... interesting. How many do you think you can handle at a time Eli?"
Magnus
player, 1855 posts
Fri 19 Aug 2016
at 23:02
  • msg #676

Magnus's Meanderings

"Gawyn would require my full attention to face. But I could take on more of the others. Let's take a look at that building and start planning."

I assume that we'll continue until All the members of red ted take what would be a fatal injury. Are we allowed to move the flag? How many paths are there to the room the flag is in?
Glantri
player, 1180 posts
Fri 19 Aug 2016
at 23:18
  • msg #677

Magnus's Meanderings

There are two positions the flag is allowed in, but you're not allowed to carry it for more than a few minutes. It's enchanted to prevent you from holding it for more than a few minutes, enough to return it or move it between it's position on the first or second floor.

Regardless of position, there are 5 entrances to each. It's a simple tower, just the corridors that go directly to the center where the flag is, with ambush spots in each side of each corridor.

Galad responds
"I could likely take on Gawyn and one other, as long as Rory isn't in that group. Otherwise I can take on up to four."
Magnus
player, 1856 posts
Sat 20 Aug 2016
at 00:06
  • msg #678

Magnus's Meanderings

Ok where are the stairs to go between floors? Does the tower have a flat roof?

"Ok I see two possibilities.
One: We Station the flag on the top floor to give us more time to defend it. I'll slow them down and whittle down their numbers. Hopefully taking out Gawyn or Rory. Basically I'll be performing a fighting retreat into the tower. Since you are more skilled than I am It makes sense for you to be our last line of defense. You'll be able to take the ones that get though me.

Two: We both stay outside Guarding opposing ends of the tower. We'll signal each other when we figure out which way they will approach. Then We'll met them and take out as many as we can before performing a fighting retreat into the tower.

We could also have one of us in the top floor with some javelins and when the other signals the direction the are coming from, The go to the proper corridor and rain javelins down on the Red Team."

What do you think? Do you have a better Idea?"

Ether way. I'm going in with both a Katana and Wakizashi Analog. Several javelins and a Spear. And if I can figure out how to carry it, a Zweihander.
Glantri
player, 1181 posts
Sat 20 Aug 2016
at 12:02
  • msg #679

Magnus's Meanderings

Each corridor around the midway location has a stairwell, as well as a central stairwell. The roof is flat.

"Staying outside of the tower runs the risk of one sneaking in that we don't see. We can't cover every entrance. As such I think the first possibility is better, are you planning to engage before they enter the tower? It gives the benefit of seeing where they're coming from, but also reveals where you are and runs the risk of you getting flanked and fighting five on your own. Waiting to ambush them inside the corridors gives you a good chance of taking a few out quickly if they pass by you, but has the highest chance of them getting by you without you seeing. Then you could wait at the center of the first floor. You'll be able to see all of the stairs, but won't necessarily be able to get to them before they do, especially if you see them in multiple directions.

Keep in mind when engaging that we can use the corridors to reduce their effective numbers. Two might be able to fight side by side, but definitely not three."

You're going to start being overburdened carrying all of that while fighting. You can figure out how to carry it all, it's just a lot of weight and bulk, especially for fighting in close quarters and without holsters designed to hold them.

As to the spear you want, are you talking about a full spear or half spear? I assume the half spear since the other is primarily an anti-cavalry weapon.
Magnus
player, 1860 posts
Sat 20 Aug 2016
at 18:54
  • msg #680

Magnus's Meanderings

I guess I won't take the zweihander.I'll keep the two other practice swords in my belt. I'll use the half-spear. Do they have blunt practice javelins?

"Yes. That would be the purpose of the fighting retreat into the tower. To force them to fight in the corridors.

Is there a way onto the roof? One of us could see their approach from all around up there. And signal where they are coming from. They could also throw javelins down before they get in.

Are we allowed to alter the environment? Such as setting up barricades to reduce the ways they can approach? "
This message was last edited by the player at 18:57, Sat 20 Aug 2016.
Glantri
player, 1184 posts
Sat 20 Aug 2016
at 22:40
  • msg #681

Magnus's Meanderings

They are blunted tips, but could do very substantial damage.  It's risky the same way lances are. They aren't designed to kill, but stuff happens.

"There is one access point to the roof, and it requires a ladder. Getting adequate numbers of javelins up there will be time consuming, but it would be effective. The ladder will also slow down my time getting to the flag if they get past you, but I should be able to make it.

As to alteration, it's never been specified. I imagine they would frown upon permanent modifications, and we're short on items to form a barricade. The tower is pretty barren. There are some wood piles we can pull from a few hundred feet away, but keep in mind the other team is likely plotting and prepping themselves currently. I don't know how long until they will make their move, but it's important to keep in mind time is running. If I had to guess they'll take half an hour in planning and positioning, though fifteen minutes is possible if they rush and keep prep to a minimum. "
Magnus
player, 1863 posts
Sun 21 Aug 2016
at 18:37
  • msg #682

Magnus's Meanderings

"Ok. You get as many javelins up there as you can. And Signal to me which direction they are coming from. I'll drag the wood over and try to form barricades."

I'll drag the wood over and set up barricades in four of the fife ground corridors. Leaving it obvious which one I didn't work on. Ilm just going to wedge the wood in place. I'll have a section that they can get through but will probably make noise doing so. Then a barrier with holes I can stab through with my spear. All this between the outside and the stair in the corridor.
Glantri
player, 1186 posts
Sun 21 Aug 2016
at 19:50
  • msg #683

Magnus's Meanderings

He nods, and goes about grabbing javelins and bringing them up the stairs.

Hauling the wood takes quite a lot of time, and you only have one of the barricades built before you hear a slight thud from outside, and a few minutes later Galad shouting down "They just made an attempt coming from the south, it looks to be they are retreating to reconsider after noticing me."

I'll be referring to the corridors the way they would be on a compass, as best as possible.  They will be S, SW, SE, NW, NE. Let me know which barricades got built first. You'll have time for two more barricades to be built quickly, or one more to be built with some quality like the first was, before the other teams next assault. The quickly built ones wouldn't have the holes for the spear jabs, they took you a good amount of time to position on the he first one.
Magnus
player, 1865 posts
Sun 21 Aug 2016
at 22:24
  • msg #684

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll yell up to Galad.
"Yell at me when they first come so that I can move into position. "

I would have constructed Sw first then ggo clockwise constructing the rest. I would have made them as good as the first one.
Glantri
player, 1188 posts
Sun 21 Aug 2016
at 23:27
  • msg #685

Magnus's Meanderings

Ok, do SW and NW have quality barricades finished when you hear Galads shout.

"They are moving as a group from the south, they grabbed shields,my javelins will be limited use until they are very close."

A few minutes later you hear the sound of shields being struck three times before Galad shouts again "they're breaking up and circling, one is already inside the south pass, two are heading towards the Southwest, two to the southeast."
Magnus
player, 1867 posts
Mon 22 Aug 2016
at 00:14
  • msg #686

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll charge south spear ready amd hopefully surprise the one heading that way.
Glantri
player, 1190 posts
Mon 22 Aug 2016
at 00:33
  • msg #687

Magnus's Meanderings

You charge south and startle Rory. He's advancing with a shield in one hand and practice sword in the other. You get to him before he gets far enough to get to the stair well.

Your spear impacts against his shield and slides off catching his arm along the way,leaving a painful mark along the length. He recovers and adopts a defensive stance. He's not pushing forward and retreats several steps at any probing strikes.
Magnus
player, 1869 posts
Mon 22 Aug 2016
at 02:16
  • msg #688

Magnus's Meanderings

His Job is to stall me. Got to end this quick

I'll thrust with the spear a few times to get him used to defending against them. Then I'll thrust so that it glances off his shield upwards then I'll arc it into a slash for his skull.
Glantri
player, 1192 posts
Mon 22 Aug 2016
at 02:28
  • msg #689

Magnus's Meanderings

You manage to get into a rythem where you jab, and he deflects and takes a step back. When you think you see an opening you lunge forward with a more aggressive assault. Rory manages to deflect to the outside however, despite your efforts, and strikes at your spear instead of you, cleaving off the tip.

He's not edging backwards anymore, being under the archway out.

Around that time you hear Galad shouting "One each in SW and SE, one going for each of remainder. Moving to secondary location, as per plan."

Rory is studying you but not moving forward. You have not heard any barricades being broken yet.
Magnus
player, 1871 posts
Mon 22 Aug 2016
at 07:10
  • msg #690

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll throw the remains of my spear at Rory then use the time to draw my two swords.
I'm going to fight aggressively and force him out of the tower so I have more room to maneuver. I'm going to use both swords interchangeably for attack and defense. When I parry with one I'll stab with the other. I'll get him used to that then switch suddenly to a constant flurry of attacks. Using my agility to dodge any attacks he manages to get off between my swings.
Glantri
player, 1194 posts
Mon 22 Aug 2016
at 12:42
  • msg #691

Magnus's Meanderings

The remains of your spear surprise him as he deflects them, giving you an opportunity to get a glancing blow off his rib cage. He winces and continues backward out of them arch.

He moves to disengage from you once outside of the arc, but your constant attacks make it impossible without suffering grievous wounds. You do manage another glancing blow on his shield arm however.

He is making no attack maneuvers, so there is nothing to parry. I'm not sure whether that changes the last part of your plan.

To recap, you got him out of the tower, stopped his disengage, and got two light hits in. He's adamantly refusing to take an aggressive pitch in the battle. About this time you hear the sounds of one of your barricades being broken down.
Magnus
player, 1872 posts
Mon 22 Aug 2016
at 18:03
  • msg #692

Magnus's Meanderings

Ok. Then I'll force him to parry and then lock up those two swords while stabbing around the shield. I'll force the shield aside if I have to in order to get to him.
Glantri
player, 1195 posts
Mon 22 Aug 2016
at 18:36
  • msg #693

Magnus's Meanderings

You manage to lock blades and shove them aside, leaving him only his shield to block your other sword. You get two slashes in across his chest and he narrowly avoids a third before he take the close proximity to head but you, making your vision swim for a moment. Rory stumbles back afterwards. He's obviously in pain which is a sign he likely let the void slip. He's not disabled but you don't think he'll be able to make any reasonable time.

You hear another one of the barricades being broken down, and hear the clash of swords above.
Magnus
player, 1874 posts
Mon 22 Aug 2016
at 19:02
  • msg #694

Magnus's Meanderings

As soon as I recover, I'll finish him off with a few strikes to the head and neck. Forcing him to admin that would have been fatal.

Once I'm done with him, I'll rush upstairs and hopefully catch them in a flank with Galad.
Glantri
player, 1197 posts
Mon 22 Aug 2016
at 20:00
  • msg #695

Magnus's Meanderings

You launch a clean stroke and stop with the practice sword pressing against the side of Rory's neck. Rory steps back and bows, putting his sword down on the ground and begins walking off the practice yard.

You run upstairs and see Galad fighting with Gawyn and two others. More importantly you notice that the flag has been taken and is being carried down the opposite corridor from you. Galad doesn't look to be winning his current fight, and has his hands full with these three. You suspect he'll eventually lose.
Magnus
player, 1876 posts
Mon 22 Aug 2016
at 20:41
  • msg #696

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll charge in and attack the weaker two all out. Using the element of surprise to deal decisive blows against them before charging the guy with the flag.
Glantri
player, 1199 posts
Mon 22 Aug 2016
at 21:14
  • msg #697

Magnus's Meanderings

You charge the two, and force them into a sloppy retreat. They end up pinned against the wall, fending you off. Their block the brunt of your blows with their shield, but in a direct block instead of managing to deflect. You can tell you did some damage despite not connecting fully.

One lashes out high at you, aiming for your head which you duck cleanly while the other went for a low slash and rakes you hard across the thigh. Had it been live steel you would be in danger of eventual bleed out, but capable of fighting on.

I assume those were the decisive blows you were talking about and plan to disengage and chase the flagbearer. If not just let me know and we'll continue from this point.

You then disengage and charge at the flag bearer. He has a substantial lead and is already heading down the stairs before you reach him, reducing your ability to go into a direct charge. The staircase is a spiral staircase and he's at the bottom. You feel you could jump down without risk of death, but also believe you won't be able to do so unharmed. It also risks the flagbearer taking the opportunity to attack you while you recover. He is running fast though, you think he may be faster than you despite carrying the flag.
Magnus
player, 1878 posts
Mon 22 Aug 2016
at 21:37
  • msg #698

Magnus's Meanderings

Well. Time to do something stupid.

Nobody expects a 300+ pound man to jump kick them from the second story. So that's exactly what I do. I'm going to try to hit him with a jump kick. If I miss I'll slash him with my swords as I land.

OOC: I'm 270-280 pounds normally. I would say that I've lost most of my fat but gained even more muscle.
Glantri
player, 1201 posts
Mon 22 Aug 2016
at 21:43
  • msg #699

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC: That seems reasonable to me, you've had no shortage of exercise in this world.

You land your jump kick on the way down, sending a startled Bogar flying against the wall and then slumping unconscious. You land hard however, and feel your already bruised leg give out under the torment. You believe it to be broken, and your mobility is badly reduced.

The flag has skittered to the floor just a bit away from the base of the stairs.

You hear the sounds of battle continuing above you, with various groans. The tower echoes, carrying indistinguishable moans throughout the halls.
Magnus
player, 1879 posts
Mon 22 Aug 2016
at 23:44
  • msg #700

Magnus's Meanderings

"Got to keep going... got to help Galad..."

I'll sheath my larger sword on the side that my hurt leg is on. Then I'll pick up the flag and use it as a crutch to take some pressure off my injured leg. I'll go up the stairs and head towards the fight. Once I get close enouh and see an opportunity, I'll throw my smaller sword at someone to hopefully take them out then draw my large sword and be a distraction.
Glantri
player, 1203 posts
Tue 23 Aug 2016
at 01:09
  • msg #701

Magnus's Meanderings

You begin your ascent of the stairs, using the flag as a crutch. It's a slow and excruciating experience. You start more clearly to be able to hear the battle cries, and eventually make it to the top.

You see that Gawyn and one other are facing Galad. Galad has seen much better days and looks to be on his last legs, though one of the other team is slumped in the corner, clearly out of the fight.

You throw the short sword but miss as it falls short of Gawyn. Gawyn motions and the other man disengages and approaches you. He's hurt but not nearly as badly as you or Galad and looks to be analyzing how to finish you off.

He lashes out at your good leg, but you deflect the blade and avoid harm.
Magnus
player, 1882 posts
Tue 23 Aug 2016
at 14:44
  • msg #702

Magnus's Meanderings

I'm taking him out with me.

I'll try to get close to him, lock blades with him and try to grapple him to the ground while maintaining control over his arm with the sword in it.
Glantri
player, 1205 posts
Tue 23 Aug 2016
at 14:54
  • msg #703

Magnus's Meanderings

You manage to grapple him to the ground, where your injury doesn't impede you as much. He's taking the worse of the exchange,but gets a sharp kick in against your wounded leg.

Meanwhile you see Galad and Gawyn exchange a series of blows, at the end of which Galad falls to a knee. He had received what would have been a fatal injury, and lays down his sword.

Gawyn looks over, and assesses your situation and comes over and says "I would prefer not to hurt you more Eli, your mobility is crippled and I can still move, and Lod has some fight left in him. Galad is down, I ask that you concede. It was a valiant fight."

He's standing a good distance from you, outside of lunging range, and has his sword and shield at the ready.
Magnus
player, 1884 posts
Tue 23 Aug 2016
at 15:18
  • msg #704

Magnus's Meanderings

"Normally I would continue to try and fight. But, it would be easy for you to stab me while I grapple. And even then I'm Not winning a sword fight with a broken leg... I concede. Well fought Gawyn."
Glantri
player, 1207 posts
Tue 23 Aug 2016
at 15:25
  • msg #705

Magnus's Meanderings

He smiles "I should be congratulating you. I never expected to lose this many with my plan." He moves over and gives you a hand up, while Lod helps Galad. "How did you catch up with the flag, I arranged for our fastest runner to make the attempt?"
Magnus
player, 1885 posts
Tue 23 Aug 2016
at 15:33
  • msg #706

Magnus's Meanderings

I accept his help

"Bogar got to the bottom of the stairs just as I got to the top. So I did a jump kick on him. Nobody would expect someone as big as me to attempt that... Although I expected to land better than I did. We might want to have him looked at. I did knock him out cold."
Glantri
player, 1208 posts
Tue 23 Aug 2016
at 15:46
  • msg #707

Magnus's Meanderings

Galad accepts Lods help up and then tells him to go check on Bogar when he hears what you say.

Gawyn meanwhile bursts out laughing. "I should start learning to not be surprised by you Eli. I look forward to working with you more. Let's go report to Tomas"

When you all meet up, everyone is roused with most people needing healing but nothing dangerous. Your leg is the most intensive healing, but is put off in order for Tomas to hear reports first.

Tomas says "I would like a report from both of you on your tactics, what went well, and where you feel you fell short. Eli, you're first."
Magnus
player, 1887 posts
Tue 23 Aug 2016
at 21:39
  • msg #708

Magnus's Meanderings

"One of my greater failings was that we didn't prepare the defenses beforehand. You didn't state we couldn't do that, so I should have taken advantage of it.

I had Galad on the roof with javelins to direct me to where they where and hopefully take a few out with the javelins. I was on the ground floor setting up the defenses. Barricades that I could stab through with a spear.

If I could, I would have just set up one barricade and collapsed the other halls.

The first attack came after I set up the first barricade and was repelled with the javelins. The second attack came after I set up the second barricade. They brought shields to deal with the javelins. Rory came in from the south and I charged with my spear to meet him. The others circled around to enter the other halls. I was hoping that my barricades would hold off two long enough for Galad to deal with the other two.

Anyway Rory was serving as a distraction against me by fighting defensively and retreating. But I couldn't let him go because Galad couldn't take both Gawyn and Rory on. So I forced him out of the tower but he broke my half-spear. so I threw it at him and drew my two swords. I locked up his sword with one of mine and got two good hits in before he headbutted me. I recovered first and got a clran slice to his neck.

By this time the others had gotten through to Galad. I rushed to the second floor and saw Galad in a melee with Gawyn and (insert the name of the two others here) and  Bogar getting away with the flag. So I charged in and attacked trying to take out two and leave Gawyn for Galad. That didn't work out but I did some damage.

Anyway I continued charging Bogar and arrived at the top of the stairs when he got to the bottom. No one expects a man my size to jump from the second floor to kick you. Well that knocked him out cold, but cost me my leg due to a bad landing. It was a gamble that lost us the match.

Anyway, I decided that I needed to go up and try to help Galad. So I used the flag as a crutch to get up the stairs. Galad had defeated one by the time I got up but was on his last leg. Gawyn and Lods where left. Gawyn sent Lods to take care of me but I managed to lock blades and grapple with him. I hoped that it would give Galas enough breathing room to pull a win out. But he went down shortly after I started the grapple. I saw that there was no possible way for me to win against those two. So I conceded."

I face palm.
"I see what I should have done now. I could have let Galad keep them busy while I climbed the ladder to the roof. There where javelins I could have used to hold them off.

I should have set up our defenses up there. There was only one easily defended point. I could have used a spear to keep people off the ladder. That would have been a smart thing to do. Hindsight is often clearer than foresight."
This message was last edited by the player at 22:07, Tue 23 Aug 2016.
Glantri
player, 1210 posts
Wed 24 Aug 2016
at 03:19
  • msg #709

Magnus's Meanderings

Tomas listens and nods at certain points.

At the end Galad interjects, " I don't think it was a folly on your part Eli, it was a decision we had come to based on the restriction of where the flag could be held. Defending from the roof was simply not an option."

Tomas then comments, "thank you for the report Eli, I'll listen to yours now Gawyn."

Gawyn then goes over deciding a split offensive would be the best way to keep the advantage of numbers, despite the corridors. He laments not thinking of the shields in advance, as it might have saved precious time. The goal was for whoever engaged first to delay, and withdraw. Once outside of the tower they would disengage and run to attempt to get to the flag before their pursuer could catch up. He takes it that Rory was unable to disengage.

He further comments that Bogar is known for his running speed, so once they had engaged Galad he was the natural choice to carry the flag. He laments that taking the flag to the roof and throwing it down, with the plan of the disengaging Galad and scattering would likely have been better.

After Gawyns report is over Tomas comments "well done to both sides. There was more here than just another practice session however, and I hope you all take it to heart. Battles are a numbers game. Despite having a team with the benefit of being on the defensive, with fortifications, a good plan, and arguably the two best swordsmen in the group, the flag was captured. The moral is that whenever possible, engage in ways where either you have the advantage of numbers or numbers don't matter. And when all that fails, make them bleed, because there's always a chance."

Afterwards everyone is dismissed for the day and it is mentioned that Alanna has offered to heal those who need it today. She'll be available in the garden.
Magnus
player, 1889 posts
Wed 24 Aug 2016
at 03:49
  • msg #710

Magnus's Meanderings

"... I see. Thank you for the advice."

I'll head to the garden to talk to Alanna. I Assume that someone will help me get there.
Glantri
player, 1212 posts
Wed 24 Aug 2016
at 12:36
  • msg #711

Magnus's Meanderings

Galad and Gawyn both help you get there.

You find Alanna in the garden with Ihvan, talking pleasantly. She seems to have expected you all to show up in rough shape, and goes about healing you all from worst injury to smallest. You're first in line, and while it's a draining act you've got a fair amount of energy left for the rest of the day. She asks you, "So, does training with the warders meet the expectations you had when you set out?"

OOC)Unless you have something else for the day, I'm going to do another week skip soon. I'm also working on all the warder stances. It's going to be a set of 3 stances, one defensive, one aggressive, and one in between. All are going to be weapon dependent, but I'm happy to either make them myself or let you make them so it's exactly what you want, so long as they meet those requirements.
Magnus
player, 1892 posts
Wed 24 Aug 2016
at 15:51
  • msg #712

Magnus's Meanderings

"I didn't expect the training in small unit tactics. But I'm enjoying the lessons in everything they teach, Alanna Sedai."

After we are done talking to Alanna and Ihvan, I'll ask Galad and Gawyn
"I'm going to go and practice Archery. I'm not very good at it though. Whould you mind helping me out by giving me some tips?"

OOC: I'm Fine with a one week time skip.
I could Also Make the styles for you. But I would recommend that you make them.
It's my nature to make styles that look like this
Slow, Weapon Dependent, +40 Attack DM, +10 Attack SM, +20 Def SM, -40 Def DM
Which is... Rather powerful. Devastating attacks. It's easier to hit someone in that style but those hits will ether do nothing or very little.(I would explain it as that they purposely leave themselves open to make the opponent attack those spots. therefore since they know which what the attack is coming from they can parry it.)

Make your own styles so that they are balanced with what you intend to throw at me.
(But if it is all the same to you. I would LOVE that Style. <3 )
Glantri
player, 1215 posts
Wed 24 Aug 2016
at 16:45
  • msg #713

Magnus's Meanderings

Alanna smiles and nods, apparently happy with your response and wishes you well.

Galad and Gawyn look surprised, but both shrug. Galad responds, "Neither of us are very good at archery honestly, I've always taken to the sword by nature, and Gawyn has been trained in the sword as it's a better protective weapon than a bow. A bow is great for trying to assault someone, but not so great at repelling an ambush. I suppose that's why warder's primarily favor swords. Either way, we'd be happy to learn with you, but I fear our advice won't be of much use."

You practice archery that evening until dusk. It's slow going, and Galad was not lying. They are not good at archery, but it's at least practice.

Over the course of the week there is only one night where you are all not too tired to practice after lessons, but the archery practice continues as it can. You see Susan twice over the week, and learn that they all passed their novice test, and that Nynaeve was made an accepted, apparently in part because of her age and in part because of her strength in the one power.

She tells you she's managed to stay on everyone's good side, though Nynaeve and Egwene have been having trouble with that. They seem to be scrubbing pots more than anyone else.

Your training continues in small units tactics, one on one combat, and just at the end of the week you're starting to discuss the different types of shadowspawn.

Tomas starts his lecture with everyone taking a seat, "Today's lesson is less about the physical requirements of a warder, and more about the mental requirements. We fight the shadow. I'm sure you've all heard tales of trollocs and fades, perhaps even a gleemans tale of draakgar or two. These creatures do exist, and should you stick to this course you will fight them.

Trollocs are large half beast half man creatures. They are fundamentally cowards, and lack any real intelligence. They do however have a strong taste for killing, immense strength, and vast numbers. If you can scare a horde of trollocs, you can get a large number of them to back off of an attack, unless they have a fade with them. They often utilize large weapons with formidable reach, which is only bolstered by their long arms.

Fade's are known by many a name. Half men, mydraal, fade. They're all talking about the same creature. They are much more intelligent than trollocs, and much more deadly. They are unnaturally quick, can take control of entire cohorts of trollocs and drive them forward, and worst of all have the capacity to make military decisions on the field. Killing a fade is difficult, but will also kill all the trollocs linked to it.

Draakgar are winged beasts. Should you ever see one, you must kill it before it sings. It's song captivates ones mind, and lures it in for a soul-sucking kiss. While it may not kill you, what is left is often thought worse than death.

Darkhounds are the shadows version of wolves. They leave no mark on the ground, except for over solid stone and their spittle is enough to kill a main, or eat through armor. Once they have a trail they will not give it up.

Shade's are the last, and possibly most dangerous on the list. Shade's are the shadows assassins. Looking at a shade is difficult, they have an affect that makes ones eyes slide right past them and makes the mind not realize they are there. They often are not seen until their dagger is in the targets back.

Further, warder's are gifted the ability to sense the presence of shadowspawn, however because shade's are men with their soul removed, this gift does not sense them. Constant vigil is the best resource, and the hope that it will be enough.

OOC)I'll likely give you that one, or something very similar as the balanced style. I'll have all three worked up soon-ish.
Magnus
player, 1894 posts
Wed 24 Aug 2016
at 18:31
  • msg #714

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll stay quiet during the discussion.
My eyes widen when he mentions the shade and I put together that that was probably let the trollocs in and attacked Rand.

When the time comes to ask questions I'll ask
"How do we counteract the invisibility of a shade?"

OOC: Thanks. I would like a fast style for the attack one.
Glantri
player, 1217 posts
Wed 24 Aug 2016
at 18:42
  • msg #715

Magnus's Meanderings

"Mostly, we don't. The awareness that they exist can help, but often times you still see them too late. It is part of why our partnership with an Aes Sedai works so well. They can sometimes see them if they are embracing the one power. Having even a fifty fifty chance of noticing a shade in time is honestly quiet good. We hope to get you all to the point you are vigilant enough to get there."
Magnus
player, 1895 posts
Wed 24 Aug 2016
at 22:46
  • msg #716

Magnus's Meanderings

Oh. I would have congratulated Susan when I learned she moved up to being a Novice.
-----------

"I see."

I'll listen to the reast of the lecture and see what I can learn about Darkspawn.
Glantri
player, 1218 posts
Thu 25 Aug 2016
at 00:32
  • msg #717

Magnus's Meanderings

You notice that everyone squirms a little at the news of a foe that Tomas thinks a 50% success rate against is good.

Tomas continues:

"Darkspawn aren't all that the shadow can throw at us however. Darkfriends, those who willingly choose to forsake the light and walk in the shadow pose a large percentage of our daily threats. We can't sense them, and they are many. An Aes Sedai can ward against darkspawn if need be.


The aggregate of all of these threats is what makes the war with the shadow a constant, unending struggle.

Does anyone have any questions on today's lesson?"
Magnus
player, 1897 posts
Thu 25 Aug 2016
at 01:45
  • msg #718

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll indicate I have a question .

"What do we know on how a shade's ability to go unnoticed by everyone works?

And Does putting wax in your ears stop the effect of a Draakgar's song?"
Glantri
player, 1220 posts
Thu 25 Aug 2016
at 11:09
  • msg #719

Magnus's Meanderings

"We know that it's a non-magical affect, it works in places that the one power does not. The Brown Ajah has theorized that it's actually an intrinsic aspect of being soul-less. They look so ordinary that our brains just skip their existence.

As to Draakgar's songs, being incapable of hearing will block the effects, wax may work, though removing your ability to hear on the battlefield is a cost. Further, keep in mind that the flame and the void will heighten all of your senses. This includes hearing, which means unless you have a full blockage with the wax you may still hear the song.

Fortunately the numbers of shade's and draakgar are particularly low. It's likely no one here will ever meet one in their life."
Magnus
player, 1900 posts
Thu 25 Aug 2016
at 16:16
  • msg #720

Magnus's Meanderings

"I see. I'll keep that in mind."

I don't really have any more questions.
Glantri
player, 1223 posts
Thu 25 Aug 2016
at 16:33
  • msg #721

Magnus's Meanderings

Galad and Gawyn have a few questions, mostly revolving around protection of royalty. Primarily they are stunned at the news of shades, and would expect them to be used in political assassinations all the time. Tomas reinforces that they are exceptionally rare.

Other than that there aren't any other questions.

Another week goes by and you all are progressing well. The less experienced recruits are catching up to where they aren't trivial in combat anymore. Galad and Gawyn both start to get to know you better, since you're practicing archery the nights you're not too tired.

You learn that Gawyn is often frustrated with Galad. One day he confides in you that Galad is sometimes too righteous. He will do what he believe is right, no matter who it harms, even himself. He's mostly miffed because Galad reported him for skipping a meal to meet with a novice. You don't know what novice however.

It's the day before the next sparring contest, and Gawyn tells you he heard a rumor Rory organized a pool on who everyone thinks will win this time around. Gawyn finds it funny, and ponders aloud that he wonders who is winning.
Magnus
player, 1902 posts
Thu 25 Aug 2016
at 17:11
  • msg #722

Magnus's Meanderings

When I hear that Gawyn skipped a meal to go see a novice I'll tease him a bit.
"Heh. I didn't expect that out of you. Are you planning on joining the Warders Like I am?"

I'm expecting some sort of denial here

"Heh, sorry. I couldn't resist teasing you a bit. I can see the frustration though. Reporting something little like that. One needs to find a balance in all things."


At the Mention of the Betting pool.
"The Obvious choice is Galad. But I would Expect that You and I would also have a large pool in our favor. On the Chance that one of us pulls something unexpected and wins. I'm halfway tempted to make someone like Bogar win so that nobody gets any money. Or have a proxy bet a small amount on him to get a huge return.

That would be funny, But my pride won't let me not give it my all in a fight."
Glantri
player, 1225 posts
Thu 25 Aug 2016
at 17:37
  • msg #723

Magnus's Meanderings

He blushes slightly, "it's not like that Eli. I've been tasked with protecting my sister since I was old enough to walk. I wanted to check how she was doing. I... I may have gotten waylaid a little on my way back though by Egwene. I doubt Galad would have noticed had I not stopped to talk with her on my way back from checking on Elayne."

"Balance isn't really a thing for Galad. There is always a right thing to do, and that's what he does."

--------

"I think it may end up depending on how they structure it. Last time Galad fought every single person in a row. That was before half of them had real training though. He couldn't do that now, exhaustion alone would do him in. But yeah, smart money is on you or Galad. Rory and I may stand a small chance if luck breaks our way."
Magnus
player, 1904 posts
Thu 25 Aug 2016
at 22:31
  • msg #724

Magnus's Meanderings

"Checking on your sister is a normal thing to do. And stoping to talk to Egwene would also be normal. I honestly don't see a problem with it unless you skip an excessive amount of meals to do it. We need those meals to fuel our training and build the muscles in us.

I assume that you got a punishment for that. What was it?"
---_-------
"Yes, it would depend on how they structure it."
Glantri
player, 1227 posts
Thu 25 Aug 2016
at 22:42
  • msg #725

Magnus's Meanderings

"Nothing severe. Just now I have people watching to make sure I don't do it again. And I dont skip many meals, normally I manage to get back in time to quick finish my meal."

Anything else for the day, in prep for the sparring tournament or ready to go to that.
Magnus
player, 1905 posts
Thu 25 Aug 2016
at 23:05
  • msg #726

Magnus's Meanderings

"Hmmm... I see. And that directly interferes with you protecting your sister. Is there a rule stating that we can't go visit the Novices in the tower?

I don't see why you couldn't finish your meal quickly,go check on her and then return to training in time.

Still. I bet he reported you without even finding out what your side of the story is."
----------
I don't have any preparations in mind.
If I have time,I'll go and visit Susan. I've been wanting to ask her a bit about Gawyn's situation.  For example what exactly is the First Prince of the Sword.

Other than that I'm ready for the tournament
Glantri
player, 1228 posts
Thu 25 Aug 2016
at 23:17
  • msg #727

Magnus's Meanderings

"My infraction was over skipping the meal. It's just been hard to find adequate time between our training and the lessons the novices go through and the tasks they have. They get some free time but it often lines up with when we are training. Hopefully it'll get better with time.

And yeah, Galad didn't think to check why. There was a rule, which is no skipping meals, and it was broken, so he reported it. In the future I will have to eat my meal quickly and then go, instead of the opposite."

---------

You've got a good portion of have evening left, so you find Susan with no problem. She's in her quarters, and beams when she sees you at the door.

"Eli! Come in. I was just thinking I wish we had more time to spend together here. My days have been crazy."
Magnus
player, 1907 posts
Fri 26 Aug 2016
at 00:25
  • msg #728

Magnus's Meanderings

"I guess we will talk to him about it later if you want to."

----------
I smile brightly when I see Susan.
"I would like to spend more time with you too. But Warder training is hectic too.

There is something I've been meaning to ask you. What exactly is the First Prince of Swords?"
Glantri
player, 1230 posts
Fri 26 Aug 2016
at 00:43
  • msg #729

Magnus's Meanderings

"I'm mostly better, I appreciate you listening Eli. It managed to vent most of my frustration. Good luck tomorrow."

----------

"I take it that it's all going well still with the warder training though? Hectic or not."

"First Prince of the Sword is the title of the eldest brother of the Queen of Andor. Elayne being the heir to the throne of Andor makes Gawyn the future first prince.

It's not just formality like some other kingdoms though. The First Prince is responsible for the defense of the Queen, as well as being the commander general of the Andoran army. It's why Andor has sent the eldest brother to Tar Valon whenever the heir to the throne goes to train in the tower. It's a long tradition in Andor."
Magnus
player, 1909 posts
Fri 26 Aug 2016
at 02:34
  • msg #730

Magnus's Meanderings

"Good Luck Tomorrow Gawyn. Surprise me with something."

------------------

"Yes, it is. I'm still considered the second best swordsman in class behind Galad. Pertty good considering that he has held a sword since he could walk.

I see, so that is What Gawyn is training for."

I'll sit down somewhere in the room.

"Well. we finally have time to just sit and talk for a bit. I remember promising you that I would tell you about one of my old hobbies. I used to play something called Role Playing Games. There is a group of players that Take on a Role in a story that is controlled by one other player. That player is usually called the Game Master or Storyteller. It's rather like improvised Theater except that most of the time you are not moving about with your acting.

Usually The Game Master has a system to help him produce an interesting story. My home produce many systems to choose from. But I can only remember a few of them.

Generally we use a various dice to generate random numbers to help generate the story."
Glantri
player, 1232 posts
Fri 26 Aug 2016
at 11:07
  • msg #731

Magnus's Meanderings

"That sounds very interesting. What is Theater though? What you describe sounds like a bards tale though, with audience interaction. It doesn't happen often here, bards are very prestigious and normally only at court. Does music accompany it? I've heard bards say half their story is in the music.

Perhaps we could find dice and we could play some day? I'm not sure I fully understand how it works, but if it's something you enjoy I'd like to get to know it better."
Magnus
player, 1913 posts
Fri 26 Aug 2016
at 15:57
  • msg #732

Magnus's Meanderings

"Oh Right. There is no Greece here. So that never developed here. How to Explain it...
It's like an entire troop of bards working together to tell a story. Each one take the role of one character in the story and acts out the scenes for the audience. There might be singing or there might not be. It depends on the tone of the Play. The also use props to help the audience visualize where the play takes place.

Six sided dice should be easy to find. We would probably have to make the dice with other numbers of sides.

It's generally easier to demonstrate how the RPG works.

What kind of character would you want to play?"
Glantri
player, 1233 posts
Fri 26 Aug 2016
at 16:46
  • msg #733

Magnus's Meanderings

She boggles at the concept "an entire troop of bards? There might be enough to be considered a troop of you were to cross the world picking up every one from every royal court. It does sound amazing to behold.

What kind of character? Um I'm not really sure. What do you base your characters on?"
Magnus
player, 1916 posts
Sat 27 Aug 2016
at 02:16
  • msg #734

Magnus's Meanderings

"Hmmm... They are probably not as talented as your Bards. But they make up for it by specializing in Acting for the Plays.. There where over 7 billion people in the Entire world when I left. So there are enough people to specialize in that sort of thing. I wish I could show you some of the movies we produced. Entertainment is a big business there. We've made more movies, books and games that you can ever watch,read or play in a lifetime.

There are l a lot of ways to come up with a character. The most important part is making a character you will enjoy playing.
Generally I know what RPG system I'm playing under. So I play around with the Character creation mechanics until I have something that I would find fun to play. Then I make a story to explain the character. Maybe I come up with something in the story that I want him to be able to do. So I revise the character and story until I'm satisfied.

Another aspect is making a character who's abilities you would like to use.

This was how I produced my first Character Kyotsu. He started out as a Half-spirit fox Mystical Martial artist with a defensive bend and a mechanical trick that I thought was interesting. I was younger and not as self-confidant. So Kyotsu was in some sense a wish fulfillment for me. I didn't run fast back then, Kyotsu could run hundreds of miles in an hour. I was mediocre at martial arts, Kyotsu was so skilled that he could redirect a man's strike back at the man. There was no magic where I came from, Kyotsu had a few mystical powers. I was obsessed with the Lore of spirit foxs. So I made him half of one. My fiends helped me make him more interesting. Such as Coming up with his curse. All the blame for the wrongdoing that occurred around him is shifted to him.

We didn't play very serious games.

We refined and added on to him over the years. I still like him, But I'm a different person than I was back then. In any case I play what amuses me.

Another method is to simply take a character from another source and adapt it to the game.
you could use it as is or chance it if you care to.

Another one of my favorite characters is Asura. In his setting, He was one of the 8 Guardian Generals. Extremity powerful Demigods that protected the Humans From the Gohma, animal like beings that wish to wipe out humanity.He was betrayed by the other generals, His wife was murdered and his daughter kidnapped. He is also killed but comes back though shear rage and has his vengeance and manages to free his daughter before he dies.

I've used this character on several occasions. It's such a powerful story I couldn't resist adapting it and putting it in other settings.

So I guess a better question would be What do you want to be able to do with the character? What kind of story would you want to play?"
Glantri
player, 1236 posts
Sat 27 Aug 2016
at 02:34
  • msg #735

Magnus's Meanderings

She's stunned at the number of people, but doesn't put words to it. She listens intently through everything you say though.

"I don't know that I have the imagination to create characters that interesting Eli. It's an amazing side of you. I will try my best though. As to what I would like to play, it's a tough call. Most of my life I've dreamed of being an Aes Sedai. This entire journey has seemed surreal to me. Perhaps basing my character on a story from the time of legends. One of my favorite stories, one my mother would sometimes retell to me at night, is of the adventures of Birgitte Silverbow, one of the 100 companions of Artur Hawkwing.

She's said to have never missed a shot, and always finds herself in the midst of action and adventure. She just seems to be drawn to wherever injustice is."
Magnus
player, 1918 posts
Sat 27 Aug 2016
at 03:33
  • msg #736

Magnus's Meanderings

"eh... I'm not that creative. I end up just taking things I've seen before and recombining them into something interesting.

That will work. Archers are a good trope to start with. I know a few of them in fiction. What can you tell me about her stories? I haven't heard them before.

I'm going to have to recreate a rpg system from memory. Or kitbash one together from what I remember."
Glantri
player, 1238 posts
Sat 27 Aug 2016
at 12:58
  • msg #737

Magnus's Meanderings

"There are hundreds of stories of her, throughout the ages. They all focus on an adventuresome woman who knows the bow from birth. She always falls in love with Gaidal Cain, a swordsman and another member of Artur Hawkwings fabled companions. It's said she waits for the horn to be blown, so that she can ride again.

One of her stories had her infiltrating a royal ball, and exposing the count of a manor as a dark friend, before making a daring escape across the rooftops as she's pursued by his henchmen.

Another has her fighting along side Hawkwing himself in his crusades.

Perhaps my favorite has her rescuing Gaidal from a camp of Trollocs, sneaking in and cutting his ties, before escaping on stolen horses. That story focuses more on the romance though, as opposed to the standard action that a tale of a companion does."
Magnus
player, 1920 posts
Sun 28 Aug 2016
at 01:39
  • msg #738

Magnus's Meanderings

"I see. Tell me about Gaidal Cain and Artur Hawkwing.

Action and a bit of Romance. Action I should be able to do. I haven't role played romance before. But I think I'll manage this time around.

We'll need some supplies before we can start. We'll need a few loose sheets of paper and I would like a blank book to write my notes in. I assume that you write with ink and a pen... Do you have some way to erase marks on the paper?

We'll also need 20 or so of the six sided dice. Those should easiest to get."
Glantri
player, 1239 posts
Sun 28 Aug 2016
at 11:31
  • msg #739

Magnus's Meanderings

"Oh wow... Um I'll start with Hawkwing. This will be a combination of confirmed history and what's told in stories. It's  hard to tell exactly what is true.

Artur Paendrag Tanreall was the strongest Ta'veren since the Breaking of the World at the end of the Time of Legends. He is most often know as Artur Hawking or Artur Hawkwing, Hammer of the Light. He managed to united all the land under his rule from the spine of the world to the Aryth Ocean. Which to clarify is just about everything that's not the Aiel Wastes or the blight land.

It's even rumored that he sent ships across the Aryth Ocean , not content only uniting the lands on this side.

He's also one of the few to ever lay siege to the White Tower. He laid siege for twenty years. He even started having a capital built in a Stedding in order to prevent Aes Sedai interference and act at the center of his kingdom.

That's all in the histories. What's unsure are claims such as he won 100 consecutive duels, or would accept the challenge of any opposing rulers champion as an alternative to war. He's also claimed to be a hero of the horn, who will ride again when the horn of Valere is blown.

There is less info about Gaidal Caine. He's always depicted alongside Bergitte, although it's told that when they meet they hate each other, but eventually fall in love. He's a short man, but a master swordsman. Some stories claim he's as beautiful as Bergitte. Most of his stories parallel Bergittes however, and more details are known of her. They're both supposedly heroes of the horn, which explains the lifetimes of stories we have of them.

As to supplies... I can get you an ink pot and quill, but I don't know what a pen is. Sheets of paper are somewhat expensive but not prohibitively so, but bound books are quite a cost. I can find one for you, but it'll be costly and may take some time. Gathering that many dice will also be difficult if you're trying to avoid attention. A gamblers cup has 5 dice. And buying one generally says things about how you spend your free time. Couple that with buying 4 and I worry we would look like we were setting up an underground gambling ring."
Magnus
player, 1927 posts
Sun 28 Aug 2016
at 17:24
  • msg #740

Magnus's Meanderings

"I see... appearing to be setting up a gambling ring would be a problem. I'll have to base it off another system... I could make something to emulate dice with a lot of small wooden tiles. I have about 50 marks, how much do you think the blank book,paper and ink and quill would cost?

A pen is effectively an artificial quill with it's own supply of ink. I never used a quill before.

Maybe I should burn the end of a stick to make a charcoal pencil... or burn just the center. But I would have to ask an Aes Sedai to do it.

Well. You told me about your favorite hero. Maybe I should tell you about mine. Unlike yours, mine is purely fictional where I come from."
Glantri
player, 1241 posts
Sun 28 Aug 2016
at 21:37
  • msg #741

Magnus's Meanderings

"Um I don't know the prices off the top of my head. I imagine 4 marks would cover it quickly, but I could be off. Want me to ask around?

As to asking an Aes Sedai to channel, they can be fickle about doing things without asking why.  You'll need to find an Aes Sedai who you have a good rapport with, or wait for me to become an apprentice and be allowed to practice outside of lessons.

I would love to hear about yours, and I'm not sure how much of mine is based on history and how much on fiction. A lot is lost of confused through history."
Magnus
player, 1933 posts
Mon 29 Aug 2016
at 01:51
  • msg #742

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC Warning: Wall of Text incoming.

"Yes. Asking around would be good. Would you like me to go shopping with you for them?

Alanna Sedai is the only Aes Sedai I've talked with at any length here. She seems inclined to help me. I would have to explain what I'm asking her to make. It's not terribly important, so it can wait if she refuses.

Let's see. Where to start?
Ok this story is set in a world nearly identical to the world I came from. Except that magic exists in this one. It's hidden from all except those who practice it. It is also declining, the Magecraft of today can't compare to the Sorceries of the Age of Gods when Heroes walked the Earth. Humanity has also declined compared to the Heroes of old. Humanity simply doesn't produced heroes anymore. Our technology is so amazing that an individual human can't rise up and distinguish themselves from the teaming masses of humanity to exit the cycle of reincarnation and enter the Throne of Heroes.

One Magi family used to have One of the old Sorceries. Materialization of the Soul or true resurrection. But they lost it. So they enlisted two other Magi families to help them recreate it.

They produced the Holy Grail War. A ritual where Seven Magi summon 7 Heroes from the Throne of Heroes as Servants. Then they fight and kill each other until only one pair remains who gets a wish from it.

On the Forth Grail war someone unworthy touched the grail and caused a conflagration that killed thousands of people. One boy named Shirou Emiya survived the fire and tried to escape. Bit by bit he lost what makes him him until only the determination to continue remains. Finally he was saved from the fire by one of the magi that participated in the war and blamed himself for the destruction that the Grail caused. The Magi looked so happy just to be able to save one person. This distorted the boy for the rest of his life. Such that he could only find happiness in the happiness of others. Thus He grew up wishing to be a Hero that Saves Everyone.

The Old magi taught the Boy a bit of his Magecraft. But the boy didn't learn it properly before the Magi died. Instead of using his natural magic circuits, He created Artificial circuits from his nerves each time he wished to use magic. A process that felt like inserting a red hot iron rod directly into his spine. He figured out how to three things.

Structural Grasp: The ability to analyse how things are put together down to the molecular level.

Granulated air or Projection: The ability to make a temporary object with Magical energy or mana.

And Reinforcement: The ability to strengthen an object with magic.

By the Standards of Magi, He was pathetic. But he had a destiny and a determination to fufill his dream.

The fifth Holy Grail War came around and he was forced to participate. He fought to prevent needless deaths. Eventually he discovered his true ability. Unlimited Blade Works, Infinite Creation of Swords. Any weapon he lays his eyes on, His soul copies it and allows him to recreate it nearly perfectly.It also copies any magical abilities the weapon may have had. And allows him to emulate the skill of the original owner.
With this he was able to overcome nearly impossible odd and destroy the Corrupt Grail that can only grant wishes though destruction.

He continued towards his dream, Training himself to the peak of humanity augmented with magic.
He fought to save as many as he can while killing as few people as possible.
He fought against the things that secretly preyed on humanity.
He fought to end wars. But the People he killed to save other always weighed heavily on his soul. Slowly,his Youthful Idealism shifted into bitter cynicism as cruel reality beat him down. But he continued to try to save people.

Until He encountered a disaster that he couldn't prevent with his power alone.
It would kill countless people if it wasn't stopped.

So he made a Deal with the Alaya, The Will of Humanity,for the power to become a Hero capable of producing miracles and become a Heroic Spirit after his death.
He believed that he would Save those around him and continue to save people after his death.

Although he desperately fought to end a war. He was betrayed by his allies and branded as the mastermind behind the war and was executed. Although he died of betrayal, he never hated humanity.

Alaya fulfilled his wish in the must ironic way possible By making him a Counter Guardian.
When Humanity is on the brink of destruction The Counter Guardians are summoned to utterly destroy the threat. But Humanity is often the cause of it own destruction. So Counter Guardian EMIYA was summoned over and over again to kill countless people without mercy to save many more.

And thus The Boy who didn't wish to see anyone cry, Was forced to watch People suffer for all of eternity


His body is made out of swords
His blood is of iron and his heart of glass
He survived through countless battles
Not even once retreating
Not even once being understood
He was always alone
Intoxicated with victory in a hill of swords
Thus, his life has no meaning
That body was certainly made out of swords"
This message was last edited by the player at 05:57, Mon 29 Aug 2016.
Glantri
player, 1244 posts
Mon 29 Aug 2016
at 11:57
  • msg #743

Magnus's Meanderings

"Coordinating our schedules is hard enough, I can handle the shopping."

"Alanna Sedai will likely be curious about more than just what you're trying to make. She'll also likely want to know why."

Throughout your description, Susan's face scrunched a bit as you use words uncommon to this world. But she gets through it without needed to ask questions.


Then after your description:
"That's really an incredible level of detail Eli. I'm not sure I fully understand some of it but I at least get the majority. It sounds like a very sad story, with tragedy acting as bookends."
Magnus
player, 1943 posts
Mon 29 Aug 2016
at 15:51
  • msg #744

Magnus's Meanderings

"I'll get you 5 marks later then.

That will be a bit difficult to explain ...it's not like I cansay I'm trying to recreate a game from where I'm from because then she'll ask where I'm from. And then that opens up a whole new can of worms. Looks like we'll we'll just have to wait until you are Accepted and I'll just use something improvised until then."

----------

"Yes. It is a tragic tell. Still he became a Hero through shear willpower and single-minded refinement of what little talent he had. And I feel that is something to be admired.

... I gave an overview. Some areas I know in more detail. One of my talents is remembering a lot of details."
Glantri
player, 1246 posts
Mon 29 Aug 2016
at 16:08
  • msg #745

Magnus's Meanderings

She nods "Hopefully it's not all too long before I reach accepted. Though it may be, a fast course to accepted apparently is about a year. I'm stronger than most though, so we'll see."

---------------

"That's a very useful ability to have, it takes a lot of work for me to commit that level of detail alone to memory." Then she yawns a little and you realize it's been getting quite late. Is there anything else you wanted to handle for the night?
Magnus
player, 1946 posts
Mon 29 Aug 2016
at 21:52
  • msg #746

Magnus's Meanderings

"Generally, the more you do it the better you'll get at it. It's getting sort of late. We both have big days tomorrow. Goodnight. "

I'll hug her then head back to my bed.

Not really. I'm ready for the tournament.
Glantri
player, 1248 posts
Mon 29 Aug 2016
at 23:12
  • msg #747

Magnus's Meanderings

You have a fitful night sleep, where you dream of hiding in valley as a murder of crows fly overhead. The fear is bone deep, and you know in your soul that if you are spotted that death would be a mercy. After what seems like forever they pass overhead, towards a dull glow in the foreground. You wake up early the next morning in a cold sweat.

When you get to the training yard, Tomas is instructing everyone of the details of todays event. "We'll be using a round robin method for today. Everyone will face everyone else. A light hit will count as 1 point, a strong hit as 2. At the end, the top two will compete in a no holds barred match for top position."

Your first opponent is Rory, who has adopted a defensive stance.
Magnus
player, 1949 posts
Tue 30 Aug 2016
at 06:25
  • msg #748

Magnus's Meanderings

I actually have a response for that dream
Some times I become aware that I am dreaming and get minor Lucid control of the dream. Usually it only happens if I had a particular dream before. Plus this dream isn't like the usual nonsense dream I normally have. I had the dream with the ravens before that was very similar to this.

Also generally when something scares me in a dream I get angry and try to fight the fear and fight what caused it.

So do I become aware that I am in a dream?

-----------------

I might go do something beforehand if I alter my dream.

-----------------
I assume Rory is using a standard single sword?

Is the number of weapons we carry into the ring limited?

If not I'll use a practice 'katana' in my right hand and a practice 'wakizashi' in my left hand

If we are limited, I'll rewrite this.

I'll shift into my own defensive stance and embrace the Flame and the Void.
I'll start with probing strikes to feel out his defense. When I parry his strike, I'll lash out with my other weapon.
Glantri
player, 1250 posts
Tue 30 Aug 2016
at 07:22
  • msg #749

Magnus's Meanderings

You manage to get some level of control over your dream.

Replacing the fear with anger is proving more difficult than normal however. You manage to stoke some anger, but still feel a bone deep chill from the fear. It actually has intensified after you took more direct control over your dream.

What is it you would like to do?

--------

Rory is using the standard single sword, and you're allowed to pick what you want to use. Your option is well within the limits. Primarily the restriction is they must be wielded, no extra blades on person are allowed.

I'm going to resolve the dream and what you do beforehand first though, so the fight will be on pause.
Magnus
player, 1952 posts
Tue 30 Aug 2016
at 08:59
  • msg #750

Magnus's Meanderings

The fear usually doesn't go away completely. It is unusual that it got worse though.

Usually I would take a page from DBZ and just blast them with a wave of energy. But Telling the story of Archer EMIYA has my mind on a different track. So I try something new.

And like always I go for the most direct path.

I imagine myself as Archer and sink into his mind set. All of his strength,magic,speed and skill. All of his History and the true meaning of his Reality Marble. I sink to such an extent that my cloths change to his black breastplate, Leather pants and boots and his red overcoat that is a holy shroud that protects from the environment. I wouldn't be surprised is someone outside of me saw my appearance change to match his.(That impossible since I'm alone in a dream.)

OOC: Let's see if that works. I hope my stupidity and ignorance doesn't get me killed.

Here is a like to the proper page in the Wiki.
http://typemoon.wikia.com/wiki/Archer_(Fate/stay_night)
Glantri
player, 1252 posts
Tue 30 Aug 2016
at 11:08
  • msg #751

Magnus's Meanderings

The process takes some about a minute, but you readjust your concept of self in the dream and become Archer. It feels somewhat similar to when you are in the void. You know that Eli is terrified, and you can still fear the chilling effect of the fear. But it is distant, outside of yourself. You have full control, and fear can't stop you.

So the shift to Archer worked, but I'm a little unclear exactly what you wanted to do after that.
Magnus
player, 1955 posts
Tue 30 Aug 2016
at 16:32
  • msg #752

Magnus's Meanderings

I wanted to wait and see if it worked before I posted my actions afterward.

I smirk at myself. Terrified of a bunch of crows.
I Trace My bow from Unlimited Blade Work. A weapon capable of Firing Noble Phantasms like I intend to do.

"His Body is made out of Swords"
With the first part of my Aria I focus on projecting Caladbolg II. A modified version of the Orrigional Caladbolg that is better suited for being turned into an arrow.
Judging the concept of creation,Hypothesizing the basic structure,Duplicating the composition material,Imitating the skill of its making,Sympathizing with the experience of its growth,Reproducing the accumulated years and Excelling every manufacturing process. The Steps for Projection

I nock the sword and reinforce it into a more arrow-like shape. Then I pour mana into it. Beyond what even a Noble Phantasm is designed to hold. Making it Fragile, Making it Dangerous. Red light surrounds the sword-arrow as I pour more and more mana into it.

Archers eyes can easily see each individual crow He can't miss from here.

Finally I call out the sword's name to release it's full power as a Broken Phantasm.
"My soul is twisted in Madness. Fake Spiral Sword Caladbolg."

I release it, aimed at a crow in the center of the flock. When it hit's, there is an explosion of a great magnitude engulfing all the crows in a great fireball that is strong enough to hurt Servants. So crows would be turned to ash.


here some links.
http://typemoon.wikia.com/wiki...II#Fake_Spiral_Sword
http://vignette2.wikia.nocooki...st?cb=20151225232055
Glantri
player, 1255 posts
Tue 30 Aug 2016
at 16:42
  • msg #753

Magnus's Meanderings

Your projection works flawlessly, it's easier than you ever imagined it could be. Within moments you have your desired weapon.

You knock, and aim, and begin pouring mana in. Everything is going exactly as you expect, you nail the bird perfectly, and the explosion erupts from it engulfing every surrounding crow.

Then you realize it's not stopping. The burst grows... and grows... and grows. Within a second it's gone from the small focused burst of fiery energy to engulfing you in the edge of it's flames. Flames lick across your face, searing you badly. Your coat protects your body largely, but any exposed areas feel like they just were thrown into the sun.

The pain is intense, and you know it's going to wake you up any moment. You still see the ashes of the crows falling in the distance, but also make out several murders that are coming from all directions to investigate.

OOC)In case it wasn't obvious, I gave that two skill checks. One to create and aim the weapon, and a second for the explosive aspect. You gained the skill Dream Creation 1@1 with an attempt roll of 1, and then botched with 100. I think the botch is reasonable based on your expectations in the dream, but would welcome feedback.
This message was last edited by the player at 16:44, Tue 30 Aug 2016.
Magnus
player, 1956 posts
Tue 30 Aug 2016
at 16:51
  • msg #754

Magnus's Meanderings

Wait a minute, that actually hurt. Dreams don't hurt. This isn't normal. I need to wake up.

I'll try to force myself awake. By focusing on the pain.

ooc: that botch was reasonable. I'm surprised it didn't kill me.
This message was last edited by the player at 16:54, Tue 30 Aug 2016.
Glantri
player, 1256 posts
Tue 30 Aug 2016
at 16:59
  • msg #755

Magnus's Meanderings

You have no trouble waking up, the pain was forcing you that way anyway. Your vision swims, fades to black and your eyes snap open. You're staring at the ceiling of the barracks. You let out a sigh of instinctive relief and touch your face to make sure you're you. The moment your hand touches your face it erupts in agony. You see in horror that your hand bears bad burn marks, and from the pain you suspect your face does as well.

Ooc)it was pretty close, the fact that it was a dream, and that you didn't try and prolong your stay there, saved you.
Magnus
player, 1957 posts
Tue 30 Aug 2016
at 17:02
  • msg #756

Magnus's Meanderings

I get up and go to Alanna Sedai.
"Help please. Something weird occurred with my dream."
Glantri
player, 1257 posts
Tue 30 Aug 2016
at 17:04
  • msg #757

Magnus's Meanderings

It's the dark time before dawn, when most are still asleep. Still there are some Aes Sedai, novices, or accepted that are wandering the halls. Are you attempting to avoid them or make the fastest possible time to Alanna Sedai's room?
Magnus
player, 1958 posts
Tue 30 Aug 2016
at 17:08
  • msg #758

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll try to avoid them while going to Alanna's room.
Glantri
player, 1258 posts
Tue 30 Aug 2016
at 17:17
  • msg #759

Magnus's Meanderings

You quietly get out of bed, and get dressed, and make your way into the tower.

You have a few close calls where a patrolling guardsman or warder nearly sees you,but you get to Alanna Sedai's room fairly quickly.

You knock lightly, both out of courtesy and because each rap sends shooting pain through your raw hands.  After what seems like forever, you finally hear movement and then the door opens. Alanna is standing in a pale green night robe and looking quite annoyed at first. This quickly shifts to startlement and then wonder as you explain something weird happened in your dream.

"Come in then Eli, let me see what I can do."
She sits you down and then puts her hand to your head and you feel the standard pre healing dowsing. It sends a momentary chill through your system, following by a sweet relief of healing. You happen to be looking at your hand as it happens and see it shift from angry red scorch marks to smooth healthy looking skin.

Afterwards she checks again to see that you're fully healed, and then asks "What in the name of the light happened to you?"
Her eyes are burning with curiosity, and if she wasn't fully awake before she surely is now.
Magnus
player, 1959 posts
Tue 30 Aug 2016
at 18:07
  • msg #760

Magnus's Meanderings

"I was dreaming. I was in a vally with a murder of crows overhead searching for me. I was terrified for some reason. I realized I had a dream like this before. Since it is a dream, you can do anything if you will it. So I transformed myself into a heroic Archer. And fired an arrow that exploded when it hit a crow. But the explosion was bigger than I expected. And burned myself. It actually hurt. Dreams don't hurt. That shocked me into waking up."
Glantri
player, 1259 posts
Wed 31 Aug 2016
at 00:28
  • msg #761

Magnus's Meanderings

She gets out a notebook and quill and starts writing notes.

"You say you've had similar dreams like this before, how many times have you had them and what were the circumstances before they happened. Was there any significant life event before the first one?"
Magnus
player, 1961 posts
Wed 31 Aug 2016
at 01:30
  • msg #762

Magnus's Meanderings

"Most of the time, my dreams are nonsense. Sometime I get deja vu that I dreamed about a event before. But I generally dismissed them as my imagination being overactive.

I've had one where I was hiding in a forest from a flock of Ravens. Knowing that they are searching for the Me and the group I was with. I had A rather large number of significant life events occurred before that one. Such as setting out to Tar Valon with Moiraine Sedai. And being chased by shadowspawn... I can't really tell you more than that. I Have an oath with Moiraine Sedai to keep The details of our journey a secret...

I had another strange dream when I was knocked out when I first got here.
I Dreamed of battle and wars. Tactical blunders and masterstrokes of tactical genius. Leading men in battle makes a lot more sense to me after that dream.
Then I saw a vision of Tar Valon with scorch marks everywhere and holes marring the beautiful tower...There was blood everywhere. Then I woke up.

There... is no such thing as prophetic dreams, Right? That only happens in stories, Right?
What is going on? How did getting hurt in a dream hurt me in the Real world?"
Glantri
player, 1261 posts
Wed 31 Aug 2016
at 03:04
  • msg #763

Magnus's Meanderings

"Hmm, I won't ask you to break an oath, but understand it will hamper me in helping you.

You say you encounter shadowspawn before? That is quite rare for those so young and not living near the blight. Where did you encounter them? And why would you say you were chased per say?

As to the vision of the tower, there has never been a successful attack on the tower, and no attempts since the time of Hawkwing. I don't think you need to worry about that at the very least.

As to prophetic dreams, there is a lost talent of Aes Sedai, but that would only be possible for a channeler, and one of us would have sensed if you were a male channeler."

She stares at you intently for a moment at this time.

"It sounds like you may have inadvertently ended in the dream world. Injuries there can kill you just as much as a sword can here. I will need to talk to Verin about this. I will find her today, and ask about the research she's done on the topic."
Magnus
player, 1965 posts
Wed 31 Aug 2016
at 14:01
  • msg #764

Magnus's Meanderings

"I'll tell you what I can. But you'll have to talk to Moiraine Sedai for the rest of it.

A group of trollocs lead by a mydraal showed up in the south and pursued Moiraine Sedai and her group as she led us to Tar Valon. We didn't know about the mydraal at the time so we camped at Shadar Logoth to shake them off our trail. But the attacked and we ended up getting split. We ended up reuniting in Four King about a week later. I had the feeling of being chased and the dream during this time.

I've actually fought Trollocs and Helped Al'Lan Mandraggaran kill a mydrall when they attacked Fal Dara while you and the other Aes Sedai where there.

How do I prevent myself from going into the dream world? Or know that I am there?"
Glantri
player, 1263 posts
Wed 31 Aug 2016
at 14:42
  • msg #765

Magnus's Meanderings

"Hmm, voluntarily camping in Shadar Logoth is quite the risk. These dreams might be an influence of that terrible place. Did you pick up or carry anything out of that city?

I had not realized you had faced a myrdraal. Have you told Ihvan or Orwein about this? Killing ones first myrdraal is a great moment of pride for both warders and borderlanders alike. It's a silly tradition but they would likely like to know. They have spoken favorably upon you, and I would not like for either of them to feel slighted."

There is a warm note in her voice when she talks about her warders, though you notice slightly more for Ihvan.

"As to preventing yourself from going to the dream world... I am not the most experienced with regards to Tel'aran'rhiod. Honestly none of us are, it's a lost talent, and one we've always assumed was based on channeling.

I will speak with Verin about pulling all the research she has together and having a meeting this evening. I would like you to be there, she'll likely also have questions. Perhaps it would be good for us to make a habit of meeting and talking. I am intrigued and I know Verin will be even more so. If we could just learn more about how this is happening it would be to both of our benefits."

That last part is in direct response to the question about preventing yourself from going into the dream world and knowing if you're there, in case that wasn't clear.
Magnus
player, 1967 posts
Wed 31 Aug 2016
at 20:01
  • msg #766

Magnus's Meanderings

"No. I did not. Moiraine Sedai said not to take anything and I don not want anything from that accursed place.

I haven't told Ihvan or Orwein. Or anyone else here because the kill was mostly because Lan was there. He was fighting the Mydraal alone during the battle. I moved in to flank the Mydraal and it decided that Lan was the bigger threat. Allowing me to stab it though the heart. I would have been pressed hard to defend against that inhuman speed if it turned on me instead. But then Lan would have cut it down really quick.

Shouldn't the pride come when you kill one by yourself? They taught me a lot. I do not wish for them to feel slighted ether. If they feel that that is worth doing something over, I'm not one to stop them.

Meeting this afternoon after my Warder training should be good.  My training to become a Warder keeps me busy. But I'll try to make time for other meetings on this topic.

I would rather not die in my sleep.  That whould be... pathetic."
Glantri
player, 1265 posts
Wed 31 Aug 2016
at 20:18
  • msg #767

Magnus's Meanderings

"Regardless of how you killed the Myrdraal, I believe it is still considered a passage right. It's got something to do with the show of willingness to both engage a Myrdraal and enough talent to not do so in a situation that gets you killed. Talk to Ihvan or Orwein about it, my knowledge here is second hand.

Also, and this is a technicality I don't care for myself, but will be important to other sisters. You are not in warder training. You are training with the warders. While it is where the vast majority of warders are chosen from, it's an important distinction to some. The process of bonding a warder is an immensely personal experience, and the fact that it is a mutual choice of the warder and Aes Sedai is a sacred fact. No tenant insists that a chosen warder must have trained with the warders, though it makes sense from a practicality stand point.

Making time for our meetings will be very important Eli. I will talk with Tomas, and have him arrange warder training to be as convenient as he can manage to accommodate my needs, but I will need to have these meetings. Likely it will be over dinner, in an effort to allow you what free time is manageable. Meet me in the dining hall this evening at supper time. Verin and I will be there."

Then after a brief pause, "and don't underestimate this danger Eli. Depending on what this is, it could be more dangerous than any sword you've seen. There is nothing pathetic in this struggle, so long as you don't give in."

It's nearly sunrise. Anything you wanted to handle before the sparring match?
Magnus
player, 1969 posts
Wed 31 Aug 2016
at 22:25
  • msg #768

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll tell them as soon as I can.


I'll try to keep that in mind. I always thought of it as Warder training because I'm training to be Susan Eila's Warder.
But there is no reason to get on someone's bad side. So I'll switch to thinking that it's Training with the Warders.

I'll meet you at dinner then.

I was nearly burned to death from my mistake in a dream. I would have to be really dense to not note the gravity of the situation. "

------------

I'll visit Susan to update her on the situation.

I'll also find Ihvan and Orwein to tell them about the Mydraal.
Glantri
player, 1267 posts
Thu 1 Sep 2016
at 03:15
  • msg #769

Magnus's Meanderings

Susan is surprised to see you when you knock on her door, she's apparently just finished getting ready for the day "Eli, I wasn't expecting to see you this morning. It's a nice surprise however."

Going to handle each conversation separately, since it's important what you tell each person and how much time you decide to devote to each conversation.
Magnus
player, 1971 posts
Thu 1 Sep 2016
at 07:07
  • msg #770

Magnus's Meanderings

"It's good to see you too Susan. Something weird happened last night in my dream. Can we talk about it in your room?"

I assume she does so.

"Is Tel'aran'rhiod the old tongue word for Dream world?
Anyway. Apparently last night I inadvertently entered the dream world. I thought it was a normal dream though. I dreamed that I was in a valley with a murder of crows flying overhead searching for something.  I was terrified for some reason and knew being found by them would be worse than death... but I realized that I had a dream like this before and with that I realized I was in a dream.

So I got angry that I was afraid and I took control of the dream. I transformed myself into Emiya to use his power. I launched a arrow into the crows that exploded an obliterated all of them. But the explosion was bigger than I intended and I caught myself in the blast. It burned. It hurt. I actually felt pain in a dream. The shock of that woke me up.

I had third degree burns where my skin was exposed to the blast. I needed to be healed. Every Aes Sedia would ask questions on how I got into that state.

So I went to Alanna Sedai. She healed me and asked questions. Such as' have you had dreams like these before.' I told her what I could without breaking our oath to Moiraine.

Now she is wanting to have a discussion on this topic at dinner with me and a Aes Sedai named Verin."
Glantri
player, 1269 posts
Thu 1 Sep 2016
at 11:46
  • msg #771

Magnus's Meanderings

She nods, and leads you into her room and shuts the door.

She blinks in surprise when you ask about Tel'aran'rhiod, but nods and says "More or less."

Her expression goes to horror as you tell the rest of the story and hugs you tightly at the end.

"I trust Alanna Sedai will do what's best for you, but this does put us in an awkward position. Does Moiraine know you've had dreams like this before? Or did Alanna go into the significance of searching crows?

As to meeting with Verin Sedai, she's nice enough. I have some of my history lessons with her, since she's of the brown ajah. I suspect if Alanna is getting her involved that her research may include Tel'aran'rhiod. You've worked pretty extensively with her warder at this point too, if that puts your mind at ease at all about it."
Magnus
player, 1973 posts
Thu 1 Sep 2016
at 14:41
  • msg #772

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll hug her tightly back. Glad for the physical contact after nearly dying.

"Yes, it does put us in an awkward position. I didn't tell Moiraine before because I though it was just a weird dream caused by sleeping in a forest while under a lot of stress.

What is the significance of searching crows? Do searching ravens have a different meaning?

It helps a bit"
Glantri
player, 1271 posts
Thu 1 Sep 2016
at 16:08
  • msg #773

Magnus's Meanderings

"That's unfortunate. I know there are politics at play in the tower, and I don't know where Alanna stands. She's not friendly with the red sisters at least, which is good. The red sisters seem to hate Moiraine.

While sleeping in the forest was the first dream? That was after our run in with the whitecloaks?

As to the crows and ravens, well both have similar meanings. Ravens and crows are fabled to be used as the eyes of the dark one, scouting and reporting back what he wants to see. I don't know whether they are actually scouting in the dream world, or just an indication that they are scouting in general. Or I suppose it could be random, but it seems less likely."
Magnus
player, 1975 posts
Thu 1 Sep 2016
at 17:55
  • msg #774

Magnus's Meanderings

"Yes. Just after our confrontation with the Whitecloaks.

I see. I doubt it random too. I thought you would want to know what happened."

After the conversation. I'll go find Ihvan and Orwein.
Glantri
player, 1273 posts
Thu 1 Sep 2016
at 21:15
  • msg #775

Magnus's Meanderings

"I appreciate you telling me, I don't know anything I can do to help currently, but know I'm always willing if there is something I can do. We'll get through this Eli, though I have to admit it scares me."

------

You leave then and go to find Ihvan and Orwein. Where are you looking for them? There is a nicer barracks that some of the warders that are only at the tower temporarily as their Aes Sedai are in before setting out again stay at.

You also know some warders stay with their Aes Sedai at night, most commonly among the green ajah (though you were just in Alanna's quarters and didn't see either).

Lastly, a good portion have houses in the sections of the city closest to the tower.

You haven't had cause previously to seek Ihvan or Orwein, and haven't heard anyone mention where they live.
Magnus
player, 1978 posts
Thu 1 Sep 2016
at 23:02
  • msg #776

Magnus's Meanderings

"Thank you Susan."

I smile and hug her before leaving.

-----------

They probably have their own house. But I don't know where they live. I'll take a look though of the nice Barracks to see if I spot them. Before going where they are doing the tournament.
Glantri
player, 1276 posts
Thu 1 Sep 2016
at 23:24
  • msg #777

Magnus's Meanderings

You don't see them in the nicer barracks, so you proceed to the tournament.

When you get there you see Tomas talking with Ihvan and Orwein. They look to be formalizing something, and are talking quietly away from the trainees.
Magnus
player, 1980 posts
Fri 2 Sep 2016
at 00:59
  • msg #778

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll approach them and say
"Please excuse me for my intrusion. I need to speak with Ihvan and Orwein when you are done talking with Tomas."
Glantri
player, 1278 posts
Fri 2 Sep 2016
at 01:13
  • msg #779

Magnus's Meanderings

They stop the conversation as you get closer, before you can hear what they say.

Tomas smiles when you ask politely, "I have no problem with that, we're just about done here anyway. I'm going to go start setting up the ring. Your match is second Eli, you'll need to be there no later than 15 minutes from now."

He then nods to Ihvan and Orwein "Until later brothers. Walk well."

He's walking with the steady and measured pace that you've come to expect from a warder. Even when not in combat their gait suggests combat readiness and relaxed deadliness.

Ihvan speaks up first, "So what's so important Eli? I would be thinking you'd be prioritizing the contest today. You look like you've just run for a day."

Tomas is definitely still within earshot, even if not embracing the void. (embracing the void and embracing the flame and the void will be interchangeable when I use them, both are phrases you'll hear for it)
Magnus
player, 1981 posts
Fri 2 Sep 2016
at 01:31
  • msg #780

Magnus's Meanderings

"Something came up that I didn't have control over and I ended up having to get healed by Alanna Sedai. During the conversation to figure out what happened, It was brought to my attention that You two would want to know something I did.

Do you remember the Battle that occurred at Fal Dara the night after the Aes Sedai and Warders arrived there.I was in the part of the battle Al'Lan Mandraggaran was in. I supported the soldiers against the Trollocs. When a Mydraal showed up it engaged with Lan. I moved to flank it. It decided Lan was a bigger threat and focused on him allowing me to run my sword though it's heart. I didn't mention it before because the only reason I was able to do it was because Lan was there. But Alanna Sedai said that you two would want to know anyway."
Glantri
player, 1279 posts
Fri 2 Sep 2016
at 01:48
  • msg #781

Magnus's Meanderings

Ihvan becomes much more animated than her normally is, "Aha! You bring us good news twice today. We came in early to try and discern why Alanna was concerned so early in the morning. Not only that, but you tell us that you've completed a sacred right of passage. Now is not the right time to celebrate, but we WILL celebrate this Eli. The next evening that you have free, we are throwing a feast among the warders and trainees in your honor."
Magnus
player, 1984 posts
Fri 2 Sep 2016
at 02:15
  • msg #782

Magnus's Meanderings

"Thanks. Alanna Sedai said it would be important to you. Have a good day.
These matches are going to be difficult for me..."

Then I'll wait for my match.
Glantri
player, 1281 posts
Fri 2 Sep 2016
at 02:46
  • msg #783

Magnus's Meanderings

Ok, now we're back to the fight with Rory (Sorry it took so long, but what happened in the morning could affect whether you showed up to the match)

Rory is in a defensive stance, and doesn't look to be initiating the first move.

Going to say that fatigue is going to cause a slight penalty for pretty much everything you're doing today, your sleep just didn't really rest you, and the healing made you more tired.

How do you want to approach the fight?
Magnus
player, 1986 posts
Fri 2 Sep 2016
at 03:02
  • msg #784

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC: No problem. I expected as much.

I embrace the Flame and the Void to help push the fatigue out of my mind and body.

I'm going in with a balance of attack and defense. I'm going to strike with two swords to force him to chose which to parry. If he strikes with his sword I'll parry it with one of mine and then strike with my other sword.
Glantri
player, 1283 posts
Fri 2 Sep 2016
at 03:14
  • msg #785

Magnus's Meanderings

The flame and the void helps, it's not a perfect solution but it makes the effects ignore-able to a degree at least.

You strike out with both swords, and are surprised how quickly Rory flows into parrying the first and nearly pivots out of the way of the second. You get a light slice in along his side, good for one point, before he kicks at your ankle using it as a push off point to spin around and smack you hard in the side with his sword. It's a hard hit, and Tomas registers it as 2 points.

Current score is Rory 2, Eli 1.

I forgot to set a point limit, which would be required in a structure like this one where the point isn't to beat people into submission since they have to fight multiple rounds. First to 15 sound reasonable?

If you know roughly what you'll want to do for multiple rounds, feel free to give me that and I'll do large chunks, otherwise it'll go pretty slow. I'm fine with either way though.
Magnus
player, 1989 posts
Fri 2 Sep 2016
at 03:31
  • msg #786

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC: It's up to you how many points they will go to.

I'll do a few probing strikes to feel out his defense. If he strikes. I'll parry and counter-strike.

if he locks up one of my blades I'll strike with the other one.(I don't think he'll do this.) And then kick him off.
Glantri
player, 1285 posts
Fri 2 Sep 2016
at 04:19
  • msg #787

Magnus's Meanderings

Rory easily deflects your probing strikes, and eventually goes on the offensive. She he does you successfully parry, but swing too high on the counter strike.

Rory gets a low slash across your leg as her retreats out, and managed to avoid a lash of your sword in the process.

He's very much avoiding locking blades, disengaging anytime the possibility even becomes remotely likely. He's also switched his stance, it looks like he's about to continue his offensive, and is in the aggressive warder stance.
Magnus
player, 1992 posts
Fri 2 Sep 2016
at 04:27
  • msg #788

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll switch to my aggressive style and Try to beat though his defense with one of my swords while parring with my other sword. i'm going to keep on him and stay within engagement rang of him.
Glantri
player, 1288 posts
Fri 2 Sep 2016
at 04:42
  • msg #789

Magnus's Meanderings

With both of you on use defensive the mood of the fight shifts. It goes from blows being sparing to a constant onslaught from both sides.

Neither of you can escape the others engagement range in such a struggle, and nearly every blow attempted lands.

You get four light hits to his torso and one strong hit along his arm, good for 6 points total. He gets two light hits on your leg, and three on your arm, good for 5 points.

Score is Eli 7 Rory 8.

He's shifted into the balanced stance now, and while still in engagement range is catching his breath slightly, he's clearly trying to gauge how you're holding up so far.

You're feeling mostly ok. All the hits against you were glancing blows, but exhaustion is ever present today, and each blow reminds you of huge fact.
Magnus
player, 1994 posts
Fri 2 Sep 2016
at 15:14
  • msg #790

Magnus's Meanderings

I press my assault. Not giving him time to breath. I'm going to try and force our blades to lock up and then use my other blade to repeatedly strike hard.
Glantri
player, 1289 posts
Fri 2 Sep 2016
at 19:43
  • msg #791

Magnus's Meanderings

Rory mixes an assortment of deflecting maneuvers and quick strikes as you close and try to lock blades. You don't manage to pin him into a position where you can lock blades, as he pivots under your sword and slashes twice at your legs. He manages to disengage to the furthest extent of the ring as you miss a slash at him while he's retreating.
Magnus
player, 1997 posts
Fri 2 Sep 2016
at 22:38
  • msg #792

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll keep pressing the attack. I've cornered him.
Glantri
player, 1291 posts
Fri 2 Sep 2016
at 23:42
  • msg #793

Magnus's Meanderings

You advance quickly and get in three quick blows, harassing him with one sword while managing to get hits in with the other. He eventually manages to give you the slip and hits you once on the way out, a glancing blow but across the face. Your vision swims momentarily. When it refocuses you see him charging back at you.

You've evened the score some, to a one point lead. You're at 10-0, he's at 11 with him charging in looking to try and end it.
Magnus
player, 2000 posts
Sat 3 Sep 2016
at 00:40
  • msg #794

Magnus's Meanderings

I counter charge with a flurry of blows to overwhelm his defense. If he attacks me, he'll get hit a lot. if he defends, eventually hits will get through.

(Hopefully this is a Heads I win, Tails you lose situation.)
Glantri
player, 1293 posts
Sat 3 Sep 2016
at 03:49
  • msg #795

Magnus's Meanderings

Ooc) I apologize for this scene dragging out. It ended up much more clunky and slow than I'd intended. I've got an idea to make the next rounds not take that many posts.

You go on a full assault and you both rapidly exchange blows until a few moments later Tomas calls the fight. The score ended 14 to 15, with Rory eeking out the win.

You hear a surprised buzz amongst your peers.

There are 5 matches before your next one, which is against one of the least talented in the class.
Magnus
player, 2005 posts
Sat 3 Sep 2016
at 05:02
  • msg #796

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC: Am I just rolling bad or is my tactics ill advised? I also assume the penalty for fatigue is rather significant.

I'll bow and congratulate Rory on his win.
Then I'll sit and rest for my next match.
I'll meditate and perform breathing exercises.
Imagining energy flowing in and my weariness and fatigue flowing out.
Hopefully I'll catch a second wind or something before my next match.
Glantri
player, 1295 posts
Sat 3 Sep 2016
at 11:46
  • msg #797

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC) The fatigue penalty was -10, and intended for it to fade with the day, but to be part of a backlash from recovering mentally from the dream. It still put you roughly on par with Rorys skill (Rory is about as good as Gawyn, so third/fourth in the class). He also rolled extremely well, and you rolled extremely poorly. The -10 was going to a -8 as the mental affect of the dream continued to fade, and the meditation between rounds will cut it again to -6.

Your meditation helps refocus your mind, but at the cost that you don't pay attention to or see the matches that happen after yours. Eventually Tomas calls your name to the ring. You're facing Bogar this round (Bogar is considered the bottom of the class, though he has improved a lot, he started from the worst position.)

You're both in the ring and Tomas announces the start. You have a moment to react before Bogar has been adopted the stance and entered the void.
Magnus
player, 2007 posts
Sat 3 Sep 2016
at 13:47
  • msg #798

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC: I see.

I would be in the Flame and the void before the match started.

I immediately enter my aggressive style and rush him with a flurry of strikes. Aiming to simply get points much faster than Bogar. When he strikes, I'll lock blades and use the other blade to continue to strike him.
Glantri
player, 1297 posts
Sat 3 Sep 2016
at 14:10
  • msg #799

Magnus's Meanderings

You dart in, and crack two strong blows against Bogar's ribs, and one glancing blow against his leg.

He stumbles back from the onslaught and falls into the defensive stance and finally looks ready. You press the assault and land three more light blows before narrowly avoiding a counterstroke to your head.

Score is Eli 8 Bogar 0, but Bogar is in his defensive stance now and looks ready. He hasn't built up to take initiative.

OOC)So I think I'm not understanding locking blades. How do you mean it, are you trying to sacrifice one of your attacks for one of his attacks? Because I can't see that working from a gameplay perspective where one person is in a fast style and the other is not. I would just like some clarification on what you mean and what you expect it to do when you say it.
Magnus
player, 2009 posts
Sat 3 Sep 2016
at 17:49
  • msg #800

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll press my assault but reserved some effort to parry his counter attacks.

OOC: My expectation was that it would tie up the use of one of my swords. In exchange for tying up the use of his sword. I would probably use an opposed skill roll so that it doesn't work all the time.

Since I'm in a fast style that uses swords, it also renders me unable to attack with half of my attacks. Swords are RF 1 weapons, Therefore you need two to make your full amount of attacks.

It's Also dependent on the alterations you've made to the system. I would never allow it in baseline Multiverser because you wouldn't be able to maintain the blade lock for the full minute. But I might allow a skill to sacrifice an attack for the chance to negate one of your opponents attacks.

Whould you want to PM later to discuss the changes you made to the system?
Glantri
player, 1299 posts
Sun 4 Sep 2016
at 00:03
  • msg #801

Magnus's Meanderings

Ooc) The only alteration I'm making is I'm tracking by my idea of combat rounds, and that's really only because I think it's more reasonable than handling things in minute chunks consistently. I may not be understanding some elements correctly, I hadn't factored in repeat factors of the sword, I was basing it on the martial arts form, fast being 3 and slow being 1. I'm away for the weekend so I don't have access to my computer, I'll send you a pm to talk more about combat Monday night. For now if you're ok continuing I am.

Onto the idea of locking blades.

I have some fundamental issues with some of it. Dual blades feel unrealistically advantaged if you can exchange use of half your attacks for all of the attacks of a single bladed opponent.

Also a fast style, which is in my mind more aggressive, suddenly becomes the best defensive option if you can exchange one attack to negate one attack on the opponent side.

Perhaps a skill check that if it succeeds negates an opponents attack, but if it fails doesn't negate it and still costs you that attack? Then a penalty for trying to lock a two handed with a one handed.

I'm up for suggestions of something that sounds useful, because I don't want to cheat you out of what you want to do, but I also want it to be a reasonably powered option, not an enemy neutering one.
Magnus
player, 2011 posts
Sun 4 Sep 2016
at 16:51
  • msg #802

Magnus's Meanderings

There are fast defensive styles that rely on active defenses like parrying that cost an attack to imposed a penalty on a opponent's attack.

The ability to sacrifice an attack to negate an opponent's attack is quite powerful.the only comparable thing is Parry, which sacrifices an attack to give a -SM equal to the RS you got on your parry roll.

So we need to add negatives to it. Lets make it an opposed skill roll. If the opponent is using two hands and I am not, I get a -10 SM to the roll.
If I succeed and rolled higher than them, I negate one of their attacks.
If I succeed and rolled lower than their successful roll, nothing happens.
If I fail and they succeed, they gain a bonus to their next attack
If we both fail, nothing happens.

It's a risk, but I can see why I would use it.

I'm not doing it at the moment. The current plan is to beat though his defenses while reserving 4 or so attacks to parry his counter attacks

I can see why you where leery of it. I do want challenges from my opponents.
I was in a fowl mood, so I tend to take the most direct route to defeat an opponent.
This message was last edited by the player at 16:54, Sun 04 Sept 2016.
Glantri
player, 1301 posts
Sun 4 Sep 2016
at 19:23
  • msg #803

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC) Ok, I like that build. I think it's a really good balance, where it's better than parry in some situations but not all. Thank you Eli. Also if any skills feel under performing or not worthwhile, or in general if you don't like how it's going I'm always happy to revisit them.

You put on a clinic on proper aggressive technique. You routinely batter Bogar with blow after blow, parrying what few attempts he manages to get in from hitting you.

You walk away getting 7 hits in, having deflected all of Bogar's and putting an end to this round.

After the match Gawyn comes over to you and claps you on the back, "That was an amazing performance. I was worried about you after the first match, but you bring those skills to the other matches and I think I'll be seeing my step-brothers first formal loss."

Gawyn is beaming, he's clearly happy to see a friend doing well.

You have a similar amount of time before your next match, any prep you want to handle?
Magnus
player, 2013 posts
Sun 4 Sep 2016
at 20:29
  • msg #804

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC: Thanks. I'll let you know if I think something is under or over preforming.
Let me know if you want advice on mechanics.

Although it would help if I had the definitions of my skills. I've been describing my tactics and letting you handle the details.

I assume that I'm pretty good. Not the best by any stretch but still ridiculously scary to those with average skill.

I bow to Bogar and offer advise to him.
"Enter the Flame and the Void before your match starts and Enter your form as soon as it starts. "

I smile at Gawyn.
"I didn't sleep well last night. Hopefully I'll be rested enough when I Face your step-brother later.
Thanks for your concern though."

I'll continue to meditate and rest until my next match.
Glantri
player, 1303 posts
Sun 4 Sep 2016
at 21:48
  • msg #805

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC)Sounds good. And the description is pretty accurate. I think part of it is just that even the worst of your class (Bogar) is above average skill. Training with the warders is a significant position of respect for one learning the sword. And even then, the bottom half of the class would need you to be having terrible luck.

Bogar nods and says "Thank you Eli, I should have had my head in the game faster, you're right." He seems vaguely dazed with how fast the match went.

You're up against Lod next, who you know to be a little better than Bogar, but not by much. It should be another fairly trivial match so long as nothing goes wrong. He's apparently learned from Bogars mistake however and enters already embracing the void and snaps into an aggressive stance the moment Tomas says go.

Lod is the first opponent you're facing who is using a dual sword technique like you are. You've all been trained in multiple types, he's just the first to have picked it.

As soon as Tomas announces to start Lod leaps forward in a charge and will be on you in moments.
Magnus
player, 2015 posts
Sun 4 Sep 2016
at 22:29
  • msg #806

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll enter the ring embracing the Flame and the Void. And snap into my own aggressive form as soon as Tomas says go.
I charge in to meet Lod in the middle.

I'm putting as much effort as I can to parrying his strike.

My guess is that he plans on beating though my defense and get as many points as he can. My parries should hamper that. And my strikes should go through.

Therefore I should get points at a faster rate than Lod.
Glantri
player, 1305 posts
Sun 4 Sep 2016
at 23:30
  • msg #807

Magnus's Meanderings

Your clash is brief but intense. You were correct in assuming Lod is skimping on his defenses and was hoping to batter through your defenses.

Unfortunately for him, you're fatigue has nearly entirely dissipated, and your fully into the fight. You slap his blade away nearly effortlessly, and get sequential heavy hits in against his side.

In a matter of seconds, Tomas has called the fight at 15 points to 0 in your favor. Lod's eyes are slightly glazed over, but it looks to be shock.
Magnus
player, 2018 posts
Mon 5 Sep 2016
at 01:34
  • msg #808

Magnus's Meanderings

I bow to Lod.
"Reserve some effort for defense even when you are going on the offensive, Otherwise you will get a fatal cut for your berserk assault."

I return to my spot to meditate and rest.

Once I feel rested enough I'll start paying attention to the other peoples matches.
Glantri
player, 1307 posts
Mon 5 Sep 2016
at 08:57
  • msg #809

Magnus's Meanderings

Your meditation takes you up to your next match, but you feel the lingering effects of the nightmare finally fade completely.

Tomas calls your next match, Eli versus Gawyn.

Gawyn enters the ring with a shield and sword and takes the balanced stance. He bows slightly before Tomas calls for the start, and then begins circling you. Examining your defenses for an opening.
Magnus
player, 2022 posts
Mon 5 Sep 2016
at 16:59
  • msg #810

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll enter the Flame and the Void as I go into the ring. I'll return the bow and smile to Gawyn. I'll shift into my defensive stance when the match starts. I'll perform a few strikes to feel out his defenses and parry the strikes he does launch. I'll do this for a bit to get him used to it. Then I'll leave a subtle opening in my defenses to bait an attack from him. To which I'll respond by closing the hole with a parry and then immediately launching a lighting quick counter attack. I'll then shift into my aggressive stance and press my assault. Using parries to reduce or counter Gawyn's attacks.
Glantri
player, 1309 posts
Mon 5 Sep 2016
at 20:43
  • msg #811

Magnus's Meanderings

You take on the defensive stance in the first section, and trade probing attacks with Gawyn. You manage to tag him once lightly on the shoulder before he gets his shield up, but otherwise each of you manage to deflect or block the others attack.

When you judge is a good time, you feign a weakness and Eli goes in for the blow. He moves quicker than you expect and connects lightly before you deflect his blade but you get in two strikes against his back in exchange.

You press your advantage and start battering at him, hitting him twice before Gawyn manages to strongly push you backwards with a shield bash. He follows it up with a cacophony of blows before you regain your footing. You're beginning to get sore, and know you just gave up a good number of points though in the rapid nature of them it's difficult to say how many.

You have 5 points, and believe he has somewhere between 8 and 12 depending on Tomas's judgement.

Gawyn has retreated back to a prowling posture as you regain your composure. He knows he has a good lead, but respects you enough as an opponent to know you can turn it about all too easily if he's not careful.

OOC)When in combat, botches are generally treated as a free round for the opponent? You had two botches here and that's how I treated them (I lumped them all into the last bit since they were two consecutive botches) but am curious how you might have.
Magnus
player, 2027 posts
Wed 7 Sep 2016
at 08:32
  • msg #812

Magnus's Meanderings

I immediately shift to my defensive stance. I'll put my full effort into parrying while trying to poke though his defense. Eventually he will go on the offensive. I'll deflect one of his strikes with my smaller sword and let it slide down his sword. I'll sacrifice it by letting it drop and grab his wrist to maneuver him into a throw to the ground. I'll use this opportunity to hit him with my larger sword.

OOC: Ummmm... Generally Giving an enemy and entire round to smack the the player will quickly result in the player dying unless the opponent was trivial. Players are squishy. Actually characters in Multiverser are squishy unless a lot of effort has been put into defenses.

Generally, Botches depend on exactly what skill botched. Magic and psionics will generally have their standard botches. Botches for weapon skills (Tech and Bod) generally result in a temporally loss of the attack mode, which can be recovered at the cost of an attack. Another possible botch is to knock the botche out of their Martial art's form or knock then out of using the sword as a martial arts weapon. again they could be regained at the cost of an attack. Something like knocking the swords out of my hands. I could recover them by picking them up or I could have been crazy and just wrestle the sword away from Gawyn.

The skill definitions generally have a few ideas for botches. Combat botches are generally milder than a out of combat botch. With the understanding that they will kill you by putting you in an disadvantageous position.
Glantri
player, 1311 posts
Wed 7 Sep 2016
at 13:06
  • msg #813

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC) I can't find in the book where it refers to combat botches. I know from experience that they were supposed to be less severe, but knew it had to be more than just that attack misses since a failure means that. So costing the attack that botched plus the next attack, causing a weapon to be knocked out of your hand and so on are the general combat botches. Got it.

The two of you exchange blows while probing and parrying or blocking. Eventually Gawyn does shift into an aggressive stance and presses in.

You manage to chain your parry into a wrist grab and throw as you said, and he lands hard against the ground.

My understanding here is while he's on the ground you're still holding his wrist to prevent him from using his sword, while hacking in with your larger sword?

He tries to get his shield in the way of your blow, but your advantaged position makes it nearly impossible, and you cleanly get two hits in before Gawyn switches his strategy and uses his shield as a weapon, jamming the edge of it against your wrist.

The pain in your wrist isn't great enough to make you release instantly, but you think he may be able to squirm free soon, and another hit like that might break your wrist.
Magnus
player, 2029 posts
Wed 7 Sep 2016
at 14:26
  • msg #814

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC: I couldn't find it ether or I would have pointed you to the page. But I remember it from somewhere... I guess I picked it up from playing with MJ Young on Gaming Outpost before it shut down. One place that mentions it is on page 96 under the botches for Tech 3@1 Wedges.

I'll shift to a mounted position for the grapple to make it easier to hold him down. With my knees on his arms to prevent him from using them.

Then I'll get as many hits as I can with my remaining sword
Glantri
player, 1313 posts
Wed 7 Sep 2016
at 15:19
  • msg #815

Magnus's Meanderings

You manage to pin him, although he arches his back before you manage to making your balance unsteady. You get in a strong hit to his side but on the second try he manages to throw you off balance and tumbling to the side. In the upset your sword goes skittering across the ground near where the other is.

Gawyn has started getting up and looks to be moving towards your swords. You noticed him flexing his hand briefly though, you think he may be suffering from that last interaction.

OOC)I didn't expect the topic of botching to come up again so soon. You've covered a 98,99 and 100 in this match.
Magnus
player, 2032 posts
Wed 7 Sep 2016
at 19:49
  • msg #816

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC: I hope these botches are working their way out of my system. I always seem to have horrible luck when I matters. I guess the RNG (random number god) has it out for me.

Ok, Gawyn is expecting me to go recover my swords, that is why he is going after them. Therefore I should do something unexpected. Like tackle him before he has a chance to recover and then wrestle him bach to the ground and isolate his sword arm. Then I'll take his sword and beat him with it.

I'll probably transition into my unarmed style sometime during that.
Glantri
player, 1315 posts
Wed 7 Sep 2016
at 20:19
  • msg #817

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC)Bright side is, it's way better for the botches to be in a competition than against a swarm of trollocs.

You transition from prone to a rapid dash towards Gawyn and catch him below the knees. He manages to get a slash across your back as you do this, but not long after that he's on the ground with you locking his sword-arm. After a few moments of struggling you've wrestled his sword away from him and strike him with it.

You get another slash in, all while restraining his sword arm. You get a third hit in only moments before you feel a blow against your leg. Gawyn had reached your shorter sword in the confusion. The tackle had landed him nearly on top of where the two lie.

Tomas calls the fight at this point, and announces "Eli wins, with a score of 15 to 14."

When you get out of the ring he says to the two of you, "I want you both to go get healing immediately. I'll shift the match order around to accommodate the two of you as much as possible, but if you're not back in time, it's a forfeiture."
Magnus
player, 2034 posts
Wed 7 Sep 2016
at 21:58
  • msg #818

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll get up and give Gawyn a hand getting up. Then I'll bow to hum and say
"That was a good match. It was really close."

I'll listen to Tomas and comment to Gawyn.
"Let's hurry then. I would rather not forfeit a match. Which Aes Sedai is healing today?"
Glantri
player, 1317 posts
Wed 7 Sep 2016
at 22:57
  • msg #819

Magnus's Meanderings

He takes your hand up and grimaces slightly at his side. Your wrist flares with pain as you help him up as well. You both took a fair deal more damage than was expected for a tournament using practice weapons and scoring based on number of hits.

"Thank you Eli, you as well. I knew I should have played that more conservatively after having such a demanding lead. All is well though. At this point though we likely will end with a tie, if anyone manages to defeat Galad."

After your second comment,
"I suspect Tomas is telling us to go find one. No Aes Sedai was petitioned to heal for todays tournament, since the healing can leave us tired and unfit for subsequent rounds. It's part of the reason the focus is on light hits scoring, not knock-outs of fatal equivalents. The only Aes Sedai I know is Elaida Sedai, seeing as she was at court all my youth as adviser to my mother. But I haven't talked to her since getting here, and red sisters aren't the most known for healing."
Magnus
player, 2037 posts
Thu 8 Sep 2016
at 01:26
  • msg #820

Magnus's Meanderings

"I know Alanna Sedai. She is of the Green Sisters. And she has healed me several times. Let's try her instead."

I'll go and try to find Alanna. I hope I don't annoy her by asking for healing twice in one day.
Glantri
player, 1319 posts
Thu 8 Sep 2016
at 02:18
  • msg #821

Magnus's Meanderings

Gawyn nods, "That works for me, do you know where she would be at this hour?"

It's around noon time, where are you looking or who are you asking about the where-abouts of Alanna?
Magnus
player, 2040 posts
Thu 8 Sep 2016
at 03:28
  • msg #822

Magnus's Meanderings

"Not really. We'll have to ask around."

I'll ask the various Aes Sedai that are around where Alanna Sedai is. If they ask I'll explain that we need healing. Maybe one will take pity on us.
Glantri
player, 1321 posts
Thu 8 Sep 2016
at 10:31
  • msg #823

Magnus's Meanderings

The nearest Aes Sedai is a red ajah member that neither you nor Gawyn are familiar with, she's the only Aes Sedai in the garden and thus the only one visible at a quick scan from the sparring yard.  Neither you nor Gawyn are familiar with her though. She's tall and has raven dark hair. She looks to be moving through at a quick pace on her way somewhere.

There are also a couple of novices and accepted within view, they congregated to watch the match in what free time they have. Or perhaps don't have, you get the feeling some are risking penance for being too slow in assigned tasks.
Magnus
player, 2042 posts
Thu 8 Sep 2016
at 15:34
  • msg #824

Magnus's Meanderings

"Eh... She looks busy. Let's ask the novices and accepted..."

I'll walk over to the novices and Accepted.

"Excuse me. We're looking for Alanna Sedai or another Aes Sedai that would be willing to heal us. Do you know where she may be?"
Glantri
player, 1323 posts
Thu 8 Sep 2016
at 16:00
  • msg #825

Magnus's Meanderings

There are 2 novices and one accepted that had congregated there. They all seem somewhat shy when you and Gawyn come over but one of the novices speaks up after your question.

"I don't know if Alanna Sedai is there already, but I have to deliver her lunch in half an hour in the Brown Quarters. If you can wait there I'm sure she'll be there eventually, possibly she's already there.

As to other Aes Sedai, you could always go to the yellow's quarters and ask one of them. It's their specialty after all. Though if they're in lessons they may want the novices or accepted there to try it instead."

After a moment of thought,

"If you want, I can show you both to the yellow's quarters if you want. I know my way around the tower quite well."
Magnus
player, 2044 posts
Thu 8 Sep 2016
at 17:48
  • msg #826

Magnus's Meanderings

"Actually, that is better than my idea. I already bothered Alanna Sedai today. Could you show us to the Yellow's Quarters please?"
Glantri
player, 1325 posts
Thu 8 Sep 2016
at 18:45
  • msg #827

Magnus's Meanderings

She nods happily and tells her two friends she'll meet up with them that night.

She takes you through the halls and up a few flights of stairs. Eventually, she takes you to the Yellow Ajah's quarters and knocks on a door.

Shortly after the door opens, and a short plump woman is standing there.

"Yes Irene, how may I help you?"

Irene bows and says quickly "Shemerin Sedai, I was just walking by the practice yard and these two trainees were looking for someone to heal them. You've mentioned previously that it's difficult to teach healing without actual injuries... so I was hoping I might get a lesson."

I figure you might or might not want to interject here. If not they'll continue.
Magnus
player, 2046 posts
Thu 8 Sep 2016
at 20:54
  • msg #828

Magnus's Meanderings

"We where in a tournament. If we take too long to find healing, we'll be forced to forfeit our next match. I do not mind her using my injuries to practice healing."

I'll bow to Shemerin Sedai at this point.
Glantri
player, 1327 posts
Thu 8 Sep 2016
at 21:18
  • msg #829

Magnus's Meanderings

She seems slightly flustered by you answering instead of Irene. Not exactly angry, but just caught off guard. It's not something you're used to seeing from Aes Sedai.

"Well, hmm yes. Today is supposed to be this month's tournament. I suppose that's why so many tasks have been late or undone today. Well, I will do what I can to get you back in time, which is what exactly? No never mind, it doesn't really matter. Healing can't be rushed.

Irene, you should be comfortable embracing Saidar by now, let me see how much you have to work with."

After a few moments, Shemerin says "Hmm, well yes. That should do." and she waves at you "You'll find it easiest to treat wounds you can see and touch. Once you have, you start with a dowsing. This lets you know exactly what to heal.

Once you know that, concentrate on channeling Saidar to undo the injuries. It's important that you handle all of the injuries at once, however. We're restoring them to their proper state, unlike patching them up with medicine we restore the body. For now, ignore the fatigue, you can either heal fatigue or injury, not both at once."

Irene moves over and put her hand against a particularly nasty bruise, and inspects it closely. After a moment she closes her eyes."

After a minute she opens her eyes and looks at Shemerin. "I don't seem to be able to undo the problem. I don't know what I'm bringing it to."

Shemerin thinks for a moment and then puts her hand on you and you feel the familiar process of your wounds retreating. It's managed to bring back a level of the fatigue you'd just managed to fight off, but your wrist is no longer at risk of breaking.

Shemerin says "Go ahead and dowse him again, that will give you a template to work off of for the next."

After another minute Irene has finally managed to send the familiar dowsing chill down your spine and she breaks out in a smile. "I think I see where I went wrong, Shemerin Sedai."

Shemerin gestures to Gawyn and Irene moves to start treating his wounds. You worry that you're already pressing the time you have. If there are good matches, that take time due to an even match, you should have a fair amount of time to go. If they end up being unbalanced, it's going to get to your match any minute now. You've neither been dismissed, nor can you take Gawyn with you yet.
Magnus
player, 2048 posts
Thu 8 Sep 2016
at 22:45
  • msg #830

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC: Shemerin didn't asj a question after Irene talked. I was just interjecting that I don't mind being used as practice for healing.

I'll wait patiently for Irene to heal Gawyn's wounds. There is nothing I can do to speed up the healing or alter how the matches will go. Besides, I do not wish to be rude.

After Irene is done healing Gawyn, I'll bow to both Irene and Shemerin. Obviously deeper for Shemerin so she doesn't feel like I'm not showing her the proper respect.

"Thank you for healing us Irene. And thank you for allowing her to practice on us Shemerin Sedai

If you need anyone for your students to practice healing on, I believe I can help. The Trainees in our class enjoy sparring, but we limit ourselves outside of class. So that we don't waste too much Aes Sedai time. But since you need injuries for your students to practice on... I'm sure we could arrange sparring matches in our free time that will help your students by providing someone to practice on.

If you are interested, I could talk to you later to arrange the times... if I'm not overstepping my bounds.

We must get back to the tournament.  Please excuse us and Thank you for the healing. "

I'll let her respond to my offer then I'll head back to the tournament.
Glantri
player, 1329 posts
Thu 8 Sep 2016
at 23:36
  • msg #831

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC)Poor phrasing on my part, I revised that a few times and must have confused myself in the re-wording. She was surprised you were talking, she just hadn't registered you much until that point. (That's not a tower norm for Aes Sedai, just a quirk with her)

Shemerin smiles at the bow and wishes you well in the tournament.

When you mention your idea, her eyes light up. "That is quite the idea... what was your name? I will have to get the head of my Ajah's permission, who would likely want the Amyrlin's blessing, but I don't think either would object. It would facilitate the girls learning faster at that. Though we'll still have to be careful who all is allowed, as it's not the easiest task and we wouldn't want to create any additional injuries to the students or novices."

She then lets you go. You and Gawyn head back to the tournament to find out that you each missed one match. Gawyn missed a match with Rory, while you missed a match with Galad.

Your next match is coming up very soon. You're up against Alor next. You have maybe a minute to prepare. The fatigue from earlier is back, though not as bad. Consecutive healings take their toll.
Magnus
player, 2050 posts
Fri 9 Sep 2016
at 03:22
  • msg #832

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll answer her question.
"My name is Eli Bumbalough."

eh. oh well. I'm a bit sad I didn't get to face Galad.
I'll grab my two swords and wait.
Glantri
player, 1331 posts
Fri 9 Sep 2016
at 09:58
  • msg #833

Magnus's Meanderings

Shortly, you are called to your match.

Alor is standing there, already in stance and embracing the void. Your previous surprise has apparently taught people a lesson.

He's wielding his sword in a two-handed grasp, and his footwork implies he'll be going on the aggression. He also seems to be trying to mask what form he's in, giving some hints of being in a defensive form when he's not.
Magnus
player, 2052 posts
Fri 9 Sep 2016
at 16:17
  • msg #834

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll enter the Flame and the Void when I am called.

I'll enter a aggressive stance and attack when the match starts.

I'll put some effort into parrying.

Ether he is actually in an aggressive stance, In which case I'll get a lot of hits in and parry a few of his. So I should earn points faster.

Or he is actually in a defensive stance , In which case I should parry the attacks he throws and slowly beat though his defense.
Glantri
player, 1333 posts
Fri 9 Sep 2016
at 17:02
  • msg #835

Magnus's Meanderings

Your assault overwhelms Alor. You quickly can tell he had intended for you to react to the aggresive stance and to capitalize on that. You start in exchanging one light hit against you to get in two successive chops to Alor's side.

You press your advantage and follow up several heavy hits against Alor, who keeps having to backpedal more and more. Eventually, you have him against the perimeter of the ring and when he tries to parry your blow you deflect his sword, sending it skittering to the other side of the ring while hitting him with the other sword.

You've taken a dominant lead of, if you count is correct, 11 to 1.
Magnus
player, 2054 posts
Fri 9 Sep 2016
at 17:55
  • msg #836

Magnus's Meanderings

I step back from him a bit and point one of my swords at him.
"Surrender now. There is no way you can win without a weapon."

If he is crazy, like me, he'll try to tackle me and wrestle one of my swords away. In which case, I'll smack him a few times before he gets close.
Glantri
player, 1335 posts
Fri 9 Sep 2016
at 18:50
  • msg #837

Magnus's Meanderings

Alor nods and bows deeply to you. "I sometimes forget exactly how big the divide is between some of us. Thank you for the object lesson Eli."

Tomas formally calls the fight then, and Galad and Gawyn are called to the ring.

Did you want to meditate or observe the fight?
Magnus
player, 2056 posts
Fri 9 Sep 2016
at 19:10
  • msg #838

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll bow back to him and offer some advice

"You'll get better and catch up. We are all training with the Warders to improve ourselves. When you have limited room to maneuver, it is better to circle your opponent so you don't run out of room.
That was clever disguising your form as another. Keep working on that and you'll throw your opponent off of your plan."

I'll watch this fight.
Glantri
player, 1337 posts
Fri 9 Sep 2016
at 19:49
  • msg #839

Magnus's Meanderings

Alor nods and thanks you for your advice.

Galad and Gawyn's fight starts off incredibly aggressive from the beginning. Gawyn starts on the offensive and presses hard. Instead of going on the defensive however, Galad also takes an aggressive stance and they both take blow after blow.

After a short and heated battle, Tomas calls the fight. It wasn't the shortest fight on the day, but it was close. Galad is announced the winner at 15 to 8. Both of them are out of breath however, and shake hands.

Your last match is coming up soon, it's the only member of the squad you haven't really had much interaction with. All you know about him so far is that he's a nobleman from the south, and his name is Dahvin. He's just below Rory in the rankings of your squad. (I believe I'm right that you know 6 names other than your own, and it's what I have in my notes. If I'm wrong just let me know.)

He's the only person other than yourself that has entered with two swords, and does so in your match as well. He's clearly in a defensive style, but with an odd accent to it. You believe he may have training from before coming to the warders.
Magnus
player, 2058 posts
Fri 9 Sep 2016
at 20:22
  • msg #840

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC: The names you mentioned before where Bogar, Alor, Petir, Darian, Lod, Rory, Gawyn and Galad. Lod also used a dual sword technique.

I'll meditate between Galad and Gawyn's fight and my own.

I enter the Flame and the Void before entering the ring and take up a defensive stance.

When the match starts, I'll poke at him to figure out what he is doing different.
And use the rest of my effort to parry.
Glantri
player, 1339 posts
Fri 9 Sep 2016
at 23:20
  • msg #841

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC)I messed up somewhere then, thanks for correcting that. I don't want to remove any of the people mentioned immediately, and I have some stuff in mind for Dahvin. Let's say Dahvin has joined the trainees recently then, bringing your number to 10, including yourself.

You put out some probing strikes to determine what is peculiar about his style and immediately notice. You strike and he steps into it, taking a mildly damaging hit but connecting hard with a shoulder to your face, dazing you. He immediately retreats back into a defensive stance.

By your best guess, he is taking a purely reactionary role, and willing to take a blow where he can absorb it in order to counter more effectively. That being said, you came out the better in that exchange, you would estimate you are a great deal more skilled than him.
Magnus
player, 2060 posts
Sat 10 Sep 2016
at 01:24
  • msg #842

Magnus's Meanderings

I see. I shift to an aggressive stance Then I'll attack with the intention to ether parry the counter attack or counter attack it myself.
Glantri
player, 1341 posts
Sat 10 Sep 2016
at 13:38
  • msg #843

Magnus's Meanderings

Your aggressive stance initially overwhelms his style, dealing far more blows than he's prepared to deal with. You exchange two to three blows for every hit he gets against you initially until after about 30 seconds he capitalizes on an opening and hits you with a sharp elbow to your arm.

Your arm goes numb with pain momentarily and you lose motor function just long enough to cause you to drop the sword in that hand. He then switches to an offensive stance and begins to press hard, trying to force you away from your sword before you can pick it up.

Score is Eli 7 Dahvin 2.
Magnus
player, 2063 posts
Sat 10 Sep 2016
at 17:59
  • msg #844

Magnus's Meanderings

I switch to a two handed grip on my sword and try to force him back.
Once I get him into a pattern, I'll drop down low and sweep his legs out from under him.
Then I'll grab my other sword and strike him while he is still getting up.
Glantri
player, 1343 posts
Sat 10 Sep 2016
at 19:15
  • msg #845

Magnus's Meanderings

You try to force him back. It's a hard task, but you eventually get him into a pattern without falling back. You each exchange a series of blows before this happens however, giving as good as you get but not getting the upper hand. (Past the already substantial lead you have)

When you drop low he jumps to avoid your sweep, but not without cost. He badly misses his next two attacks as he was thrown off balance. You capitalize on this by connecting a strong upwards cut.

Scores: Eli 12, Dahvin 6.

You see a desperate glint in his eye, as he charges at you with defenses clearly lowered and swords out wide. There are easy hits to be had, and the tactic strikes you as foolish as those hits in a real battle would be fatal, but taking advantage of those hits also nearly insures you can't block both outside blades.
Magnus
player, 2065 posts
Sun 11 Sep 2016
at 00:34
  • msg #846

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC: I assume I still only have one sword.

My instincts scream to me
This is a Trap

Instead of taking the obvious bait and striking at such an opening, I'll instead move into his guard, Preventing him from striking with both weapons. Then Maneuver him into a hip throw.

Then I'll press the attack as he returns to stance.
Glantri
player, 1345 posts
Sun 11 Sep 2016
at 04:18
  • msg #847

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC)That is correct.

You manage to block his one sword, but take a heavy hit from the other. In exchange you manage to plant your hip firmly, ground yourself and throw him to the ground.

You follow it up, hitting him twice before he manages to stand back up and take a stance at which point Tomas calls the fight, 15 to 8.
Magnus
player, 2069 posts
Sun 11 Sep 2016
at 04:46
  • msg #848

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll bow to him.

"Dahvin, That was a good match. That was an interesting technique you where using. Most don't add unarmed attacks to the sword styles. Where did you learn before coming here?"
Glantri
player, 1348 posts
Sun 11 Sep 2016
at 14:06
  • msg #849

Magnus's Meanderings

He walks out of the ring talking to you.

"It's what my brothers taught me growing up, with some additions I've picked up along the way in some duels. It's not all that uncommon a style back home in Ebou Dar."
Magnus
player, 2071 posts
Sun 11 Sep 2016
at 22:13
  • msg #850

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll sit down still talking to him.

"I see. I was taught a bit of unarmed myself."
Glantri
player, 1350 posts
Sun 11 Sep 2016
at 22:57
  • msg #851

Magnus's Meanderings

"Oh? Where did you learn that? I haven't heard of many places that teach pugilism unless you count the barbaric Aiel tribes or small duelling cliques in Ebou Dar. I suppose if you count non nobility there are groups of street roughs that can't afford swords there. I digress though, I'd love to here more of your story. Perhaps you could teach me some of it?"
Magnus
player, 2072 posts
Sun 11 Sep 2016
at 23:45
  • msg #852

Magnus's Meanderings

"I was taught it while I was growing up.
I haven't taught anyone before... and it hasn't been refined like swordsmanship. But I would like to practice with some of our off time. I'll show you my style as long as you show me the style you learned."
Glantri
player, 1351 posts
Mon 12 Sep 2016
at 00:14
  • msg #853

Magnus's Meanderings

"I can agree to such terms, I look forward to practicing with you Eli and will contribute as much as I can. Perhaps I can eventually give you a more thorough challenge."
He offers to shake hands to seal the arrangement. He has a sense of formality to his words.
Magnus
player, 2074 posts
Mon 12 Sep 2016
at 00:24
  • msg #854

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll shake his hand and smile.

"I look forward to sparring with you."
Glantri
player, 1353 posts
Mon 12 Sep 2016
at 01:05
  • msg #855

Magnus's Meanderings

Unless you have something else you want to do with the time we'll move to the next match.

Petir is using a shield and sword and seems to be emulating Gawyn's general styles. He's still unsure of some of his footwork however, and you note that at the beginning of your match he's attempted to enter the defensive stance but is balanced poorly. You think given an aggressive enough start or strong push that he could be forced to the ground relatively easily.
Magnus
player, 2077 posts
Mon 12 Sep 2016
at 03:36
  • msg #856

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll enter the Flame and the Void and then enter the ring.

I'll take my aggressive stance. And when the match starts, I'll charge him and preform some  strikes to maneuver him into a position where I can preform a sliding side kick on his shield to knock him over. I should be able to do that easily if his foot work is that bad.

When he is down, I'll strike him as he is getting up.
Glantri
player, 1355 posts
Mon 12 Sep 2016
at 11:37
  • msg #857

Magnus's Meanderings

You launch your offense and make him move exactly the way you want. He has no real opportunities to push back and takes blow after blow. All the time, you are moving him into position until you finally let loose with your sliding side kick and both knock him over and make him drop his sword. He slides a good four feet after hitting the ground and is an easy target, with only a pittance of a defense from his shield.

Score is Eli 9 Petir 0, Petir is on the ground, with only a shield and no sword but is in the process of standing up.
Magnus
player, 2079 posts
Mon 12 Sep 2016
at 17:02
  • msg #858

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll continue to rain strikes down on him. Let see islf he pulls something unexpected.
Glantri
player, 1357 posts
Mon 12 Sep 2016
at 20:30
  • msg #859

Magnus's Meanderings

Nothing unexpected comes up, between having to get up, and struggling with his footing still you dodge both of his attacks and deliver enough blows to close the match. The match is called at a shutout in your favor.

You notice that Petir is incredibly tired, the number of matches in a day clearly is dragging at everyone, the lower seats in the class the most.
Magnus
player, 2081 posts
Mon 12 Sep 2016
at 21:07
  • msg #860

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll help him to his feet and offer some advise after I bow to him.
"You need to work on your footwork. Your stance was too narrow and allowed me to kick you over."

I'll sit down and rest. How many more matches do I have left?
Glantri
player, 1359 posts
Mon 12 Sep 2016
at 21:30
  • msg #861

Magnus's Meanderings

Petir nods, "You're right. I knew as soon as the match started, but I'm just so tired at this point that I fell out of the void and then couldn't catch up... once it started going down hill it felt like too much to stop."

You're going into the last match of the round-robin tournament, after which rankings will be announced. Your match is second to last, and everyone is clearly showing fatigue and ready to go get some dinner and then sleep.

You're up against Darian. He's not in much better shape weariness wise than Petir, but his footwork is solid at least. As soon as the match starts he throws himself into a burst of speed, slashing low at you and barely missing. He's using a clearly aggressive style and wielding his weapon two handed.
Magnus
player, 2083 posts
Mon 12 Sep 2016
at 21:47
  • msg #862

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll meditate and rest before my last match starts.

I'll enter the flame and the void along wih my aggressive stace. Before I enter the ring.

I'll. Just all out attack Darian using my two swords to score points Faster than him.
Glantri
player, 1362 posts
Mon 12 Sep 2016
at 23:16
  • msg #863

Magnus's Meanderings

Your melee is a staggering display of non-stop attacks. Both of you strike true more often than not, but you're right in thinking that you would outpace Darian.

When Tomas calls the fight your sweating from the pace that you set for yourself. Score is called at 16 for Eli, 11 for Darian.

As you're getting out of the ring you see Galad talking to Tomas for a bit before entering.

Galad's fight is with Alor and it's a blowout of 15-1, Galad's favor.

Afterwards Tomas announces, after a nod from Galad.
"There appears to be a draw. Galad and Eli, at one loss each are to appear at sunrise tomorrow for a finals duel. Well fought today, go and get some food and rest."
Galad is smiling slightly.
Magnus
player, 2086 posts
Tue 13 Sep 2016
at 00:55
  • msg #864

Magnus's Meanderings

My eyebrows raise when Tomas announces that.
I see what Galad did. There was going to be a dual between the best and second best. But there was probably a few with two loses like myself. He forced a dual between himself and me by switching who forfeit to whom with our normal match. (That I was forced to miss)

I'll walk over to Galad smiling.
"That was rather clever of you. Thank you. I was forced to miss our dual. This gives us a proper chance to go all out on each other."


Afterward I assume it is dinner time. So I will find Alanna and Verin for my dinner with them.
Glantri
player, 1364 posts
Tue 13 Sep 2016
at 01:07
  • msg #865

Magnus's Meanderings

Galad smiles at you, "It was the right thing to do. The purpose of the tournament was to find the strongest. I took a small gamble earlier when you didn't show up and forfeited before the match was called. Sleep well Eli, I want your best effort."

Yes, it's dinner time at this point. Tomas actually comes over after you're done talking to Galad and says "I'm told you have an appointment with Verin, she'll be in the brown quarters dining hall. If you need, I'll show you the way."

Whether you get there yourself or led by Tomas:
When you enter the dining hall Verin immediately bustles over to you and says "Ah, young Eli. Come this way, we've requested a side dining room."

The room is isolated with no windows and there is just you Alanna and Verrin in it.

Alanna starts off, "I have given Verrin an account of what I know, but she insists she hears it from you. She insists the exact wording could give her hints on how you managed to pierce into the dreamworld."

She also gestures to the food, "Feel free to begin eating though, I'm told you had a long day."
Magnus
player, 2089 posts
Tue 13 Sep 2016
at 02:42
  • msg #866

Magnus's Meanderings

I smile
"I want you best effort too Galad. See you tomorrow."

I'll follow Tomas to the Brown Dining Hall.

I'll ask Tomas as we walk.
"What are the rules for the match tomorrow?"

I'll follow Verin into the room and sit down with them.
"Thank you for helping me with this. It has been a long day. Going into a tournament while tired from healing isn't fun.

I've sworn an oath to Moiraine Sedai to not reveal certain facts. But I'll give a complete account as I can regarding my dreams

But two questions before I start... What is your opinions on wolf-brothers? and Being Aes Sedai, I assume you have a very negative opinion on Whitecloaks. That is correct?
My story involves them..."
Glantri
player, 1366 posts
Tue 13 Sep 2016
at 02:58
  • msg #867

Magnus's Meanderings

Galad nods and heads on his way.

Tomas says "Seeing as it's a tie-breaker, and normally wouldn't be held, it'll be the same format as the rest of the tournament. That is unless both participants request an acceptable alternative. Both parties would need to agree in such a case obviously, and it would have to pass my approval."

------

Verrin thinks on your question before saying, "I don't believe I can appropriately answer your first question, as I've not heard the term before. As to the whitecloaks, they do tend to want us dead on sight and call us witches and darkfriends."
Magnus
player, 2091 posts
Tue 13 Sep 2016
at 05:47
  • msg #868

Magnus's Meanderings

"I'll explain when I get to it then.

Anyway I guess I should start at the beginning where I met Moiraine Sedai.
She was taking a group to Tar Valon because they where being chased by a group of trollocs.
She passed though Baerlon and Picked up Susan and I. Because Susan had the potential to become an Aes Sedai and I wanted to go with her to protect her. We traveled east Because the Trollocs where still following us. So we camped in Shadar Logoth to throw them off. And No, I didn't take anything from there. I didn't like being there.

Anyway, It didn't work. They attacked and we had to flee. We ended up getting separated from Moiraine Sedai and the others. So we had to make it to Tar Valon on our own with us thinking the Trollocs are on our heels. We ended up heading to Four Kings to take advantage of the roads. On the way there A wolfbrother named Elyas Helped us navigate to Four Kings.

A Wolfbrother is a Human with a spiritual connection to wolfs. along with enhanced senses of sight. I've been told by Lan Mandraggaran that they are not related to the Shadow. Despite what the Red Ajah think. It also turns out that Elyas was Lan Mandraggaran's instructor before Elyas's eyes turned Gold. Apparently thay are a really old group.

On the way to Four kings
We where attacked by Whitecloaks. We ran at first because we knew they would do horrible things to a Wolfbrother and someone going to be trained by the Aes Sedai.
There was a group of twelve Whitecloaks on horseback. We managed to separate them into two groups of 6 due to our running.

One of our group was thrown from her horse. so I told her to Run with Susan on her horse...
Then I turned and Killed the Whitecloaks to defend Susan from them.
Elyas and one other fought with me. They killed three and I killed three by myself without mercy.
...That was the first time I killed another human. But, They would have done horrible things to Susan if they caught us.

We got some of there horses and fled. Elyas said he would distract them. We when for a bit and they rested while I stayed up all night on watch. Then we rode for another day and camped around a bunch of dead trees. At this point I crashed and fell asleep because of my exhaustion.

Then I dreamed of ravens... Or where they crows? It's hard for me to tell. Anyway.
A Swarm of them where flying overhead while I was Hiding in a forest. I was sure they where searching for us.
I thought I was a normal dream brought on by stress. But apparently it isn't

Anyway I woke up in a cold sweat. We traveled to Four Kings and Met up with Moiraine Sedfai and her group. we spent the night in Four Kings and had to escape a sweep of the City by the Whitecloaks. We did so and then traveled to Caemlyn where we met the last ones of our group.
I started Training with Lan here.

Then we had to go to Fal Dara though the ways for Reasons. We discovered that the Trollocs have been using them to go to the south. We barely escaped the Black wind...


We made it to Fal Dara. We had to go then come back to Fal Dara for Reasons.
We stayed there for a month before the Amyrlin Seat came with 15 other Aes Sedai.
that night there was a battle with Trollocs there and I helped defend Fal Dara.
I ended up flanking a Myrdraal with Lan and then killed it by stabbing it though it's heart.

Then Susan,Egwene,Nynaeve and I traveled with the Amyrlin Seat back to Tar Valon.
I trained With Alanna Sedai's Warders on the way. When I got here I had a close match with Galad and lost. Then Tomas told Galad and I to come to you to be healed. When we got back Galad was appointed the team captain for one team and I was the captain for the other. There was a team battle and I pushed myself too hard and was knocked out.

I dreamed of battles won and lost; Of tactical blunders that cost thousands of lives and Strokes of Tactical Genius that won wars. Battle made more sense to me.I felt like I knew what it meant to lead men into battle, with both it's costs and benefits.

Then I dreamed of Tar Valon with scorch marks and holes marring the beautiful White Tower and there was blood everywhere... Then I woke up.

Again I just though it was a weird dream.

I've been training with the Warders since then. Last Night... I dreamed of a murder of crows flying overhead with me in a valley. I felt fear and somehow I knew that if they found me death would be a mercy... But I recognized that I had a dream like this before. And I got angry that I was afraid of a bunch of crows. So I took over the dream. I still felt the fear to a greater degree than usual for some reason. When I take over a nightmare like that. the fear doesn't completely go away. Not realizing this was unusual. I did my usual thing of Fighting the Nightmare. So I imagined myself as my favorite Hero and then I turned into him. I formed a bow and arrow. I charged the Arrow so that it would do a massive explosion when it hits one of the crows. Then I fired at the crows. Killing all of them in the explosion and turning them into ash. But the explosion was bigger than I expected and I caught myself in the blast. That Hurt. That Hurt a lot. You are not meant to feel pain in dreams. This shocked me into waking up.

at first I though it was another weird dream... Then I touched my face and felt the third degree burns there. Then I got dressed and when to Alanna Sedai for healing and to figure out what exactly happened to me.

Ok. So how do I prevent myself from going to this Dreamworld? How do I know if I am there?"
Glantri
player, 1368 posts
Tue 13 Sep 2016
at 12:41
  • msg #869

Magnus's Meanderings

Verrin is writing in a small book while you talk, listening intently.

She waits until the end to talk, patiently transcribing your words along with notations,
"That is... quite a lot.

The last two questions are both going to be the easiest part, and the least clear. Because there's comparatively little we know about Tel'aran'rhiod. I do have some ideas, but I'd like you to keep in mind that they are my working theories based on research I've done and what you've told me.

There's the question of if you managed to enter Tel'aran'rhiod or whether you were pulled in. The first would be a remarkable feat, the second a terrifying concept.

Starting from the first, you mentioned Elyas. I'm familiar with him, it's a sad story. I fear that not many sisters would look kindly on him, despite the red's ridiculous actions in the case. It remains he killed warders when he left. That is hard to forget. I do know some aspects of his connection with wolves. According to notes I've read, he was able to meet with wolves in his dreams. I see you don't have golden eyes however, so I doubt you have the same skill there. If you did however, I suspect that it's a closer position to Tel'aran'rhiod and you could jump into it from wherever the wolves stay.

Past that, I suppose it's possible you're a dreamer. The records seem to imply that dreamers are channelers, but never actually definitively make the connection so that might not be the case. Some of your dreams seem to speak to prophecy, which is another talent linked with channeling. Not that I am accusing you Eli, were you a male channeler a sister would have picked up on it by now. The links are just... interesting.  But if you are a dreamer, you need to be trained. Sadly the last Aes Sedai with that talent died over a hundred years ago. Although... we may have another dreamer among the novices. It would be a remarkable coincidence.

If you didn't enter on your own however, that means you were pulled in. That's a much simpler task to stop. There are wards that we can place on your mind to prevent intrusion. They've been largely unneeded through the ages due to it being a lost art, but the wards are still known. I suspect Moiraine had been putting them on you without you knowing, which is why your dreams bookend your travels with her.

The best course of action obviously is to assume both are true and defend against both. Every night come to the brown quarters, where I'll rebind the ward that will protect you during your dreams.

At the same time, if you are going in yourself, you need training to stop or at least identify it. For now, if you can assume control of a dream, assume you are in Tel'aran'rhiod. Assume death there is the equivalent of death here, because from what I've read it is. I'd like the next time you're able to control it to try and force yourself awake. It's a relatively safe course of action that will determine if you're in control or if someone is forcing this.

You should also know that the Whitecloaks have been scouring towns looking for the... and how did those idiots put it... 'darkfriends who attacked the Children of the Light unprovoked, north of Four Kings'. Last I heard there isn't any connection that matches your description however, and they claim it's a troop of at least 10.

As to ravens and crows, they are eyes of the dark one. I suspect it's an ill omen that you saw so many hunting in the dreams."
Magnus
player, 2092 posts
Tue 13 Sep 2016
at 14:07
  • msg #870

Magnus's Meanderings

"I suspect that The Red sisters would have already chased me out of Tar Valon if I had Golden eyes.
Anyway. Let's keep this to ourselves...
I'll come to the Brown Quarters for you to put wards on my mind.
And If I take control of a dream, Try to wake up. If I can't wake up, Tread the things there as if they can actually kill me.

I guess it is a good thing that none the ones that lived saw us up close.

Is there anything else we need to go over?"
Glantri
player, 1369 posts
Tue 13 Sep 2016
at 14:31
  • msg #871

Magnus's Meanderings

"It's what I have to offer currently. I'll be continuing my research. I would like you to make sure to tell Alanna and I both anytime you have a strange dream or anything you don't expect happens. Not first thing in the morning, so as to not attract attention. We'll arrange for you to join Tomas and me for dinner occasionally. I suppose I'll do the same with other students, so that it doesn't look odd.

And with that we should all eat, the food is quite good."

Before you leave Verrin puts her hand on your head and you feel a slight chill and then she tells you that the ward is set.

Anything you want to do before going to sleep?
Magnus
player, 2095 posts
Tue 13 Sep 2016
at 14:50
  • msg #872

Magnus's Meanderings

If it is not too late, I'll go over to Susan and tell her what is going on and that Verin put a ward on me to prevent me from being pulled into the dream world.
I'll also ask her a question.
"Can talents manifest in people that can learn to channel or is it just those who figure out how to channel by themselves?"

Other than that I'll go to sleep.
This message was last edited by the player at 14:56, Tue 13 Sept 2016.
Glantri
player, 1371 posts
Tue 13 Sep 2016
at 15:00
  • msg #873

Magnus's Meanderings

It's around 8PM. You're exhausted, but not because it's late but because of the day that you've had.

You find Susan in her quarters and she is thrilled to hear that Alanna and Verrin were able to find something.

"I'm not sure I'm understanding the nuance you're going for Eli. Talents refer to areas of the one power that channelers are particularly adept or sensitive to. I have a talent for fire for example.

Do you mean the difference between those with an innate ability to channel versus those that can be taught? Both can have talents, and I don't believe the chance is changed on that merit. Why do you ask?"
Magnus
player, 2096 posts
Tue 13 Sep 2016
at 15:23
  • msg #874

Magnus's Meanderings

"They think I might be a Dreamer and one of my dreams may have been prophetic. They said both of those Talents have been traditionally linked with channeling... "
In a small quite voice that only she can hear
"I suspect that I can learn. Although I'm not stupid enough to try. Most of the time."
Glantri
player, 1373 posts
Tue 13 Sep 2016
at 15:33
  • msg #875

Magnus's Meanderings

She looks startled for a moment and then puts a few things together. She then gets a serious look on her face. You think she may be channeling.

"I need you to listen carefully before we continue Eli. I am on the path to becoming an Aes Sedai. Aes Sedai can not lie, and I may be asked questions that if I know the answer beyond a shadow of a doubt that there will be no way of spinning my words to mislead.

I don't think it's ever occurred to a sister that a dormant talent might not be detectable. Women who can channel can be detected much like those who do it by instinct.

It's important to remember though that Saidin is tainted by the dark one. Those who taste from it eventually go mad. At the same time, much like Saidar, it's allure is said to be impossible to resist. Once one channels they will again. It's the reason that the tower gentles male channelers."
Magnus
player, 2098 posts
Tue 13 Sep 2016
at 17:13
  • msg #876

Magnus's Meanderings

"I see. Isn't it harder for Aes Sedai to detect male channelers than female channelers?

I've had my suspicions since the incident with Hopper. But no confirmations

Still I would rather not go mad and I would rather not be gentled. So I will not try. I hope the Wheel doesn't require me to learn...

But I'm not the only one that can come to that conclusion. We need to be careful about who knows about the dreams.

What does gentling do exactly?"
Glantri
player, 1375 posts
Tue 13 Sep 2016
at 18:22
  • msg #877

Magnus's Meanderings

"That's what I'm told. Also not all Aes Sedai have the talent for detecting channelers at all. Anyone female channeler can feel when another woman channels Saidar, but not all can intrinsically tell if one has the ability. At least that's what I've learned in my studies so far. I can press to learn more specifically about that, but it would raise suspicions.

As to the conclusion you're coming to, I suspect many won't come to it unless they had further evidence. It's a scary concept Eli, that there are those who can learn that have just eluded us. Almost all male channelers since the time of the Breaking have caused war and turmoil wherever they go.

As to what gentling does, it depends who you ask. Textbook answer is it severs the male's ability to connect with Saidin, and that's all.

It's not really all though. Few men live long after gentling, they off go into deep despair and kill themselves. They also... lose part of themselves in the process it seems. A mighty leader of men, and fierce beacon of destruction often becomes a nearly emotionless husk. Technically alive, with no physical damage.

If it weren't for the damage that male channelers going mad pose's to the world, I suspect there would be many vocal protests in the tower with regard to it. It remains however that the threat outweighs the cost."
Magnus
player, 2100 posts
Tue 13 Sep 2016
at 23:13
  • msg #878

Magnus's Meanderings

"That's... Horrible. Why don't they just kill them? It would be more merciful that doing the equivalent of a lobotomy on them. It sounds like they kill a core part of their soul by doing that. Seriously, Why do that? It would be easier just to kill them. Sorry, The concept of someone losing the part of them that makes them well THEM. That is one of the most horrifying things that can be done to a person.

Anyway. I suspect that they already know. But just don't care. Think about it. Would you have ever learned to channel if Moiraine didn't tell you you could learn? Without that push, most wouldn't know to even try. Much less the instruction necessary to even begin to channel.

A long time ago, both male and female sides where balanced, right? You would expect that there where men born that could learn how to channel just like there are women that can learn.
But once the Male side got tainted by the dark one... Well now there is no one to teach them. They go about their lives without causing any problems, Ignorant that they have the potential. Therefor there is no reason to search for them because up until they learn how to channel, they are not a problem. Once they do they are hunted down like any male that channeled by instinct.

I would be really surprised if the higher up Aes Sedai didn't already know this... I mean I'm an outsider and I came to this conclusion based on what I've heard..."
Glantri
player, 1377 posts
Tue 13 Sep 2016
at 23:28
  • msg #879

Magnus's Meanderings

She shifts uncomfortably.
"Eli, we're bound to not kill any but shadowspawn or in self-defense. We physically can not kill male channelers unless in direct self-defense. But many agree with your point, no one is happy to see a man gentled with the exception of the red who see it as their mission to keep the world safe from male channelers first and foremost, at any cost.

I think you may be selling yourself short Eli. An outsider can sometimes see what is very difficult to tell from the inside. We have tales of the age of legends, when there were male and female Aes Sedai. The tales are confusing. There are areas where there are clear differences. They are considered equal but different. Saidin and Saidar supposedly have as many differences as similarities.

That being said, you could be right. Upper members may have such a belief, and carry out accordingly."
Magnus
player, 2104 posts
Tue 13 Sep 2016
at 23:55
  • msg #880

Magnus's Meanderings

"That is true. But it doesn't have to be an Aes Sedai that kills them... oh well There is nothing I can do at this point.

I see. I'll keep this to myself for now then. Thank you, for hearing me out Susan."

I'll hug Susan.
"I'll be here for you. Because of that, I won't do anything stupid to get myself killed. Goodnight Susan. I'll see you later."

Unless she has more to say, I'll head to bed.
Glantri
player, 1380 posts
Wed 14 Sep 2016
at 00:26
  • msg #881

Magnus's Meanderings

"I'm glad Eli, I don't know what I'd do if you died."

You go to sleep then.

You have less ominous dreams that night. Instead it's just a simple dream where you are wandering the halls of an unfamiliar castle. It's largely devoid of decoration, somewhat similar to Fal Dara's. It's stonework however, is a darker grey where as Fal Dara's halls were of a lighter stone.
Magnus
player, 2106 posts
Wed 14 Sep 2016
at 08:37
  • msg #882

Magnus's Meanderings

"I wouldn't know what to do ether. I couldn't bear the thought of losing you forever..."

In the dream

Well, I would follow Verin's instructions if I recognized that it was a dream and then try to force myself awake.

if I don't recognize it, then the dream would play out.
Glantri
player, 1381 posts
Wed 14 Sep 2016
at 11:19
  • msg #883

Magnus's Meanderings

You recognize it as a dream, and you manage to force yourself awake.

It's a weird sensation, purposefully bringing yourself out of a dream. You see the walls of the castle slowly fade until you're in darkness and then you open your eyes to see a dark room.

You're still tired, but estimate that you've gotten probably 3/4 of a nights sleep at this point.
Magnus
player, 2108 posts
Wed 14 Sep 2016
at 15:09
  • msg #884

Magnus's Meanderings

Well This is going to get old fast.

I go back to sleep.
Glantri
player, 1383 posts
Wed 14 Sep 2016
at 15:33
  • msg #885

Magnus's Meanderings

Getting back to sleep is a chore, you're at that inconvenient level of tired that's difficult to fall asleep but definitely needs more sleep.

After about 15 minutes or so though you drift back to sleep, and have an undisturbed sleep.

You wake up shortly before sunrise, with about half an hour before your match with Galad. Thankfully you feel very well rested despite the brief wake-up.
Magnus
player, 2110 posts
Wed 14 Sep 2016
at 15:37
  • msg #886

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll get ready and head to where my match with Galad will be held.
Glantri
player, 1385 posts
Wed 14 Sep 2016
at 16:09
  • msg #887

Magnus's Meanderings

Galad meets you as you leave the barracks.

"Good morning Eli. I hope you're ready for our match. Have you given any thought to Tomas's words and if you'd like to alter the rules for todays match at all?"
Magnus
player, 2112 posts
Wed 14 Sep 2016
at 16:12
  • msg #888

Magnus's Meanderings

"Good morning to you too. I have thought about it. What do you think we should change the rules to?"
This message was last edited by the player at 16:13, Wed 14 Sept 2016.
Glantri
player, 1387 posts
Wed 14 Sep 2016
at 16:17
  • msg #889

Magnus's Meanderings

He shrugs slightly. "I'm ok with them as is, but it doesn't represent a fight very well. A duel to the concession is another fine option, as is a duel to the equivalent of a fatal blow."
Magnus
player, 2115 posts
Wed 14 Sep 2016
at 20:28
  • msg #890

Magnus's Meanderings

"A duel to concession would make it a contest of willpower and swordsmanship. A contest to force the other to admit defeat. It would be long and painful for both of us. Although it does hold a certain appeal to me.

A duel till the first fatal equivalent blow would probably be fair. Although we risk cutting our duel short if one of us isn't as careful as they should be.

I don't mind ether way. What do you think would be better?"
Glantri
player, 1390 posts
Wed 14 Sep 2016
at 21:16
  • msg #891

Magnus's Meanderings

"A duel to a fatal equivalence is my preference. It's the most accurate of live steel. It is hardest for Tomas to judge, but he's done so before."

When you get to the ring Galad tells Tomas that the two if you have decided a duel to fatal equivalence is to be used. He looks to you for confirmation to which I assume you nod, and then he motions towards the racks of practice weapons and the ring.

Galad takes a plain long sword and nothing else. Of note, you've seen him use a plethora of fighting options, seeming to prefer never to use the same one twice.
Magnus
player, 2117 posts
Thu 15 Sep 2016
at 02:55
  • msg #892

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll nod in agreement to the chance in rules.

I'll get my standard katana and wakizashi analog. I'll enter the Flame and the Void then enter the ring.

Then I'll enter my defensive stance And wait for the match to start.

Then I'll do something unexpected and throw my short sword at Galad.
I'll then shift to my balanced stance with a two handed grip and rush Galad while he is mentally recovering from having a sword thrown at him.
I'll Slash at Galad a few times but I'll keep a fair amount of effort in reserve to parry his attacks.
Glantri
player, 1392 posts
Thu 15 Sep 2016
at 12:14
  • msg #893

Magnus's Meanderings

You throw your weapon to which Galad gracefully steps out of the way and catches it with his free hand.

In the moment that gets you, you slash across his leg but don't manage to retreat before he rakes a counter-attack across your arm before you get your sword in position to parry.

He's shifted into an aggressive style, and is wielding both his sword and the one you threw at him.
Magnus
player, 2119 posts
Thu 15 Sep 2016
at 15:53
  • msg #894

Magnus's Meanderings

Well, that didn't go according to plan.

I'll shift to a defensive stance with most of my effort going into parrying. I'll do a few prodding attacks for a while. Then I'll suddenly try to disarm my shortsword from him by knocking it out of his hand.
Glantri
player, 1394 posts
Thu 15 Sep 2016
at 16:40
  • msg #895

Magnus's Meanderings

Galad gets in two glancing blows using your shortsword before you manage a strong parry, sending it flying out of the ring.

Galad smirks and goes for a leg sweep which you nimbly dodge away from, after which he assumes a defensive stance again, holding his longsword in two hands.
Magnus
player, 2121 posts
Thu 15 Sep 2016
at 18:33
  • msg #896

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll shift to my aggressive stance and press the attack but I'll keep a fair amount of effort in reserve to parry.

I'm looking for an opportunity to ether initiate a grapple or throw Galad to the ground.
Glantri
player, 1396 posts
Thu 15 Sep 2016
at 20:02
  • msg #897

Magnus's Meanderings

The two of you attack and parry creating an almost musical rhythm. Eventually your pattern breaks down as Galad ducks in close and slashes at your ribs.

You take the opportunity to grab him and spin him around, controlling his arms and body with your grapple. It's occupying both of your hands as well, and will be difficult to maintain if you keep a hold on your sword, but he's unable to attack until the grapple is broken.
Magnus
player, 2123 posts
Fri 16 Sep 2016
at 02:18
  • msg #898

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll Drop my sword and then force the grapple to the ground. Then I'll focus on Isolating The sword in Galad's hand, Steal it then Stab him with it in a fatal area.
Or do the motions for sliting his throat with it.
Glantri
player, 1398 posts
Fri 16 Sep 2016
at 02:43
  • msg #899

Magnus's Meanderings

You manage to wrest control of Galad's sword away from him and position it against his neck.

After but a brief second Tomas calls the fight, with you having proven control of the sword, and thus ability to deliver the fatal blow.

You notice in this interaction that while Galad's swordplay is incredibly strong, his brawling is nowhere near your own.
Magnus
player, 2125 posts
Fri 16 Sep 2016
at 03:09
  • msg #900

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll Get up and Bow to Galad.

"I wasn't sure if I would win if I kept it Just swordsmamship. We should do this again."

I'll try to judge Galad's mood. How does he feel about the Match?
Glantri
player, 1399 posts
Fri 16 Sep 2016
at 11:21
  • msg #901

Magnus's Meanderings

Galad smiles and bows to you.

"Well fought Eli, I'll have to adapt my style to be more punishing to those that try to get in close enough to grapple me. It never occurred to me in a fight to the fatal blow that someone would drop their own sword."

His mood is obviously high. He doesn't lose often, but isn't a bad sport.
Magnus
player, 2127 posts
Fri 16 Sep 2016
at 15:17
  • msg #902

Magnus's Meanderings

I smile.
"It was a bit of a gamble for me. But since I controlled the grapple, I figured it was a safe bet. I guess I'll end up helping you figure out how to do that."

So what is the plan for the day after the match?
This message was last edited by the player at 15:18, Fri 16 Sept 2016.
Glantri
player, 1401 posts
Fri 16 Sep 2016
at 15:56
  • msg #903

Magnus's Meanderings

Tomas announces, "We have our winner, Eli is currently ranked first in the class, and Galad second. I'll have the full list posted this afternoon for any that are interested in your personal standings. I'm giving the lot of you the day off, as a reward for a tournament that was harder fought than I expected. Show up for training at sunrise tomorrow at the bridge at the west end of town."

So you have the full day free, and then there's something going on tomorrow at dawn.
Magnus
player, 2129 posts
Fri 16 Sep 2016
at 17:49
  • msg #904

Magnus's Meanderings

"Well, I'm going to work on teaching Dahvin my unarmed style. Anyone is welcomed to join in if they feel inclined. "

I'll work on teaching until everyone who joined me is exhausted. Then I'll
Ask an Aes Sedai to help with the exhaustion

Then I'll go and see what Susan is doing today.

Then I'll go and visit Verin.
Glantri
player, 1403 posts
Fri 16 Sep 2016
at 18:12
  • msg #905

Magnus's Meanderings

Everyone takes you up on the offer of additional training. Their sound thrashing from the other day still fresh in their minds.

Dahvin shows you what his standard style is during the training. It's really still a sword fighting style, but using what some might consider underhanded tricks to catch the opponent off guard. He's adept at hitting pressure points and his punches and kicks are all impressively fast. They don't extend well into grappling however.

Your entire group is exhausted and bruised by lunch time. You have some options on who to go to for curing wounds and exhaustion. Who were you planning to go to?
Magnus
player, 2131 posts
Sat 17 Sep 2016
at 02:05
  • msg #906

Magnus's Meanderings

I would probably go to Shemerin Sedai with them. To see if she has a healing class going.
Glantri
player, 1405 posts
Sat 17 Sep 2016
at 04:52
  • msg #907

Magnus's Meanderings

You find Shemerin along with 6 novices, including Susan and Egwene, in one of the meeting halls of the yellow ajah.

Shemerin doesn't notice you at the door, which is open, as she is absorbed in her lecture of the importance of the weaves of spirit in healing magic. She goes on at some length about proper structure of the weave being fundamental to bracing the one to be healed in order to allow the weaves of water and air to do their work. She goes on for over a half an hour, discussing how to embrace the power, then start the weave of spirit before layering the weave of water and air on top, gently at first and then heavier until it sets in.

She's still not noticed as she starts going in on another topic, one of diagnosing mental illnesses, both magical and physical.
Magnus
player, 2134 posts
Sat 17 Sep 2016
at 06:04
  • msg #908

Magnus's Meanderings

When she switches topic, I'll make myself known.

"Excuse me Shemerin Sedai. We did some extracurricular training and got a bit bruised up.
I was wondering if you would be willing to Heal us... Or supervise your Students with healing practice. I'm sorry about interrupting your Class."

At this point I bow to her.

If she allows the students to heal us. I'll go to Susan for healing.
Glantri
player, 1407 posts
Sat 17 Sep 2016
at 12:51
  • msg #909

Magnus's Meanderings

She looks towards the door when you begin speaking and smiles briefly,
"That is appreciated Eli. I don't suppose any of you have a broken bone? I was just going over mending of bones this morning, but it's much easier to understand after seeing."

None of you do, which I assume you tell her.

"Ah, oh well. But yes, healing would be good. Students, please find a trainee to begin healing while I observe. Call me over immediately if you have any questions."

Susan moves over to you, and you note that Egwene moves to Gawyn immediately. The rest are what might be considered a slightly dignified dash towards Galad. After that, everyone settles into picking one of the trainees with no one getting particularly special attention.

Susan says "This may take a little bit Eli, I'm not the best at healing."
She then closes her eyes and puts her hand on your head. You've been healed by Aes Sedai a few times, and know about how long it takes. It takes Susan about twice as long. That's much faster than the last time you had a novice heal you however.

After the chill feeling has passed she opens her eyes and looks at you,
"Does everything feel ok?"
Magnus
player, 2137 posts
Sat 17 Sep 2016
at 14:35
  • msg #910

Magnus's Meanderings

Yes, I would tell her that we don't have any broken bones.

I let Susan heal me and enjoy being around her.
"Everything is great Susan. We've been given the day off since we finished the Tournament. What are your plans for the rest of the day?"
Glantri
player, 1410 posts
Sat 17 Sep 2016
at 15:16
  • msg #911

Magnus's Meanderings

She smiles, both in doing a job well done and spending time with you.

"I have channeling practice with Semerin Sedai, obviously, then in the afternoon I have about three hours of errands to run. Mostly delivering missives to different Ajah's. Other than that my day isn't particularly busy, it's one of the lightest I've had all week. That is assuming no Aes Sedai decides they have additional work for me, which is always an option at any moment."

She then beckons over Rory. "I'm one of the stronger in the class, and you have more injured than we have novices. I'll be expected to pick up a second."

She puts her hand on Rory's head and after a similar amount of time to what she spent on you she confirms that everything is better and he nods.

Then back to you,
"I have about an hour more of my lesson here, but then I'll be heading to lunch if you want to meet me in the garden I'll pack something for the two of us."
Magnus
player, 2139 posts
Sat 17 Sep 2016
at 15:47
  • msg #912

Magnus's Meanderings

"That would be great. It's been so long since we had Lunch together. I'll wait in the Garden for you. Maybe we can also do something together after you finish your errands."

After we are Dismissed from the Healing. I'll head to the garden, Find a shady spot and then lay down to relax. And then wait for Susan to come.
Glantri
player, 1412 posts
Sat 17 Sep 2016
at 16:09
  • msg #913

Magnus's Meanderings

As soon as you are all healed Semerin says,
"Thank you everyone for providing opportunities for the novices. I do hope that this becomes a routine, though it is not something I will ever require of you obviously."

There's a large tree near a small decorative bridge over a stream that runs through the center of the garden. You lay down to relax and drift off slightly before Susan comes and wakes you up.

She's smiling down at you as she nudges you and shows you a basket full of food and a blanket to sit on.
"I figured a proper picnic would be nicer than just grabbing food from the cafeteria."
It's primarily a meal of bread and cheese with a few jams. The food is all delicious, and it occurs to you that it's not the standard fare for the tower, or at least not what the novices and trainees routinely eat.

"So how has your training been going? You had the finals of that tournament this morning right?"
Magnus
player, 2140 posts
Sat 17 Sep 2016
at 16:28
  • msg #914

Magnus's Meanderings

"Indeed a picnic is nice."

"My training with the Warders is going well. We did finish up the tournament this morning with a match between myself and Galad. I managed to win and I'm now ranked first in my class. Although I had to pull off a crazy plan to win.

Afterward, I instructed the rest of my class in my style of unarmed combat. Then I when to your class for healing. "
Glantri
player, 1414 posts
Sat 17 Sep 2016
at 16:51
  • msg #915

Magnus's Meanderings

"Congratulations! I hadn't gotten time to check on the status yet. I'm not as highly ranked as that among the novices, but I think I may be on an accelerated path to reaching Accepted, which would be nice. It gets the benefit of more time to practice what I wish, as well as permission to channel outside of direct instruction by Aes Sedai.

Did you have anything in mind for this evening? We haven't been able to go dancing for a while."
Magnus
player, 2142 posts
Sat 17 Sep 2016
at 19:20
  • msg #916

Magnus's Meanderings

"I'm glad you are doing well Susan.
We haven't got to dance in a long while. Let do that this evening.

 I was thinking that I would see what supplies I can acquire during your three hours of Errands. During that time I could find a inn or somewhere for us to dance in. Then come and meet you at one of the gates to the White Tower. What do you think?"
Glantri
player, 1415 posts
Sat 17 Sep 2016
at 19:30
  • msg #917

Magnus's Meanderings

"That sounds like a good plan, let's chose the eastern gate. I'll see you there after my errands. If I'm not there within 15 minutes of 3 hours, come back to the tower to find me. I can't guarantee I won't have been given additional work, it depends if an Aes Sedai decides I'm not doing enough. I should be ok though, I've been in mosts good graces."

So what are you trying to find about town?
Magnus
player, 2144 posts
Sat 17 Sep 2016
at 23:36
  • msg #918

Magnus's Meanderings

"See you then. Oh. Would getting two of those dice cups be too suspicious?"

I'm going to bring 6 marks with me.
Well, I am going to look for somewhere to dance.
For the shopping, I'm looking for the supplies I need to play a rpg with Susan.
So about ten or so sheets of paper; A fairly big blank book; an inkwell and a few quills; I'll also try to discreetly get a pair of those dice cups if susan doesn't think it will attract too much attention.
Glantri
player, 1417 posts
Sun 18 Sep 2016
at 01:44
  • msg #919

Magnus's Meanderings

"I suppose it depends where you buy it from. It looks strange buying two, and generally you have to go to somewhat unsavory parts of town to buy dice anyway. That being said unless someone asks specifically it's not going to randomly circulate. I suppose you could get them directly from a woodcrafters shop, the dice that is, and the cups from a leather worker directly. That would avoid needing to go into any seedy area to buy used versions. I don't know where they are located though."

----------

You manage to find the rest of your supplies for a total of 4 marks. It takes some looking, but you eventually find a historical book shop that is willing to part with some of their materials at a premium.

Susan gave you two options for the dice and cup, which did you want to do or did you have a different idea?
Magnus
player, 2146 posts
Sun 18 Sep 2016
at 06:38
  • msg #920

Magnus's Meanderings

I would go to a leatherworker's shop to get a small leather bag that T think would be big enough to hold 20 or so dice.

Then I would go to a woodcrafters shop to get some dice directly. I would get 10 from one shop. Then I would look or another shop for a bit. If I find one, I'll get 10 dice from them

I'm paying attention to how much time has passed. I will head back to the east gate when I think I need to go to make it there on time. (Being a little early is fine too.)
Glantri
player, 1419 posts
Sun 18 Sep 2016
at 09:45
  • msg #921

Magnus's Meanderings

You find several inn's of various levels that routinely have dancing at night. Everything from inn's where the owner's daughter sings for everyone to dance to, to somewhat trained individuals who play instruments, up to inns that routinely pay to bring gleeman in for the evening. It's a big town, finding an inn to match what you would like isn't difficult, just let me know which type.

You find two woodworkers shops on opposite sides of the town. It takes some walking and waiting for the dice, but you get them and they don't question you why you need so many.

The first asks whether you would like your crest on the ones pip. He obviously believes you to be of noble birth due to your clothes, and is more interested in ascertaining how high rank you are than why you want dice.

The leatherworker has a variety of bags to choose from, and you eventually find one of the appropriate size with a soft velvet lining the interior and a hard deerskin exterior.

It ends up costing you the one and a half marks to get the remaining supplies.

You show up at your rendezvous about fifteen minutes earlier and wait nearly half an hour before you see Susan coming over. She's moving as fast as one can without obviously looking to be running or in an extreme hurry.

"Sorry, I ended up with an additional task that I had to take care of quickly. How did everything go in town? Did you find a place where we could dance?"
Magnus
player, 2148 posts
Sun 18 Sep 2016
at 17:35
  • msg #922

Magnus's Meanderings

I reply to the first woodworker
"Yes I would like something on the one pips. Could you also make the five pips yellow and the six pips red?"

I'll draw a simple smiley face with a tongue sticking out

On the second woodworker I'll also ask if he can make the five pips yellow and the six pips red.

When I get back to the tower early, I'll go and put the supplies away with my things. I'll also get an extra mark out just in case we need it.

Then I'll head back to the rendezvous point

"i got pretty much all the supplies we'll need for the game. I also found several places we could dance at. I assume you would like to go to one with a gleeman. There where also ones with bands."
Glantri
player, 1421 posts
Sun 18 Sep 2016
at 21:09
  • msg #923

Magnus's Meanderings

The red and yellow coloring will take an extra half mark on the whole. Precise coloring, while not being considered loaded dice (which they adamantly refuse to have any part in making), is difficult.

The woodworker doesn't seem to notice the significance in the smiley face, but nod and thanks you for you business and then goes about making them.

To clarify, band would be a very generous description. It's really one or two who know how to play a harp or flute and know basic songs. They just aren't talented enough to be considered gleemen.

"The inn with the gleeman would be lovely, it's been a long time since I've gotten to listen to gleeman's tales, and dance to their music. Did you want to play that game tonight as well?"

You note that she's still wearing her white novice dress, but has done up her hair slightly and is wearing her dancing shoes.
Magnus
player, 2150 posts
Mon 19 Sep 2016
at 01:49
  • msg #924

Magnus's Meanderings

That is an acceptable cost.

"Ok. Let's go to one with a gleeman. Follow me.
We can start character creation tonight if you like. I'll need to explain a bit about the setting and introduce you to some of the basic mechanics. But beyond that I'll need to write down note on how things work.

Anyway that is for later Let's go and Dance for a while."

I'll lead her to one of the inns with a gleeman.
Glantri
player, 1423 posts
Mon 19 Sep 2016
at 02:44
  • msg #925

Magnus's Meanderings

You go to the inn and there are about a dozen people resting around the hearth, chatting or resting from a tiring day. When the gleeman enters the room with the signature patchwork cloak that announces their presence as much as their presence and instinctual oration.

The gleeman takes a seat near the fire, and begins a tale to a melody. He's playing on a harp and is good, but no where near as good as what you've heard from Thom Merillin.

You and Susan take to the dance floor, and she is all smiles. Only three couples join you on the floor, most apparently are there simply to listen.

At the end of each song there is a round of applause, most is targetted to the gleemen, but some is also towards the dancers.

Susan tells you she'll follow your lead on anything referring to the game, as you know better than her how you should approach it. She definitely seems interested, but somewhat confused on how to start with it.
Magnus
player, 2153 posts
Thu 22 Sep 2016
at 04:57
  • msg #926

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll dance with Susan until she is ready to eat then I'll buy dinner for us.

I'll Head to her room with the supplies I bought.

"Well Normally I would have you read the book for the RPG we are going to play. But I don't have it. I have to recreate rules, setting and everything from memory."

I'll hand her one of the loose sheets of paper and a quill and set the inkwell on the table.

"Unfortunately even I can't remember all of it. Put I do remember most of is and i can fill in the blanks in my memory.

How to start...History as the character would know it.

A long long time ago The Holy Dragonblooded rose up and overthrew the Vile Solar and Lunar Anathema. They cast the most of the Solar Anathema into a pit that they shall never return from. For a thousand years They ruled in a Glorious Dragonblooded Shogunate. We're everyone knew their place. From the lowly mortals that grew the food for the world to the Mighty Dragon-blooded that guild them to spiritual enlightenment. So that they may have a chance to reincarnate into The near spiritual perfection that is the Exalted of the Dragons. And Eventually join the Elemental Dragons in enlightenment.

But the Twin Troubles hit and brought most of it down. The Great Contagion killed 9 out of every 10 things in creation. The The Fair folk invaded from the edges of the world. Dissolving the world into the Chaos of the Wyld as they drew closer to Mount Maru, The Elemental Pole of Earth and the keystone of stability that all of creation is built on.

But a Hero appeared and saved the World. A young Dragonblooded officer braved the Manse containing the controls to the Sword of Creation. Dodging though countless traps designed by the fiendish intellect of the Solar Anathema and took control of the super weapon and rained torrents of geomantic essence onto the Fair Folk and killed them where they stood.

She declared herself the Scarlet Empress and Ruled from the Scarlet Throne. Creating the Realm and ruled most of Creation for the last 700 years.

Well. That is what a passing Immaculate Monk taught as the history of Creation."

I pause for a moment to think.

"We should go ahead and build your character, To determine what she knows."

I'll lead her though a fairly standard character creation for Exalted.
I'll start her as a Solar Half Caste. Basically the offspring of a Solar Exalted and a Mortal. It's mostly going to be Exalted 3rd Edition. But I'm going to have to fill in the parts I don't remember...like most of the charms. Actually they don't have Half-Caste charms. so I would have to make them up any way. I could go into the rules I would use if you think that would be important.

I have a few suggestions on how to build her character. Pro's and cons and so on. Since she is playing the best archer, I would suggest a 5 Dexterity with a 5 Archery and a specialization in bows. That would represent the best possible mortal archer. then I'm giving her a charm(Read Magic power) that allows her to spend Motes(magic) to make her hit better with the bow.

... I'm probably going into too much detail.

OOC: Sorry that took so long. It was a long post.
This message was last edited by the player at 04:58, Thu 22 Sept 2016.
Glantri
player, 1425 posts
Sun 25 Sep 2016
at 23:35
  • msg #927

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC) Sorry for the delay, everything has been really crazy. Getting down to crunch time with wedding planning.

She listens intently as you talk, and is obviously trying to absorb as much information all at once. It's a different concept to her, and she's struggling a little but never gets completely bogged down.

Before you get to character creation, she has a suggestion:
"If I can suggest something, we may want to alter the lore... anything that referencing the Dragon, in any way, is likely to raise a lot of questions. It would be difficult explaining this concept to a skeptical sister to begin with, but we have no chance if a book references the Dragon..."

You don't need to detail out the rules, I think it's fair to assume you can assemble a decent ruleset and improvise from there. You walk her through character creation to have an extremely talented mortal archer with solar ancestry. She decides to name her character Morina, she thinks of naming her character Bergitta originally but doesn't due to the same line of thought as not using the word Dragon.
Magnus
player, 2158 posts
Mon 26 Sep 2016
at 07:25
  • msg #928

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC: No problem man. Congratulations if you are the one getting Married. Good luck with the planning. As Eric always says Real Life Takes Precedent.

"I always though of settings as separate things so I didn't think of that. It's a cultural difference. Where I'm from Dragons are just fictional beings. not a male channeler... You are right though...It's going to take a bit of effort on my part to not refer to them as Dragonblooded... Another name for them is the Terrestrial Exalted. In a lot of cases I can refer to them as that. Put all have to change the common parlance for them... I got it. Ryuujin. That is what they are refereed to in another setting linked to Exalted. It's a word in another language from my homeworld. Is there something that sounds Similar here?"

I'll let her answer that. I don't expect there to be anything. The Old Tongue is structured in a way that I can't make heads or tails of. So there shouldn't be anything related to Japanese in it.

"The other Dragons in the setting I'll refer to as Ryuu. Legged Serpent Spirits of great power. That doesn't sound like your Dragon at all, Correct?"

I'll let her answer that.

"I though of another possible problem. The Magic of this setting isn't liked to the One Source. It's fundamentally different. Everything is made of Essence and essence flows through Everything. Those that can use Essence;  Like the Exalted, gods and Your Character. The gather excess essence into themselves and store it for later use.  Therefor there are male characters that can use magic... How should we explain that? I could make a lot of them villains to deflect some of the sisters. I might be able to get by with not describing exactly what they are doing, Just the visual effects. Such as 'The Lunar muscles bulge and it strikes out with inhuman strength and speed.'... But then that would generally result in them starting to glow with essence. Ah. I'm rambling. What do you think?"

--------------------

I would leave naming the character to her. I'm terrible at coming up with names.

What time is it after character Creation?
Glantri
player, 1427 posts
Thu 29 Sep 2016
at 13:01
  • msg #929

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC) It is, and thank you. A little over two weeks until the big event.

"That works well. It doesn't mean anything as far as I know. Though I don't know all of the old tongue, or even most of it."

"It sounds at least far enough that it wouldn't draw immediate attention. I know there is a symbol of the dragon that sounds somewhat similar to that, I've been trying to research it without drawing attention to myself."

"We may want to avoid calling it magic exactly. Then again, use of the one power isn't called magic. It's considered mildly insulting in nature to the true nature of channeling. Calling it magic should be fine on second thought."

-----------

Character creation takes about an hour and a half, and dancing took a while. It's around 11 PM.
Magnus
player, 2161 posts
Sat 1 Oct 2016
at 02:05
  • msg #930

Magnus's Meanderings

"Well that works out I guess.  We'll call the various essence manipulations 'Magic'.
I would like to know more about the Prophecies about the Dragon. Let me know about the results of your research."
=================
"Well... I have to train at dawn on the Bridge on the west end of town. I'll have to go to sleep soon."

After I pack up my things and say goodnight to Susan. I'll go to bed.
Glantri
player, 1429 posts
Sat 1 Oct 2016
at 03:15
  • msg #931

Magnus's Meanderings

"I haven't been able to research the prophecies, but rather the histories of Lews Therin Telamon. I'm sure you've heard of the prophecies called the prophecies of the dragon, or as male channelers being called false dragons. But the prophecy is really the prophecy of the dragon reborn.

Lews Therin is the Dragon they are talking about being reborn. I haven't managed to figure out the significance of why he was known as the Dragon however. Is there anything you want me to try and research on the topic?"

-----------------------------------

"Good luck tomorrow, I haven't heard of any outings the trainees have done though. What are you all up to?"

You sleep well, with no dreams that you remember what so ever.

What are you bringing with you to the bridge?
Magnus
player, 2164 posts
Sat 1 Oct 2016
at 04:18
  • msg #932

Magnus's Meanderings

"I really don't know anything about Lews Therin Telamon or the Dragon Reborn. Anything you tell me would be appreciated. Please be careful though. I've picked up that The Dragon Reborn isn't something you talk about or research openly."

=======================

"I don't know. Tomas only said to Meet at the West Bridge at Dawn."

I have a feeling that I'll need my sword so I'll take it with me to the bridge.
Glantri
player, 1431 posts
Sat 1 Oct 2016
at 13:43
  • msg #933

Magnus's Meanderings

"Will do Eli. I'll give you the best account I can safely manage next time we have time alone."

-----------------

You meet Tomas and the other trainees at the bridge. The other trainees had a similar thought to you and are wearing their preferred weapons.

Tomas beckons you all to mount up, there is a mount provided for each trainee.

On the way riding out Tomas explains.

"An important part of being a warder is not just survival in combat, but survival in the elements. I will be taking you deep into the woods and leaving for a week. On your honor you are not to use anything other than what you have brought with you to survive. At the end of the week I'll assess both defensible and livable nature of your encampment. Further points of the camp isn't immediately noticeable to someone passing through the woods.

I will be using this to judge where to start your wilderness training."

He takes you deep into a nearby forest and then wishes you well as he rides away, leading the horses.
Magnus
player, 2166 posts
Sat 1 Oct 2016
at 16:44
  • msg #934

Magnus's Meanderings

"Thank you Susan."

-------------

After Tomas leaves.

"Ok. Has anyone done anything related to wilderness survival before? We'll need to leverage what skills we have. On the way to the White Tower I learned a bit survival and making Arrowheads out of stone. I should be able to apply that to making stone knifes and axes so that we don't risk damaging our metal weapons.

Does anyone know about the local plant life? Such as what is eatable and what is poisonous?"
Glantri
player, 1433 posts
Sat 1 Oct 2016
at 16:56
  • msg #935

Magnus's Meanderings

It becomes apparent that most of the trainees have no experience in the wilderness. It occurs to you that most of them are nobility, and while being a competent swordsman brings honor, being a woodsman is associated with lower classes.

After an awkward silence, Gawyn speaks up, "I've read some books regarding herbology in Andor. I should be able to identify the plants by the descriptions... I think."

Galad then contributes "I'm familiar with tracking, I've participated in a couple of hunts over the years, but never led one myself."

The rest don't even have that level of experience, mostly being responsible for duties around the city.

On a positive note however, they all seem willing to listen to what you say in this area. No one is being difficult.
Magnus
player, 2168 posts
Sat 1 Oct 2016
at 17:41
  • msg #936

Magnus's Meanderings

Do I have my folding knife with me? I wiuld usually wear it when I wear an outfit with a belt.

"The first thing we need to find water. A human will die in about three days without water. Once we find water, we'll need to find a spot near it for our camp. Ideally we would want to find a cave near a source of water. We'll stick together for now, because we don't have a camp to return to ic we get separated."

Did we spot any rivers or tributaries on our way here?

While we look for Water, I'm looking for resources we can use for survival. Flint and other stone we can use for tools. Something equivalent to bamboo or river cane can be use to make all sorts of things. Trees with stringy bark can be used to lash things together.
Glantri
player, 1435 posts
Sat 1 Oct 2016
at 19:15
  • msg #937

Magnus's Meanderings

You can have your folding knife on you.

The others nod and follow after you. Everyone is clearly staying vigilant and attentive.

You didn't pass any rivers or tributaries on your way, other than the bridge back at Tar Valon.

It takes you two hours of walking before you find any source of water. You find an area of the forest that appears to have a small spring under it. The grounds are marshy in the area and you do spot some river cane around. You also find some stone that could be worked, though you judge that it's clearly inferior to flint for it's applications.
Magnus
player, 2170 posts
Sun 2 Oct 2016
at 01:08
  • msg #938

Magnus's Meanderings

Ok I can use it then.

I'll note where I saw the stone so I can come back to it after we start working on camp.

"This will work for now. It's not ideal but we can boil the water to make it safe to drink.
Let's look for a nearby spot to set up camp for tonight. We'll want relatively level and dry ground. Then we need to gather Dry wood, twigs and kindling so we can set up a fire."

Have I seen something equivalent to a birch tree? The bark on that kind of tree is thin and paper-like, Perfect for kindling.

"With water bubbling up like that in a spring, there should be caves around here if the main type of rock is limestone. if we find a cave, that would make things a lot easier for us. If we don't find one... We could still construct a shelter from the rain by leaning materials against the tree. We'll also work on making something to sleep on."

Then I'll help them look for a good place to camp.
Glantri
player, 1438 posts
Sun 2 Oct 2016
at 01:46
  • msg #939

Magnus's Meanderings

When you mention boiling the water Rory speaks up "How do we boil the water? I don't think any of us had thought we would be cooking, we have no pots or pans."


------------------------------

You don't find any birch trees, but when you mention what you're looking for with them Gawyn is able to help find a type of tree that doesn't peel off the way the birch does but when cut off in slivers burns very well. It's a relatively softwood tree, and there are several around the marshy area.

You find a cave about a fifteen-minute trek from the marsh. You immediately notice a stench coming from within of rotting meat. It is limestone based walls from what you can tell.
Magnus
player, 2172 posts
Sun 2 Oct 2016
at 02:23
  • msg #940

Magnus's Meanderings

"Did you see that river cane we passed by during our walk here? It turns out that you can boil water in them without it burning up in a fire. If nothing else we can burn out wooden bowls and then put really hot rocks in them to boil the water"

-------------

"That is good Gawyn. We'll gather some of them up for kindling and tinder when we are working on making the fire"

--------------

I'll draw my sword.

"Swords out everyone. This is the lair of a predator. We'll need to figure out a way to lure it out. Or build a fire out here and then make torches. Any suggestions?"
Glantri
player, 1439 posts
Sun 2 Oct 2016
at 02:32
  • msg #941

Magnus's Meanderings

Rory nods, happy that there is a plan.

------

Most have had their swords drawn during the exploration, but the few who didn't draw when you tell them to.

Galad mentions "It really depends on what beast is within. I would guess based on location that we're dealing with a bear, a pack of wolves, or a panther. A panther will be difficult to lure out without food to entice it. Wolves could be scared out with fire easily enough. Meanwhile a bear could be enraged simply by making enough noise, perhaps concerted effort of throwing stones to echo through the cave. The issue there in lies that they are three different options based on information we can't know until we see what lies in there."
Magnus
player, 2174 posts
Sun 2 Oct 2016
at 02:50
  • msg #942

Magnus's Meanderings

---------

"I see. I would guess that throwing stones in there would irritate all of them. Let's throw stones in there and see what we stir up. Be on guard for what comes out."

I'll pick up a stone with my left hand and then chuck it into the cave to try to maximize ricochets
This message had punctuation tweaked by the player at 03:15, Sun 02 Oct 2016.
Glantri
player, 1441 posts
Sun 2 Oct 2016
at 03:04
  • msg #943

Magnus's Meanderings

You all form up near the mouth of the cave, with some loose rocks you foraged from your surroundings and start trying to create as much noise with them as possible. It's not very loud, but eventually you hear a roar from inside the cave. You suspect that Galad was wrong in it being loud enough but that you got lucky and actually struck the creature inside.

After a few seconds a large brown bear comes charging out and swipes across Lod's leg before he manages to jump backwards out of range. You've currently got a very angry bear largely surrounded.
Magnus
player, 2176 posts
Sun 2 Oct 2016
at 04:32
  • msg #944

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll enter the flame and the void.
I'll enter a defensive stance and the strike at it to get it's attention. I'll shout at it and make myself appear a large and intimidating as possible.

I'm trying to get it to focus on me so that the others can bring it down.
"Aim for it's tendons and hamstrings to cut into it's mobility!"

If it decides to focus on someone else, I'll switch to my aggressive stance and then attack with nearly all my energy to bring it down as quickly as possible by cutting limbs and hamstrings.
Glantri
player, 1443 posts
Sun 2 Oct 2016
at 12:20
  • msg #945

Magnus's Meanderings

You plant your feet and shout a primal challenge at the bear, which is responded in kind. You have it's full attention and it starts lumbering at you.

Everyone's combat training is evident now though, and Galad and Gawyn move in synchronous motion and sever the tendons on the bears rear legs with two quick clean cuts. The bear collapses a few feet from you. It's a combination of snarling and whimpering as it's swiping with it's claws. It's clearly in extraordinary pain and angry, but has no reasonable mobility to it.
Magnus
player, 2179 posts
Sun 2 Oct 2016
at 17:54
  • msg #946

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll circle around a bit and then try to finish it off with a strike to the neck to sever the spinal cord

If it swings at me, I'll position my sword in the way of the swing so that it cuts itself as a direct result of swinging at me.
Glantri
player, 1445 posts
Sun 2 Oct 2016
at 19:21
  • msg #947

Magnus's Meanderings

You circle around and put the bear out of it's misery as your sword strikes true.

Every appears to have managed to avoid the bear after the initial encounter, with Lod being the only one injured. He is still standing, though he is apparently favoring his uninjured leg.
Magnus
player, 2181 posts
Sun 2 Oct 2016
at 21:20
  • msg #948

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll flick the blood off my sword and then sheath it.

"Well this is a good start. We have shelter now and we can get quite a few materials from the bear along with food. Plus we can use the bones from it's previous prey to make tools.

Lod we'll bandage up your injury for now. Then we'll clean it when we can boil water.

We need to clean out the cave so that we don't have to deal with the smell of rotting meat.

We also have to gather wood, kindling and tinder to build a fire. We'll want to build it in the back of the cave to improve air circulation. We'll also want to have a lot of wood on hand both to make things out of and so we don't have to build a fire from scratch again.

I saw some stone before that I think I could make some axes out of. They are not ideal like flint but they should work.

We can also use that river cane we saw before. We can cut them with our swords but we'll want to cut at an angle. Because you'll damage the edge of your sword if you cut horizontally."

There is ten people total including me, correct?

"Ok. Three people will need to work on cleaning the cave... oh. We'll need a fire to see in there...

Five people will work on gathering wood.

Three will gather river cane. Make the poles as long as you can we can cut them down to size here

I and one other person will gather the stone I'll need to make axes.

Once everyone in a group had a load bring it back here and drop it off tjen go back as a group to get another load.

We'll gather things for about two hours.

I would like to work on preparing the bear but we need to get set up first.

Lets drag the bear carcass into the cave to discourage scavengers from eating it before we get to it."
Glantri
player, 1447 posts
Sun 2 Oct 2016
at 22:02
  • msg #949

Magnus's Meanderings

There are 10, including you.

Galad and Gawyn both take initiative after you lay out the game plan.

Galad takes the task of gathering wood and selects 4 others, meanwhile Gawyn does the same for the river came gatherers. They both set out nearly immediately.

The member the leave with you is Lod, who comes over to you and says "we might as well be off then. I didn't realize how much I would miss Aes Sedai healing until now."

It's clear to you that he hasn't released the void yet.
Magnus
player, 2183 posts
Mon 3 Oct 2016
at 05:03
  • msg #950

Magnus's Meanderings

I do think it is a bit odd that Lod didn't released the flame and the Void. Then I realize that he might be doing it to keep his mind off the pain. Still it wouldn't do for us to get ambushed, so I keep my Flame and the Void up.

"Yeah. Aes Sedai Healing is really great. Speaking of which, We need to bandage up your wound until we can properly clean it out. We don't want you to get an infection."

I'll cut a strip of cloth from my shirt then try to bandage the wound by mimicking what I saw Susan and Egwene did with Perrin's injuries.

After that I get up and say.
"Try to save the bandage after it get's saturated with blood. We can wash it out and boil it a bit to clean it so we can reuse it.

Then I'll walk to where I saw those rock with him. And gather a bunch of them together. Then I'll take my shirt off and tie the sleeves off so that I can use it like a sack. Then I'll load in as much as I think the shirt can handle without ripping. That will be more efficient that carrying them in my arms.

Once we are loaded up we'll head back.

if Lod does that with me, that should give me enough stone to work with for a while.

"huh... I didn't think this all the way through. There isn't much point getting more stone until I go though all this stone... Let's get a fire going. I remember a few tricks to get a fire started."

I'll test the stone to see if it sparks when hit by steel. By hitting it with the back of the blade of my folding knife
Glantri
player, 1449 posts
Mon 3 Oct 2016
at 10:40
  • msg #951

Magnus's Meanderings

He thanks you for the bandage and you think you did a suitable job. Getting the right pressure applied so that it reduces blood loss without overly constricting the limb is the challenge as always but you think it's a good job.

Going with Lod does slow you down, his pace is somewhat slow even embracing the void as he is. But he doesn't shirk his job, you and he both fill your shirts with the rocks you want and then head back to camp.

By the time you get back it's clear the others have all made one round trip so far, with a stack of wood and river cane both near the entrance to the cave.

The rocks do not spark against your sword however.
Magnus
player, 2185 posts
Tue 4 Oct 2016
at 02:24
  • msg #952

Magnus's Meanderings

I was using the back of the blade of my folding knife to test the rock. But I would have tested with the back of my sword blade once or twice to see if carbon steel would spark differently from stainless steel.

"Damn. These rocks don't work like flint in that regard. We're going to half to do this the hard way."

Thinking about the materials I have on hand, I conclude that the fire bow is the best method we have available.

Lod, I'll need you to find a straight stick of dry hardwood that is about a half inch thick. then we'll cut it to about six inches long. That will serve as our spindle to help start the fire. Cut one end to be somewhat sharp and then round off the other end."

Then I'll select a dry soft wood log that is about 6 inches in diameter. Then I'll find a rock with a sharp edge that I can swing the log against to repeatedly hit a section that it about a foot from the end of the log. eventually that foot long section should break off from the log.

Then I'll take a stick and then cut it into a wedge. (If Lod find a appropriate hard wood stick to use as a spindle while I break the log into a foot long section, I'll have him make this.)

I'll start a split in the foot long log that is about a half inch off center with my knife as a wedge and a fist sized rock as a hammer. If I strike the back of the blade with the rock it shouldn't damage the knife despite driving it through wood. once i get the split started I'll pull my knife out the drive the stick wedge through to split the log.

Then I'll take the bigger section, move my knife about three quarters of an inch in and then split the log again there.
From that I should have a 3/4 inch thick board. On one end I'll gouge a depression that leaves the board a quarter inch thick at it's thinnest point.

I'll try to find a small rock with a bowl shaped depression that I can use to apply pressure to the Spindle as I spin it.

The fire bow is easy to make. I'll just cut a foot long piece from the springy end of a river cane. Tie one of my boot laces to one end. Bend the river cane and then tie the boot lace to the other end so that it forms a fire bow out of it.

Then we'll need to prepare the kindling and tinder. I'll get thin shaving off a stick using my knife. After I get a lot of shavings then I can use them as tinder. Then I'll prepare a few sticks as kindling by cutting into them while leaving the cut part attached to the stick. that will increase it's surface area so that they will catch fire easier.

Now that I have all the parts together. Set the board with the gouged side down where I want to start the fire. Then put tinder into the gouged depression. I can wrap the boot lace bow once around the spindle and position it on the thinnest section of the gouge with the sharp point about a half inch from the edge. then use the rock with a bowl shaped depression on the rounded end to apply light pressure.


Then I'll start spinning the spindle with the fire bow. the sharp end will start to drill though the soft wood do to the difference in hardness. I'll genitally increase the speed and pressure as it drills though the soft wood. By the time it drills though, the tip of the spindle should be glowing like a hot coal. That should light up the tinder as soon so it touches it. Then I'll feed the small fire the kindling I prepared and build it up to accept normal sticks. and continue until it can accept logs.

OOC. Let's see how that goes. I'm loving the chance to solve problems.
Glantri
player, 1451 posts
Tue 4 Oct 2016
at 03:09
  • msg #953

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC) Glad to hear it. Awesome description of your process by the way.

Where are you planning to start the fire? You had originally mentioned in the back of the cave, but it's a catch 22 in that you need light to reasonably work on starting the fire but need the fire to provide the light.
Magnus
player, 2189 posts
Tue 4 Oct 2016
at 03:52
  • msg #954

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll start a fire about ten feet from the entrance of the cave. We can transfer the fire to the back of the cave later.
Glantri
player, 1453 posts
Tue 4 Oct 2016
at 11:09
  • msg #955

Magnus's Meanderings

Lod performs admirably under your instructions, getting you your hard wood spindle.

The rest of your prep goes according to plan as well, and you're set up 10 feet inside the cave, where you still have the light of day to work with. You get the fire started but it takes nearly half an hour before you have any flames growing and the initial process of feeding it slowly but consistently to not smother nor starve the fire is nerve wracking. But after another half hour you have a good, self sustaining fire that is unlikely to go out in absence of water or lack of fuel.
Magnus
player, 2190 posts
Thu 6 Oct 2016
at 01:31
  • msg #956

Magnus's Meanderings

I smile at getting the fire started and making it burn well.
"It's good that we got a fire started. That will make things easier for us.
Starting a fire is a lot of effort. It's much easier to just keep this one going.
Lod. When I get to working on something I become rather focused and often I don't notice things around me. I want you to keep an eye on the fire and make sure that it doesn't go out. Can I count on you for this?"

I assume that he'll agree to this.

"... If we want to eat the bear. I better start bleeding it out and cutting it up. So We can start cooking it. We need to clean the bark off a few sticks so we can cook the meat over a fire. "

I'll try to find a tree with stringy bark that I can use to lash together a frame to bleed out the bear then skin it. I'm using my previous experience with Perrin doing this with me to guild myself to do it again.

I'll do this a bit away from the camp so that I don't draw scavengers to our camp.

I expect that the others will come back while I prepare the bear. We'll need to eat all of it we can. We are going to need the energy.
This message was last edited by the player at 05:34, Thu 06 Oct 2016.
Glantri
player, 1455 posts
Thu 6 Oct 2016
at 22:03
  • msg #957

Magnus's Meanderings

Lod nods and goes about dragging over various sized logs before setting one up as a stool and sitting down to rest his leg.

You manage to get the frame built after about 45 minutes of working with it. After another 15 minutes or so Galad and Gawyn's group both return with their final haul for now.

Galad and Gawyn are giving direction about where materials should be set down before they both come to you.

Galad speaks up saying, "We managed to get a good haul of both river cane and wood for the fire. Everyone is starting to flag a bit due to hunger however. They're all used to the hard work, but also heavy eating and it's pushing afternoon. Should we be foraging for berries... It looks like the bear is going to take some time."
Magnus
player, 2193 posts
Fri 7 Oct 2016
at 06:01
  • msg #958

Magnus's Meanderings

"Yes, I was going to get started preparing the bear because we need food more than we need stone axes at the moment.

this wood and cane should last us for a while.

Go ahead and forage for food for an hour. Stick together, Nothing should bother a group your size. Before you eat anything, check with Gawyn to see if he recognizes it.
Usually you can test something by eating a little bit and waiting to see if there is a reaction to it. You bod will generally reject anything that would hurt it and make you throw up. Just be careful, Ok? By the time you get back, I should have the first part of the bear cooked. We should try to not let any part go to waste. We don't know when our next big meal will be."

I assume that they will go off to forage with that.

I'll look for some plate sized flat stones that I could use as well plates. I'll clean the dust off of them as best I can. then I'll cut up the bear. taking the meat out and putting it on the makeshift plates along with the organs that I think are eatable... which should be most of them.

I'll gather what sinew I can out of the bear. That can be used for lots of things.

I'm also going to try to skin the bear. There should be a layer of fat between the skin and the main body. That is a lot of calories we could use. But how to cook it so that we don't throw it up...

"Hey Lod. The fat is eatable. But how should we cook it? I can't think of a way that I can prepare it..."

I'll cut the bear meat into thin strips that I can skewer on the sticks we cleaned before. Then cook them over the fire and/or dry them out.

I'll encourage everyone to eat as much as they can when they get back.
Glantri
player, 1457 posts
Fri 7 Oct 2016
at 22:27
  • msg #959

Magnus's Meanderings

The others go off after agreeing to be careful what they eat. Gawyn seems nervous, but is maintaining a mostly cool look.

When you ask Lod about the fat, he mentions that he's heard rumor that some lower inns sometimes substitute fat for more prime cuts of meat in hearty stews. They break down more, so the difference is harder to tell supposedly.

You manage to find a suitable stone and begin the messy work of preparing the bear. In the course of another hour and a half you manage to get several skewers cooking. It comprises most of the easily cookable meat. You also have harvested a good amount of sinew, and have separated the edible organs from the inedible. Are you skewering the organs as well? I'm not honestly sure  myself how one would go about utilizing that much of the animal.

You don't need to encourage anyone to eat a lot, they all are eating as much as they can get their hands on once they get back and you instruct them that the food is safe. They apparently didn't find any berries that Gawyn was familiar or comfortable with. Well, after the first set that had Rory throwing up a few minutes after trying one.
Magnus
player, 2196 posts
Sat 8 Oct 2016
at 02:59
  • msg #960

Magnus's Meanderings

Most organs should be edible if cooked. Although that are probably not that appealing. Basically
Heart: Made of muscle. edible
lungs:I don't see why we couldn't try to eat them.
Liver: edible but attached to gallbladder. Don't let bile get in with the rest of the meat.
kidneys:edible
Stomach: wash out and tie off one end. We can use it to carry water.
small intestine: Use to make fat sausage.
large intestine: ... I'll figure out some use for it.
Bladder: Wash out and use to carry water.

Yeah I'll skewer the ones I consider edible.

Most of the other organs I wouldn't recognize. or would be hard to get to.(Like the brain.)

Did Perrin use something to tan the skin we got?

After I Cook the meat and eat, I'll get to work on making the stone ax heads.

"We'll need to build traps. Hunting will take a lot of energy."
Glantri
player, 1459 posts
Sun 9 Oct 2016
at 03:17
  • msg #961

Magnus's Meanderings

Looks like good logic to me. Prepping all of it will take you several hours yet however, as they require a bit more work and in some applications care to not mishandle. It would put you to early sunset if you decide to do all of it immediately.

Perrin heat cured the back during tanning, as neither of you had tanning agents. It's not ideal, and it won't hold up anywhere near as long, but it also doesn't need materials. He emphasized getting all of the tissue off however as the most important aspect.

When you mention traps Galad asks "what type of traps are you thinking of Eli? We would have to make rope if we want any snares. We could also create cages with lures, but that'll also take a certain amount of work to fashion enough sticks into usable sections."
Magnus
player, 2199 posts
Sun 9 Oct 2016
at 20:56
  • msg #962

Magnus's Meanderings

We should probably go ahead and prepare them because we don't have anything to preserve them.

"We can make rope using fibers from the bark of that I used to bind this frame.

Trapped cages would also be good for small game.

I have enough sinew to make a few bows. But I don't have any feathers for fetching.

I could also make some spears and spear throwers."
Glantri
player, 1461 posts
Sun 9 Oct 2016
at 23:17
  • msg #963

Magnus's Meanderings

Galad nods and then sets about directing individuals to the tasks of preparing the fibers for the rope and carving sticks.

As the sun is setting you finish up with preparing all the organs.

Galad meanwhile has been instructing the production of two small cages for trapping and Gawyn has been overseeing the extraction of the fibers and binding them to make rope. There's enough for a small snare trap currently.

Light is going to run out fairly shortly on the day however. The cave still has the rotting smell, and Lods wound hasn't been treated yet. Also while the traps have now been made, they haven't been set up obviously.
Magnus
player, 2201 posts
Tue 11 Oct 2016
at 07:22
  • msg #964

Magnus's Meanderings

Hmmm. I should have sent two people with the bladder and stomach to get water while I prepare the food...

"We'll set up the traps tomorrow. Tonight we need to clean out the cave and get all the rotting meat outside and over there. We'll also need to separate the usable bones from it.

We'll need to make a bowl to boil the water in to clean Lod's wound..."

If I didn't think to send some people to get water before I'll ask
"It'll take thirty minutes to go there, get water and come back. Sorry I didn't think of this before when I was preparing the food... Take two or three people to maintain the safety of numbers."

I'm wanting to make a bowl. A short piece of log already has a lot of the shape I want. I'll gather some hot coals with sticks and place them on the center of a short piece of log. Basically I'm using them to burn out the parts of the log I don't need. I should be able it work on this while cleaning the cave. I just have to make sure it doesn't burn out too much.

Once I burn out a bowl, I'll dump the hot coals into the fire. By this time they should be back with water. I'll put some water in the bowl to put out any hot spots in the bowl.

I'll select some nonporous stones and place them near the fire to heat them up. (So they don't explode from the water contained within a porous stone)
Then When they are hot enough, I'll pick them up with sticks and place them in the water in the bowl. The heat in the stones will transfer into the water and boil it. Killing anything nasty within.

I'll remove the bandage on Lod to inspect the wound. does it look like it is producing Pus or has the blood clot sealed the wound properly?
Glantri
player, 1463 posts
Wed 12 Oct 2016
at 22:38
  • msg #965

Magnus's Meanderings

That works, so you have the bladder and stomach full of water. The stomach is leaking slowly out of the knot, but the bladder is keeping the water well. You estimate it would take about 2 hours for the stomach to fully leak out.

Your bowl works the way you expected, though it takes a good amount of time. Near the time that the sun has fully set you have the bowl and boiling water. Everyone else has managed to pretty thoroughly scour the cave as well. The smell is lingering, but you can tell it's fading.

When you remove Lod's bandage you see that it's clotting, but not cleanly. There is a generous amount of puss around the edges and the skin looks to be inflamed.
Magnus
player, 2204 posts
Fri 14 Oct 2016
at 03:17
  • msg #966

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll use water from the stomach to boil first.

"Boiling the Water remove the risk that we'll get sick from drinking the water. So It should be safe to was a wound out with. Too bad I don't know anything about herb to help... Ok Lod, This is going to hurt a bit. I need to get the pus out of your wound and then clean it with the water."

I'll wait until the water is cooled down enough that it wont scald Lod's leg. Then I'll massage the wound to get the pus out of it as best I can. Then I'll use the water to wash it out. Then I'll cut another strip of cloth from my shirt and bandage the wound again.
(This would probably cause the wound to bleed again. Since I got the pus out the Blood should push any germs out and seal the wound properly.)

Then I'll boil some more water from the stomach.
"Go ahead and drink this. Don't want to risk getting dehydrated."
Glantri
player, 1465 posts
Fri 14 Oct 2016
at 11:35
  • msg #967

Magnus's Meanderings

Lod nods when you mention it will hurt. He barely grimaces as you do the painful work of cleaning the wound. After all is said and done its lightly flowing blood again, having reopened at areas but nothing bad. You finish dressing the wound with a new strip of shirt and inspect your work. You think you're getting better at it

Lod takes a sip of the water before saying "That will hold me for now, you and the others did harder work than me today. You all should drink first and then I will."
Magnus
player, 2207 posts
Sat 15 Oct 2016
at 06:51
  • msg #968

Magnus's Meanderings

"Ok. Everyone. Let's drink"
I'll have the others drink their part and then I'll drink my own.

"We should divide into three watches and then get some rest."

While I sleep, If I suspect that I am in a dream I can control, I'll pinch my arm to test if I am in the dream world. If I feel pain from the pinch, Then I know that I am in the dream world.
Glantri
player, 1467 posts
Wed 19 Oct 2016
at 16:41
  • msg #969

Magnus's Meanderings

It takes a few iterations of heating up and letting the water cool before everyone has had enough to drink, but morale is higher afterwards.

The night passes uneventfully and you have no memory of any dreams come the morning.
Magnus
player, 2210 posts
Thu 20 Oct 2016
at 02:17
  • msg #970

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll Get up and stretch for a bit. Then fix the fire if it needs any attention.

If we have any meat left I'll cook it up for the others and then set the bear skin to tan near the fire.

I'll also check Lod's wound to see how it is healing

What season is it by the way? I think it would be summer by this point.

Was there any feathers with the bone and rotting scraps we took out of the cave? The bear might have killed a few birds. If so I would have saves the feathers to use in fetching arrows

"We need At least one person here to tend the fire and Tan the bear skin. I don't like leaving anyone alone. so we also probably need another person here doing something... Maybe try to burn out a bucket from a log. Or working to make tools for the rest of us. I know stone axes would be useful all around...

We also need to set up the traps you made on the game trail and set up snares in strategic places along the trail.

I could make some spear throwers and spears to help us hunt. I could also try to make some bows and arrows.

what does everyone think?"
Glantri
player, 1469 posts
Thu 20 Oct 2016
at 16:50
  • msg #971

Magnus's Meanderings

There is a small amount of cooked meat left from the previous day. You all ate as heavily as you could per your instructions so it's not all that much left.

Lod's leg is stiff this morning, but healing well. You think the stiffness is only temporary.

You don't find any feathers. The meat all seems to be of smaller animals foolish enough to wander into the den and some fish.

Several members of your party mention a bucket or two would be helpful, getting water was one of the more time consuming tasks.

Gawyn mentions "none of us have made stone tools before, you will need to show us the proper technique. Perhaps once you do we should all work on making one so we all have a tool out there, improper use of our blades will dull them quickly."
Magnus
player, 2214 posts
Sun 23 Oct 2016
at 02:01
  • msg #972

Magnus's Meanderings

"er... I've learned to make stone arrowheads. I should be able to apply it to making stone knifes and stone ax heads. Everyone, Select a haft for your ax. You'll probably want one that is about three or four feet long."

I'll select a piece of stone that I think will make a good ax head. Basically a stone with a flat face that is about 6 inches in diameter, preferably with an more oval shape.

Then I'll show them how to flake off stone slivers to form the beginning on an edge.
Then I'll Hit with another stone so that the entire oval comes off the stone and is about an inch thick

Then I'll flake off the other side to form the edge of the Ax head.

Then I'll select a piece of wood that is suitable for a ax haft. I'll Bind sinew or rope around the haft about 9 inches from the end. then I'll split the half in half on that end using my knife. The split shouldn't go past where I wrapped it Then I'll place the Ax head in the split and then close the halves together and then Bind them together.

Let's see how well they learn how to do this.
Glantri
player, 1472 posts
Sun 23 Oct 2016
at 12:03
  • msg #973

Magnus's Meanderings

The group as a whole learns reasonably well. Two of the first attempts result in unusable pieces of stone, but after that everyone picks it up well.

Dahvin seems to have taken to it particularly quickly. His came out nicer than the entire lot, including the demonstration. He also seemed to enjoy the work.

At the end of about an hour and a half though you all have workable stone ax's.
Magnus
player, 2217 posts
Mon 24 Oct 2016
at 00:53
  • msg #974

Magnus's Meanderings

"Ok now we need to make some spear-heads, Throwing spears and spear throwers. A ranged option would help if we do decide to try hunting. At least until we we some feathers for fetching arrows. For the shaft we want wood that is about 6 feet long."

Making a spear head should just be like making a over-sized arrowhead. The principles and procedures should be the same just on a larger scale.

I'll wrap the spear shaft about 6 inches from the end and then split the end in half with my knife. Then insert the spearhead in between them and then wrap and bind the it together with wet sinew. When the Sinew drys it will harden and shrink slightly which will make the spearhead secure to the shaft

For the spear thrower (Also called an atlatl) I'll select a slightly curved piece of wood that is about 2 feet long. I'll carve a notch on one end as a spot to fit the end of the spear.

I'll show it to them when I am done.
"This is a spear thrower. It used leverage to allow you to throw a spear harder and faster. Therefore it'll be more likely to kill what you throw it at. We should probably practice with wooden tipped spears so we don't shatter the stone spearheads we worked so hard on."
Glantri
player, 1474 posts
Mon 24 Oct 2016
at 01:31
  • msg #975

Magnus's Meanderings

The others look on in interest as you show them the atlatl. They all pick up the production ability well, now that they have their start in stone working.

Gawyn suggests, "we could use non worked stones and attach them to the tips of the wooden spears, to simulate the weight better. It wouldn't take us long to fashion and I'd rather adjust for weight now than when dinner is getting away because I missed."
Magnus
player, 2219 posts
Tue 25 Oct 2016
at 03:40
  • msg #976

Magnus's Meanderings

"That is a good idea Gawyn. All we would need would be relatively flat pieces of stone. Let's make a few to practice with.

after that We should make some stone knifes."

Again this is like making a over-sized arrowhead with a long dull section to use as a handle.

"Ok. Now that we have knifes, throwing spears and axes. We need to head out and look for food.
Two of us need to stay at camp to take care of the fire and work on trying to make a few buckets. The others should probably split into two teams of four. To hunt and gather eatable berries and nuts.

Another day or two tending the fire would be good for Lod's leg. Otherwise Who do you think should go where?"
Glantri
player, 1476 posts
Tue 25 Oct 2016
at 23:10
  • msg #977

Magnus's Meanderings

Making the knives goes smoothly, everyone having the hang of it by now.  They're not pretty, but they will cut given enough force.

Gawyn says "Well, I should be with the group foraging, as I have at least a little knowledge of the plants that are poisonous. And Galad has experience hunting. Other than that, I don't think it matters much. It all needs to get done, and we're all relatively inexperienced at this type of ordeal."
Magnus
player, 2222 posts
Wed 26 Oct 2016
at 15:00
  • msg #978

Magnus's Meanderings

"I'll stay here and work on making buckets and bowls and soch to help us out."

I'll cut a foot wide log with my axe into a fool long section. Then I'll carefully burn it out to make a bucket. I'll continue doing this until we have five buckets.
Glantri
player, 1478 posts
Wed 26 Oct 2016
at 22:33
  • msg #979

Magnus's Meanderings

The buckets take an extraordinary amount of effort. The axes help, but stone axes require a lot of force behind them.

Between you and Lod though you get 4 done and have the fifth started before Gawyn and his group get back in the late afternoon, laden with berries and fruits carried in their shirts.

There's no sign of the other group yet however. It's maybe an hour from dusk.
Magnus
player, 2224 posts
Fri 28 Oct 2016
at 02:44
  • msg #980

Magnus's Meanderings

"I wonder where Galad and the others are.
We also need to get some more water...
Ok. Gawyn and I will go and get some water.
Hopefully Galad and the others will be back by the time we get back."

I assume we will take two buckets with us.
Glantri
player, 1480 posts
Fri 28 Oct 2016
at 07:42
  • msg #981

Magnus's Meanderings

Gawyn shrugs but does look mildly concerned "He may be following a game trail that's taking him farther out than expected."

Rory says when you suggest the two of you going, "we might as well get a third bucket right? It still would leave three in camp if I joined you two and we can always use more water."

Unless you object he joins you and takes a third bucket.

The buckets make the process much easier, and you're back in about half an hour. There has been no sign of Galad or his crew though, and the forest is starting to get dark.
Magnus
player, 2227 posts
Fri 28 Oct 2016
at 18:47
  • msg #982

Magnus's Meanderings

I'm getting worried. Do you think we should go out and look for them?"
Glantri
player, 1482 posts
Fri 28 Oct 2016
at 21:58
  • msg #983

Magnus's Meanderings

Gawyn thinks for a moment before responding. "Well, I am concerned. We may not always get along but Galad is my brother, and the others are upstanding men as well. I worry though that if we set off to find them that we risk all of us, or the cave being lost to another beast. And without all of us canvassing it will take a long time to make any substantial progress... In short I think we need to try and find out what's going on, but also I can't think of any good strategies on the issue."
Magnus
player, 2230 posts
Sat 29 Oct 2016
at 05:29
  • msg #984

Magnus's Meanderings

By the way, What phase is the moon in? That will affect our visibility at night.

"... If we where going to do it I would leave two people at camp to prevent a beast from taking it. Then the remaining four would split into two teams of two. It would be nice if we had a horn or something to signal each other... Maybe we could make some horns but that doesn't help now...

Ok, We are going to look for them for an hour or two, then return to camp. It does Us no good if we get lost too. I'm heading out now. Who wants to go with me?"

Once someone decides to go with me, I'll shift into the Flame and the Void. And feel which way my gut instincts tell me to go. Or which way feels right. Then I'll head in that direction.

I'll search in that direction for an hour or two and then head back.
Glantri
player, 1484 posts
Sat 29 Oct 2016
at 11:31
  • msg #985

Magnus's Meanderings

OOC) sorry for the delay between posts. iPad battery died as I was about to submit the post.

There was a new moon about a week ago so there is very little lunar light.

The flame and the void is helping mitigate the lack of light however, and you can still see decently if not as well as you would like.

Gawyn instantly says he's coming, and everyone else isn't far behind. The discussion focuses around who doesn't get to go actually. It's decided Rory and Lod will stay behind as Rory is the next best fighter after you, Gawyn and Galad so should the camp need defending it's a good idea and Lod is still at reduced mobility. You end up with Bogar and Darian, in addition to Gawyn.

Your instincts point you to set off in the direction Galad did that morning. It's not much to go on but at least starts you in the right direction.

Near the end of the second hour you find a body face down in a puddle of bloody mud. It's not anyone you recognize, though you do recognize the clothing. This was clearly a whitecloak. There are signs of a struggle around the body, broken branches and a few places where the bark of a tree is sliced.
Magnus
player, 2232 posts
Sun 30 Oct 2016
at 04:32
  • msg #986

Magnus's Meanderings

Who went with me? I would have had us split into two teams of two. Although now I wish I kept us together.

"Great. These Idiots. It would be like them to attack Warders in Training..."

I'll examine the Whitecloak to see what I can use. Does he still have his sword? Any other tools on him? what other cloths is he wearing besides the infamous whitecloak?

Can I glean anything from the tracks around the body? Like how many there where?
Can I figure out which way they went and how many went that way?
Glantri
player, 1486 posts
Sun 30 Oct 2016
at 06:24
  • msg #987

Magnus's Meanderings

Bogar went with you, Darian went with Gawyn.

Bogar asks "You've had dealings with the Children before I take it?"

The whitecloak has a belt quiver sized for crossbow bolts, but you don't find a crossbow or any bolts on him. He still has his sword, which is a short sword of fairly low quality compared to what you're used to. As to clothing he has riding leathers on and a dyed white set of leather armor. There's a puncture in the chest when you roll him over. One clean cut that looks to have pierced a lung, and led to the mans death.

To clarify by the way, whitecloaks do in fact where white cloaks but also are clad entirely in white. The leather armor is actually out of the ordinary here, as standard uniform from what you've seen is a mail hauberk with an emblazoned sun. They make a point of claiming never to need to hide in the shadows, and as such have no need for lowly leather. That's the public claim anyway, practical field folk know it to be bluster.

Other than that, you rifle his pockets and find a rolled sheet of paper bound with a cloth, fling and steel, and steel dagger concealed in his boot.

As to the tracks, you can tell there were at least 4 people total, but past that it's hard to say. There are a lot of footprints covering up each other from the apparent fight that happened here. The only reason you know it's at least 4 is because you see two sets go north and two west. You suspect the numbers of one or both sets are being masked by people who know wilderness. The set going north is more proficient at it and harder to follow after the first several feet.
Magnus
player, 2234 posts
Sun 30 Oct 2016
at 23:46
  • msg #988

Magnus's Meanderings

"Yes, I had to deal with these Idiots before. I'm... not very fond of them. I'm planning on becoming a Warder. So you can see why I don't like them."

I'll take the short sword, the dagger, the flint and steel and the paper wrapped in cloth.

Does the dagger have a sheath?
Can I see writing on the paper?

"There are two sets of tracks leading away from here. One was concealed better than the other. I think Galad and his group will be that way. This is very weird though..."

If Bogar has no objections, we'll try to follow the tracks leading north.
This message was last edited by the player at 01:44, Mon 07 Nov 2016.
Glantri
player, 1488 posts
Sun 30 Oct 2016
at 23:58
  • msg #989

Magnus's Meanderings

Bogar nods, though he does seem surprised with your previous run in.

The boot has a sleeve that the dagger fit into, so in a way yes it had a sheath but not one easily taken, unless you want the boots as well. They look like they might fit you, if a bit big.

You don't see any writing on the paper, though you think there probably is on the inside if you unrolled it (you're more than able to unroll it and see, but it'll take a bit of time to find an area with enough light to actually read by.) You're also not sure you could undo the cloth without cutting it. So opening the letter will also mean that it will be difficult to pass off as unread if that is ever your intent.

Bogar shrugs, "As good a guess as any I suppose. Though I don't know that Galad is really a good woodsman. This is most of our first introduction to wilderness survival after all. But let's go check it out, we have limited light."

You follow the trail north for several hundred feet before you get to a clearing in the woods. The tracks lead into the clearing but you don't see where they lead to after that.
Magnus
player, 2235 posts
Mon 31 Oct 2016
at 00:34
  • msg #990

Magnus's Meanderings

"Well, ether we'll find Galad and the others or we'll find the Whitecloaks. Mayby we can convince them to not bother us...Like that will happen. But a man can dream."

I'll put the dagger in my belt for now. Did the short sword have a sheath?

As we enter the clearing.

"... Great. I can't find the trakes in here. And it woild take too long to find them again by searching the perimeter of the clearing. Let's head back and try the easier trakes."

I'll head back to the body and then try following the easier tracks.
Glantri
player, 1490 posts
Mon 31 Oct 2016
at 01:32
  • msg #991

Magnus's Meanderings

Yes, the short sword had a sheath.

You get back to where you left the body and find that it's disappeared. The trail west also seems to have been covered up a bit more than what you remember and it takes you a few minutes to refind it, even knowing where to look.
Magnus
player, 2237 posts
Mon 31 Oct 2016
at 05:58
  • msg #992

Magnus's Meanderings

"Well someone has been here. We just don't know who yet. Keep a hand on your sword. They might attack without asking questions."

I'll follow my own advice and try to follow the trail. I'll keep an eye out for a possible ambush.
Glantri
player, 1491 posts
Mon 31 Oct 2016
at 23:24
  • msg #993

Magnus's Meanderings

Bogar is in the process of drawing as you mention it, clearly he had the same thought as you.

You press on, following the trail as best as you can. It's very slow going as full darkness has set at this point. How long do you want to press the search before trying to head back to camp?
Magnus
player, 2240 posts
Tue 1 Nov 2016
at 03:54
  • msg #994

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll search for one more hour before we head back to camp.
Glantri
player, 1494 posts
Tue 1 Nov 2016
at 17:22
  • msg #995

Magnus's Meanderings

About 45 minutes in you stumble upon a massacre. You see nearly a dozen whitecloaks corpses and slain horses. They all are wearing similar garb to the one you found already.

The scene is in a small clearing, but you can tell all of that immediately from the periphery.
Magnus
player, 2243 posts
Wed 2 Nov 2016
at 08:24
  • msg #996

Magnus's Meanderings

...well. Looks like a massacre here. I guess I should feel bad for them... But...

I remember what would happen if they caught Susan, Then my heart goes absolutely cold.

"It looks like someone has been busy... They are probably heading back now. We should head back. We don't want to exhaust ourselves looking for them further tonight. We'll come back tomorrow to get the meat from the horses."

I'll examine a few of the Whitecloaks to determine what kind of sword killed them.

Then I'll head back to camp.
This message was last edited by the player at 23:25, Wed 02 Nov 2016.
Glantri
player, 1497 posts
Thu 3 Nov 2016
at 00:38
  • msg #997

Magnus's Meanderings

You mentioned examining the whitecloaks, for the type of weapon that killed them. I'm assuming you get closer/enter the clearing and would thus notice the following.

You discern that each whitecloak was killed with a straight sword, similar to the type your group all wield and that is preferred amongst wanders. As you look up from inspecting the corpse, you notice a number of bodies slumped against trees. You have a moment of terror as you identify each of the companions you've been looking for, including Galad. Then in relief you notice that they don't appear to be wounded but... maybe asleep? They are all covered in blood however so it's hard to tell from a distance. You do note that one member of the party is missing. Dahvin is no where to be seen.
Magnus
player, 2245 posts
Thu 3 Nov 2016
at 04:51
  • msg #998

Magnus's Meanderings

I'll draw my sword and enter the Flame and the Void
"Be careful Bogar. Something is not right here. We are still missing Dahvin."

I walk over to where Galad and the others are. I'll examine them to see if they are still breathing. Then I'll try to shake Galad awake.


Link to new thread
link to a message in this game
Sign In